AI Overviews and the road ahead

The SEO landscape is changing fast, and many of the tactics we rely on today are becoming obsolete. To keep driving organic traffic and real value, we need to rethink our approach.

New developments – like Google’s AI Overviews, rolled out in May – are reshaping search results, shifting us away from the old “10 blue links” model.

AI is influencing not just platforms and processes but also how users behave and interact with content.

This article covers key insights and practical strategies to help you adapt to these changes and prepare your SEO efforts for 2025 and beyond.

When you search for “what is a zap in Zapier,” you may notice that the featured snippet appears as a citation in the AI Overview. 

This is not an isolated case.

Many reports highlight similarities between featured snippets and the answers provided in AI Overviews. 

Some experts have even suggested that this redundancy could lead Google to eventually phase out featured snippets altogether.

What this means for SEOs

There’s still value in trying to appear for featured snippets. Think of this as one way to have a higher chance of appearing in the AI Overviews. 

If you appear in a featured snippet you are increasing your opportunity to appear in AI Overviews.

Now is the time to get your ducks in a row and build a process to optimize for featured snippets. This will continue to be useful, should Google get rid of the featured snippets in the future.

Dig deeper: AI SEO: How to be visible in Google AI Overviews, chatbots, LLMs

2. Each citation in AI Overviews can have multiple sources (URLs)

Here’s an example from searching for the same query “What is a zap in zapier.” A click on the link icon shows two URLs that were used in creating this part of the answer.

What is a zap in Zapier - AIO citation sources

About 21.1% of queries trigger overviews with each answer containing an average of 8.9 links, per a study by Rich Sanger and Authoritas.

This means we have 8.9 links in the AI Overviews plus the organic results in SERPs.

What this means for SEOs

AI Overviews aren’t here to destroy organic traffic. Instead, they are reshaping the ranking landscape and creating new opportunities in SERPs by providing more visibility.

Now is the time to shift our focus: rather than solely aiming for a spot in the top 10 results, we should also prioritize appearing in AI Overview citations.

The good news is that you don’t need to rank in the top 10 to be cited in these overviews.

3. Differences between SERP results and pages selected for LLMs

There have been various studies showing the differences in the top 10 ranking results and the URLs cited in AI Overviews.

Up to 46.5% of the URLs included in AI Overviews rank outside the top 50 organic results, per an Advanced Web Ranking study.

What this means for SEOs

Focus on creating high-quality content, regardless of whether you’re in the top 10 rankings. 

Even if you don’t rank highly, you still have the potential to be cited in AI Overviews or by large language models (LLMs).

Low-quality content is becoming obsolete, and there’s increasing value in producing meaningful content beyond just SERP rankings.

While measuring this value may be difficult at the moment, we will soon have the tools to assess it more effectively.

Dig deeper: The art of AI-enhanced content: 8 ways to keep human creativity front and center

4. Brand mentions are important

We hear about backlinks losing their value every year. LLMs and AI Overviews are shifting that narrative once again. 

The more brand mentions you have (even without a link), the greater the likelihood that your content will appear in answers within AI Overviews and other LLMs. 

What this means for SEO

Backlinks remain important, but their significance is growing even more. 

Getting your brand mentioned is crucial for increasing your chances of appearing in LLMs and AI Overviews.

Dig deeper: How to harness the power of brand mentions across the search universe

Get the newsletter search marketers rely on.


5. Be present in all the sources Google uses for information

Reddit comprised about 4% of the training data for GPT-3, yet it held a significant weight of 22% in its influence. 

Similarly, Wikipedia made up around 1% of the training data but has three times that weight in its impact on LLMs.

Given its current importance, it’s clear that being active on platforms like Reddit is essential for maximizing your Google visibility.

What this means for SEOs 

To appear in AI Overviews and other LLMs, it’s crucial not only to be mentioned or cited but also to actively establish your brand on platforms like Reddit. 

Instead of simply driving traffic from Reddit to your website, consider posting relevant information directly on the platform.

When done thoughtfully and without spamming subreddits, this approach can resemble a white or gray hat strategy of parasite SEO that adds value to your business. 

Additionally, maintaining a presence on Wikipedia is important – just remember to avoid spamming.

As Rand Fishkin put it, “You have to be present with native content in the zero-click platforms because that is the future.”

Dig deeper: How to win with generative engine optimization while keeping SEO top-tier

6. Learn from CTR tests

We can no longer afford to lose clicks because our titles in SERPs are not optimized for CTR. 

If some of the clicks are going to be taken by AI Overviews, then we need to make every impression in SERPs count. There’s no better way to do this than optimizing your CTR. 

What this means for SEOs

I can’t emphasize this enough: SEO is evolving, and our strategies must adapt accordingly. 

CTR tests should be a fundamental aspect of our approach, as even small adjustments in click-through rates can lead to significant results. 

These improvements can be observed at various levels, including individual pages, folders and sitewide performance.

7. Guard your brand against manipulation

Negative SEO, which once involved building toxic backlinks to competitors’ websites using spammy anchor texts, is set to evolve. 

Competitors may now attempt to manipulate AI Overviews and LLMs to present negative information about a brand.

What this means for SEOs

To protect your brand from manipulation, monitor brand mentions and build a strong identity that is not easily undermined. 

We need to develop effective ways to measure our brand’s health in SERPs and online. 

While we currently have metrics such as the total branded searches, clicks, share of voice and interest in the brand (as indicated by Google Trends), we should also consider creating additional metrics and methods to assess our brand health comprehensively.

Dig deeper: Online reputation management: Top 10 hurdles and how to overcome them

8. Learn about RAG

As Michael King puts it, “Search, as we know it, has been irrevocably changed by generative AI.” 

Answer bots like Perplexity and AI Overviews use retrieval-augmented generation (RAG), a technology that leverages live data to ground answers in facts and reduce hallucinations.

What this means for SEOs

Just as we once learned how Google operated, we must now understand the workings of RAG technology.

By investing time in grasping how RAG functions, you can better navigate this new reality and adjust your tactics and strategies accordingly.

Many SEOs have yet to change their playbooks simply because they don’t fully understand these changes. Take the time to learn about RAG – it’s crucial for adapting to the future of SEO.

Contributing authors are invited to create content for Search Engine Land and are chosen for their expertise and contribution to the search community. Our contributors work under the oversight of the editorial staff and contributions are checked for quality and relevance to our readers. The opinions they express are their own.

A Rules Change Would Open the ACA to ‘Dreamers’

It’s that time of year again: open enrollment for Affordable Care Act insurance — a period that runs from tomorrow to Jan. 15 in most states, a bit longer in some, and shorter in Idaho.

One of the biggest changes this time around: a new rule from the Biden administration that opens enrollment to Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals recipients. DACA is a federal program offering some protection from deportation and providing work authorization to some people brought to the country as children by family members lacking permanent legal residency.

While the rule could allow an estimated 100,000 DACA recipients to sign up for health insurance in 2025, its fate is uncertain. That’s because it’s being challenged in federal court by Kansas and 18 other states, including Virginia, New Hampshire, North Dakota, and several others in the South and Midwest.

Separately, 19 states and D.C. filed a brief in support of the Biden administration rule that allows DACA recipients to enroll in ACA plans. Those states, led by New Jersey, include many on the East and West Coasts, including California, New York, Oregon and Washington.

The plaintiff states argue that the rule will cause management and resource burdens as more people enroll, and that it will encourage additional people to remain in the United States when they don’t have the proper paperwork. The lawsuit, filed in U.S. District Court for the District of North Dakota in August, seeks to postpone the rule’s effective date and overturn it, saying the expansion of the “lawfully present” definition by the Biden administration violates the law.

ACA plans are open to American citizens and lawfully present immigrants. Now the group often dubbed “Dreamers” will qualify as lawfully present for the purpose of enrolling and applying for tax credits to help cover premiums.

“More than one third of DACA recipients currently do not have health insurance, so making them eligible to enroll in coverage will improve their health and wellbeing, and help the overall economy,” Health and Human Services Secretary Xavier Becerra said in a May news release.

On Oct. 15, the district court heard arguments in the case, and a ruling might come soon, said Zachary Baron, a legal expert at Georgetown Law, who helps manage the O’Neill Institute’s Health Care Litigation Tracker.

But that hearing also launched a flurry of related motions and orders. For instance, U.S. District Judge Daniel Traynor ordered the federal government to provide North Dakota with the names of 128 DACA recipients in the state, under seal, to calculate any financial costs associated with complying with the Biden administration rule in order to determine whether the case should be heard there. The state has until Nov. 12 to respond. The federal government sought to squelch the order, but Traynor denied the request Monday.

And there could be more back-and-forth.

Once Traynor issues a final ruling in the case, it could be appealed by either side, delaying resolution of the lawsuit possibly into next year, when the outcome of Tuesday’s presidential election might also play a role. A new administration, for example, could issue new rules to change or reverse decisions made by the Biden administration.

Find more here on sign-up season, including deadlines, projected premium increases and scams.


This article is not available for syndication due to republishing restrictions. If you have questions about the availability of this or other content for republication, please contact [email protected].


Related Topics

Contact Us

Submit a Story Tip

Bust Some Tokyo Ghosts With This Week’s Epic Games Store Freebies

Ghostwire: Tokyo

October 31 – November 7, 2024

Witch It

October 31 – November 7, 2024

Moving Out

October 24-31, 2024

Kardboard Kings: Card Shop Simulator

October 17-24, 2024

Invincible Presents: Atom Eve

October 17-24, 2024

Outliver: Tribulation

October 10-17, 2024

Empyrion: Galactic Survival

October 10-17, 2024

Bear and Breakfast

October 3-10, 2024

The Spirit and the Mouse

September 26 – October 3, 2024

The Last Stand: Aftermath

September 19-26, 2024

Toem

September 19-26, 2024

Super Crazy Rhythm Castle

September 12-19, 2024

Rugrats: Adventures in Gameland

September 12 – 19, 2024

Football Manager 2024

September 5 – 12, 2024

Sniper Ghost Warrior Contracts

September 5 – 12, 2024

Wild Card Football

August 29 – September 5, 2024

Fallout: Classic Collection

August 29 – September 5, 2024

The Callisto Protocol

August 22-29, 2024

Gigantic: Rampage Edition

August 22-29, 2024

World of Warships starter pack

August 15- 22, 2024

Death’s Gambit: Afterlife

August 15-22, 2024

Cygni: All Guns Blazing

August 8-15, 2024

DNF Duel

August 8-15, 2024

LumbearJack

August 1-8, 2024

FIST: Forged in Shadow

July 25-August 1, 2024

Maid of Sker

July 18-25, 2024

Arcade Paradise

July 18-25, 2024

Floppy Knights

July 11-18, 2024

The Falconeer

July 4-11, 2024

Sunless Skies: Sovereign Edition

June 27-July 4, 2024

Rumble Club

June 20-27, 2024

Freshly Frosted

June 20-27, 2024

Redout 2

June 13-20, 2024

Idle Champions of the Forgotten Realms

June 13-20, 2024

Marvel’s Midnight Suns

June 6-13, 2024

Chivalry 2

May 30-June 6, 2024

Farming Simulator 22

May 23-30, 2024

Dragon Age: Inquisition GOTY Edition

May 16-23, 2024

Circus Electrique

May 9-16, 2024

Orcs Must Die 3

May 2-9, 2024

Industria

April 25-May 2, 2024

Lisa The Painful: Definitive Edition

April 25-May 2, 2024

Town of Salem 2

April 18-25, 2024

The Big Con

April 18-25, 2024

Ghostrunner

April 11-18, 2024

The Outer Worlds: Spacer’s Choice Edition

April 4-11, 2024

Thief

April 4-11, 2024

Islets

March 28-April 4, 2024

Call of the Wild: The Angler

March 21-28, 2024

Invincible Presents: Atom Eve

March 21-28, 2024

Deus Ex: Mankind Divided

March 14-21, 2024

The Bridge

March 14-21, 2024

Astro Duel 2

March 7-14, 2024

Super Meat Boy Forever

February 22-29, 2024

Dakar Desert Rally

February 15-22, 2024

Lost Castle

February 8-15, 2024

Doki Doki Literature Club Plus!

February 8-15, 2024

Doors – Paradox

February 1-8, 2024 Infinifactory January 25-February 1, 2024 Love January 18-25, 2024 Sail Forth January 11-18, 2024 Marvel’s Guardians of the Galaxy January 4-11, 2024 A Plague Tale: Innocence January 3, 2024 20 Minutes Till Dawn January 2, 2024 Escape Academy January 1, 2024 Ghostrunner December 31, 2023 Saints Row December 30, 2023 Snakebird Complete December 29, 2023 Cat Quest December 28, 2023 Cursed to Golf December 27, 2023 Human Resource Machine December 26, 2026 The Outer Worlds December 25, 2023 Ghostwire: Tokyo December 24, 2023 Fallout 3: Game of the Year Edition December 23, 2023 Art of Rally December 22, 2023 Melvor Idle December 21, 2023 DNF Duel December 20, 2023 Destiny 2: Legacy Collection December 14-20, 2023 Predecessor December 7-14, 2023 GigaBash December 7-14, 2023 Mighty Fight Federation November 30-December 7, 2023 Jitsu Squad November 30-December 7, 2023 Deliver Us Mars November 23-30, 2023 Surviving The Aftermath November 16-23, 2023 Earthlock November 16-23, 2023 Golden Light November 9-16, 2023 Turnip Boy Commits Tax Evasion November 2-9, 2023 Tandem: A Tale of Shadows October 26-November 2, 2023 The Evil Within 2 October 26-November 2, 2023 Eternal Threads October 19-26, 2023 The Evil Within October 19-26, 2023 QUBE Ultimate Bundle October 12-19, 2023 Blazing Sails October 12-19, 2023 Godlike Burger October 5-12, 2023 Soulstice September 28-October 5, 2023 Model Builder September 28-October 5, 2023 Out of Line September 21-28, 2023 The Forest Quartet September 21-28, 2023 911 Operator September 14-21, 2023 Spelldrifter September 7-14, 2023 Cave Story+ August 31-September 7, 2023 Homeworld: Deserts of Kharak August 24-31, 2023 Dodo Peak August 18-24, 2023 Black Book August 18-24, 2023 Europa Universalis IV August 10-17, 2023 Orwell: Keeping an Eye on You August 10-17, 2023 Bloons TD 6 August 3-10, 2023 Loop Hero August 3-10, 2023 Severed Steel July 27-August 3, 2023 Homeworld Remastered Collection July 27-August 3, 2023 Murder by Numbers July 20-27, 2023 The Elder Scrolls Online July 20-27, 2023 Train Valley 2 July 13-20, 2023 Grime July 6-13, 2023 The Dungeon of Naheulbeuk June 29-July 6, 2023 The Hunter: Call of the Wild June 22-29, 2023 Guacamelee 2 June 15-22, 2023 Guacamelee: Super Turbo Championship Edition June 15-22, 2023 Payday 2 June 8-15, 2023 Midnight Ghost Hunt June 1-8, 2023 Fallout: New Vegas – Ultimate edition May 25-June 1, 2023 Death Stranding May 18-25, 2023 Sims 4 DLC May 11-18, 2023 Second Extinction May 4-11, 2023 Kao the Kangaroo May 4-11, 2023 Against All Odds May 4-11, 2023 Poker Club April 27-May 4, 2023 Breathedge April 27-May 4, 2023 Beyond Blue April 20, 27, 2023 Never Alone April 20-27, 2023 Mordhau April 13-20, 2023 Second Extinction April 13-20, 2023 Shapez April 6-13, 2023 Dying Light: Enhanced Edition April 6-13, 2023 The Silent Age March 30-April 6, 2023 Tunche March 30-April 6, 2023 Chess Ultra March 23-30, 2023 Warhammer: 40,000: Gladius – Relics of War March 16-23, 2023 Call of the Sea March 9-16, 2023 Rise of Industry March 2-9, 2023 Duskers February 23-March 2, 2023 War Pips February 16-23, 2023 Recipe for Disaster February 9-16, 2023 City of Gangsters February 2-9, 2023 Dishonored: Death of the Outsider February 2-9, 2023 Hell is Others January 26-February 2, 2023 Adios January 26-February 2, 2023 Epistory – Typing Chronicles January 19-26, 2023 First Class Trouble January 12-19, 2023 Divine Knockout January 12-19, 2023 Gamedec – Definitive Edition January 12-19, 2023 Shadow Tactics: Aiko’s Choice January 5-12, 2023 Kerbal Space Program January 5-12, 2023 Eximius: Seize the Frontline December 30-January 5, 2023 Dishonored: Definitive Edition December 30-January 5, 2023 Mortal Shell December 28-29, 2022 Severed Steel December 27-28, 2022 FIST Forged In Shadow Torch December 26-27, 2022 Death Stranding December 25-26, 2022 Metro Last Light Redux December 24-25, 2022 Encased December 23-24, 2022 Fallout December 22-23, 2022 Lego Builder’s Journey December 21-22, 2022 Wolfenstein: The New Order December 20-21, 2022 Them’s Fightin’ Herds December 19-20, 2022 Sable December 18-19, 2022 Costume Quest 2 December 17-18, 2022 Horizon Chase Turbo December 16-17, 2022 Bloons TD 6 December 15-16, 2022 Wildcat Gun Machine December 8-15, 2022 Saints Row IV Re-elected December 8-15, 2022 RPG in a Box December 1-8, 2022 Fort Triumph December 1-8, 2022 Star Wars: Squadrons November 24-December 1, 2022 Dark Deity November 17-24, 2022 Evil Dead: The Game November 17-24, 2022 Shadow Tactics: Blades of the Shogun November 10-17, 2022 Alba: A Wildlife Adventure November 10-17, 2022 Rising Storm 2: Vietnam November 3-10, 2022 Filament November 3-10, 2022 Warhammer 40,000: Mechanicus October 27-November 3, 2022 Saturnalia October 27-November 3, 2022 Evoland Legendary Edition October 20-27, 2022 Fallout 3: Game of the Year Edition October 20-27, 2022 Darkwood October 13-20, 2022 ToeJam & Earl: Back in the Groove October 13-20, 2022 Slain: Back from Hell October 6-13, 2022 Rising Hell October 6-13, 2022 The Drone Racing League Simulator September 29-October 6, 2022 Ark: Survival Evolved September 22-29, 2022 Gloomhaven September 22-29, 2022 Spirit of the North September 15-22, 2022 The Captain September 15-22, 2022 Realm Royale Reforged Launch Bundle September 8-15, 2022 Hundred Days – Winemaking Simulator September 8-15, 2022 Submerged: Hidden Depths September 1-8, 2022 Shadow of the Tomb Raider September 1-8, 2022 Destiny 2: Bungie 30th Anniversary Pack August 25-September 1, 2022 Ring of Pain August 25-September 1, 2022 Doom 64 August 18-25, 2022 Rumbleverse – Boom Boxer Pack August 18-25, 2022 Cook, Serve, Delicious 3 August 11-18, 2022 Unrailed August 4-11, 2022 Lawn Mowing Simulator July 28-August 4, 2022 Shop Titans July 21-28, 2022 Tannenberg July 21-28, 2022 Wonder Boy: The Dragon’s Trap July 14-21, 2022 Killing Floor 2 July 7-14, 2022 Ancient Enemy July 7-14, 2022 Geneforge I – Mutagen June 30-July 7, 2022 Hood: Outlaws & Legends June 30-July 7 Iratus: Lord of the Dead June 30-July 7, 2022 Car Mechanic Simulator 2018 June 23-30, 2022 A Game of Thrones: The Board Game June 23-30, 2022 Supraland June 16-23, 2022 Maneater June 9-16, 2022 Wolfenstein: The New Order June 2-9, 2022 BioShock: The Collection May 26-June 2, 2022 Borderlands 3 May 19-26, 2022 Redout: Enhanced Edition May 12-19, 2022 Prey May 12-19, 2022 Jotun: Valhalla Edition May 12-19, 2022 Terraforming Mars May 5-12, 2022 Paradigm April 28-May 5, 2022 Just Die Already April 28-May 5, 2022 Riverbond April 21-28, 2022 Insurmountable April 14-21, 2022 XCOM 2 April 14-21, 2022 The Vanishing of Ethan Carter April 7-14, 2022 Rogue Legacy April 7-14, 2022 City of Brass March 31-April 7, 2022 Total War: Warhammer March 31-April 7, 2022 Demon’s Tilt March 24-31, 2022 In Sound Mind March 17-24, 2022 Cities: Skylines March 10-17, 2022 Black Widow: Recharged March 3-10, 2022 Centipede: Recharged March 3-10, 2022 Cris Tales February 24-March 3, 2022 Brothers – A Tale of Two Sons February 17-24, 2022 Windbound February 10-17, 2022 Yooka-Laylee and the Impossible Lair February 3-10, 2022 Daemon X Machina January 27-February 3, 2022 Relicta January 20-27, 2022 Galactic Civilizations 3 January 13-20, 2022 Gods Will Fall January 6-13, 2022 Tomb Raider Reboot Trilogy December 29, 2021-January 6, 2022 Salt and Sanctuary December 29-30, 2021 Moving Out December 28-29, 2021 Mages of Mystralia December 27-28, 2021 Control December 26-27, 2021 Prey December 25-26, 2021 Pathfinder: Kingmaker December 24-25, 2021 Vampyr December 23-24, 2021 Mutant Year Zero: Road to Eden December 22-23, 2021 Second Extinction December 21-22, 2021 Loop Hero December 18-21, 2021 The Vanishing of Ethan Carter December 19, 2021 Remnant: From the Ashes December 18, 2021 Neon Abyss December 17-18, 2021 Shenmue III December 16-17, 2021 Prison Architect December 9-16, 2021 Godfall: Challenger Edition December 9-16, 2021 While True: Learn[] December 2-9, 2021 Dead by Daylight December 2-9, 2021 The Hunter: Call of the Wild November 25-December 2, 2021 Kid A Mnesia Exhibition November 18-25, 2021 Never Alone November 18-25, 2021 Guild of Dungeoneering November 18-25, 2021 Tiny Tiny’s Assault on Dragon Keep November 9-16, 2021 Aven Colony November 4-11, 2021 Darq: Complete Edition October 28-November 4, 2021 Among the Sleep October 21-28, 2021 Stubbs the Zombie in Rebel Without a Pulse October 14-21, 2021 PC Building Simulator October 7-14, 2021 Europa Universalis IV September 30-October 7, 2021 The Escapists September 23-30, 2021 Tharsis September 16-23, 2021 Speed Brawl September 16-23, 2021 Sheltered September 9-16, 2021 Nioh: Complete Edition September 9-16, 2021 Yoku’s Island Express September 2-9, 2021 Automachef August 26-September 2, 2021 Saints Row The Third Remastered August 26-September 2, 2021 Void Bastards August 19-26, 2021 Yooka-Laylee August 19-26, 2021 Rebel Galaxy August 12-19, 2021 Minit August 5-12, 2021 A Plague Tale: Innocence August 5-12, 2021 Train Sim World 2 July 29-August 5, 2021 Mothergunship July 29-August 5, 2021 Defense Grid: Awakening July 22-29, 2021 Verdun July 22-29, 2021 Offworld Trading Company July 15-22, 2021 Obduction July 15-22, 2021 Ironcast July 8-15, 2021 Bridge Constructor: Walking Dead July 8-15, 2021 The Spectrum Retreat July 1-July 8, 2021 Horizon Chase Turbo June 24-July 1, 2021 Sonic Mania June 24-July 1, 2021 Hell is Other Demons June 17-24, 2021 Overcooked 2 June 17-24, 2021 Control June 10-17, 2021 Frostpunk June 3-10, 2021 Among Us May 27-June 3, 2021 NBA 2K21 May 20-27, 2021 The Lion’s Song May 13-20, 2021 Pine May 6-13, 2021 Idle Champions of the Forgotten Realms (DLC) April 29-May 6, 2021 Hand of Fate 2 April 22-29, 2021 Alien: Isolation April 22-29, 2021 Deponia: The Complete Journey April 15-22, 2021 Ken Follet’s The Pillars of the Earth April 15-22, 2021 The First Tree April 15-22, 2021 3/10: Season Two April 8-15, 2021 Tales of the Neon Sea April 1-8, 2021 Creature in the Well March 25-April 1, 2021 The Fall March 18-25, 2021 Surviving Mars March 11-18, 2021 Wargame: Red Dragon March 4-11, 2021 Sunless Sea February 25-March 4, 2021 Absolute Drift February 18-25, 2021 Rage 2 February 18-25, 2021 Halycon 6: Starbase Commander February 11-18, 2021 For the King February 4-11, 2021 Metro: Last Light Redux February 4-11, 2021 Dandara: Trials of Fear edition January 28-February 4, 2021 Galactic Civilizations III January 21-28, 2021 Star Wars Battlefront II: Celebration edition January 14-21, 2021 Crying Suns January 7-14, 2021 Jurassic World Evolution January 1-7, 2021 Tyranny – Gold edition December 10-17, 2020 Pillars of Eternity – Definitive edition December 10-17, 2020 Cave Story+ December 3-10, 2020 The World Next Door November 19-26, 2020 Elite Dangerous November 19-26, 2020 The Textorcist: The Story of Ray Bibbia November 12-19, 2020 Dungeons 3 November 5-12, 2020 Blair Witch October 29-November 5, 2020 Ghostbusters: The Video Game Remastered October 29-November 5, 2020 Costume Quest 2 October 22-29, 2020 Layers of Fear 2 October 22-29, 2020 Amnesia: A Machine For Pigs October 15-22, 2020 Kingdom: New Lands October 15-22, 2020 Rising Storm 2: Vietnam October 8-15, 2020 Abzu October 8-15, 2020 Pikuniku October 1-8, 2020 RollerCoaster Tycoon 3 September 24-October 1, 2020 Football Manager 2020 September 17-24, 2020 Stick it to the Man September 17-24, 2020 Watch Dogs 2 September 17-24, 2020 Where the Water Tastes Like Wine September 10-17, 2020 Railway Empire September 10-17, 2020 Into the Breach September 3-10, 2020 Shadowrun Collection August 27-September 3, 2020 Hitman August 27-September 3, 2020 God’s Trigger August 20-27, 2020 Enter the Gungeon August 20-27, 2020 Remnant: From the Ashes August 13-20, 2020 The Alto Collection August 13-20, 2020 Wilmot’s Warehouse August 6-13, 2020 Superbrothers: Sword & Sorcery EP July 30-August 6, 2020 Barony July 30-August 6, 2020 20XX July 30-August 6, 2020 Next Up Hero July 23-30, 2020 Tacoma July 23-30, 2020 Torchlight 2 July 16-23, 2020 Killing Floor 2 July 9-16, 2020 Lifeless Planet July 9-16, 2020 The Escapists 2 July 9-16, 2020 Hue July 2-July 9, 2020 AER Memories of Old June 25-July 2, 2020 Stranger Things 3 June 25-July 2, 2020 Pathway June 18-25, 2020 Ark: Survival Evolved June 11-18, 2020 Samurai Shodown NeoGeo Collection June 11-18, 2020 Overcooked June 4-11, 2020 Borderlands: The Handsome Collection May 28-June 4, 2020 Civilization VI May 21-28, 2020 Grand Theft Auto V May 14-21, 2020 Death Coming May 7-14, 2020 Crashlands April 30-May 7, 2020 Amnesia: The Dark Descent April 30-May 7, 2020 For the King April 23-30, 2020 Just Cause 4 April 16-23, 2020 Wheels of Aurelia April 16-23, 2020 Sherlock Holmes: Crimes and Punishments April 9-16, 2020 Close to the Sun April 9-16, 2020 Gone Home April 2-9, 2020 Drawful 2 April 2-9, 2020 Hob April 2-9, 2020 Totally Reliable Delivery Service April 1-8, 2020 World War Z March 26-April 2, 2020 Torment x Punisher March 26-April 2, 2020 Figment March 26-April 2, 2020 Watch Dogs March 19-26, 2020 The Stanley Parable March 19-26, 2020 A Short Hike March 12-19, 2020 Mutazione March 12-19, 2020 Anodyne 2 March 12-19, 2020 Gonner March 5-12, 2020 Offworld Trading Company March 5-12, 2020 Inner Space February 27-March 5, 2020 Faeria February 20-27, 2020 Assassin’s Creed Syndicate February 20-27, 2020 Aztez February 13-20, 2020 Kingdom Come: Deliverance February 13-20, 2020 Ticket to Ride February 6-13, 2020 Carcassonne February 6-13, 2020 Farming Simulator 19 January 30-February 6, 2020 The Bridge January 23-30, 2020 Horace January 16-23, 2020 Sundered: Eldritch Edition January 9-16, 2020 Darksiders Warmastered Edition January 1-9, 2020 Darksiders 2 Dethinitive Edition January 1-9, 2020 Steep January 1-9, 2020 Yooka-Laylee and the Impossible Lair December 31, 2019 Hello Neighbor December 30, 2019 The Talos Principle December 29, 2019 Shadow Tactics: Blades of the Shogun December 28, 2019 Hyper Light Drifter December 27, 2019 FTL: Faster Than Light December 26, 2019 Totally Accurate Battle Simulator December 25, 2019 Celeste December 24, 2019 Ape Out December 23, 2019 Little Inferno December 22, 2019 Superhot December 21, 2019 Towerfall Ascension December 20, 2019 Into the Breach December 19, 2019 The Wolf Among Us December 12-19, 2019 The Escapists December 12-19, 2019 Jotun: Valhalla Edition December 6-12, 2019 Rayman Legends November 29-December 6, 2019 Bad North November 21-29, 2019 The Messenger November 14-21, 2019 Ruiner November 7-14, 2019 Nuclear Throne November 7-14, 2019 Costume Quest October 31-November 7, 2019 Soma October 31-November 7, 2019 Layers of Fear October 24-October 31, 2019 Q.U.B.E.2 October 24-October 31, 2019 Alan Wake: American Nightmare October 17-24, 2019 Observer October 17-24, 2019 Surviving Mars October 10-17, 2019 Minit October 3-10, 2019 Metro 2033 Redux September 26-October 3, 2019 Everything September 26-October 3, 2019 Lego Batman Trilogy September 19-26, 2019 Batman: Arkham Collection September 19-26, 2019 Conarium September 12-19, 2019 Abzu September 5-12, 2019 The End is Nigh September 5-12, 2019 Celeste August 29-September 5, 2019 Inside August 29-September 5, 2019 Fez August 22-29, 2019 Hyper Light Drifter August 15-22, 2019 Mutant Year Zero: Road to Eden August 15-22, 2019 GNOG August 8-15, 2019 For Honor August 2-9, 2019 Alan Wake August 2-9, 2019 This War of Mine July 25-August 2, 2019 Moonlighter July 25-August 2, 2019 Limbo July 18-July 25, 2019 Torchlight July 11-18, 2019 Overcooked July 4-11, 2019 Last Day of June June 27-July 4, 2019 Rebel Galaxy June 20-27, 2019 Enter the Gungeon June 13-20, 2019 Kingdom: New Lands June 6-13, 2019 City of Brass May 30-6, 2019 Rime May 23-30, 2019 Stories Untold May 16-23, 2019 World of Goo May 2-16, 2019 Transistor April 18-May 2, 2019 The Witness April 4-18, 2019 Oxenfree March 21-April 4, 2019 Slime Rancher March 7-21, 2019 Thimbleweed Park February 21-March 7, 2019 Axiom Verge February 7-21, 2019 The Jackbox Party Pack January 24-February 7, 2019 What Remains of Edith Finch January 11-24, 2019 Super Meat Boy December 28, 2018-January 10, 2019 Subnautica December 12-27, 2018
Researchers identify ‘sweet spot’ for safe surgery after heart attack

After a heart attack, aging adults face double or triple the risk of life-threatening complications — like a debilitating stroke or another heart attack — when they move forward with elective noncardiac surgeries too soon, according to new University of Rochester research published in JAMA Surgery.

A deep dive into the Medicare database of 5.2 million surgeries from 2017 to 2020 for patients 67 and older suggests delaying surgery for three to six months following a heart attack, known as a non-ST-segmented elevation myocardial infarction (NSTEMI).

Researchers aim to identify the “sweet spot” for safely scheduling additional surgical procedures in this high-risk population. The study provides valuable analysis to support changes to decision-making guidelines set more than 20 years ago.

“The data physicians are using for patient care decisions today is outdated. Given the advances in care and the ever-changing mix of patients, clinicians need the latest information,” said Laurent Glance, MD, lead author and professor of Anesthesiology and Perioperative Medicine and Public Health Sciences at the University of Rochester Medical Center (URMC).

The 2014 American College of Cardiology and American Heart Association perioperative guidelines call for waiting 60 days after a heart attack before undergoing an elective noncardiac surgery. The recommendation was based on a study of 500,000 patients between 1999 and 2004.

Most post-surgical deaths or significant complications occur during the first 30 days of recovery and perioperative teams work diligently to prevent them. This new analysis shows a decline in risk during the first 90 days, when it leveled off for the next 180 days.

Aging patients often have multiple acute or chronic conditions, and physicians are challenged to balance their risk of surgical care with their expectations for quality of life.

“Perioperative teams analyze a variety of health and lifestyle factors when we assess a patient’s risk and work to optimize their outcomes,” said Marjorie Gloff, MD, a co-author and director of URMC’s Center for Perioperative Medicine. “It can be frustrating for individuals who suffer with joint pain to postpone a long-awaited knee or hip replacement after surviving a heart attack.”

Additional co-authors include Gloff, Heather Lander, MD, Stewart Lustik, MD, Michael Eaton, MD, Sabu Thomas, MD, of URMC; Mark Sorbero, MS, and Andrew Dick, PhD, of RAND Health; Karen E. Joynt Maddox, MD, MPH, of Washington University; Lee Fleisher, MD, of University of Pennsylvania; and Jingjing Shang, PhD, RN, and Patricia Strong, PhD, RN, of Columbia School of Nursing.

This study was supported by funding from the National Institute of Aging, National Institute of Nursing Research and URMC’s Department of Anesthesiology and Perioperative Medicine.

Launching All-In-One CLAT Prep with CLATalogue Subscription! [Starting at Rs. 8/Day]

CLATalogue, powered by Lawctopus, is thrilled to introduce an exclusive subscription plan designed to help you ace your law entrance exams! Whether you’re preparing for CLAT or AILET, we’ve got the right resources to give you a competitive edge.

About CLATalogue

Launched on 5th November 2020, CLATalogue was created to cater to law aspirants aiming for NLUs and top law universities. With over 95,000 new readers visiting us each month, we offer preparatory materials, advisory posts, sample questions, and more, all crafted by NLU graduates to ensure accuracy and relevance.

Our comprehensive resources range from various trend and pattern analyses, and detailed notes to inspiring stories from #CLATStory alumni- all curated to ensure you stay on top of your prep!

Why Subscribe to CLATalogue?

Are you tired of limited access and want to unlock the full potential of your law prep? By upgrading to a premium plan today, you will have access to the best materials that CLATalogue has to offer!

CLATalogue’s subscription is meant to ensure you have access to preparatory materials and mocks from the comfort of your home at affordable prices

Our team consists of NLU students and graduates who work on the resources with one goal in mind- to help YOU ace the test with confidence and clarity!

Our ‘Ask a Question’ feature is meant to provide answers to your questions within 48 hours. Have questions about concepts in law, upcoming examinations, and more? Write to Team CLATalogue!

To help you get started on a successful career path, we have included 1-1 mentorship sessions with our experienced  in-house career counselors in our premium plans. 

CLATalogue Subscription Plan

To make it even better, we’re offering an exclusive 40% discount for our launch period! This is your chance to get top-quality resources at an unbeatable price and gain the edge you’ve been looking for. Stay tuned for the big day, and get ready to unlock your full potential with us!

How to Subscribe?

Keep an eye on this space to learn more!

Contact Details

Do you have a question or need assistance? We’re here to help you every step of the way.

Connect with our Editorial Head at [email protected]

PCOS fertility plan for women: Expert tips on diet, exercise and supplements for conception | Health

Polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS) is the most common endocrinopathy affecting reproductive age group women, with impacts from adolescence to post menopause. PCOS prevalence is between 10-13%.

PCOS fertility plan for women: Expert tips on diet, exercise and supplements for conception (Photo by Pixabay)

PCOS is the common cause for anovulatory infertility and the incidence is higher between 70-80%. Hence, the fertility treatment for women with PCOS are mainly targeted on treating anovulation.

Fertility treatments for women with PCOS:

In an interview with HT Lifestyle, Dr Nandini Devi, Gynecologist, Obstetrician and Infertility Specialist and Center Head at Indira IVF in Chennai, revealed that fertility treatment options for women with PCOS are non-pharmacological, pharmacological intervention and assisted reproduction treatments. She elaborated –

1. Non pharmacological intervention: 40-60% of women with PCOS are overweight or obese. Obesity leads to increase in insulin resistance and ovarian hyperandrogenism, causing hirsutism, anovulation, infertility and also metabolic disorders like diabetes, hypertension or increased risk for cardiovascular disease. Hence, lifestyle modifications like exercise and dietary modification is imperative. The new international PCOS guideline recommends a minimum of 150 mins/week of moderate intensity physical activity or 75mins/week vigorous intensity and muscle strengthening activities on 2 non-consecutive days/week. Low calorie diet with adequate nutritional intake and healthy food choices have improved fertility outcome. The current recommendations to achieve weight loss, is achieving an energy deficit of 30% or 500-750 Kcal/day.

Dairy can be inflammatory, so it’s best to avoid foods that cause you bloating and indigestion to prevent PCOS. (Unsplash)
Dairy can be inflammatory, so it’s best to avoid foods that cause you bloating and indigestion to prevent PCOS. (Unsplash)

2. Pharmacological treatment: The principle for this treatment is to treat anovulation as PCOS represents 80% of anovulatory infertility. Oral ovulation induction drugs (like clomiphene citrate and letrozole) and insulin sensitisers (like metformin) are the first line drugs. Gonadotropins are used as second line agents, following unsuccessful treatment with first line oral ovulogens.

3. Assisted reproductive technology: Intra uterine insemination can be considered when ovulation induction with timed intercourse fails. In vitro fertilisation (IVF)/Intracytoplasmic sperm injection (ICSI) can be considered as the last option for anovulatory PCOS. PCOS is a multifaceted condition hence, multidisciplinary care is needed to address anovulation and also metabolic syndrome and psychological issues that are associated with this condition.

Bringing her expertise to the same Dr Nithya Rengaraj, New Medical Centre – Multispecialty Hospital in Pondicherry, echoed that many women with PCOS can still achieve pregnancy with the right interventions. According to her, a variety of treatments are available to help improve fertility –

1. Lifestyle modification: Weight reduction (5 to 7 percent) with balanced diet and exercise is the initial recommendation for patients with PCOS as it helps to restore ovulation in more than 75 percent of women.

2. Medications: Metformin is a common medication for people with PCOS and insulin resistance. For women who don’t ovulate regularly, medications like Clomiphene Citrate (Clomid) or Letrozole may be prescribed to stimulate the ovaries to release an egg. These drugs are often the first line of treatment for women with PCOS who are trying to conceive. In some patients, addition of drugs like Gonadotropins or dopamine agonists may be required to achieve ovulation.

3. IUI: In case of failed conception despite ovulation for 3 cycles or a combined male factor, artificial insemination can improve pregnancy rates.

4. In Vitro Fertilization (IVF): For women who don’t respond to ovulation-stimulating drugs, IVF may be a more advanced option. In IVF, eggs are harvested from the ovaries, fertilised in a lab, and then implanted into the uterus. Although it’s a more invasive procedure, IVF has high success rates for women with PCOS who experience fertility challenges.

5. Surgical Options: In some cases, a procedure known as ovarian drilling may be considered. This laparoscopic surgery involves making small holes in the ovaries to reduce androgen production and stimulate regular ovulation. However, it is typically only considered when other treatments have failed or when the AMH levels are very high.The tubal patency can be simultaneously tested.

What can you do to improve fertility with PCOS?

Dr Nandini Devi, answered, “PCOS is the most common cause of anovulatory infertility. Lifestyle modification could help in improving fertility. Lifestyle modifications like exercise and dietary changes helps in lowering insulin resistance and restores spontaneous ovulation and thereby clinical pregnancy and live birth rates. Supplements like Inositols such as myoinositol and delta chiro inositol, act like insulin sensitisers and improve ovulation.”

Balance carbohydrates and proteins to manage PCOS(File Photo)
Balance carbohydrates and proteins to manage PCOS(File Photo)

 

She added, “Vitamin D, calcium and Vitamin B12 supplements promote follicular maturation and improve pregnancy rates. Thyroid supplements in case of hypothyroidism, improve fertility. Adequate sleep is important, as it improves fertility. Poor sleep or circadian clock disruption contributes to menstrual and reproductive dysfunctions. Synbiotics and probotics supplement in women with PCOS improves hormonal, oxidative and inflammatory indices in the condition.”

Dr Nithya Rengaraj advised –

  1. Maintain a Healthy Weight: Even modest weight loss can improve insulin resistance, lower androgen levels, and restore ovulation. A balanced diet rich in whole grains, proteins, fruits, and vegetables can help support weight management and hormone regulation.
  2. Exercise Regularly: Physical activity can help reduce insulin levels and improve ovulation. Aim for at least 30 minutes of moderate exercise like a combination of aerobic exercises like brisk walking, jogging, or cycling and flexibility exercises such as yoga or stretching.
  3. Maintain a menstrual calendar to keep track of your cycles.

Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and not a substitute for professional medical advice. Always seek the advice of your doctor with any questions about a medical condition.

GSK vaccine sales sink on lower demand for RSV, shingles shots

Sales of GSK’s top-selling vaccines fell sharply during the third quarter amid lower demand, sending shares in the British pharmaceutical company down 3% in U.S. trading Wednesday.

GSK, which had downgraded its vaccine sales forecasts in July, did so again Wednesday in reporting earnings for the third quarter. The company now expects vaccine sales to decline by low single digits versus last year.

During the third quarter, sales of GSK’s shingles vaccine dropped by 7% compared to the same period in 2023, while sales of its shot for respiratory syncytial virus, Arexvy, plunged by 72% year over year.

In a presentation, GSK attributed the drop of Arexvy to several factors, including a narrower recommendation from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, prioritization of COVID vaccinations in the U.S. and lower rates of RSV infections this season.

The decline mirrored that of Pfizer’s competing vaccine Abrysvo, sales of which came in lower this quarter compared to last year’s. Pfizer also cited the CDC recommendation, which focuses on vaccination for adults 75 years or older, as well as those between 60 and 74 years who are at higher risk of disease. Previously, the CDC had urged all adults 60 and older — for whom both Arexvy and Abrysvo are approved — to discuss vaccination with their doctor.

However, GSK also pointed to how, in the third quarter last year, there was significant stocking of Arexvy during the shot’s first RSV season on the market. Arexvy and Abrysvo were approved by the FDA within weeks of each other last May, but Arexvy was able to grab a significant market share advantage.

Competition appears to be stiffening, however. Pfizer said Tuesday that its shot’s market share climbed, noting its availability as a maternal vaccination and, most recently, in certain adults 18 years or older who are at high risk.

During a conference call Wednesday, GSK commercial chief Luke Miels said Arexvy maintains “strong leadership market share.”

“We’re still in the foothills of this vaccine’s availability and usage,” said Miels. “In the U.S., we continue to make data available to [the CDC’s advising committee] ACIP and to support them as they move towards making longer-term recommendations on the use of RSV vaccines.”

Both Pfizer and GSK believe that, at some point, revaccination will be needed to maintain adequate protection in older adults.

Miels added that GSK expects annual peak sales of Arexvy can eventually reach higher than 3 billion pounds.

Arexvy sales during the quarter totaled 188 million pounds, or about $244 million, versus 709 million pounds last year. Sales of its shingles shot Shingrix fell to 739 million pounds, or about $959 million, from 825 million pounds last year.

The Latest CoreLogic’s Home Value Index (HVI)

Key takeaways

CoreLogic’s national Home Value Index (HVI) recorded a 0.3% rise in October, marking 21 months of growth since the cycle commenced in February last year.

Mid-sized capitals supported the slight gain, led by Perth’s 1.4% monthly rise, with offsetting declines in Darwin (-1.0%), Canberra (-0.3%), Melbourne (-0.2%), Sydney (-0.1%), and regional Victoria (-0.2%).

Sydney’s drop in home values was the first month-on-month decline since January 2023, with the downturn driven by weaker conditions in the most expensive areas of the market.

Slower growth in home values has been accompanied by a rise in advertised stock levels, while the number of home sales look to be fading.


CoreLogic’s national Home Value Index (HVI) recorded a 0.3% rise in October, the 21st month of growth since the cycle commenced in February last year.

The subtle positive movement was supported by the mid-sized capitals, led by Perth with a 1.4% rise over the month, offsetting declines in Darwin (-1.0%), Canberra (-0.3%), Melbourne (- 0.2%) and Sydney (-0.1%), as well as regional Victoria (-0.2%).

As the market cools, annual growth in national home values has continued to ease, reducing to 6.0% over the 12 months ending October, down from a recent peak annual growth rate of 9.7% in February.

Source: Corelogic HVI 1st November 2024.

The -0.1% fall in Sydney home values was the first monthly decline since January 2023, following a short but sharp -12.4% drop in values between February 2022 and January 2023.

Weaker conditions have been led by the most expensive areas of the market, with a -0.6% fall in upper quartile house values over the month and a -1.1% drop over the past three months.

In comparison, Sydney’s lower quartile house and unit values both recorded a half-a per cent rise in values in October.

The stronger performance across the more affordable end of the market is a consistent theme across the capital cities.

Rolling 3 Month Change In Dwelling Values State Capitals

A combination of less borrowing capacity and broader affordability challenges, as well as a higher-than-average share of investors and first-home buyers in the market, is the most likely explanation for stronger conditions across the lower-value cohorts of the market.

The past three months have seen the lowest quartile either record a higher growth rate or smaller decline relative to the upper quartile or broad middle of the market across every capital city except Canberra.

Rolling 3 Month Change In Dwelling Values Combined Capitals Vs Combined Regionals

While the mid-sized capitals are still leading the pace of value growth, these markets are also losing momentum

Perth continues to lead the nation with a 1.4% rise in values over the month, but this is well down from the growth seen over the February to June period earlier in the year when monthly gains were averaging more than 2%.

Adelaide values have risen by more than 1% each month since March, but conditions look to be slowing here as well with October’s 1.1% gain

marking the lowest monthly rise since June.

Brisbane’s monthly gain of 0.7% was the lowest since July.

Slower growth in home values has been accompanied by a rise in advertised stock levels

Based on a rolling four week count of listings to October 27th, advertised inventory has increased 12.7% since the end of winter across the combined capitals, with the largest increase occurring in Perth where listings are 20.6% higher, albeit from an exceptionally low base.

Total listings are now 13.2% above the previous five-year average in Sydney and 13.0% higher in Melbourne.

Despite the rise in listings across the mid-sized capitals, Perth, Adelaide, and Brisbane are still seeing advertised stock levels more than -20% below the five-year average for this time of the year.

These markets remain well and truly in favour of sellers, although the balance is starting to gradually improve.

Alongside the rise in advertised supply, the number of home sales looks to be fading

Estimates for capital city sales activity over the three months ending October were down -7.5% from three months earlier and -1.6% lower than at the same time last year.

With higher levels of advertised supply and less purchasing activity, selling conditions have loosened.

Bill Belichick and Robert Kraft should stop dragging Jerod Mayo into silly Patriots spat

Turns out Jerod Mayo wasn’t completely wrong when he made his much-analyzed comment about the New England Patriots being “soft.” It’s just that he directed his Insta-slam post at the wrong people: If only he had aimed it at Patriots legends instead of Patriots players, Mayo would be getting saluted in every port of call in Football America.

The Patriots legends of whom we speak are Robert Kraft, the no-doubt-about-it savior of the franchise whose vision and business acumen are why the NFL has a team called the “New England Patriots” and not a team called the “St. Louis Stallions” or whatever they would have been called if only the late James Busch Orthwein had had his way.

The other legend is Bill Belichick, the no-doubt-about-it greatest coach in NFL history whose two decades of point/counterpoint with Tom Brady produced six Super Bowl victories. (And if you’re in the Belichick-is-overrated-because-drool-he-never-won-anything-without-Brady camp, please sell your crazy somewhere else. I’ve explained the lunacy of that take a million times and lack the patience to do so again today.)

GO DEEPER

Why ‘Belichick is nothing without Brady’ is the dumbest sports argument ever

But two things can be true at once. Yes, Belichick is a sure-as-shootin’ Hall of Fame coach, and, yes, Kraft should have received his Canton kiss years ago, but in recent weeks these two fellas have been presenting themselves as a couple of needy, insecure old men.

Caught in the middle of all this Kraft-Belichick whining and caterwauling is Mayo, whose focus is the 2024 Patriots. As opposed to the 83-year-old Kraft and the 72-year-old Belichick, who can’t move on from the 2019 through 2023 Patriots.

It begins with Kraft, who wants to take his share of credit for the good things that have happened with the 21st-century Patriots while also making it sound like he was in the other room whenever the bad stuff happened.

But Kraft was definitely out to lunch when he went on “The Breakfast Club” and said, “Our record the last three to four years wasn’t what I wanted. And I had given him (Belichick) so much power. He had full control over everything. And shame on me, I should’ve had some checks and balances better.”

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

What is with the drama surrounding Bill Belichick, Jerod Mayo and the Patriots?

Nobody needed a secret decoder ring to translate what Kraft was saying, which is that Belichick screwed everything up when the owner had his back turned.

These words from Kraft provided a hold-my-beer moment for Belichick, who proved he could be even needier and more insecure than his former boss.

“I’m kind of hurt for those guys,” Belichick said during his appearance on “The Pat McAfee Show.”

“To call them soft — they’re not soft. They were the best team in the league last year against the run, and those guys went out there and did it even though we couldn’t score many points offensively.”

Again, you don’t need a secret decoder ring. Belichick was nominally speaking about Mayo, but he was really speaking to Kraft, essentially saying, “That’s what you get for firing me.”

Belichick was also speaking to former players of his when he said, “I feel bad for the defensive players on that one because that’s a tough group. Jon Jones, (Davon) Godchaux, Jennings, Josh Uche. Those are all tough players.”

Secret decoder ring: You guys miss me, right?

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

Bill Belichick’s media blitz: Seeking next coaching job or settling all family business?

Belichick is being paid handsomely to be opinionated and provocative. He throws in the neediness and score-settling for free. As for Kraft, I can’t help but feel everything he says is designed to bolster his Hall of Fame candidacy, except that the attempts come across as needless and clunky. Kraft should be judged on his record, not his reminders.

Besides, if Kraft truly believes it was a missing system of checks and balances that doomed the Patriots in the last years of the Belichick era, he’d have made sure to help out his new coach, Mayo, with some of those checks and balances. Years ago when the Red Sox hired 28-year-old Theo Epstein to be their general manager, they brought in the late Bill Lajoie, a seasoned baseball man who helped build a World Series winner in Detroit, as a “special assistant.” Alex Cora, in his first year as manager of the Red Sox, brought in Ron Roenicke as his bench coach. Roenicke had managed the Milwaukee Brewers for four-plus seasons, as well as managing the Dodgers’ Double-A San Antonio club in 1997 when 21-year-old Alex Cora was his shortstop.

Other than Ben McAdoo and his two seasons as head coach of the New York Giants, there’s not much in the way of seasoned perspective on the 2024 Patriots. Some of that is on Mayo. Mostly it’s on ownership, which oversaw a rebuild of the front office and coaching staff.

As for Belichick, his cute little dog-whistling fools nobody. In calling out Mayo, he’s exposing his own softness.

The referendum on Jerod Mayo’s tenure as head coach of the Patriots will likely continue for what’s left of this season and into the offseason. But, really, it’s pointless. It behooves the Patriots to see what Mayo can accomplish with a year’s worth of head-coaching acumen on his resume. It behooves the Patriots to work with Mayo and executive vice president of player personnel Eliot Wolf to add some been-there-done-that to the coaching staff and front office.

And it would behoove Mayo to a) improve his messaging, and b) while I have everyone’s attention, perhaps try being a little more aggressive with the play calling. You know, surprise us now and then.

Lastly, it would behoove Kraft and Belichick to take their little squabble out to the schoolyard and stop dragging Mayo into it. He has in-the-moment, grown-up things to do.

Scoop City Newsletter

Scoop City Newsletter

Free, daily NFL updates direct to your inbox.

Free, daily NFL updates direct to your inbox.

Sign UpBuy Scoop City Newsletter

(Photo of Bill Belichick, Jerod Mayo and DeMarcus Covington: Perry Knotts / Getty Images)

What’s The Difference Between Deactivating and Deleting Your Facebook Account?

When deciding to step back from Facebook, it’s important to understand the difference between deactivating and deleting your account. Both options allow you to remove your online presence, but they cater to different needs and circumstances. Let’s delve into the differences between the two.




Deactivating vs. Deleting Your Facebook Account: Key Differences

Deactivating and deleting your Facebook account mainly differ in terms of what happens to your data and whether you can reverse your decision. Here are some key differences you need to be aware of.

Account Accessibility

Deactivating your Facebook account is a temporary action that allows you to take a break from the platform without permanently losing access. Think of it as pausing your account; you can reactivate it at any time.

Conversely, deleting your Facebook account is a permanent decision. Once you do this, all data associated with your profile, including messages, photos, and connections, is scheduled for deletion after a 30-day grace period. Once this period is over, your account and all associated data are permanently deleted and cannot be recovered.


Messenger Access

someone using the messenger app on a smartphone
Thaspol Sangsee / Shutterstock

When you deactivate your Facebook account, you retain access to Facebook Messenger, which means you can still chat with friends even without an active Facebook profile. Your name will still appear in your friends’ Messenger contacts.

Unlike deactivation, deleting your account fully removes your access to Messenger. All your chat history on Messenger is erased, and friends can no longer reach you through the platform. Messages you previously sent will appear as coming from “Facebook User”, and your account will be inaccessible for any future messages or replies.


Data Retention

Whether you choose to deactivate your account or delete it, Facebook hides your profile, posts, and content from other users, meaning others can’t search for your profile or interact with your posts as they will be invisible.

However, when you deactivate your account, Facebook retains all your data for easy reactivation. If you decide to return, your posts, photos, and connections will be restored exactly as they were.

On the other hand, deleting your account is a more permanent measure. Facebook begins deleting your data completely after the 30-day grace period, and the deletion process may take up to 90 days to complete. After the 30-day period, your information becomes inaccessible and you cannot recover it.

Deactivating vs. Deleting Your Facebook Account: Which One Should You Use?

a facebook logo with a trash bin icon
tovovan / Shutterstock


Now that you understand the implications of deactivating or deleting your Facebook account, let’s discuss which option is best for you.

Deactivating your account is the better choice if you want to step back temporarily—perhaps to achieve a digital detox—or if you’re unsure about leaving Facebook for good. Deactivation is also useful if you don’t want to use Facebook but still wish to connect with your friends through Messenger.

If you are determined to leave Facebook and want no connection to the platform, deleting your account is the appropriate course of action. Additionally, deleting your account guarantees that most of your data is permanently removed from Facebook’s servers, freeing you from any lingering digital footprint or privacy issues associated with Facebook.

How to Reactivate Your Facebook Account After Deactivation or Deletion

If you have only deactivated your Facebook account, the process for reactivating it is straightforward. All you need to do is visit Facebook’s login page on any device and enter your login details (email or phone number and password).


If you opted to delete your Facebook account, you must log in to your Facebook account within 30 days of deleting your account. Once done, click the Cancel Deletion button that appears to confirm the decision.

Deciding between deactivating and deleting your Facebook account largely depends on what you want to achieve. If you’re unsure, deactivating first gives you the time and space to consider whether leaving Facebook is the right decision for you. If you decide it is, you can make your choice permanent by deleting your account.

Ornithologist in Jiangsu captures life in motion

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-30/Ornithologist-in-Jiangsu-captures-life-in-motion-1y7xtQ8iGSk/img/eeddb1bcf5b64a469810c1c49274d705/eeddb1bcf5b64a469810c1c49274d705.jpeg'
The photography work of birdwatcher Li Dongming. /Provided to CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-30/Ornithologist-in-Jiangsu-captures-life-in-motion-1y7xtQ8iGSk/img/eeddb1bcf5b64a469810c1c49274d705/eeddb1bcf5b64a469810c1c49274d705.jpeg'
The photography work of birdwatcher Li Dongming. /Provided to CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-30/Ornithologist-in-Jiangsu-captures-life-in-motion-1y7xtQ8iGSk/img/eeddb1bcf5b64a469810c1c49274d705/eeddb1bcf5b64a469810c1c49274d705.jpeg'
The photography work of birdwatcher Li Dongming. /Provided to CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-30/Ornithologist-in-Jiangsu-captures-life-in-motion-1y7xtQ8iGSk/img/eeddb1bcf5b64a469810c1c49274d705/eeddb1bcf5b64a469810c1c49274d705.jpeg'
The photography work of birdwatcher Li Dongming. /Provided to CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-30/Ornithologist-in-Jiangsu-captures-life-in-motion-1y7xtQ8iGSk/img/eeddb1bcf5b64a469810c1c49274d705/eeddb1bcf5b64a469810c1c49274d705.jpeg'
The photography work of birdwatcher Li Dongming. /Provided to CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-30/Ornithologist-in-Jiangsu-captures-life-in-motion-1y7xtQ8iGSk/img/eeddb1bcf5b64a469810c1c49274d705/eeddb1bcf5b64a469810c1c49274d705.jpeg'
The photography work of birdwatcher Li Dongming. /Provided to CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-30/Ornithologist-in-Jiangsu-captures-life-in-motion-1y7xtQ8iGSk/img/eeddb1bcf5b64a469810c1c49274d705/eeddb1bcf5b64a469810c1c49274d705.jpeg'
The photography work of birdwatcher Li Dongming. /Provided to CGTN

At the Tiaozini Wetland in Yancheng, Jiangsu Province, photographer and ornithologist Li Dongming has captured breathtaking moments of rare birds in nature. Through his lens, endangered species like the spoon-billed sandpiper, Oriental stork and black-headed gull take center stage. Whether gliding gracefully in flight or pecking for food, every frame brims with vitality and beauty. Li’s photographs offer a rare glimpse into this sanctuary of biodiversity, revealing the vibrancy of life in the wetland.

Rooney Mara explores kitchen power dynamics in ‘La Cocina’

I spent 7 years working as a cashier (and as a cook when needed) at a fast-food establishment in Southeast Los Angeles before DACA allowed for other options. It was with a crew of mostly other undocumented people like myself that I shared frustrations and small triumphs alike one late night after another for minimum wage. Beholden to the ticket machine incessantly spitting out orders, we moved at superhuman speed.

The same mechanical monster taunts the staff at the Grill, the fictional Times Square restaurant at the center of Mexican writer-director Alonso Ruizpalacios’ “La Cocina,” a black-and-white reimagining of British author Arnold Wesker’s 1957 play “The Kitchen.”

Almost 70 years after its initial performances, the drama’s warning about prioritizing productivity above humanity remains dishearteningly relevant in our current vicious reality. In theaters Friday, “La Cocina” captures the superficial camaraderie forged in high-pressure jobs where people rely on each other to make it through the day, as well as the dynamics of power in an economic system that thrives on exploiting the most vulnerable — the unseen.

Set in an atemporal New York City (phone booths and old computers coexist alongside more modern references), Ruizpalacios’ adaptation turns the protagonist, Peter, a German in the post-WWII era, into Pedro (Raúl Briones), a rage-fueled Mexican immigrant from Puebla. His brash personality has earned him the respect and scorn of his co-workers in equal measures.

When money from the register goes missing, Pedro becomes a prime suspect. The amount curiously matches the exact cost of the abortion he reluctantly agrees to pay for when his waitress girlfriend Julia (Rooney Mara) reveals she is pregnant.

Rooney Mara and Raúl Briones in the movie “La Cocina.”

(Willa)

An investigation gets underway amid the daily catastrophes typical of any intense food-service environment (loss of tempers, crying in frustration). Here the strong abuse the weak. It’s a microcosm of the world and its vices, and not only because the sounds of several languages permeate the steamy premises.

Ruizpalacios first read “The Kitchen” while studying acting in London in the 2000s. At the time, he worked at the kitschy Rainforest Café in Piccadilly Circus — a now-defunct theme restaurant with animatronic animals — to help pay for his tuition. His fascination with kitchens and their rhythms came from that firsthand experience.

From those days, Ruizpalacios remembers a French Algerian co-worker named Samira, the only woman in the kitchen and a tough salt-of-the-earth motherly figure. A character directly inspired by Samira (and named after her) appears in “La Cocina.”

“She was very demanding and took no s—, but when s— hit the fan, she would be the only person to lend you a helping hand,” Ruizpalacios, 47, recalls on Zoom from his home in Mexico City. “She would always say, ‘Come on, Mexican, come on. Where are you?’”

With no connection to Rooney Mara but a conviction that she would be ideal for the role of Julia, a bold Ruizpalacios wrote her a letter detailing why she should take a risk and go down to Mexico City to make an indie movie with a group of mostly unknown actors.

“Pedro sees Julia as a sort of movie star,” says Ruizpalacios. “I knew casting someone like Rooney, who is well-known and has that movie-star aura, would add to the relationship.” It was the juxtaposition of Mara’s potent, sinewy turn in “The Girl with Dragon Tattoo” and the nuanced fragility she exuded in “Carol” that confirmed his admiration for her performances.

To his surprise, Mara responded positively to his “message in a bottle at sea.”

A woman in a black tank top sits on the back of a movie seat.

“I haven’t really done real theater as an adult, but it felt very close to that because we were doing these long, full takes and there was so much energy,” says Mara of Ruizpalacios’ working methods.

(Marcus Ubungen / Los Angeles Times)

“I’ve read quite a few of them and it’s always really nice to get a letter like that, but I wouldn’t say that they’re always necessarily very effective,” Mara, 39, tells me on a video call from her home in Los Angeles, dressed in a plain gray T-shirt with her hair tied up in a half-ponytail. “But there was something poetic about his letter that really touched me and made me very curious about him and about his script.”

Mara requested Ruizpalacios’ previous films (he sent her his two acclaimed Mexico City-set breakthroughs, 2014’s coming-of-age dramedy “Güeros” and 2018’s heist movie “Museo”), and soon after she agreed to star in “La Cocina.”

“My time is very precious now that I have kids,” Mara says. “To me now, the experience is so important. I’m like: Is this going to be a worthwhile experience? Is it something I can grow from? And everything about the way Alonso wanted to make the film to me was like, ‘Yes, this is an experience I’d like to have.’ It seemed different than anything I had done thus far.”

Back in 2010, Ruizpalacios directed a stage version of “The Kitchen.” Briones, then a student of Ruizpalacios’ acting courses, had a much smaller role as the immigrant restaurant owner demanding his missing funds, and later as a vagabond who wanders into the kitchen. “Pedro exists between these two archetypes: the immigrant who made it and the pariah,” the actor says on the phone from Mexico City. “He’s fighting to be the master of his own life.”

But despite having worked with Briones over the years, including in his previous film, 2021’s docufiction “A Cop Movie,” the director didn’t immediately cast the actor as Pedro. His hesitation came from knowing Briones didn’t speak English, a requirement for the part.

“One of his greatest qualities as an actor is his discipline,” Ruizpalacios says of Briones.

A man in a blazer smiles in an empty movie theater.

“Kitchens are very much like a pirate ship and the way we designed and conceived our kitchen was also like a submarine,” says Ruizpalacios.

(Marcus Ubungen / Los Angeles Times)

The actor learned the foreign tongue well enough to hold his own in multiple scenes with Mara in just three months. “I would challenge anyone to dominate another language in that time and feel comfortable enough to act in it,” Ruizpalacios says about his lead’s commitment.

For Briones, learning English — even in the movie’s limited capacity — had an empowering effect. In Mexico, those who grow up attending public schools, as was his case, don’t have access to a bilingual education. For a long time, Briones refused to speak or learn the language as a self-defense mechanism against the mockery he’d experience from others.

“Pedro has been a great teacher for me,” Briones says of his bilingual character who can advocate for himself. “Pedro’s obsession with speaking English has a survival reason, and my decision to not speak it did as well.” When presented with the opportunity to play the lead, Briones took a more technical approach to learning English with the help of fellow “La Cocina” actor María Fernanda Bosque, who served as his impromptu coach.

Exteriors for “La Cocina” were shot on location in New York City (around Times Square including Junior’s Restaurant & Bakery as the front of the Grill), but for the kitchen itself, Ruizpalacios wanted to play in his home turf. The director had long dreamed of working at Mexico City’s famed Estudios Churubusco, the soundstages where many classics from the national cinema’s Golden Age were made. This also allowed for more control over the design of the kitchen.

“Kitchens are very much like a pirate ship and the way we designed and conceived our kitchen was also like a submarine,” Ruizpalacios says. And since kitchens tend to be male-dominated spaces, the director hired a traditional all-male Welsh choir to sing the lyrics to the Mexican song “Un Puño de Tierra” (A Fistful of Dirt) translated into Welsh on top of music by composer Tomás Barreiro. The existentialist lyrics speak about the futility of material pursuits.

The track comes on during Pedro’s most emotionally charged moments: when he looks at the pictures of his family (they’re photos from Briones’ actual childhood) and when he calls his mother back home (the person who answers is Briones’ own mother).

“That song became the beating heart of the film,” says Ruizpalacios.

For the rehearsal process Ruizpalacios brought together his cast, with the exception of Mara, in Mexico City for a month. In the mornings they all took cooking classes and in the afternoons they participated in improvisation exercises to build a natural rapport. Though she regrets missing it, Mara believes that ultimately being absent from the in-person preparation aligned with her character’s position as an outsider.

A woman in a black tank top sits in an empty movie theater, looking to the side.

There are times where I’ve made decisions and done things that I probably shouldn’t have,” says Mara. “[There’s] a time in your life where you just want to work because you don’t want to be in your life. And then in the last six years I’ve barely worked at all.”

(Marcus Ubungen / Los Angeles Times)

“When you become a parent, there’s a carefree part of your life that no longer exists,” says Mara. “My character is a mom, and that’s the thing that separates her from her co-workers.”

Over time, prioritizing her children has made Mara herself increasingly selective. There are times where I’ve made decisions and done things that I probably shouldn’t have,” Mara says. “[There’s] a time in your life where you just want to work because you don’t want to be in your life. And then in the last six years I’ve barely worked at all. I’ve done, like, two things.” (Those two things were Guillermo del Toro’s “Nightmare Alley” and Sarah Polley’s “Women Talking.” Mara knows how to pick them.)

“La Cocina” consistently proved to be an invigorating escape for her. One of the most technical astounding sequences takes place during a lunch rush. The kitchen turns into a madhouse with cooks working and waitresses fighting to get their orders out first, all while the floor is flooded with soda.

“We shot it over several days, and it was very much like a choreographed dance,” recalls Mara. “I haven’t really done real theater as an adult, but it felt very close to that because we were doing these long, full takes and there was so much energy.”

The sequence emerged from one of Ruizpalacios’ personal memories. On Christmas Eve in New York City 13 years ago, the director and his wife, actor Ilse Salas, visited a Times Square multiplex. When buying concessions, he realized the carpet was drenched. The liquid was coming from a broken Cherry Coke machine “spilling like an endless spring,” he recalls, as if coming from “the center of the Earth.”

“Nobody paid any attention to it,” he recalls. “It just kept pouring and flooding the whole place. And the people just kept working, ignoring it. I thought that was the perfect image of late-capitalism.” The couple watched “The Girl with the Dragon Tattoo” starring Mara. “I said to my wife, ‘One day I’m going to work with her,’ so this movie closed that circle.”

With the help of the Mexican Coalition, an organization that supports immigrant families, Ruizpalacios interviewed several undocumented kitchen workers in New York City about their daily experiences. Those interactions were essential to his research and writing process.“Listening to them you realize that no one has ever asked them about their story,” says Ruizpalacios.

“Mexicans are considered great workers around the world and that’s very positive, but it is also due to the fact that we are obedient and being obedient is very convenient to the system,” Briones says. “Pedro is not obedient. Disobedience is revolutionary.”

For the U.S. release of “La Cocina,” the distributor Willa partnered with One Fair Wage, a restaurant workers’ advocacy group, to present a series of screenings and events. Recently, a video presentation featuring clips from the film with documentary footage of NYC restaurant workers was shown on the enormous curved NASDAQ billboard in Times Square. Ruizpalacios always had this kind of visibility in mind for the men and women who sacrifice their physical and mental well-being to provide a service that most take for granted.

“In ‘La Cocina’ we don’t care about the customers,” he says. “This time they are the extras. That is the point of the film.”

Meta’s Next Llama AI Models Are Training on a GPU Cluster ‘Bigger Than Anything’ Else

Managing such a gargantuan array of chips to develop Llama 4 is likely to present unique engineering challenges and require vast amounts of energy. Meta executives on Wednesday sidestepped an analyst question about energy access constraints in parts of the US that have hampered companies’ efforts to develop more powerful AI.

According to one estimate, a cluster of 100,000 H100 chips would require 150 megawatts of power. The largest national lab supercomputer in the United States, El Capitan, by contrast requires 30 megawatts of power. Meta expects to spend as much as $40 billion in capital this year to furnish data centers and other infrastructure, an increase of more than 42 percent from 2023. The company expects even more torrid growth in that spending next year.

Meta’s total operating costs have grown about 9 percent this year. But overall sales—largely from ads—have surged more than 22 percent, leaving the company with fatter margins and larger profits even as it pours billions of dollars into the Llama efforts.

Meanwhile, OpenAI, considered the current leader in developing cutting-edge AI, is burning through cash despite charging developers for access to its models. What for now remains a nonprofit venture has said that it is training GPT-5, a successor to the model that currently powers ChatGPT. OpenAI has said that GPT-5 will be larger than its predecessor, but it has not said anything about the computer cluster it is using for training. OpenAI has also said that in addition to scale, GPT-5 will incorporate other innovations, including a recently developed approach to reasoning.

CEO Sam Altman has said that GPT-5 will be “a significant leap forward” compared to its predecessor. Last week, Altman responded to a news report stating that OpenAI’s next frontier model would be released by December by writing on X, “fakes news out of control.”

On Tuesday, Google CEO Sundar Pichai said the company’s newest version of the Gemini family of generative AI models is in development.

Meta’s open approach to AI has at times proven controversial. Some AI experts worry that making significantly more powerful AI models freely available could be dangerous because it could help criminals launch cyberattacks or automate the design of chemical or biological weapons. Although Llama is fine-tuned prior to its release to restrict misbehavior, it is relatively trivial to remove these restrictions.

Zuckerberg remains bullish about the open source strategy, even as Google and OpenAI push proprietary systems. “It seems pretty clear to me that open source will be the most cost effective, customizable, trustworthy, performant, and easiest to use option that is available to developers,” he said on Wednesday. “And I am proud that Llama is leading the way on this.”

Zuckerberg added that the new capabilities of Llama 4 should be able to power a wider range of features across Meta services. Today, the signature offering based on Llama models is the ChatGPT-like chatbot known as Meta AI that’s available in Facebook, Instagram, WhatsApp, and other apps.

Over 500 million people monthly use Meta AI, Zuckerberg said. Over time, Meta expects to generate revenue through ads in the feature. “There will be a broadening set of queries that people use it for, and the monetization opportunities will exist over time as we get there,” Meta CFO Susan Li said on Wednesday’s call. With the potential for revenue from ads, Meta just might be able to pull off subsidizing Llama for everyone else.

How content is critical to a winning ecommerce strategy

Online success hinges on making it fast and easy for users to find what they’re looking for. Shifting channels, evolving consumer expectations, and technologies like AI require teams to be more dynamic than ever. Every customer experience requires extensive planning, with content and technology working together behind the scenes to deliver personalized journeys that engage and convert.

Enter composable content: an approach that empowers marketers to create, manage, and distribute content across multiple platforms. By embracing this strategy, businesses can personalize customer experiences, streamline product discovery, and boost conversions—all while saving time and resources.

Join How Content is Critical to a Winning Ecommerce Strategy on Tuesday, November 5th to learn winning strategies for product discovery, driving traffic, and personalization, as well as learn how to organize different types of content to support omnichannel marketing and selling. Sign up today!

For People With Opioid Addiction, Medicaid ‘Unwinding’ Raises the Stakes

CITRUS COUNTY, Fla. — It was hard enough for Stephanie to get methadone treatment when she moved to Florida from Indiana last year. The nearest clinic was almost an hour’s drive away and she couldn’t drive herself. But at least she didn’t have to worry about the cost of care.

As a parent with young children who was unable to find a job after moving, Stephanie qualified for Medicaid despite Florida’s tight eligibility rules. The state insurance program for people with low incomes or disabilities covers the methadone she needs to reduce her opioid cravings and prevent withdrawal sickness.

For nearly a decade, methadone has helped her hold down a job and take care of her kids. “Just have a normal, really normal, life,” said Stephanie, 39, who asked that her last name be withheld because her two youngest children don’t know about her history of opioid use disorder or that she has been in treatment for opioid addiction. “All the things that some people take for granted.”

So it was devastating for Stephanie when she visited her clinic in summer 2023 and learned she had been dropped from the state’s Medicaid rolls as the program worked to redetermine the eligibility of each enrollee. Suddenly, her methadone prescription cost much more than she could afford.

She panicked, afraid a disruption in care would trigger debilitating withdrawal symptoms like vomiting, fever, cramps, joint pain, and tremors. “That’s the first thing I thought,” she said. “I’m going to be so sick. How am I going to get up and take care of the kids?”

As of September, more than 25 million Americans — including 1.9 million Floridians — had lost Medicaid coverage since the expiration of federal covid-19 pandemic protections in March 2023 that had kept people continually enrolled. Among them were patients in treatment for opioid addiction, such as Stephanie, for whom a loss of coverage could be deadly.

Research shows that, when taken as prescribed, medications for opioid use disorder — such as methadone and a similar medicine, buprenorphine — can reduce dangerous drug use and cut overdose fatalities by more than half. Other studies have found the risk of overdose and death increases when treatment is interrupted.

It is unclear how many people with opioid addiction have lost coverage in the Medicaid disenrollment, known as the “unwinding.” But researchers at KFF, a health information nonprofit that includes KFF Health News, estimate that more than 1 million low-income Americans depend on the federal-state Medicaid program for lifesaving addiction care.

At Operation PAR — a nonprofit addiction treatment provider from which Stephanie and thousands of others along Florida’s Gulf Coast get care — the percentage of opioid treatment patients with Medicaid has dropped from 44 to 28 since the unwinding began last year, the organization said.

Dawn Jackson, who directs Operation PAR’s newest clinic, about an hour north of Tampa in the small Citrus County city of Inverness, said it has been a struggle trying to stretch limited grant dollars to cover the recent surge of uninsured patients.

“There’s been sleepless nights,” Jackson said. “We’re saving lives — we’re not handing out Happy Meals here.”

Methadone and buprenorphine are considered the gold standard of care for opioid addiction. The drugs work by binding to the brain’s opioid receptors to block cravings and withdrawal symptoms without making a person feel high. Treatment reduces illicit drug use and the accompanying overdose risk.

However, few Americans who could benefit from the medicines actually receive them: The latest federal data shows that in 2021 only about 1 in 5 people who needed the medicines got them. The low numbers offer a sharp contrast to the record-high drug overdose epidemic, which killed nearly 108,000 Americans in 2022 and is driven primarily by opioids.

Zachary Sartor, a family medicine doctor in Waco, Texas, who specializes in addiction treatment, described the effect of such medications as “nothing short of remarkable.”

“The evidence in the medical literature shows us that things like employment and quality of life overall increase with access to these medications, and that definitely bears out with what we see in the clinic,” Sartor said. “That benefit just seems to grow over time as people stay on medications.”

Sartor, who works at a safety net clinic, prescribes buprenorphine, and most of his patients are uninsured or on Medicaid. Some are among the 2.5 million Texans who lost coverage during the state’s unwinding, he said, causing their out-of-pocket buprenorphine costs to abruptly rise as much as fourfold.

The loss of coverage — which also cuts access to health care beyond addiction treatment — often requires patients to make risky trade-offs.

Sartor said that can mean patients having to choose between medications to treat their addiction and drugs for other medical conditions. “You start to see the cycle of patients having to ration their care,” he said.

Many people who lost their insurance in the Medicaid unwinding have since seen it reinstated. But even a brief disruption in care is serious for someone with opioid use disorder, said Maia Szalavitz, a journalist and an author who writes about addiction.

“If you want to save people’s lives and you have a lifesaving medication available, you don’t interrupt their access to health care,” Szalavitz said. “They end up in withdrawal and they end up dying.”

When Stephanie lost her Medicaid coverage last year, Operation PAR was able to subsidize her out-of-pocket methadone costs, so she paid only $30 a week. That was inexpensive enough for her to stick with treatment for the six months it took to restore her Medicaid coverage.

But the patchwork of federal and state grants that Operation PAR uses to cover uninsured patients doesn’t always meet demand, and waiting lists for subsidized methadone treatment are not uncommon, said Jackson, who directs the clinic in Citrus County.

Even before the Medicaid unwinding, about 13% of people younger than 65 in Florida were uninsured, one of the highest rates in the country, according to census data. Florida is also one of 10 states that have not expanded Medicaid for low-income adults.

Jon Essenburg, chief business officer at Operation PAR, said a recent infusion of opioid settlement money wiped out the group’s waiting lists, at least for now. But he said settlement dollars — Florida expects to receive $3.2 billion over 18 years from opioid manufacturers and distributors — are not a long-term solution to persistent coverage gaps, which is why stabler reimbursement sources like Medicaid can help.

“Turning people away over money is the last thing we want to do,” Jackson said. “But we also know that we can’t treat everybody for free.”

Stephanie is grateful she never had to go without her medicine.

“I don’t even want to think about what it would have been like if they wouldn’t have worked with me and helped me with the funding,” Stephanie said. “It would have been a very dark rabbit hole, I’m afraid.”

Kim Krisberg is a contributing writer for Public Health Watch and co-leads the reporting project The Holdouts. Stephanie Colombini is a reporter for WUSF’s Health News Florida project.

KFF Health News is a national newsroom that produces in-depth journalism about health issues and is one of the core operating programs at KFF—an independent source of health policy research, polling, and journalism. Learn more about KFF.

USE OUR CONTENT

This story can be republished for free (details).

Destiny 2 Arcane Embrace God Roll Guide

Destiny 2’s Festival of the Lost brings a few unique weapons to the game alongside its spooky season-themed activities. New this year is Arcane Embrace, a one-of-a-kind shotgun with a new archetype that fires two slugs with each pull of the trigger instead of one. Especially with its god roll perks, it’s an extremely powerful option for leveling tough enemies or dealing boss damage.

Arcane Embrace is only available during the Festival of the Lost and only from specific sources. Here’s how to get it and the god rolls you’ll want to chase.

How To Get Arcane Embrace

You can only get Arcane Embrace by completing the Haunted Sectors activity as part of the Festival of the Lost or from event vendor Eva Levante in the Tower. The good news is that you’re guaranteed to get an Arcane Embrace just by completing the quick set of quests Eva gives you at the start of the Festival of the Lost to get acclimated to the event–and it’s kind of a great one with Trench Barrel and Dual Loader, which you can only get as this reward from Eva. After that, you can play Haunted Sectors for a chance to get Arcane Embrace rolls as rewards.

You can also decrypt Eerie Engrams, earned from the event, for a chance to get the shotgun to drop from them. Eva offers the ability to “focus” your Eerie Engrams to get specific rewards instead of a random item from the Festival loot pool, so provided you have the Candy to spend, you can guarantee new Arcane Embraces by visiting her.

Arcane Embrace

Arcane Embrace God Rolls

Arcane Embrace PvE God Roll

  • Barrel: Fluted Barrel or Corkscrew Rifling
    • Fluted Barrel: Stability +5, Handling +15
    • Corkscrew Rifling: +5 Stability, +5 Handling, +5 Reload Speed
  • Magazine: Tactical Mag
    • Stability +5, Reload Speed +15
  • First Perk: Fourth Time’s the Charm
    • Rapidly landing precision shots will return two rounds to the magazine.
  • Second Perk: Surrounded / Precision Instrument
    • Surrounded: This weapon gains improved bonus damage when three or more targets are in close proximity.
    • Precision Instrument: Dealing sustained damage significantly increases precision damage.
  • Masterwork: Handling or Reload Speed

Firing two shots for each pull of the trigger, Arcane Embrace can dish out massive damage very quickly–so the struggle becomes keeping it full of ammo to keep that damage flowing for as long as possible. Focus on increasing your reload speed so you can get the gun loaded quickly, with a secondary emphasis on handling so you can quickly swap to it when needed. Fourth Time’s the Charm helps with keeping the gun loaded since you get ammo back for landing precision shots and you can land two hits with each blast. Surrounded and Precision Instrument both do well to add additional damage to the gun. Use Precision Instrument if you’re doing well in landing lots of headshots, and Surrounded if you can wade into a group of enemies to do your dirty work. Surrounded offers a more significant damage boost but is generally harder to activate.

As mentioned, it’s worth noting that the Dual Loader / Trench Barrel roll you get from Eva as a quest reward is also pretty great–and you can’t get that version from a random roll, at least right now. It’s a pretty solid stand-in from these god roll options.

Arcane Embrace PvP God Roll

  • Barrel: Smallbore
  • Magazine: Steady Rounds / Accurized Rounds
    • Steady Rounds: Stability +15, Range -5, Airborne Effectiveness +7
    • Accurized Rounds: +10 Range
  • First Perk: Slideshot
    • Sliding partially reloads this weapon’s magazine and temporarily boosts handling and range.
  • Second Perk: Closing Time
    • Improves range, accuracy, and handling as the magazine gets lower.
  • Masterwork: Stability or Range

You can do solid work in PvP with Arcane Embrace just with its two shots, but it operates like a slug shotgun, which means precision is important. For that reason, stability is a stat you want to lean into, especially because you can get strong boosts to range through other perks. The benefits of Slideshot–increased range and stability, as well as reloading the magazine–are hard to pass up in the Crucible. Closing Time is also great for boosting stats that will help you win fights, including range, although you need to get the magazine down to at least half to trigger it, so keep that in mind when choosing when to reload.

Nanoplastics can reduce the effectiveness of antibiotics

In a recent study, an international research team with significant involvement from MedUni Vienna has investigated how nanoplastic particles deposited in the body affect the effectiveness of antibiotics. The study showed that the plastic particles not only impair the effect of the drugs, but could also promote the development of antibiotic-resistant bacteria. The results of the study were recently published in the journal Scientific Reports.

In order to investigate whether and how nanoplastic particles in the body interact with antibiotics, the research team led by Lukas Kenner (MedUni Vienna), Barbara Kirchner (University of Bonn) and Oldamur Hollóczki (University of Debrecen) linked a common drug with widely used types of plastic. The focus was on the broad-spectrum antibiotic tetracycline, which is used to treat many bacterial infections, such as those of the respiratory tract, skin or intestines. When it came to plastics, the choice fell on polyethylene (PE), polypropylene (PP) and polystyrene (PS), which are ubiquitous components of packaging materials, as well as nylon 6,6 (N66), which is contained in many textiles such as clothing, carpets, sofa covers and curtains. Nanoplastics are smaller than 0.001millimeters and are considered particularly harmful to humans and the environment due to their small size.

Using complex computer models, the team was able to prove that the nanoplastic particles can bind tetracycline and thus impair the effectiveness of the antibiotic. “The binding was particularly strong with nylon,” emphasizes Lukas Kenner, pointing out a largely underestimated danger indoors: “The micro- and nanoplastic load is around five times higher there than outdoors. Nylon is one of the reasons for this: it is released from textiles and enters the body via respiration, for example.”

Danger of antibiotic resistance

As the study results show, the binding of tetracycline to nanoplastic particles can reduce the biological activity of the antibiotic. At the same time, binding to nanoplastics could lead to the antibiotic being transported to unintended sites in the body, causing it to lose its targeted effect and possibly cause other undesirable effects. “Our finding that the local concentration of antibiotics on the surface of the nanoplastic particles can increase is particularly worrying,” reports Lukas Kenner on another detail from the study. This increase in concentration could lead to the development of antibiotic-resistant bacteria. Plastics such as nylon 6,6, but also polystyrene, which bind more strongly to tetracycline, could therefore increase the risk of resistance. “At a time when antibiotic resistance is becoming an ever greater threat worldwide, such interactions must be taken into account,” says Kenner.

The study shows that exposure to nanoplastics is not only a direct health risk, but can also indirectly influence the treatment of diseases. “If nanoplastics reduce the effectiveness of antibiotics, the dosage poses a massive problem,” says Lukas Kenner with a view to future studies looking at the influence of nanoplastics on other drugs.

This Diwali, Skill Up Yourself with 25% Off on All Lawctopus Law School Courses from Oct 30 – Nov 3!

This Diwali, light up your Career! Diwali is here and it is a celebration of light and learning! This Diwali, give yourself the gift of education, fuel your desire to gain knowledge, and achieve continued success! Lawctopus Law School’s courses enable you to learn the fundamentals of the practice of law that you wish your […]

The post This Diwali, Skill Up Yourself with 25% Off on All Lawctopus Law School Courses from Oct 30 – Nov 3! appeared first on Lawctopus.

Deepavali 2024 wishes: Choose from these 30+ aesthetic images, messages to send to friends

Deepavali 2024 wishes: The Festival of Lights is almost here! Known as Diwali, Deepavali is among the most cherished Hindu celebrations, filled with sparkling lights, vibrant decorations, and boundless joy. Observed on the 15th day of Kartik in the Hindu lunar calendar, this festival occurs on the darkest night of the year. In 2024, Deepavali will be celebrated on Thursday, October 31, kicking off five days of celebrations—from Dhanteras to Bhai Dooj. (Also read: Happy Diwali 2024: 60+ Deepavali wishes, images, greetings, WhatsApp and Facebook status to share)

Deepavali 2024 wishes: Share heartfelt Deepavali wishes with your family, filled with joy, peace, and blessings through these warm images and greetings.

Share the joy with friends and family on social media! Explore our curated collection of Deepavali greetings, images, warm wishes, and festive messages—perfect for WhatsApp and Facebook posts! (Diwali 2024: 10 auspicious items to buy on Diwali to get Maa Lakshmi’s blessings)

Deepavali wishes for family:

May this festival of lights brighten your life with joy, prosperity, and happiness.

Wishing you a Diwali full of light, laughter, and lasting memories.

May the lamps of Diwali illuminate your life and fill it with endless bliss.

As you celebrate, may the world around you glow with peace and harmony.

Deepavali wishes to send to your family.
Deepavali wishes to send to your family.

May this Diwali bring new hope, opportunities, and endless joy to your life.

Wishing you and your loved ones a Diwali filled with good fortune and joy.

May the light of Diwali fill your heart with warmth and happiness.

May this festival bring in prosperity and all your dreams come true.

May your Diwali be bright with blessings and full of celebration.

Deepavali 2024 wishes: May the festival of lights bring endless moments of love and happiness to you and your family.
Deepavali 2024 wishes: May the festival of lights bring endless moments of love and happiness to you and your family.

Wishing a joyous celebration

Sending you sparkling joy and bliss on this auspicious occasion!

This Diwali, may you be surrounded by love, laughter, and prosperity.

May your journey ahead be as bright as the lamps that light up Diwali.

Wishing you a Diwali full of peace, health, and happiness.

May this festive season bring immense joy and brightness to your life.

May this Diwali bring success, happiness, and health into your home.

Deepavali 2024 wishes: Wishing you a Diwali filled with joy, laughter, and boundless prosperity.
Deepavali 2024 wishes: Wishing you a Diwali filled with joy, laughter, and boundless prosperity.

Wishing you all the light and happiness this Diwali can bring.

May the divine light of Diwali bring peace, prosperity, and happiness.

Sending love and warm wishes to you and your family this festive season.

May your home be filled with warmth, peace, and the light of Diwali.

May your life be as colorful, shimmering, and magical as Diwali lights.

May Diwali bring new rays of hope, joy, and endless possibilities.

Wishing you good health, wealth, and prosperity on this Diwali.

May this festival remove all the darkness from your life and fill it with joy.

May the Diwali lamps bring light into your heart and soul.

Here’s to new beginnings and bright horizons this Diwali season!

May this Deepavali bring prosperity and new joys to your life.

Wishing you a Deepavali full of cheer, warmth, and endless happiness.

May the beauty of Deepavali fill your heart with happiness and peace.

Here’s to a Deepavali that’s as beautiful, joyful, and bright as you are.

Sending Deepavali blessings your way for a year filled with brightness and bliss.

Novo takes big step toward ending Ozempic, Wegovy shortages

All doses of Novo Nordisk’s popular GLP-1 medicines Ozempic and Wegovy are available in the U.S. and being regularly shipped to wholesalers, the drugmaker confirmed Wednesday.

One dose form or another of both drugs, which respectively treat diabetes and obesity, has been in shortage since March 2022, according to a database maintained by the Food and Drug Administration. The database was updated Wednesday to reflect the drugs’ new availability, although both remain listed.

In an emailed statement, Novo cautioned that, “even when a medication is available, patients may not always be able to immediately fill their prescription at a particular pharmacy.” The statement added that people seeking to fill a prescription may experience this “variability” regardless of whether a drug is actively in shortage.

Demand for Ozempic and Wegovy has boomed, as the drugs’ powerful ability to reduce weight has become better known. Novo has also shown that treatment with Wegovy can reduce the risk of heart attacks and stroke, while Ozempic can ease the risk of kidney disease. Both drugs contain the same active ingredient, semaglutide, but are given in different dose strengths and regimens.

Even as Novo has poured billions of dollars into increasing its manufacturing capacity, the company has until now been unable to keep up with demand.

“This update is a result of our significant investment in capacity and ongoing communication with the FDA. Our intentional approach to gradually increase supply into the U.S. market is working,” Novo said in its statement.

Novo competitor Eli Lilly has had a similar experience with its drugs Mounjaro and Zepbound, which also work by targeting the same gut hormone. All doses of the two medicines were marked as available on the FDA’s database back in early August, and the agency later removed the ingredient they both share, tirzepatide, from its shortage list.

But that decision was challenged by an organization representing compounding pharmacies, which have been able to make cheaper, knock-off versions of tirzepatide while it’s been in shortage. In response to a suit, the FDA said in mid-October that it would reevaluate its position, with a plan to file a status report by Nov. 21.

Lilly CEO David Ricks, speaking on an earnings call Wednesday, called the back-and-forth a risk for the agency. 

“I can’t really speculate too much what’s going through the FDA’s mind,” said Ricks. “But I think other commentators have mentioned that the longer this goes on, the more risk they have to their own regulatory framework.”

“My guess is the FDA is concerned about that and they want to win this case and they’re putting their ducks in a row to do so,” he added.

The company’s earnings showed that, during the third quarter, sales of Mounjaro and Zepbound were much the same as they were in the second quarter, a slowdown Lilly said was due to wholesalers buying less supply.

Novo is scheduled to report earnings for the third quarter on Nov. 6.

Editor’s note: This story has been updated with executive commentary.

Limited Resource Thinking


Recently I was considering the concept of limited resource thinking.

It is often the case that a business may be held back by the owners having limited resource thinking.

What exactly does this mean?

A business owner may think they are unable to grow or expand because they have limited resources.

Those resources may refer to human resources (staff), working capital, physical resources, or a customer base.

Each and every one of those problems, however, can quite easily be solved provided the owner or operator of the business thinks in abundance rather than in terms of limited resources.

In this case, the problem lies not in the implementation or operation of the business but primarily in the way in which the business owner thinks.

Perhaps your response may be that this is easy to say but difficult to put into practice.

In reality most resources can be found through outsourcing or developing partnerships.

For example, if a business owner really wanted to grow the business but felt limited by lack of financial capital, opportunities may exist with angel funding, venture capital partners, or joint venture partners.

Why don’t goalkeepers wear caps anymore?

Brad and Charlie Hart are season-ticket holders at Spurs. Father and son, they always sit near the tunnel at the Tottenham Hotspur Stadium and at full time, after every game, 10-year-old Charlie will rush to try to get the attention of the players as they walk off the pitch.

But earlier this month, after Tottenham had beaten West Ham United 4-1, Charlie realised he had forgotten his trusted marker pen for those autographs he covets so much. Little did he know that he would leave the stadium that Saturday afternoon not with a few squiggles of ink on his shirt or a programme but with a true collector’s item.

During the match, Spurs’ goalkeeper Guglielmo Vicario had put on a baseball cap to keep the lunchtime sun from his eyes, a moment celebrated by nostalgic football purists as a welcome return of a once-prominent piece of goalkeeper kit. “Old school vibes,” said one fan on social media.

Those were the days: a ’keeper in a cap or maybe jogging pants, putting comfort before fashion, looking more suitably dressed to wash the car or take the dog for a Sunday morning walk than play in the world’s top domestic football league. While it was commonplace in the 1990s and early 2000s to see a goalkeeper in a cap — Oliver Kahn for Germany and Bayern Munich springs to mind — it is a more unusual sight now. Long gone are the days of goalkeepers wearing flat caps, like the great Lev Yashin.

“Vicario came out with the goalkeeper coach (Rob Burch), who was holding the cap,” Charlie, from Harpenden, a commuter town north of London, tells The Athletic. “He (Burch) just looked in my eyes and said, ‘Catch’, and then he threw the cap. I caught it in one hand because my dad’s phone was in the other, although I would have happily dropped my dad’s phone to secure the catch.”


Guglielmo Vicario took fans down memory lane when he wore a cap against West Ham (Zac Goodwin/PA Images via Getty Images)

Unlike his father, who remembers goalkeepers in caps as a more familiar sight, it was the first time outside YouTube videos that Charlie had seen a ’keeper wearing one in a game.

In recent years, England internationals Dean Henderson and Jordan Pickford have worn caps for their clubs, Crystal Palace and Everton, but they are in the minority.

So why has the hat-wearing goalkeeper become so rare?

International Football Association Board (IFAB) rules for the 2024-25 season state that caps for goalkeepers are permitted, as are “sports spectacles” and tracksuit bottoms. There are also specific rules on head covers for players, including the need for them to be black or the same main colour as the shirt, but the same directives do not apply to baseball-style caps worn by goalkeepers. If the rules haven’t changed, what has?

Former Liverpool goalkeeper Chris Kirkland became synonymous with cap-wearing during his pro career, which began in the late 1990s. When people meet him now, the 43-year-old says it is still something he is remembered for.

Kirkland, who won one cap for England, started wearing a cap in training when he was a young player at Coventry City’s academy after seeing the senior team’s first-choice goalkeeper, Steve Ogrizovic, use one. Kirkland found it helpful for boosting concentration levels, as much as for keeping the sun’s glare out of his eyes.


Lev Yashin wearing a flat cap when playing for the Soviet Union against England during the 1958 World Cup (Pressens Bild / AFP)

“I always used to wear one in training because I’m not great in the sun,” Kirkland, who joined Liverpool in 2001 aged 20 in a deal that made him the most expensive goalkeeper in Britain, tells The Athletic. 

“I burn, so I used to wear caps to keep the sun off my face. But I got used to it and it helped give me better vision. It used to block other things out and I found myself being able to concentrate more because it blocked out distractions. I used to wear it sometimes even when it wasn’t sunny, which I used to get a few strange looks for.

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

Chris Kirkland: ‘I was taking 2,500mg of Tramadol a day. I had it in my goalie bag on the pitch’

“A cap can block the sun out at certain angles, which I used to find helpful. I’m surprised ‘keepers don’t wear them anymore because you see them (when facing the sun). They put their arm up and their hand over their eyes, which is obviously a distraction itself.”

Fans have come to the rescue of squinting goalkeepers plenty of times. When Leeds United goalkeeper Felix Wiedwald was struggling with the sunshine away at Barnsley in 2017, a supporter emerged from the away end to heroically give up his cap. A year later, a West Ham fan threw one onto the pitch for England’s No 1 Joe Hart to wear during an FA Cup third-round tie against Shrewsbury Town. 


Kirkland played for Coventry, Liverpool and Wigan Athletic among others (David Davies/PA Images via Getty Images)

“I stuck with the same cap for years,” Kirkland adds. “It was a navy blue Nike one, and the Nike tick eventually fell off because I wore it that much. I did well in the first game and stuck with it. The only time I would wear another is if I had taken it out of my kit bag to wash it. It was rotten by the end, but I kept it for years until the missus made me get rid. She was like, ‘That is absolutely honking and has got to go!’.”

Richard Lee is a former Watford and Brentford goalkeeper known for his caps — but not because he used to wear one.

“I’ve got a bit more of an association with caps because I went on Dragons’ Den (a British business-based game show) back in the day and it was for a cap company, but I never wore one in a game,” Lee, now a football agent with a long list of goalkeeper clients, tells The Athletic. 

“Wearing a cap was good when the sun is out of your eyes, but the moment a cross comes in, or a ball is played over the top, and you get that sudden glare, you look up and the sun hits you. So, I’d almost prefer to have the sun there the whole time and you knew where it was.”

Style could be another reason for goalkeepers opting out of wearing caps. It could simply be a fashion choice.

“You look at the goalkeepers now and they realise they’ve got a certain brand and look, and that does play a part,” Lee adds. “When you go out (onto the pitch) you want to feel a certain way and present yourself a certain way, whether that’s to the fans, the scouts or your team-mates.”


More on the world of sport and fashion…


Elite goalkeepers choosing not to wear caps influences the next generation, too. “The younger ones will copy what the current Premier League goalkeepers are doing,” Lee says. “You’re seeing it less and less at younger age groups too.”

Towards the end of her career, former Everton and England goalkeeper Rachel Brown-Finnis found “a better alternative” to wearing a cap.

“For a while, Nike produced sunglasses-like soft contact lenses. They were bright orange and when you put them in they looked a bit ‘Halloween’,” Brown-Finnis tells The Athletic. “They were by far the most effective thing. I hated wearing caps because they were fine if the ball was on the ground, but as soon as the ball came up in the air, you had to tilt your angle and vision — you were looking into the sun.”

Brown-Finnis said sunshine is a problem for goalkeepers and increases the importance of the pre-game coin toss for an afternoon game. A goalkeeper, she said, would want their counterpart to be facing the sun in the first half in the hope the strength of the sun’s rays died down in the second.

“Clearly that being seen as an advantage for your team to not be in the sun in the first half, it does affect the goalkeeper and players. It’s interesting that there’s not a standard intervention for that,” she said.

Jacob Widell Zetterstrom of Derby County, in the second-tier Championship, is one of the few goalkeepers across the professional game in England who wears headgear. The Sweden international wears a protective scrum cap, something The Athletic’s goalkeeping analyst Matt Pyzdrowski is familiar with.


Zetterstrom of Derby during a match in August (Nathan Stirk/Getty Images)

During the final seven years of his career, spent playing in Sweden, where he still resides as head of academy for his former club Angelholms, Pyzdrowski wore a protective head guard, similar to the one popularised by former Chelsea goalkeeper Petr Cech, who returned to the sport wearing the rugby-style cap in January 2007, three months after a collision with Reading’s Stephen Hunt fractured his skull.

“It was too many concussions in a short period,” Pyzdrowski says. “I remember the specialist I met told me, ‘Matt, you have got to be careful, because we don’t know how much this is going to impact you. If you want to have a good life in the future, you need to start thinking about the risk versus reward of 1) playing and 2) protecting yourself’.

“When you put that into perspective, I was like, ‘I have to wear a helmet’. For the rest of my career, I had a rugby helmet on. Every single training session, every single match, it became part of my outfit.

“It took some time to get used to heading the ball, as well as learning how to control it, but the big benefit was how it made me feel secure. When you come back from a head injury, you become timid, even if you were an aggressive goalkeeper before that. It took me a while to feel safe again, even when I had the helmet.”


Charlie Hart received a memorable memento at Spurs’ home match against West Ham this month (Brad Hart)

Pyzdrowski said protective headgear is becoming more prevalent in Sweden, with a few top-flight goalkeepers wearing them. “As a goalkeeper, you are very vulnerable. You have to be brave and put yourself in very difficult and unsafe situations. When I think about it, and about the safety of goalkeepers, it really should become a priority,” he says. 

As for Charlie, after taking Vicario’s cap to school to show his classmates, he is hoping to get it signed by the player himself at one of Tottenham’s upcoming home games. It will then be put in a display case — a reminder of the special family day that sparked a nostalgic outpouring within the football world.

(Top photos: Getty Images; design: Eamonn Dalton)

Google Will Make It Easier for Parents to Manage Their Kids’ Spending

With how far payment technology has come in the past few years, parents want it easier for their children to ask permission to purchase something. Fortunately, it seems that Google has something in the works. In 2025, the company is planning to allow kids to add their parents’ cards to Google Wallet, allowing them to use contactless payments with added parental controls.




Tada Images / Shutterstock

As reported by 9to5Google, Google is working on a way for kids to download the Wallet app through Family Link. Once it’s downloaded, the child can normally use the app to make contactless payments with a card.

There are a few limitations in place to help parents control their kids’ spending. For one, children cannot add a card to their wallet without parental permission first. Once the card is added, the guardian can keep tabs on how their child uses it and can remove it if they’re worried about what they see. Also, the cards in Google Wallet cannot be used to make online purchases, so they’re restricted to contactless transitions only.


The technology already appeared on the Fitbit Ace LTE, and Google noted that it got positive reviews from parents. However, the company will need a little more time to get the same features working on Google Wallet. As such, you’ll likely see this feature arrive sometime in 2025. Until then, if the idea of giving your kids a card keeps you up at night, check out these interactive financial websites that teach kids money management skills so they don’t blow through their allowance on day one.


Rio de Janeiro and Shenzhen, a celebration of innovation and culture

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-30/Rio-de-Janeiro-and-Shenzhen-a-celebration-of-innovation-and-culture-1y7BaHzd7Da/img/33c19ec9180d43919fb142a55df7cf59/33c19ec9180d43919fb142a55df7cf59.jpeg' alt='A file photo shows Christ the Redeemer perched atop Corcovado Mountain in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. /CFP'

Rio de Janeiro, celebrated as the “Carnival Capital” of Brazil, is renowned for its vibrant atmosphere and stunning landscapes. Beyond its festive reputation, Rio is a key center for transportation, telecommunications, culture, finance, and tourism.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-30/Rio-de-Janeiro-and-Shenzhen-a-celebration-of-innovation-and-culture-1y7BaHzd7Da/img/b87731c6d9aa4ca78ce1ce6946516eb1/b87731c6d9aa4ca78ce1ce6946516eb1.jpeg' alt='A file photo shows Ipanema Beach in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. /CFP'

The city’s UNESCO World Heritage designation in 2012 underscores its exceptional beauty. Iconic landmarks such as Tijuca National Park, Christ the Redeemer, Guanabara Bay, the Botanical Garden and Copacabana Beach create a captivating mosaic where nature and urban life seamlessly blend.

In recent years, Shenzhen and Rio de Janeiro have strengthened their ties through cooperation in various fields. In September 2022, the two cities signed a Memorandum of Friendly Exchange and Cooperation, officially establishing a sister-city relationship.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-30/Rio-de-Janeiro-and-Shenzhen-a-celebration-of-innovation-and-culture-1y7BaHzd7Da/img/edb0487df16e454cb58c86f0fe96c3b4/edb0487df16e454cb58c86f0fe96c3b4.jpeg' alt='A file photo shows the skyline of Shenzhen, Guangdong Province, China. /CFP'

Similarly, Shenzhen has emerged as China’s “Innovation Hub.” Once a quiet fishing village, it has evolved into a major economic powerhouse. Today, Shenzhen offers a blend of coastal beauty, green parks, and cutting-edge technology, reflecting its entrepreneurial spirit and the vibrant potential of modern urban development.

Sophie Turner details homesickness while wed to Joe Jonas

Sophie Turner has made a living playing memorable characters in “Game of Thrones” and “Dark Phoenix,” among other screen projects. But the role the she’s missed most? Being a London resident.

“It felt my life was on pause until I returned to England,” Turner told Harper’s Bazaar in her first interview since finalizing her divorce from singer Joe Jonas last month. “I just never really feel like myself when I’m not in London, with my friends and family.”

The 28-year-old actor got candid about the next phase of her career, motherhood and the factors that led to her U.K. homecoming following a contentious split with the “Cake by the Ocean” pop star last year. In September 2023, Jonas filed to divorce Turner, stating in legal documents that their marriage was “irretrievably broken.”

The divorce was a mutual decision, but the custody battle over their two young daughters took a litigious turn. Turner sued her ex-husband for allegedly unlawfully keeping their two daughters in the U.S. but, months later, asked a judge to dismiss the case. Amid a “legal process right now where I can’t really say much,” Turner told the magazine the separation “was incredibly sad.”

“We had a beautiful relationship and it was hard,” she said.

Turner married Jonas, one-third of the Jonas Brothers, in 2019 and lived in Los Angeles before moving to Miami. “I was away for so long,” she said, adding she felt she missed out on major milestones for both herself and friends. For example, Turner grieved that a close friend said they never got to touch the actor’s baby bump when she was pregnant. She welcomed her first daughter in 2020, then her second two years later.

Turner said she sought out British shops in new cities she visited with Jonas and would “stock up on a month’s worth of chocolate.” She said she was also at odds with the state of U.S. politics including the reversal of Roe vs. Wade and rampant gun violence. After the Uvalde, Texas, school shooting in 2022, Turner said it was “time to get the f— out.”

The Emmy-nominated actor, now back in London and dating British aristocrat Peregrine Pearson, also shared that motherhood had helped her shed her “depressed and anxious” side.

“I think I live my life for them,” she said of her children, adding that she wants them to see her doing well professionally and socially.

Turner currently stars as diamond thief Joan Hannington in the ITV1 series “Joan,” wrapped production for the thriller “Trust” and is even circling the lead role of Lara Croft in Amazon’s “Tomb Raider” live-action series, according to Deadline. Harper’s Bazaar also named Turner one of its 2024 Women of the Year.

“I’ll come back and say, ‘This is why Mummy was away,’” she said, painting a picture of the holidays with her kids. “It’s because she’s doing this for you, so Father Christmas can come with a big bundle of presents.”

Elon Musk’s Criticism of ‘Woke AI’ Suggests ChatGPT Could Be a Trump Administration Target

Mittelsteadt adds that Trump could punish companies in a variety of ways. He cites, for example, the way the Trump government canceled a major federal contract with Amazon Web Services, a decision likely influenced by the former president’s view of the Washington Post and its owner, Jeff Bezos.

It would not be hard for policymakers to point to evidence of political bias in AI models, even if it cuts both ways.

A 2023 study by researchers at the University of Washington, Carnegie Mellon University, and Xi’an Jiaotong University found a range of political leanings in different large language models. It also showed how this bias may affect the performance of hate speech or misinformation detection systems.

Another study, conducted by researchers at the Hong Kong University of Science and Technology, found bias in several open source AI models on polarizing issues such as immigration, reproductive rights, and climate change. Yejin Bang, a PhD candidate involved with the work, says that most models tend to lean liberal and US-centric, but that the same models can express a variety of liberal or conservative biases depending on the topic.

AI models capture political biases because they are trained on swaths of internet data that inevitably includes all sorts of perspectives. Most users may not be aware of any bias in the tools they use because models incorporate guardrails that restrict them from generating certain harmful or biased content. These biases can leak out subtly though, and the additional training that models receive to restrict their output can introduce further partisanship. “Developers could ensure that models are exposed to multiple perspectives on divisive topics, allowing them to respond with a balanced viewpoint,” Bang says.

The issue may become worse as AI systems become more pervasive, says Ashique KhudaBukhsh, an computer scientist at the Rochester Institute of Technology who developed a tool called the Toxicity Rabbit Hole Framework, which teases out the different societal biases of large language models. “We fear that a vicious cycle is about to start as new generations of LLMs will increasingly be trained on data contaminated by AI-generated content,” he says.

“I’m convinced that that bias within LLMs is already an issue and will most likely be an even bigger one in the future,” says Luca Rettenberger, a postdoctoral researcher at the Karlsruhe Institute of Technology who conducted an analysis of LLMs for biases related to German politics.

Rettenberger suggests that political groups may also seek to influence LLMs in order to promote their own views above those of others. “If someone is very ambitious and has malicious intentions it could be possible to manipulate LLMs into certain directions,” he says. “I see the manipulation of training data as a real danger.”

There have already been some efforts to shift the balance of bias in AI models. Last March, one programmer developed a more right-leaning chatbot in an effort to highlight the subtle biases he saw in tools like ChatGPT. Musk has himself promised to make Grok, the AI chatbot built by xAI, “maximally truth-seeking” and less biased than other AI tools, although in practice it also hedges when it comes to tricky political questions. (A staunch Trump supporter and immigration hawk, Musk’s own view of “less biased” may also translate into more right-leaning results.)

Next week’s election in the United States is hardly likely to heal the discord between Democrats and Republicans, but if Trump wins, talk of anti-woke AI could get a lot louder.

Musk offered an apocalyptic take on the issue at this week’s event, referring to an incident when Google’s Gemini said that nuclear war would be preferable to misgendering Caitlyn Jenner. “If you have an AI that’s programmed for things like that, it could conclude that the best way to ensure nobody is misgendered is to annihilate all humans, thus making the probability of a future misgendering zero,” he said.

At Binance Blockchain Week, Stablecoins, Asset Tokenisation and AI Emerge as Key Talking Points

Binance stepped into the final leg of its annual community event, Binance Blockchain Week, on Wednesday. The theme for this year’s event is ‘Momentum’, through which the crypto exchange aims to acknowledge the continuous growth of Web3 sector over the last year despite regulatory, legal and technical challenges globally. The Binance senior leadership, including CEO Richard Teng and Co-Founder Ye Hi, were in attendance at the event, interacting with what the exchange claimed was a crowd of over four thousand people at the Coca Cola Arena in Dubai.

HE Khalfan Belhoul, the CEO of the Dubai Future Foundation, joined Teng on the stage on Wednesday to talk about an array of topics, including regulatory advancements in the crypto space, stablecoins, asset tokenisation and the potential use cases of blockchain and Web3 technologies across sectors.

Multiple panel discussions have been slated for the day, which will focus on topics including investment dynamics related to crypto, unique market conditions, and venture capital firms’ increasing interest in exploring early-stage crypto startups and projects.

In the backdrop of this event, Binance has announced the launch of ‘Binance Wealth’ — a new service that caters to the special needs of high-net-worth individuals (HNIs). In addition, the exchange has appointed Jeff Li as its new vice president of product. Li has been tasked with overseeing the expansion of Binance’s suite of products in the coming months. Prior to joining Binance, Li served as the global head of finance for TikTok.

Web3 players including Pepe Coin, Iota, Solana, and The Ton Foundation, among others, have set up booths at the Coca Cola Arena, engaging with Web3 enthusiasts that have flown to Dubai from different parts of the world.

Over the next two days, crypto industry stakeholders will be diving deeper into the challenges and opportunities the sector faces at the moment. The panels that are part of the event are also expected to touch upon the subjects of the predicted transition of Web2 technologies to Web3, the integration of Artificial Intelligence (AI) into Web3, as well as the future of institutional investors in crypto despite the volatile element of virtual digital assets (VDAs).

Blockchain trends that have emerged in recent years, required upgrades to the existing Web3 infrastructure, and the increasing importance of compliance needs for Web3 are among other topics that are slated to be addressed by the panelists.

The afternoon sessions delved into the challenges and opportunities in the crypto space. Topics included the reluctance of Web2 companies to adopt Web3 technologies, the health of the institutional market, and the potential of generative AI in Web3.

Elliptic founder Tom Robinson, Sandbox co-founder Sébastien Borget and Polygon Labs’ Sandeep Nailwal are set to discuss ways to improve the end user experience for Web3 protocols as part of their scheduled sessions.

Last year, Binance had held its annual blockchain conference in Istanbul, Turkey.

Google rep’s unauthorized ad changes spark advertiser concerns

A Google employee made unauthorized changes to a client’s ad account. However, an admittance was made that the Google rep “did not properly follow our processes for ensuring approvals are granted before making changes” by Google Ads Liaison Ginny Marvin.

The admission follows LinkedIn posts by Andy Youngs, co-founder of The PPC People, who noticed changes made by a Google rep without his or the client’s permission, including:

  • New ad copy.
  • Headline pinning adjustments.
  • Altered bidding strategies.

Why we care. Unauthorized changes to Google Ads accounts are unacceptable. It is the latest incident highlighting the erosion of trust between Google and advertisers.

You rely on Google’s platforms to maintain control over campaigns. The changes went undetected in the account’s change history, suggesting a potential transparency issue within Google Ads’ tracking system. This incident highlights the need for increased oversight and communication between Google reps and advertisers, especially as ad management grows increasingly complex.

Could this mean an extra workload of double-checking that all the changes you see in your account are valid, considering they may not show up in the Change log?

What Google is saying. Marvin responded directly to Youngs, clarifying that the changes were a mistake, not an intentional act:

  • “…we have investigated this and found we did not properly follow our processes for ensuring approvals are granted before making changes. I can also confirm this was a mistake and not intentional. That said, we take these issues very seriously and are taking steps to address them.”

The response. Youngs expressed appreciation for Google’s investigation and resolution, noting that while the incident stirred worry in the advertising community, Marvin’s response indicated it was an isolated issue rather than a shift in policy. He added that increased transparency and process adherence from Google would help reassure advertisers.

What’s next. For advertisers, the incident serves as a reminder to monitor campaign details closely and communicate frequently with Google reps to safeguard against unapproved changes.

Google’s pledge to address process gaps may help prevent similar oversights, but advertisers are encouraged to keep a close eye on account activity as a precaution.

Toddler’s Backyard Snakebite Bills Totaled More Than a Quarter Million Dollars

This spring, a few days after his 2nd birthday, Brigland Pfeffer was playing with his siblings in their San Diego backyard.

His mother, Lindsay Pfeffer, was a few feet away when Brigland made a noise and came running from the stone firepit, holding his right hand. She noticed a pinprick of blood between his thumb and forefinger when her older son called out, “Snake!”

“I saw a small rattlesnake coiled up by the firepit,” she said.

Pfeffer called 911, and an ambulance transported Brigland to Palomar Medical Center Escondido.

The Medical Procedure

When they arrived, Brigland’s hand was swollen and purple.

Antivenom, an antibody therapy that disables certain toxins, is usually administered via an intravenous line, directly into the bloodstream. But emergency room staffers struggled to insert the IV.

“They had so many people in that room trying his head, his neck, his feet, his arms — like, everything to find a vein,” Pfeffer said.

Brigland during his hospital stay, after he was bitten by a rattlesnake in his San Diego backyard. After problems administering a starting dose of antivenom, emergency room staffers found a way that worked and stabilized the 2-year-old. He received 30 total vials of the antivenom Anavip. (Lindsay Pfeffer)

Still unable to start the antivenom, a doctor asked for her permission to try drastic measures. “Just get something going,” she recalled pleading.

It worked. Using a procedure that delivers medicine into the bone marrow, the medical team gave Brigland a starting dose of the antivenom Anavip.

He was transferred to the pediatric intensive care unit at Rady Children’s Hospital, where he received more Anavip.

The swelling that had spread to his armpit slowly decreased. A couple of days later, he left the hospital with his grateful parents.

Then the bills came.

The Final Bill

$297,461, which included two ambulance rides, an emergency room visit, and a couple of days in pediatric intensive care. Antivenom alone accounts for $213,278.80 of the total bill.

The Billing Problem: The High Cost of Antivenom

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention estimates venomous snakes bite 7,000 to 8,000 people in the United States every year. About five people die. That number would be higher, the agency says, if not for medical treatment.

Many snakebites happen far from medical care, and not all emergency rooms keep costly antivenom in stock, which can add big ambulance bills to already expensive care.

It often takes more than a dozen vials, typically costing thousands per vial, to treat a snakebite. The median number per patient is 18 vials, said Michelle Ruha, an emergency room doctor in Arizona and a former president of the American College of Medical Toxicology.

Manufacturing, which hasn’t fundamentally changed since antivenom was developed more than a century ago, does not explain the high price. Venomous creatures are milked, then a small, non-harmful amount of toxin is injected into animals like horses or sheep. Antibodies are extracted from their blood and processed to make antivenom.

Why the high price? One explanation is that hospitals mark up products to balance overhead costs and generate revenue.

Brigland received Anavip at two hospitals that charged different prices.

Palomar, where emergency staffers treated Brigland, charged $9,574.60 per vial, for a total of $95,746 for the starting dose of 10 vials of Anavip.

Rady, the largest children’s hospital on the West Coast, charged $5,876.64 for each vial. For the 20 vials Brigland received there, the total was $117,532.80.

Neither hospital responded to requests for comment.

Those charges are “eye-popping,” said Stacie Dusetzina, who is a professor of health policy at Vanderbilt University Medical Center and reviewed the bills at the request of KFF Health News. “When you see the word ‘charges,’ that’s a made-up number. That isn’t connected at all, usually, to what the actual drug cost.”

For instance, Medicare — the government program for those who are at least 65 or disabled — pays about $2,000 for a vial of Anavip. On average, Dusetzina said, that is the price hospitals pay for it.

A fenced-in backyard shows a covered pool, firepit with seating, a pool chair, and toys.
Since Brigland’s rattlesnake bite, the Pfeffer family has installed snake fencing around the yard.(Ariana Drehsler for KFF Health News)

Leslie Boyer, a doctor and toxicology researcher, helped found a group that was instrumental in developing Anavip, as well as the other available snake antivenom, CroFab, which dominated the market for decades. In 2015, she published an editorial in the American Journal of Medicine breaking down the “true” cost of antivenom. (Boyer declined to comment for this article.)

Using cost data collected from factory supervisors, animal managers, hospital pharmacists and other sources, Boyer developed a model for a hypothetical antivenom, at a final cost of $14,624 per vial. She found the cost of venom, included in that total, was just 2 cents. Manufacturing accounted for $9 of the $14,624 total.

More than 70% of the price tag — $10,250 — is attributable to hospital markups, her research showed.

Another explanation for antivenom’s high cost is a lack of meaningful competition. Anavip entered the market in 2018 as the only competitor to CroFab. But its makers settled a patent infringement lawsuit with CroFab’s maker, requiring the makers of Anavip to pay royalties until 2028.

Anavip debuted at a retail price of $1,220 per vial. Boyer noted that the price later rose to cover the manufacturers’ millions of dollars in legal costs.

A woman sits on a concrete bench with her arm around a young boy standing on the bench beside her. Both are smiling
“He’s very, very lucky,” Lindsay Pfeffer says. “He wasn’t a mama’s boy, but now he definitely is one.” (Ariana Drehsler for KFF Health News)

The Resolution

The insurer covering Brigland — Sharp Health Plan, which did not respond to requests for comment — negotiated down the antivenom charges by tens of thousands of dollars.

The cost was mostly covered by insurance. Brigland’s family paid $7,200, their plan’s out-of-pocket maximum.

Insurance did not pay all the claims, including one ambulance bill. Pfeffer said she received a letter this summer indicating they owe an additional $11,300 for Brigland’s care. While the landmark No Surprises Act protects patients from many out-of-network bills in emergencies, the law controversially exempted bills for ground ambulances.

Brigland’s hand healed, though nerve damage and scar tissue have left his right thumb less dexterous. He is now left-handed.

“He’s very, very lucky,” Pfeffer said.

The family has since installed snake fencing around the yard.

A young boy runs outside with both arms outstretched.
Brigland’s hand healed, though nerve damage and scar tissue have left his right thumb less dexterous. He is now left-handed.(Ariana Drehsler for KFF Health News)

The Takeaway

There’s a saying in toxicology: Time is tissue. If bitten by a snake, “get to medical care,” Ruha said.

Not all emergency rooms have antivenom, and there are no online resources identifying which ones do. Ruha recommends going to a large hospital, which is more likely to have antivenom in stock than free-standing emergency rooms.

When the bill comes, be ready to negotiate, Dusetzina said. Providers know their charges are high and may be willing to take less.

You can compare the charges against average prices using cost estimation tools like Fair Health Consumer or Healthcare Bluebook.

Bill of the Month is a crowdsourced investigation by KFF Health News and The Washington Post’s Well+Being that dissects and explains medical bills. Since 2018, this series has helped many patients and readers get their medical bills reduced, and it has been cited in statehouses, at the U.S. Capitol, and at the White House. Do you have a confusing or outrageous medical bill you want to share? Tell us about it!

Related Topics

Contact Us

Submit a Story Tip

Classic Franchise’s Revival Is Day-One Game Pass Launch, Coming Soon

Three years ago, Dotemu–the publisher behind Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Shredder’s Revenge and Streets of Rage 4–announced it was reviving SNK’s classic run-and-gun title, Metal Slug, as a turn-based tactical title. Now, the wait for Metal Slug Tactics is almost over, and it’s coming to Game Pass on day one alongside all major consoles and PC next week.

Dotemu and developer Leikir Studio have released an extended gameplay preview for Metal Slug Tactics that demonstrates what’s in store for fans of the series. While the isometric perspective and turn-based action are new, fans of the previous Metal Slug games should recognize the throwback pixel style and the over-the-top weapons utilized by the heroes.

The video features Clark Still and Ralf Jones, a duo who made their debut in arcades in SNK’s 1986’s action title Ikari Warriors. Clark and Ralf previously appeared in Metal Slug 6 and Metal Slug 7 before returning for this game. Their new partner in Metal Slug Tactics is Leona Heidern, a woman who has the ability to disguise the team’s fallen bad guys as decoy allies that can draw enemy fire away from the heroes.

Metal Slug Tactics will launch on November 5 on Xbox One, Xbox Series X|S, PlayStation 4, PlayStation 5, Nintendo Switch, and PC.

Smell loss linked to 100-plus diseases

Researchers from the Charlie Dunlop School of Biological Sciences, in collaboration with The Oxford Research Centre in the Humanities, reveal a powerful link between olfactory loss and inflammation in a staggering 139 medical conditions. This research — led by professor emeritus Michael Leon, and researchers Cynthia Woo and Emily Troscianko — emphasizes a little-known but potentially life-altering connection: the role our sense of smell plays in maintaining our physical and mental health.

The study appears in Frontiers in Molecular Neuroscience.

Olfactory dysfunction, often dismissed as a minor inconvenience, may actually be an early sign of various neurological and bodily diseases, as indicated by this research. “The data are particularly interesting because we had previously found that olfactory enrichment can improve the memory of older adults by 226 percent,” said Leon. “We now know that pleasant scents can decrease inflammation, potentially pointing to the mechanism by which such scents can improve brain health.”

This finding, he added, could hold key implications for mitigating symptoms and possibly even reducing the onset of certain diseases through therapeutic olfactory stimulation.

The study delves into the methodical tracking of 139 medical conditions associated with both olfactory loss and heightened inflammation, uncovering insights into a shared pathway linking these factors. Olfactory loss, which often precedes conditions such as Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s diseases, may serve as an early indicator of disease onset, allowing for more proactive therapeutic approaches.

“It was difficult to track down the studies for so many medical conditions,” said Leon, reflecting on the complexity of linking olfactory loss to such a wide array of disorders. The challenge, he added, underscores the importance of these findings in framing olfactory health as integral to overall well-being.

By showing how olfactory enrichment can mitigate inflammation, this research has laid a foundation for future studies aiming to explore the therapeutic use of scent to address a broader range of medical conditions. “It will be interesting to see if we can ameliorate the symptoms of other medical conditions with olfactory enrichment,” said Leon.

Together with Woo, Leon is now working on a device to deliver olfactory therapy, which could hold promise as a novel, non-invasive way to improve health outcomes.

As science continues to uncover the profound impacts of our senses on health, this research underscores a critical need for further study into olfactory therapies.

Want to escape festive rush? India to Bali, here are 10 offbeat destinations for peaceful scenic getaway | Travel

As the festivals of Diwali, Halloween, Bhai Dooj, Kali Puja and Chhath Puja approaches, many look forward to spending quality time with family and friends. If you are yearning for a peaceful escape from the hustle and bustle, we got you sorted by curating a list of ten offbeat destinations to discover tranquil settings and enjoy the festivals in harmony with nature and culture.

Want to escape festive rush? India to Bali, here are 10 offbeat destinations for peaceful scenic getaway (Photo by TripzyGo)

In an interview with HT Lifestyle, Rajeev Kale [President and Country Head – Holidays, MICE, Visa at Thomas Cook (India) Limited] and SD Nandakumar [President and Country Head – Leisure Travel and MICE at SOTC Travel Limited] encouraged travel enthusiasts to unwind in incredible India or beyond the borders by taking a trip to the following 10 travel spots –

Ultimate Diwali escape in India:

1. Himachal Pradesh: A Himalayan Escape

 

Kullu, Himachal Pradesh: You can travel to this hill station hassle-free. Catch a flight from Delhi. The travel duration is 1 hour 20 minutes.(Unsplash)
Kullu, Himachal Pradesh: You can travel to this hill station hassle-free. Catch a flight from Delhi. The travel duration is 1 hour 20 minutes.(Unsplash)

If you yearn to leave behind the festive chaos this Diwali, embrace the tranquil charm of Himachal Pradesh. Trek through the snow-capped peaks of Kullu-Manali, visit the ancient Hadimba Temple and soak in the divine atmosphere of this sacred site during the festival season. Adventure enthusiasts can dive into exhilarating experiences such as paragliding and river rafting. In Dalhousie, admire colonial-era architecture, enjoy a peaceful visit to Khajjiar Lake, or hike to the scenic Panchpula Falls. For those seeking a spiritual retreat, Mcleodganj offers the serenity of the Dalai Lama Temple and the invigorating Triund Trek, allowing you to experience the peace of Himachal Pradesh without the usual Diwali crowds.

2. The Enchanting North East

Misty mountain top: a waterfall on the highway from Shillong to Cherrapunji. Cherrapunji, with its infrastructure in place, is a bigger draw with tourists (File Photo)
Misty mountain top: a waterfall on the highway from Shillong to Cherrapunji. Cherrapunji, with its infrastructure in place, is a bigger draw with tourists (File Photo)

For a truly unique Diwali, venture into India’s hidden gem—the North East. Trek through the stunning Dzukou Valley and visit the Naga Heritage Village, where you can immerse yourself in the spirit of Diwali with the locals. Meghalaya’s mist-covered landscapes offer serene escapes like Cherrapunji, Mawlynnong—Asia’s cleanest village—and the awe-inspiring Double Decker Living Root Bridge. In Assam, enjoy a peaceful cruise on the majestic Brahmaputra River, witness wildlife at Kaziranga National Park, or seek blessings at the revered Kamakhya Temple. Experience the untouched beauty and cultural richness of the Northeast, far from the typical festive hustle.

3. Kerala: Ayurveda and Backwater Bliss

Kerala is one of the preferred destinations for solo women travellers (Photo: Shutterstock (For representational purposes only))
Kerala is one of the preferred destinations for solo women travellers (Photo: Shutterstock (For representational purposes only))

If you wish to embrace peace and rejuvenation this Diwali, Kerala is the place to be. Treat yourself to an Ayurvedic retreat, sail through the serene backwaters of Alleppey on a houseboat, or unwind at a beach resort. Explore the vibrant culture of Kochi with visits to the Mattancherry Palace and Fort Kochi, or trek through Wayanad’s lush landscapes to Banasura Sagar Dam and Chembra Peak. Celebrate the spirit of Diwali by lighting traditional oil lamps at your resort or witnessing a serene temple festival, blending cultural richness with peace. This Diwali, you can discover the perfect balance of relaxation and cultural immersion amidst Kerala’s natural beauty.

4. Kashmir: Paradise on Earth

Kashmir's Dubjan on travellers' 'must visit' list for hot spring bath that cures joint pain, dry skin(Twitter/wakashmir)
Kashmir’s Dubjan on travellers’ ‘must visit’ list for hot spring bath that cures joint pain, dry skin(Twitter/wakashmir)

The ethereal beauty of Kashmir is another highly recommended destination to celebrate the festival of lights. Glide across Dal Lake in a traditional shikara, visit the enchanting Mughal Gardens, or explore the snow-covered mountains of Gulmarg. Indulge in skiing, snowboarding, or take a gondola ride to Apharwat Peak. In Pahalgam, trek to the picturesque Aru Valley, visit Betaab Valley, or enjoy a leisurely pony ride. Embrace the serene atmosphere of Kashmir by lighting diyas in a traditional Kashmiri houseboat, bringing warmth to the cool mountain air. Allow yourself to be transported to Kashmir’s serene landscapes for a truly unforgettable celebration.

Embrace Diwali beyond borders:

1. Bhutan: The Land of the Thunder Dragon

Bhutanese authorities have assured their Indian counterparts that a proposed revamp of tourist fees will not inconvenience Indian travellers(Getty Images)
Bhutanese authorities have assured their Indian counterparts that a proposed revamp of tourist fees will not inconvenience Indian travellers(Getty Images)

 

If you are looking for an international destination, experiencing spiritual serenity amidst the mountains of Bhutan is a must. Visit breathtaking monasteries like the iconic Tiger’s Nest, explore vibrant markets, and soak in the stunning views of Himalayan valleys. Whether you’re trekking to Chele La Pass in Paro or wandering through the majestic Punakha Dzong, Bhutan offers a peaceful haven for celebrating Diwali. Mark the festival by lighting traditional butter lamps at a local monastery, symbolizing peace and illumination in this spiritually rich land.

2. Bali: Island of the Gods

 

Everybody wants the Bali swing shot, but it can take half a day of travel and waiting. (ADOBE STOCK)
Everybody wants the Bali swing shot, but it can take half a day of travel and waiting. (ADOBE STOCK)

For those looking for a tropical Diwali escape, Bali’s serene beaches and cultural wonders await. Wander through Ubud’s lush rice terraces, visit the sacred Monkey Forest, and relax with a rejuvenating spa treatment. If you crave excitement, surf the waves in Kuta or enjoy Seminyak’s chic boutiques, upscale dining, and lively beach clubs. Bali’s unique cultural landscape, deeply intertwined with Hinduism, celebrates many gods, including Ganesha and Lakshmi. During Diwali, the island’s Hindu communities light lanterns, offer prayers at temples like Pura Besakih, and adorn shrines with vibrant offerings, creating a magical atmosphere where spirituality and the warmth of the festival blend seamlessly.

3. Abu Dhabi: A Modern Oasis

Greek oasis in heart of Emirates: Fake Santorini in Abu Dhabi to lure luxury travellers (Photo by Twitter/elite_traveler)
Greek oasis in heart of Emirates: Fake Santorini in Abu Dhabi to lure luxury travellers (Photo by Twitter/elite_traveler)

For a blend of tradition and modernity, consider celebrating Diwali in Abu Dhabi. Explore the stunning Sheikh Zayed Grand Mosque, take a stroll along the Corniche, and immerse yourself in the vibrant culture of the UAE. Enjoy the luxurious amenities and unique attractions, such as the Louvre Abu Dhabi and Ferrari World. During Diwali, experience the festivities with local communities, where you can partake in traditional celebrations and witness beautiful light displays that adorn the city, creating a festive atmosphere that beautifully combines heritage and modernity.

4. Thailand: A Festive Fusion of Cultures

Thailand: Home to 1,430 islands, Thailand is a sought-after holiday destination renowned for its stunning tropical beaches, vibrant culture, and bustling cities, offering a diverse range of experiences for travellers (Unsplash)
Thailand: Home to 1,430 islands, Thailand is a sought-after holiday destination renowned for its stunning tropical beaches, vibrant culture, and bustling cities, offering a diverse range of experiences for travellers (Unsplash)

Celebrate Diwali in the vibrant and welcoming atmosphere of Thailand. From the tranquil beaches of Phuket to the cultural richness of Chiang Mai, you can enjoy a unique fusion of Indian and Thai traditions. Explore the local markets, indulge in delicious Thai cuisine and participate in festive celebrations that may include traditional dance performances and light displays. Don’t miss the chance to visit temples adorned with lights, creating a beautiful backdrop for your Diwali festivities.

5. Malaysia: A Cultural Melting Pot

Malaysia: Langkawi Islands ‘sandbox'(Twitter/JustTraveI)
Malaysia: Langkawi Islands ‘sandbox'(Twitter/JustTraveI)

Malaysia offers a rich tapestry of cultures, making it an exciting destination for Diwali celebrations. Visit Kuala Lumpur’s iconic landmarks like the Petronas Towers, explore the historic streets of George Town in Penang, and savor the local cuisine. During Diwali, experience the vibrant festivities in Little India, where the streets come alive with decorations, traditional music and delicious sweets. The warmth and diversity of Malaysian culture make it a perfect place to celebrate the festival of lights.

6. Morocco: A Land of Colours and Cultures

With its mountains and desert, beach resorts and Berber villages, Morocco is a feast for travellers of all kinds.(Unsplash)
With its mountains and desert, beach resorts and Berber villages, Morocco is a feast for travellers of all kinds.(Unsplash)

 

For an extraordinary Diwali experience, consider Morocco’s enchanting landscapes and rich heritage. Explore the vibrant souks of Marrakech, the stunning architecture of Fes and the breathtaking dunes of the Sahara Desert. Celebrate Diwali by sharing meals with local families, enjoying traditional Moroccan dishes infused with Indian spices and lighting lanterns that blend the two cultures. The vibrant colours and unique traditions of Morocco create a magical backdrop for your festive travels.

Embrace the festival of lights in tranquility, far from the usual hustle and create unforgettable memories in serene settings. Wherever you choose to go, a unique and enriching Diwali experience awaits you.

Biogen optimistic as new products gain traction

Biogen expects to do better this year on a key metric of financial health after a strong performance this summer from its newer products, including Leqembi, the closely watched drug for Alzheimer’s disease.

On Wednesday, the Massachusetts-based biotechnology company raised its diluted earnings per share guidance for the year. That metric, which reflects the profit made for each share of a company’s common stock, is now in the range of $16.10 to $16.60, up from a previous estimate of $15.75 to $16.25.

Biogen disclosed the raise in its latest earnings report, in which the company recorded $2.5 billion in revenue over the three-month period from July through September.

Biogen still forecasts a low single-digit percentage decline in total revenue for 2024, but noted how, in the third quarter, revenue from product launches offset declines in the company’s flagship business of multiple sclerosis therapies.

Those products include Leqembi, the postpartum depression drug Zurzuvae and the rare disease medication Skyclarys. Biogen recorded $67 million in Leqembi revenue during the third quarter. That’s 66% higher than the prior quarter and, according to RBC Capital Markets analyst Brian Abrahams, above the $58 million Wall Street had anticipated.

Skyclarys revenue, meanwhile, totaled $102 million, or about $10 million less than the average analyst estimate.

In Biogen’s core business, its multiple sclerosis drugs continued to decline. Sales from the franchise dipped 9% between last year’s third quarter and this year’s, during which it brought in just over $1 billion. Revenue from Spinraza, a treatment for an uncommon muscle disease and a former key growth driver for Biogen, also declined 15% across those two periods, to $381 million.

Biogen has undergone a major transformation since Chris Viehbacher, the former Sanofi head, took over as CEO in late 2022. Under Viehbacher, the company has moved to cut costs, turned over much of its executive team and spent billions of dollars to diversify research beyond the “high-risk, high-reward” neuroscience programs with which Biogen had become synonymous.

That shift proceeded this week, as Biogen appointed a chief medical officer and announced it will have a new chief financial officer early next year. The company also said that a previously announced cost-cutting plan remains on track to achieve $800 million in net cost savings by the end of 2025.

On the research side, Biogen highlighted four programs that it believes, collectively, could generate around $14 billion in annual sales at their peak. The programs target early Alzheimer’s, different forms of lupus, and autoimmune conditions affecting the kidneys.

Shares of Biogen dipped slightly Wednesday morning, trading down to around $180 apiece.

For analysts, the fresh earnings were a bit of a mixed bag. Because while there were bright spots, like strong sales of Leqembi outside the U.S., overall product revenue still came in around $80 million lower than analysts generally expected, according to Salim Syed of Mizuho Securities.

Biogen “remains a company in transition, with some potentially concerning signals in the base business likely to further investors’ push for more external [deals],” wrote RBC analyst Abrahams. Michael Yee, of Jefferies, also argued that Biogen needs to do more business development and further grow its pipeline to “get investors truly engaged” and shift their focus away from Alzheimer’s.

Inflation results the nail in the coffin for rate cuts in 2024

Key takeaways

CPI rose 0.2% in the September 2024 quarter and 2.8% annually. The quarterly rise is the lowest since the June 2020 quarter.

However, trimmed mean inflation, which excluded the substantial drops in electricity and automotive fuel, rose by 0.8% in the September quarter and 3.5% annually.

Of concern, Services inflation rose in the September quarter, from 4.5% to 4.6% annually.


All bets are off for a November RBA rate cut despite a drop in Australia’s annual inflation rate from 3.8 per cent to 2.8 per cent in the September quarter.

The Consumer Price Index is now at the lowest level since the March quarter of 2021, and well below the peak of 7.8 per cent at the end of 2022, according to the ABS.

The significant fall in headline CPI was largely due to energy rebates kicking in and cheaper petrol prices.

Trimmed inflation, the RBA’s preferred measure, printed at 3.5 per cent in September, down from 4.0 per cent in the June quarter.

While Australia’s annual headline inflation rate is now in the RBA’s target band and, for the first time in three and a half years, under 3%, the primary drivers of this are the state and federal government’s temporary energy bill relief programs and lower petrol prices – factors the RBA has said it will look beyond.

Meanwhile, services inflation is proving to be difficult to shift, with a small rise this quarter from 4.5% to 4.6%.

This alone is too high for the RBA to change strategy.

Interest Rates3

CBA the last of the big four banks to push back its cash rate forecast to 2025

CBA has today pushed back its forecast for the timing of the first cash rate cut from December of this year to February 2025, following today’s inflation figures.

The economic team at Australia’s biggest bank now also expects a total of four cuts by the end of 2025, rather than five as previously forecast.

As a result, all four big banks now expect the first cut will be in February 2025 with the total number of cuts ranging from three to five.

Potential impact of cash rate forecasts
  Cash rate forecast Potential change in monthly repayments

$600k loan

ANZ 3 x 0.25% cuts starting Feb-25 -$270
CBA 4 x 0.25% cuts starting Feb-25 -$357
NAB 5 x 0.25% cuts starting Feb-25 -$442
Westpac 4 x 0.25% cuts starting Feb-25 -$357
Source: www.canstar.com.au – 30/10/2024. Repayments based on an owner-occupier paying principal and interest on the average variable rate of 6.35% (RBA) with a $600k loan over 25 years. Assumes banks pass cuts on in full the following month.

Australia’s 4.35% cash rate to hit its first anniversary next Friday

If the RBA makes no change at next Tuesday’s Board meeting, as expected, Australia’s cash rate of 4.35% will chalk up its first birthday on Friday November 8 – a milestone most borrowers would rather forget.

Vinicius Junior, Ballon d’Or disappointment and Real Madrid’s furious reaction

On Sunday, not even 24 hours after the heavy blow of losing El Clasico 4-0 to Barcelona at the Bernabeu, there was another seismic shift at Real Madrid.

From the highest levels of the club came the order to cancel Monday’s planned trip to Paris, where everyone was expecting, among other prizes, Vinicius Junior to win the Ballon d’Or.

Real Madrid were told that would not be the case, and that the winner would not be Dani Carvajal either. The defender, who won last summer’s Euros with Spain was Los Blancos’ other major candidate.

At the club’s offices, they argued that if Vinicius Jr did not win and they looked to the European Championship, Carvajal would have to be ahead of the rest, including another Madrid player, England’s Jude Bellingham.

But neither Vinicius Jr nor Carvajal would ultimately lift the trophy, prompting indignation and anger in Madrid. As a result, no one from the club was present at the event to see Rodri, another of Spain’s Euros winners but a star for Premier League champions Manchester City, crowned the world’s best footballer for 2023-24.

Here, The Athletic takes you inside a horrible 48 hours for Vinicius Jr and Madrid.


No one at Real Madrid expected this outcome.

More than in previous years, much effort was made to maintain secrecy and to avoid the identities of the award winners from leaking. Interviews and photoshoots that used to take place before the ceremony were delayed until afterwards.

While some reports in Spain indicated Vinicius Jr would be named the winner for the first time, The Athletic reported on Monday that neither Real Madrid, Vinicius Jr nor most of those who work at France Football (the publication which created the award) knew the winner.

Previously, there had been complete confidence in Madrid that Vinicius Jr would lift the trophy.

“I think he’s going to win the Ballon d’Or because of what he has done last year, which helped us win the Champions League, not because of the three goals today,” Carlo Ancelotti said on Tuesday after the 24-year-old’s hat-trick inspired his team to a comeback victory over Borussia Dortmund.

That hope was partly a consolation, a painkiller for the home drubbing by Barcelona on Saturday, a result which took Hansi Flick’s side six points clear at the top of La Liga.

go-deeper

On Sunday morning, however, Vinicius Jr was informed he would not win the Ballon d’Or. It was a shock for him and all those around him, even though in the weeks leading up to it they always maintained they did not know what would happen.

The player and his staff had prepared in detail for the trip, with around 30 companions due to travel, including people from his agency, family and friends. Some of his guests had travelled from Brazil expressly for this purpose. An after-party was also planned for the event on Monday.

Multiple sources who, like others in this article, wished to remain anonymous to protect relationships, have told The Athletic that Nike, Vinicius Jr’s main sporting sponsor, had prepared special boots to celebrate an eventual victory. In addition, they had organised an event in Madrid which the footballer, people close to him and influencers were due to attend. Nike has been contacted for comment.


Vinicius Jr celebrates after scoring his team’s second goal in last season’s Champions League final (Ina Fassbender/AFP via Getty Images)

For hours on Sunday, there were moments of tension and a long wait for a decision on what to do. Finally, the Real Madrid board decided that there would be no trip to Paris. All parties agreed it was the best approach after envisaging the images of disappointment in Paris, where they would have gone with every hope that Vinicius Jr would be the winner. In addition, the lack of communication from France Football, either with the club or with the player, had annoyed Madrid.

As Sunday afternoon turned to evening, many more people, including Ancelotti, were informed by the club that they would not be travelling, despite the fact a delegation of around 50 people was scheduled to do so. That order came from the top.

At a very difficult time, Vinicius Jr was comforted by the fact that the whole club was in agreement about not travelling. As soon as the news reached his team-mates, they sent him numerous messages of encouragement, as they would do publicly after the gala.

The clearest came from Eduardo Camavinga: “FOOTBALL POLITICS. My brother you are the best player in the world and no award can say otherwise. Love you my bro,” the player wrote on X.

At one point it was envisaged that Emilio Butragueno, director of institutional relations, would travel, but this was finally ruled out on Monday as well. It meant Real Madrid had no one there to collect their award for men’s club of the year, and no one to accept when Ancelotti was named men’s coach of the year.

“It is not good for football that a club as important as Madrid and with so many fans worldwide is not present at such a gala,” Spain coach Luis de la Fuente told Movistar.

“I was surprised, yes, because I had spoken to someone from Real Madrid who said they were going to come here at 13:30 and suddenly I’m in the hotel and I’m surprised by the news,” Luis Figo, Los Blancos legend and a Ballon d’Or winner, told Movistar.

There was a clue on Monday morning for the more attentive ones: surprisingly, Real Madrid TV would be showing a film at the same time as the Ballon d’Or gala. The club’s website and social media would also make no mention of any of the awards received.

Shortly before 3pm, Real Madrid privately reported that the growing rumours were true.

“If the award criteria do not proclaim Vinicius Jr the winner, those same criteria should proclaim Carvajal the winner,” a club source told The Athletic. “As this has not been the case, it is obvious that the UEFA Ballon d’Or does not respect Real Madrid. And Real Madrid is not where it is not respected.”

Minutes later, people from Vinicius Jr’s agency confirmed to The Athletic that they were in Madrid after being informed by the club and that they would not be travelling to Paris.

Club sources explained they had found out because Manchester City knew Rodri would be the winner, although sources briefed on the process assure The Athletic that the information did not come from the English club.

Real Madrid were quick to point out that the name of the award is “Ballon d’Or-UEFA”, given European football’s governing body is involved in the organistion of the event. The club and UEFA have been at odds since Madrid’s involvement in a proposed European Super League.

“I think there are problems between Real Madrid and UEFA, which affected some things in the results,” former Madrid midfielder Clarence Seedorf told TNT Sports on the red carpet in Paris. “Vinicius Junior is the one who definitely deserves the award. It is a shame.“

It is worth noting that the award is decided on the basis of a vote by 100 journalists.

As the afternoon wore on, the law of silence was established at Vinicius Jr’s camp. Members of the team were asked not to speak to the press for a while.

However, at 6.30pm, a friend of Vinicius Jr’s gave the first public reaction.

“But this award not going into your hands only shows the mentality of those who are afraid of our presence,” wrote singer MC Maneirinho, receiving likes from other friends and agency members. From Valdebebas, something else was also highlighted: the audience at the event shouted Vinicius Jr’s name in the seconds before Rodri’s name was called out as the winner.

The day left Real Madrid and Vinicius Jr with one main question: what else does he have to do to lift the Ballon d’Or?

Winning the Champions League (involved in 11 goals in 10 games, including one in the final), La Liga (involved in 21 goals in 26 games, one every 89 minutes on average) and the Spanish Super Cup (hat-trick in the final against Barcelona) was not enough. So what would be?

(Top photo: Getty Images; design: John Bradford)

Here’s My Weekly Review Method for Consistently Crushing My To-Do List

Key Takeaways

  • Weekly reviews help analyze your progress and identify patterns for better decision-making.
  • Consistent weekly reviews improve productivity by identifying bottlenecks in your workflow.
  • Choosing a specific day and time and sticking to it helps create a routine for your weekly review.



Your productivity system needs regular review to ensure you are on track and progressing towards your goals. Implementing weekly reviews can help you crush your to-do list and stay organized.


What Is a Weekly Review and Why Should You Do It

A weekly review is an effective productivity habit designed to help you look back on the previous week, reflect on your progress, and use the insights you’ve gained to plan for the upcoming week. It entails setting aside a specific length of time each week to review your goals, tasks, and priorities and improve your workflow. Although popularized by David Allen’s Getting Things Done (GTD) method, a weekly review can fit seamlessly into any productivity system.

enciktepstudio / Shutterstock


Here are some of the benefits of adopting weekly reviews as part of your routine:

  • Weekly reviews help you analyze your week and spot recurring patterns.
  • Weekly reviews help you recognize and celebrate accomplishments.
  • Weekly reviews provide an objective view of the upcoming week, allowing you to make better decisions on prioritizing tasks and addressing potential conflicts early.
  • Identifying bottlenecks or inefficient practices can help you improve your workflow, making each week smoother than the last.

Weekly reviews are highly customizable, as you can adapt them to suit your productivity system as well as your personal and professional goals. Here’s my step-by-step weekly review process:

Choose a Consistent Day and Time

Consistency is key when it comes to successfully implementing weekly reviews. Choosing a specific day and time ensures that it becomes a habit and a seamless part of your routine. However, what matters more is that it fits your schedule, allowing you to maintain consistency. Here are some suggestions to help you decide which day may work best for you:


A weekly review task in the Reminders app

Over the Weekend: Sunday Night

I do my weekly review every Sunday at 6 PM. Sunday offers a natural transition between rest from the previous week and preparation for the upcoming week. In addition, with the week behind me, I have all the information I need to approach Monday with clarity.

End of the Work Week: Friday Afternoon

Friday afternoon can be ideal if your weekly review primarily revolves around work-related tasks or goals. Wrapping up the work week with a review lets you reflect on what’s been accomplished and look forward to what’s next, effectively closing out the week. Plus, it provides a psychological end to the workweek, allowing you to fully disconnect over the weekend, knowing you’ve already planned ahead.


Whatever your preference, make it a priority to perform your weekly review on the same day and time each week. You can set a recurring reminder for your weekly review on your preferred task management app. I organize my to-do lists and set up my review process in the Reminders app.

Tidy Up Your Digital Workspaces

Digital workspaces (or inboxes) can quickly become chaotic without a regular review process, and one of the most valuable parts of my weekly review is tidying up these areas. My weekly review lets me sweep through all my digital workspaces and organize them to start the week with a clear mind.

Here’s how I review my digital workspaces:

Emails

I start with my email inbox. I go through my messages from the past week to see if any can be turned into actionable tasks. This also includes responding to emails I may have missed during the week. In addition, if you use internal communication tools like Slack, you can apply this same process to your messages there.


Calendar

Next, I review my calendar, paying attention to follow-up actions for past events, rescheduling where necessary, and scanning upcoming appointments to ensure I’m prepared. Having a bird’s-eye view of my schedule helps me anticipate what’s ahead and leaves fewer surprises during the week.

A meeting event in Calendar

Notes

My note-taking app holds everything from meeting notes to article highlights. I’m often in a rush when I create these notes, so they can end up unorganized. My weekly review may include sorting action items from meeting agendas, organizing quotes from articles and books, and reviewing notes I created through interstitial journaling.


Review Project Lists, Backlogs, and Long-Term Goals

A project is a set of related subtasks that work toward a specific goal. For example, a marketing campaign for a new product typically includes several subtasks, such as creating social media posts, designing graphics, and scheduling email campaigns.

During this part of my weekly review, I confirm that each project has at least one immediate next action, so there’s always a clear path forward. If a project is stalled—perhaps because a task depends on someone else—I’ll set a reminder to follow up at a specific time. This exercise ensures that my current projects support my long-term goals.

A Someday/Maybe list in the Reminders app


A Someday/Maybe list or backlog is where I capture ideas, projects, or goals that I’d like to pursue but I’m not yet ready to commit to. This includes any aspirations, interests, or potential projects that don’t require immediate action, for example, visiting a specific location or learning a new language.

During my weekly review, I scan my Someday/Maybe list to see if anything feels relevant enough to move into active status. On the other hand, some items may no longer be relevant. Deleting them helps me focus on what’s actionable now while ensuring I don’t lose track of potential future opportunities.

Process Your Task Inbox or Task List

By this stage, my task inbox (my trusted space where I capture all my tasks before organizing them) is filled with to-dos gathered from various digital spaces—email, calendar, Slack, and more. This step in my weekly review process helps me organize and schedule these tasks effectively.


Inbox list in Reminders to capture tasks

What’s the Next Action?

I make sure each task is clear and actionable. If the task is vague, I clarify what the next specific step is to avoid confusion. If the task is large or complex, I break it down into smaller, manageable tasks.

What’s the Priority Level?

I use priority tags in the Reminders app to distinguish between urgent, important, and non-urgent tasks. This helps me prioritize my workload and ensure I am focusing on the most critical tasks first.

Which Project or Area Does This Task Belong To?

I move each task into the most relevant project or area of responsibility, so everything is organized by context and purpose. For example, my school assignments would go into the Education project, while any work-related tasks would go into the Work project


What’s the Due Date?

I add due dates and set reminders for each task, ensuring I don’t miss any deadlines. If a task is better suited for someone else, I delegate it and set a reminder to follow up.

Once I’ve sorted everything, I use Smart Lists in the Reminders app to create Today and This Week lists for filtering tasks for that specific day and week, respectively.

How to create a Smart List in the Reminders app

This part of the weekly review is flexible. You can use a similar process or your preferred productivity system to organize your tasks.

Reflect on What When Wrong or Right

A core part of my weekly review is reflecting on what went well and what didn’t. This step allows me to assess my productivity and find ways to improve.


I start by asking myself: What worked well? This reflection helps me celebrate my accomplishments during the previous week and recognize any productive habits I can keep using. Next, I look at what didn’t work—tasks I couldn’t complete or projects that stalled. What can I do differently next week to improve?

One potential solution is to schedule the specific task for a different period of the day when I’m more focused or energized. This is why finding your sleep chronotype and using it to your advantage is critical. Another option is to delegate the task to someone else if possible. Sometimes, the task itself may not be the issue. Trying a different approach can help me complete it more efficiently.

A weekly review process is an excellent way to improve your productivity and stay organized. By taking the time to review you r tasks, goals, and processes, you gain valuable insights that you can use to improve and streamline your workflow.

One man's 34-year mission to protect Sichuan's golden monkeys

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-29/One-man-s-34-year-mission-to-protect-Sichuan-s-golden-monkeys-1y5Sx8Ytjzy/img/724153d596814757a4c7af706b9779a2/724153d596814757a4c7af706b9779a2.jpeg'
A close-up photo of a golden snub-nosed monkey in Sichuan, China. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-29/One-man-s-34-year-mission-to-protect-Sichuan-s-golden-monkeys-1y5Sx8Ytjzy/img/724153d596814757a4c7af706b9779a2/724153d596814757a4c7af706b9779a2.jpeg'
A close-up photo of a golden snub-nosed monkey in Sichuan, China. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-29/One-man-s-34-year-mission-to-protect-Sichuan-s-golden-monkeys-1y5Sx8Ytjzy/img/724153d596814757a4c7af706b9779a2/724153d596814757a4c7af706b9779a2.jpeg'
A close-up photo of a golden snub-nosed monkey in Sichuan, China. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-29/One-man-s-34-year-mission-to-protect-Sichuan-s-golden-monkeys-1y5Sx8Ytjzy/img/724153d596814757a4c7af706b9779a2/724153d596814757a4c7af706b9779a2.jpeg'
A close-up photo of a golden snub-nosed monkey in Sichuan, China. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-29/One-man-s-34-year-mission-to-protect-Sichuan-s-golden-monkeys-1y5Sx8Ytjzy/img/724153d596814757a4c7af706b9779a2/724153d596814757a4c7af706b9779a2.jpeg'
A close-up photo of a golden snub-nosed monkey in Sichuan, China. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-29/One-man-s-34-year-mission-to-protect-Sichuan-s-golden-monkeys-1y5Sx8Ytjzy/img/724153d596814757a4c7af706b9779a2/724153d596814757a4c7af706b9779a2.jpeg'
A close-up photo of a golden snub-nosed monkey in Sichuan, China. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-29/One-man-s-34-year-mission-to-protect-Sichuan-s-golden-monkeys-1y5Sx8Ytjzy/img/724153d596814757a4c7af706b9779a2/724153d596814757a4c7af706b9779a2.jpeg'
A close-up photo of a golden snub-nosed monkey in Sichuan, China. /CGTN

Meet Tang Yulin, the devoted guardian of golden snub-nosed monkeys in Sichuan’s Baihe Nature Reserve – a sanctuary famous for its rich biodiversity. Through 34 years of dedication, Tang has bonded deeply with the lush mountains and the wildlife there. Thanks to guardians like Tang, the population of golden snub-nosed monkeys has grown significantly.

Mariah Carey on pop stardom, the Grammys and her annual holiday tour

In August of 1994, Mariah Carey created a Christmas music classic on her very first try.

The singer and songwriter with the Olympic-athlete-level voice was already a Grammy-winning superstar when she reluctantly took her record label’s suggestion to make a holiday album. But she’d never written a Christmas song until she and her collaborator Walter Afanasieff cranked one out over the course of a summer afternoon: a cheery, uptempo number driven by jingling sleigh bells, lush girl-group vocal harmonies and an inhumanly speedy keyboard lick.

Thirty Christmases later, it’s almost impossible to imagine the yuletide season without hearing “All I Want for Christmas Is You,” which has more than 1.8 billion streams on Spotify and has spawned a second career for Carey, 55, as the self-appointed Queen of Christmas. She’s released a children’s book and an animated film based on the song; she’s sold Christmas tree ornaments and beanies and pajama sets. And for the past decade she’s staged an annual live holiday spectacular, either on the road or in her hometown of New York City.

This year’s tour, which launches Nov. 6 at the Yaamava Theater in Highland and will stop Nov. 8 at the Hollywood Bowl, comes accompanied by a 30th-anniversary deluxe reissue of Carey’s “Merry Christmas” LP and arrives as she begins her yearly push to get “All I Want for Christmas Is You” to the top of Billboard’s Hot 100. In 2020, the singer — who shares 13-year-old twins with her ex-husband, TV host Nick Cannon — published an acclaimed memoir, “The Meaning of Mariah Carey,” in which she wrote frankly about her tumultuous marriage to former Sony Music boss Tommy Mottola and revealed that she’d secretly dropped an alternative-rock album under the name Chick in 1995.

Ahead of the appearance of her annual post-Halloween “It’s time” video — her signal to fans that it’s OK to break out the Christmas music — Carey sat down for an interview at a rented Bel-Air mansion fully decked out for a BBC holiday special. Actually, she reclined for the interview, slipping off her heels and stretching out on a leather chaise under a waffle-weave blanket that she eventually cast aside with a grimace.

“This is a little dank,” she said.

I caught last year’s Christmas tour at the Hollywood Bowl. At one point you discovered some moisture onstage and asked a crew member to bring out a mop. Then you took the mop and improvised a song about it.
The mop was a moment. I didn’t know what was gonna happen — whatever it was, it was stream of consciousness. It really was wet on the stage, and I was scared, and so I made up that little song. Now I’m sitting here like, Oh, what am I gonna do this year…? But you can’t plan that. Those mop moments are few and far between.

You also said last year that your agent had convinced you to put some non-holiday songs in the show.
I’m keeping with that because I guess everybody expects it now. I wouldn’t mind just doing Christmas songs.

There’s a purity to that approach.
To me there is. But I was listening to the set yesterday and it was sounding good.

After “All I Want for Christmas Is You,” what’s the second-best song on the “Merry Christmas” album?
There’s a song called “Miss You Most (At Christmas Time).” It’s a tough one. Someone once told me — actually, it was my late mother — that it was the saddest Christmas song ever.

It’s OK, in your view, for Christmas music to be sad.
Think about “Blue Christmas.” Some people are always in a funk around the holidays — not everybody’s all festive, running around in the snow like other people we know [laughs]. You know what song is pretty sad to me? “Happy Xmas (War Is Over).”

The “if” does a lot of emotional work in that lyric: “War is over if you want it.”
That’s why I get sad when I hear it.

Do you feel like you have the leeway in your show to give a sad Christmas performance?
I don’t. People are there for the most part to be uplifted, and it’s my job to try my hardest to be uplifting. If I want to be sad, I’ll go home and watch whatever show is going to make me sad.

“All I Want” has made it to No. 1 every year since 2019. Do you feel now like it’s something that has to happen?
I don’t think of things that way. I can’t sit there and go, This has to happen.

From all my reading about the song —
Can I re-answer that?

Please.
It’s happened so many times that I’m thrilled. And should it happen again, I would be even more thrilled [laughs].

Mariah Carey performs at the Hollywood Bowl in 2023.

Mariah Carey performs at the Hollywood Bowl in 2023.

(Randall Michelson/Hewitt Silva-Live Nation)

My understanding of the song’s history is that you were purposely going for something timeless.
With the production, yes. I guess I was thinking when I was writing it to have it be timeless, too. I wanted it to feel like a modern classic.

You still like it?
I do. That’s why the whole “Not yet” and “It’s time” thing happened, is because I don’t listen to Christmas music until it’s actually the season to do that.

Seems worth pointing out that this year’s tour starts a full three weeks before Thanksgiving.
What are they doing to me?

As you know, you’re famous for not acknowledging the passage of time.
Mm-hmm.

Yet this new “Merry Christmas” reissue draws attention to the fact that it’s been 30 years since it came out.
Well, the milestones of songs and albums having anniversaries and things of that nature — that’s all good. I just don’t have them myself.

Are the people in your life allowed to wish you happy birthday?
Oh, they know better than that. They’ve learned to wish me a happy anniversary. It’s an anniversary.

You recently marked another anniversary — 20 years of 2005’s “The Emancipation of Mimi” — on the Billboard Music Awards.
You mean the American Music Awards.

My mistake. So many awards shows —
So little time. Which we don’t acknowledge.

What makes an awards-show moment fun?
If I like the outfit I wore. I liked that outfit.

Another accolade was your nomination this year for the Rock & Roll Hall of Fame. I wondered if you had thoughts on that.
My thoughts are: I didn’t get in.

I was trying to be delicate.
Everybody was calling me going, “I think you’re getting in!” and so I was excited about it. But then it didn’t happen. My lawyer [Allen Grubman] got into the Rock & Roll Hall of Fame before me.

How about the Grammys?
[Sighs]

Oh, the sigh.
Because I don’t know how to answer this question. They gave me two Grammys when I first started out. Then one year — huge year for me, career-wise — I had like six nominations with the “Daydream” album and “One Sweet Day” and “Always Be My Baby” and “Fantasy.” All those songs in a row ended up being so big that you just thought, OK, at least “One Sweet Day” is gonna win best duet or something. Then I sat there the whole time and I didn’t get anything. I was like, This is not fun. But what can I do? Be a sore loser and say, “F the Grammys?” Whatever. If they give me more Grammys, I’ll like them more.

I went back and rewatched your episode of “MTV Unplugged” from 1992. The interplay between you and your background singers —
The Price sisters and Melonie Daniels.

It’s astounding.
We worked together a lot — we’d rehearsed and we’d gone overseas by the time of that “Unplugged” show. I mean, technically that was my third album, although they didn’t count it as an album. We love Sony, but back then…

You’re saying the record company didn’t count the “Unplugged” record against your contract.
Can you believe that? And “I’ll Be There” was a No. 1 song.

The music business, folks.
Welcome to it. Anyway, yes, there is a connection that we had. Ever since I started and was a backup singer myself, I’ve revered those girls that are so incredible but still don’t have a record deal or anything.

Well, there are singers and then there are stars, right?
That’s a very record-company thing to say. I don’t know. What’s that movie called? “500 Miles from Stardom”?

Slightly closer: “20 Feet from Stardom.”
I guess that’s kind of what we’re talking about.

You ever surprise yourself with your own voice?
That happened on my first album, on this song called “All In Your Mind.” I’m doing a high note at the end, and then two notes came out at once. I left it on the record.

What’s an album of yours where you’d say you nailed what you were trying to do?
Either “Butterfly” or “The Emancipation of Mimi.” I put both of those in a good place, which is mainly because of where I was in my life at the time. They’re happy records, although the lyrics might be a little bit on the sad side — a little on the crying-out-from-your-heart side.

“Butterfly” features “Honey,” which you made with Sean “Diddy” Combs. Do the recent allegations against him taint your experience of that song?
That’s hard not to happen when stuff goes on and you hear somebody’s voice on a record. You’re like, Hmmm. It’s weird, you know? But honestly, “Honey” was more a representation of me than anybody else, and I know that. The other people that were involved — or maybe the other person that we’re talking about — wasn’t really that involved.

OK, last few things. Word is, you’re working on new music. Accurate?
Accurate. I have nine or 10 songs, so it’s enough to have an album. I just haven’t put the vocals down on every song.

When you make a new record, are you looking to be pushed or challenged by your collaborators?
Sometimes. But I have to have a connection to the song right away.

Random point, but I’ve always loved your song “#Beautiful” with Miguel.
That was a lot of Miguel [laughs].

What’s the status of the Chick album? The people are clamoring for you to put it on streaming services.
I want to release it — I just have to figure out how.

This feels like a solvable problem.
I know, but I want it to be right. To me, it’s like one of the best things I’ve done.

And what about the TV biopic Lee Daniels is making about you?
The status of that is that I’m still waiting for him to send me the first script. Hopefully he can hurry up and get it done. He keeps telling me he’s going to.

Will it be hard for you to let someone else tell your story?
Well, it’s based on my book, so I don’t feel nervous about it. And the amount of control that I have with it is strong.

The book felt very honest. Looking back at it, are there things you left out that you wish you hadn’t?
Some things are just too much. But there are some things in the book that I wish weren’t in the book. Not that they were wrong or that they were inaccurate. But you learn later: Oh, I shouldn’t have done that.

Because it hurt people in your life?
Because it potentially hurt people in my life. I don’t know, because I don’t talk to certain people in my life.

This has been an interesting year for young female musicians talking openly about the harsh reality of pop stardom. The impression your book leaves is that you didn’t feel free to speak about it when you were starting out.
I didn’t feel very free at all because I was also married at that time and it was a difficult situation. So I had to wait for my freedom to be able to say, “This is kind of f—ed.”

What’s it been like to watch Chappell Roan express herself the way she has?
For me, it’s like that time is in the past, and somebody else can do with their time what they want.

You’re not consumed with resentment that it was different for you.
There was a lot of resentment back then. But not anymore.

‘Double Standards and Hypocrisy’: The Dissent at Cisco Over the War in Gaza

Over the past year, Cisco publicly looked like one of the few tech companies that had avoided internal backlash over its response to the war in Gaza. Chuck Robbins, the CEO of the Silicon Valley giant known for its routers, cybersecurity services, and WebEx video calling, issued a statement last November acknowledging the suffering of both Israelis and Palestinians.

And as recently as two months ago, Francine Katsoudas, Cisco’s chief people, policy, and purpose officer, smiled as she posed for photos with many of the company’s employee organizations, including the one for Palestinians. However, this photo later became a source of significant contention within the company.

Behind the scenes, eight current and one former employee who spoke with WIRED allege, Cisco has marginalized its internal Palestinian advocacy groups and their hundreds of members. Throughout a turbulent period beginning this past July, the people allege that the company has failed to promptly and adequately police harassment of Palestinian employees and their allies on its intra-company forums despite detailed complaints. They further allege that Cisco halted an internal petition calling for limiting sales to Israel over potential human rights concerns.

“We have been targeted and harassed, sabotaged and defamed,” says João Silva Jordão, a software licensing manager in Lisbon who quit Cisco last month in disgust after four years at the company. “I was led to believe my humanitarian side was welcome at Cisco, but I was absolutely defrauded. It’s double standards and hypocrisy.”

Then-Cisco employee João Silva Jordão seen on April 27, 2024, outside the Shatila refugee camp in Lebanon wearing a T-shirt that caused turmoil inside the company.

Photograph: João Silva Jordão

Jordão seen on May 3 while volunteering in Lebanon.

Photograph: Ghassan Qasem

Meanwhile, another recent ex-employee, who was fired, says some Jewish workers at Cisco believe the company has not adequately stopped harassment against them by the Palestinian groups. This person criticized executives for not doing more to shut down war discussions by workers on both sides. “Things could have been done by leadership to reduce the mess across the board,” he says. “It’s sad that more wasn’t done.”

Brian Tippens, Cisco’s chief social impact and inclusion officer, refutes the accusations of marginalization and unequal treatment. He says Cisco’s focus has been on the well-being of all of its 90,000 employees, and he apologizes to any who feel the company hasn’t lived up to its humanitarian goals.

Tippens tells WIRED that Cisco doesn’t want to shut down what it views as political speech altogether, but has issued what it calls Expressions Guidelines amid the internal unrest to encourage civility and respect.

Google Ad spend grows despite AI changes

Google search advertising spending rose 11% year-over-year in Q3 2024, showing resilience despite slower pricing growth and the introduction of AI-powered features according to Tinuiti’s latest Digital Ads Benchmark Report.

Overall performance.

  • Google search ad spending grew 11% YoY in Q3 2024, decelerating from 14% growth in Q2.
  • Click growth remained stable at approximately 3% YoY.
  • Cost-per-click (CPC) growth moderated to 8% YoY, down from 12% in Q2.

Shopping Ad momentum.

  • Shopping ad spend maintained strong 16% YoY growth in Q3, matching Q2 performance.
  • Click volume improved to 6% YoY growth, up from 4% in Q2.
  • Shopping CPC growth decelerated to 9% YoY, continuing a downward trend.
Screenshot 2024 10 29 At 00.05.41

Competitive landscape.

  • Amazon dominates shopping ad impressions with 58% share in Q3, though down from 63% in Q2.
  • Notable mid-September dip to 45% share before quick recovery.
  • Walmart holds a distant second position with 22% share.
  • Temu’s presence declined significantly compared to 2023.
Screenshot 2024 10 29 At 00.05.52

Performance Max (PMax) trends.

  • 92% adoption rate among shopping advertisers in Q3, up 1 point from Q2.
  • Non-shopping inventory reached 29% of PMax spend in September, up from 21% in June.
  • YouTube contributed just 1% of PMax placement impressions.
  • Mobile apps maintained steady 10% share of impressions.
Screenshot 2024 10 29 At 00.06.28

Campaign performance metrics.

  • PMax conversion rates fell 2% below standard Shopping campaigns in Q3.
  • PMax sales per click shifted from +3% to -3% versus standard campaigns.
  • Return on ad spend (ROAS) remained stable quarter-over-quarter.
  • Traditional text ad spending grew 7% YoY, down from 13% in Q2.

Impact of Google AI Overviews.

  • Mobile non-branded keywords saw 14% CTR decline from April to July.
  • CTR recovered in August and September across segments.
  • Non-brand mobile CTR remains 4% below April levels but 6% above early 2023.
  • Shopping ad CTR rose 14% on mobile between April and September.

Why we care. The data suggests that while Google’s AI Overviews initially impacted ad performance, advertisers are adapting and finding ways to maintain growth, particularly through shopping ads and Performance Max campaigns.

Key takeaways.

  • Shopping ads demonstrate resilience amid broader market changes.
  • PMax adoption remains high despite slight performance deterioration.
  • Major retailers maintain dominant positions in shopping ad impressions.
  • Google AI Overviews impact appears to be stabilizing.
  • Mobile continues to be a critical battleground for ad performance.

The report. Tinuiti’s Q3 2024 Digital Ads Benchmark Report.


New on Search Engine Land

About the author

Anu Adegbola

Anu Adegbola has been Paid Media Editor of Search Engine Land since 2024. She covers paid search, paid social, retail media, video and more.

In 2008, Anu’s career started with

 delivering digital marketing campaigns (mostly but not exclusively Paid Search) by building strategies, maximising ROI, automating repetitive processes and bringing efficiency from every part of marketing departments through inspiring leadership both on agency, client and marketing tech side.

 

Outside editing Search Engine Land article she is the founder of PPC networking event – PPC Live and host of weekly podcast PPCChat Roundup.

 

She is also an international speaker with some of the stages she has presented on being SMX (US), SMX (Munich), Friends of Search (Amsterdam), brightonSEO, The Marketing Meetup, HeroConf (PPC Hero), SearchLove, BiddableWorld, SESLondon, PPC Chat Live, AdWorld Experience (Bologna) and more.

‘Dreamers’ Can Enroll in ACA Plans This Year — But a Court Challenge Could Get in the Way

When open enrollment for the Affordable Care Act, or Obamacare, starts nationwide this week, a group that had previously been barred from signing up will be eligible for the first time: The “Dreamers.” That’s the name given to children brought to the United States without immigration paperwork who have since qualified for the Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals program.

Under a Biden administration rule that has become contentious in some states, DACA recipients will be able to enroll in — and, if their income qualifies, receive premium subsidies for — Obamacare coverage. The government estimates that about 100,000 previously uninsured people out of the half-million DACA recipients might sign up starting Nov. 1, which is the sign-up season start date in all states except Idaho.

Yet the fate of the rule remains uncertain. It is being challenged in federal court by Kansas and 18 other states, including several in the South and Midwest, as well as Montana, New Hampshire, and North Dakota.

Separately, 19 states and the District of Columbia filed a brief in support of the Biden administration rule. Led by New Jersey, those states include many on the East and West coasts, including California, Colorado, Nevada, New Mexico, New York, Oregon, and Washington.

The rule, finalized in May, clarifies that those who qualify for DACA will be considered “lawfully present” for the purpose of enrolling in plans under the ACA, which are open to American citizens and lawfully present immigrants.

“The rule change is super important as it corrects a long-standing and erroneous exclusion of DACA recipients from ACA coverage,” said Nicholas Espíritu, a deputy legal director for the National Immigration Law Center, which has also filed briefs in support of the government rule.

President Barack Obama established DACA in June 2012 by executive action to protect from deportation and provide work authorization to some unauthorized residents brought to the U.S. as children by their families if they met certain requirements, including that they arrived before June 2007 and had completed high school, were attending school, or were a veteran.

States challenging the ACA rule say it will cause administrative and resource burdens as more people enroll, and that it will encourage additional people to remain in the U.S. when they don’t have permanent legal authorization. The lawsuit, filed in August in U.S. District Court for the District of North Dakota, seeks to postpone the rule’s effective date and overturn it, saying the expansion of the “lawfully present” definition by the Biden administration violates the law.

On Oct. 15, U.S. District Judge Daniel Traynor, who was appointed in 2019 by then-President Donald Trump, heard arguments in the case.

Plaintiff states are pushing for fast action, and it is possible a ruling will come in the days before open enrollment begins nationwide in November, said Zachary Baron, a legal expert at Georgetown Law, who helps manage the O’Neill Institute Health Care Litigation Tracker.

But the outlook is complicated.

For starters, in a legal battle like this, those who file a case must demonstrate the harm being alleged, such as additional costs the rule will force the states to absorb. There are only about 128 DACA recipients in North Dakota, where the case is being heard, and not all of them are likely to enroll in ACA insurance.

Furthermore, North Dakota is not among the states that run their own enrollment marketplace. It relies on the federal healthcare.gov site, which makes the legal burden harder to meet.

“Even though North Dakota does not pay any money to purchase ACA health care, they are still claiming somehow that they are harmed,” said Espíritu, at the immigration law center, which is representing several DACA recipients and CASA, a nonprofit immigrant advocacy group, in opposing the state efforts to overturn the rule.

During the hearing, Traynor focused on this issue and noted that a state running its own marketplace might be a better venue for such a case. He ordered the defendants to present more information by Oct. 29 and for North Dakota to respond by Nov. 12.

On Monday, the judge denied a motion from the federal government asking him to reconsider his order requiring it to provide the state with the names of 128 DACA recipients who live there, under seal, for the purpose of helping calculate any financial costs associated with their presence.

In addition, it’s possible the case will be transferred to another district court, but that could lead to delays in a decision, attorneys following the case said.

The judge also could take a number of directions in his decision. He could postpone the rule’s effective date, as requested in part of the lawsuit, preventing DACA recipients from enrolling in Obamacare while the case is decided. Or he could leave the effective date as it stands while the case proceeds.

With any decision, the judge could decide to apply the ruling nationally or limit it to just the states that challenged the government rule, Baron said.

“The approach taken by different judges has varied,” Baron said. “There has been a practice to vacate some regulatory provisions nationwide, but a lot of judges, including justices on the Supreme Court, also have cited concerns about individual judges being able to affect policy this way.”

Even as the case moves along, Espíritu said his organization is encouraging DACA recipients to enroll once the sign-up period begins nationally in November.

“It’s important to enroll as soon as possible,” he said, adding that organizations such as his will continue to monitor the case and give updates if the situation changes. “We know that getting access to good affordable health care can be transformative to people’s lives.”

This case challenging the rule is wholly separate from another case, brought by some of the same states as those opposed to the ACA rule, seeking to entirely end the DACA program. That case is currently in the appeals process in federal court.

Turtle Beach’s Modular Xbox Wireless Controller Looks Cool And Is Cheaper Than Expected

Turtle Beach is releasing a modular wireless Xbox controller called the Stealth Pivot that launches November 26, and preorders are available now at Amazon. Compared to Turtle Beach’s Stealth Ultra ($200) and other customizable controllers, including Victrix’s modular controller ($180), the Stealth Pivot is surprisingly “cheap” at $130.

While the reversible modules are the Stealth Pivot’s main features, the controller can be customized in other ways, such as adjustable trigger and thumbstick sensitivity, four remappable microswitch buttons, adjustable trigger locks, and digital or analog modes for the D-pad.

The Stealth Pivot sports some other cool features, including a mini-LED which is used to configure up to five custom control profiles, adjust settings, and even display social notifications or other alerts. It also supports rumble and various Turtle Beach audio enhancement features like EQ presets, chat volume mixing, and more. It can connect via 2.4GHz wireless, Bluetooth 5.2, or wired USB to Xbox consoles, PC, or mobile. In wireless mode, it offers up to 20 hours of battery life and has quick charging via USB-C.

Stealth Pivot's rotating modules
Stealth Pivot’s rotating modules

Turtle Beach brought over many of the Stealth Pivot’s features from the Stealth Ultra, which released last holiday for $200. The Stealth Ultra uses microswitches for all of its buttons, while microswitches appear to be limited to the remappable back buttons on the Pivot. The Ultra also has two nice bonuses you won’t find with the Pivot: a carrying case and charging stand.

Until we get our hands on the Pivot, we won’t know how the build quality compares to the Ultra, which impressed us when we tested it last year. That said, the Pivot’s rotating modules, at face value, are probably more important than microswitches and carrying cases for many Xbox and PC users. And if you want microswitch buttons, we’d now recommend the recently released Razer Wolverine V3 Pro over the Stealth Ultra. Razer’s first wireless controller for Xbox and PC also costs $200 and is a better overall Elite Series 2 alternative than the Stealth Ultra.


The Stealth Pivot is the latest modular controller on the market, but not the only one. One of the most notable is the Victrix Pro BFG, which is one of our favorite controllers on Xbox and PS5. The Xbox model is available for $180 at Amazon, while the PS5 version is discounted to $155 (was $180). Special edition variants based on Call of Duty and Tekken are also available.

If you’re interested in a modular controller specifically for PC, it’s worth noting you can buy either the PlayStation or Xbox version of the Pro BFG.

Victrix Pro BFG Wireless Modular Controllers

Crunching fruit fly and human data via machine learning and systems biology results in the identification of key metabolites that impact lifespan in both species

Discoveries that impact lifespan and healthspan in fruit flies are usually tested in mice before being considered potentially relevant in humans, a process that is expensive and time intensive. A pioneering approach taken at the Buck Institute leapfrogs over that standard methodology.

Utilizing cutting-edge machine learning and systems biology, researchers analyzed and correlated huge data sets from flies and humans to identify key metabolites that impact lifespan in both species.Results published online in Nature Communicationssuggest that one of the metabolites, threonine, may hold promise as a potential therapeutic for aging interventions.

“These results would not have been possible without this pioneering approach,” says Buck professor Pankaj Kapahi, PhD, senior author of the paper. “There is a lot of data sitting out there that is not being correlated between species. I think this approach could be a game-changer when it comes to identifying potential interventions to improve human health.”

Threonine has been shown to protect against diabetes in mice. The essential amino acid plays an important role in collagen and elastin production and is also involved in blood clotting, fat metabolism and immune function.

The method — simplified

The work began with former Buck postdoc Tyler Hilsabeck, PhD, crunching data (involving metabolomics, phenotypes and genomics) to analyze 120 metabolites in 160 strains of fruit flies on both restricted and normal diets. The goal was to reveal how different genotypes responded to the diets to influence lifespan and healthspan. “This allowed us to find the ‘needles in the haystack’ when it came to identifying relevant metabolites,” Hilsabeck says.

Vikram Narayan, PhD, a postdoctoral fellow then cross-referenced findings with human data from the massive UK Biobank. “Using the human data allowed us to focus on interesting metabolites to those that are conserved in both species. It also allowed us to uncover the impact of those metabolites in humans,” he says. Importantly, the team then brought those relevant metabolites back into the fly to validate results.

The results

In flies, threonine extended lifespan in a strain-and-sex-specific manner. Individuals with higher levels of threonine-related metabolites had longer, healthier lives. “We’re not saying that threonine is going to work in all conditions,” says Kapahi. “Our research shows it works in subsets of both flies and people. I think most of us have stopped expecting to find a ‘magic-bullet’ intervention for aging. Our method provides another way to develop precision medicine for geroscience.”

The results also include findings that were not so positive for both species. Orotate, which is relatively understudied and has been linked with fat metabolism, was negatively associated with aging. In flies orotate counteracted the positive impact of dietary restriction across every strain of the animals. In humans, orotate was linked to a shorter lifespan.

Larger implications

Kapahi hopes the larger research community will begin employing this method. “So many times we find things that work in worms and flies and then we don’t have the resources to move the basic science forward. This approach allows us to say with a lot more certainty that discoveries are going to be relevant in humans.” Kapahi says this method may reduce the need for studies in mice, something he welcomes.

Myntra Diwali Sale best dhamaka offers LIVE NOW: Up to 70% off on designer lehenga cholis from Libas and Global Desi | Fashion Trends

Lehengas, with their flowing silhouettes and exquisite detailing, have always been a staple for women on festive occasions. Therefore, it’s needless to say that the festival of lights is a time for celebration and an opportunity for you to revamp your wardrobes with a fresh new look. Like many others, you may also have been waiting for a chance to pick your favourite lehenga at the lowest prices this festival season. Well, your chance is finally here! You can find beautifully crafted lehengas at prices that make luxury affordable. Whether you prefer a classic look or a contemporary twist, the best Myntra Diwali Sale Dhamaka offers will let you explore styles that suit your personal taste.

Best Myntra Diwali Sale Dhamaka Offers on Designer Lehenga Cholis From Libas and Global Desi

The best Myntra Diwali Sale Dhamaka offers have eye-popping discounts on some of the top lehenga from some of the best names in fashion. Here, we put together ten such designs, which are sure to make you wonder if one is enough or if you’d want to grab them all!

Top lehenga cholis from Libas and Global Desi

 

Here are our favourite lehenga cholis from top brands like Libas and Global Desi. Take your pick with the best Myntra Diwali Sale Dhamaka offers today!

 

Shine bright this festive season with the Libas Mustard Embroidered Sequinned Lehenga Choli. This set is stunning with vibrant mustard hues and intricate embroidery, making it look elegant for any occasion. The sequinned details that catch the festival light beautifully make it a perfect choice for Diwali celebrations. The blouse is also ready to wear and features a flattering V-neck and stylish three-quarter sleeves that complete its flowing look. The lehenga’s solid colour with a flared hemline adds grace to your movements. It’s made from lightweight Poly Georgette with a soft Shantoon, comfortable and stylish lining. Buy it with the best Myntra Diwali Sale Dhamaka offers now!

Styling Tip: Pair this gorgeous set with sparkling jhumkas and strappy heels for a festive look that will turn heads.

Lehanga Highlights:

  • Stunning mustard colour with intricate embroidery and sequinned details for a festive look.
  • Lightweight Poly Georgette fabric with a comfortable flared hem, perfect for all-day wear.
Hemline Flared
Neck  V-Neck
Fabric Poly Georgette (Lehenga), Pure Georgette (Blouse)
Sleeves  Three-quarter sleeves 
Pattern Embroidered 

 

Add an elegant twist to your festive wardrobe this season with the Libas Mustard Embroidered Sequinned Lehenga Choli. This vibrant mustard set has intricate embroidery and delicate sequins that bring out a beautiful glow and make it a stunning choice for Diwali or any special occasion. The blouse has a boat neck and sleeveless design, which creates a chic silhouette that zips up easily. The lehenga has a graceful flared hem, creating a flowy look that adds elegance with every step. It is made from lightweight Poly Georgette with a soft Shantoon lining and is comfortable to wear all evening. The lehanga is simple to style yet perfect for standing out. This one also ranks pretty high on the best Myntra Diwali Sale Dhamaka offers!

Styling Tip: You can pair it with bold earrings and stacked bangles for a striking festive look.

Lehanga Highlights:

  • Vibrant mustard colour with shimmering sequins and embroidery for a festive feel.
  • Lightweight, flowy poly georgette fabric, perfect for comfortable movement.

 

Hemline Flared
Neck  Boat Neck
Fabric Poly Georgette (Lehenga), Pure Georgette (Blouse)
Sleeves  Sleeveless
Pattern Embroidered 

 

Step into elegance with the Libas Gorgeous Green Embroidered Lehenga Choli. This one is crafted in a deep green with intricate embroidery, and the set gives off a royal vibe that matches festive events. The round-neck blouse with trendy flared short sleeves pairs beautifully with the flared lehenga to create a balanced, feminine silhouette. What we love is that the simplicity of a solid dupatta finished with a border brings just the right touch of sophistication. The lehenga’s swirling, flared hem adds movement and makes every step graceful. Made from poly georgette and lined with Shantoon, it’s soft and easy to wear all night. Get it at a steal with the best Myntra Diwali Sale Dhamaka offers.

Styling Tip: We recommend adding a delicate maang tikka and bangles for an elegant and impressive look for festival nights.

Lehanga Highlights:

  • Intricate embroidery and classic green colour for a timeless look.
  • Lightweight Poly Georgette with a comfortable flared hem, ideal for celebrations.

 

Hemline Flared
Neck  Round Neck
Fabric Poly Georgette (Lehenga, Blouse, Dupatta)
Sleeves  Flared, short sleeves
Pattern Embroidered 

Gift yourself a festive lehenga with the Libas Classic Burgundy Embroidered Lehenga Choli with the best Myntra Diwali Sale Dhamaka offers. This stunning set in a rich burgundy shade features a charming embroidered, sequinned lehenga. The solid choli, with a simple round neck and sleeveless design, keeps the look basic while letting the lehenga’s intricate details shine. A matching solid dupatta completes the set with understated elegance.

When you wear it, the flared hemline adds volume and creates graceful movement. You won’t have to worry about comfort as the Poly Georgette fabric with a soft Shantoon lining feels good on your skin. The lehanga is also great for adding a bit of glamour to weddings and special events. The piece is a sophisticated choice for anyone who loves rich, bold hues.

Styling Tip: You can pair it with statement earrings and a sleek bracelet to let the lehenga take centre stage. You could wear black low heels to complement the shade as well.

Hemline Flared
Neck  Round Neck
Fabric Poly Georgette (Lehenga, Dupatta), Pure Georgette (Blouse)
Sleeves  Sleeveless
Pattern Embroidered 

Give your Diwali outfit a touch of opulence with the Libas Green Embroidered Thread Work Lehenga Choli. It’s made from luxurious velvet and features intricate threadwork embroidery that adds rich texture and depth which look good for grand occasions. The blouse has a V-neckline and long flared sleeves to give an elegant and traditional touch. If you have grace in your movements then the flared lehenga creates beautiful movement with each step.

To make it convenient to put on, a zip closure on the lehenga is provided. You can put it on quickly and pull over the matching green dupatta. With a bordered finish, the dupatta completes the look with subtle sophistication. Lined with soft Shantoon, this set is as comfortable as it is stunning. Don’t miss it; buy this gorgeous lehenga with the best Myntra Diwali Sale Dhamaka offers.

Styling Tip: To further create richness in the look, you can pair it with antique gold jewelry and embroidered juttis for a royal vibe.

Highlights:

  • Rich velvet fabric with detailed thread embroidery for a luxurious finish.
  • A flattering V-neck blouse with flared sleeves is ideal for elegant festive wear.
Hemline Flared
Neck  V Neck
Fabric Velvet (Lehenga, Blouse), Shantoon (Lining)
Sleeves  Long flared sleeves
Pattern Embroidered 

 

Add a splash of vibrant colour to your festivities with the Global Desi Mustard Printed Lehenga Choli. This unique set is covered in a lively mustard print that brings warmth to any occasion that you wear it to. The blouse features a flattering V-neck and comfortable three-quarter sleeves. So you can wear it for all-day-long celebrations. The flared lehenga creates a graceful movement in the event hall. Wearing it is not a hassle, as the slip-on design adds ease while you’re getting ready.

With its lightweight polyester fabric, this outfit is perfect for summer weddings or festive gatherings. The lehenga is simple yet stylish, a must-have from the best Myntra Diwali Sale Dhamaka offers.

Styling Tip: Pair with delicate earrings and stacked bangles to keep the look fresh and festive.

Highlights:

  • Lightweight mustard print perfect for festive occasions.
  • Comfortable slip-on design with a classic V-neck and flared hem.

 

Hemline Flared
Neck  V-Neck
Fabric Polyester (Lehenga, Blouse)
Sleeves  Three-Quarter Sleeves
Pattern Printed 

 

Add a festive glow this Diwali to your wardrobe with the KALINI Pink and Gold Foil Printed Lehenga Choli. This set is ready-to-wear and elegant, and it is suitable for any occasion to look special. It features a soft, flowy lehenga with a beautiful foil print in rich pink and gold tones that brings a touch of sparkle during this festival of lights. The blouse is stitched with a round neck and is sleeveless. So it presents you in a beautiful modern silhouette while also keeping you comfortable all day.

The lehenga’s flared hem adds graceful movement, and the matching dupatta with its subtle taping border completes the look for any festive event. Perfect for Diwali gatherings or weddings, this set is crafted from comfortable Viscose Rayon and Poly Chiffon for a breathable fit that’s easy to care for. Get it with the best Myntra Diwali Sale Dhamaka offers today!

Styling Tip: You can pair this pretty set with delicate gold jewelry and open-toe sandals for an elegant festive look.

Highlights:

  • Lehanga Choli is set in pink and gold with a foil print, adding instant festive charm.
  • Comfortable Viscose Rayon and Poly Chiffon blend, ideal for long Diwali celebrations.

 

Hemline Flared 
Neck  Round Neck
Fabric Viscose Rayon 
Sleeves  Sleeveless
Pattern Solid, Printed 

Bring out your festive best with the PURVAJA Magenta and Gold Woven Lehenga Choli Set. The luxurious woven design in magenta and gold tones brings a royal touch, with the zari work adding a rich shimmer to every twirl. This lehenga comes ready to wear, making it simple for your next celebration without having to go for alteration. Paired with an unstitched V-neck blouse, you can tailor it to fit your shape and blend traditional dress with a touch of personal flair.

The lehenga’s flared hemline creates graceful movement, and the zip closure gives a comfortable fit. Finished with a matching dupatta edged with delicate tassels, this set nicely captures the festive vibe. Made from smooth Art Silk with a Poly Crepe lining, it’s perfect for long events where you want to look and feel amazing. Get it with the best Myntra Diwali Sale Dhamaka offers now!

Styling Tip: Pair this elegant set with statement earrings and golden heels to complete a regal look for Diwali or wedding events.

Lehanga Highlights:

  • Elegant magenta and gold woven design with zari work, perfect for adding a festive glow.
  • Comfortable Art Silk fabric with Poly Crepe lining, offering a luxurious feel for all-day celebrations.
Hemline Flared
Neck  V-Neck
Fabric Art Silk 
Sleeves  Sleeveless
Pattern Woven Design, Zari

With this Global Desi Navy Blue Printed Lehenga Choli, you will turn heads wherever you go. It’s a stunning choice for festive gatherings and casual celebrations any time of the year. The lehanga set has a deep navy blue print that adds sophistication to its flowing silhouette. The blouse is ready to wear and gives you a flattering V-neckline and comes with long sleeves. When put together, it creates a classic and elegant vibe, with the flared lehenga moving beautifully with every step.

Crafted from soft Viscose Rayon, the lehenga is lightweight and comfortable for extended wear. You can put it on for both day and evening events. The slip-on design especially makes it effortless to style and wear. Shop this lehenga with the best Myntra Diwali Sale Dhamaka offers.

Styling Tip: Add silver jhumkas and a pair of embellished flats to keep the look chic and grounded.

Highlights:

  • Elegant navy blue print with soft Viscose Rayon for all-day comfort.
  • Classic V-neck blouse with long sleeves for a traditional yet stylish appeal.
Hemline Flared
Neck  V-Neck
Fabric Viscose Rayon (lehanga, Blouse) 
Sleeves  Long sleeves
Pattern Printed 

 

Bring a regal touch to your festive wardrobe with the Global Desi Red Floral Brocade Lehenga Choli Set. This lehanga set is all about elegance and features a beautiful floral woven design in a striking red hue. The blouse, with its classic round neckline and chic cap sleeves, offers a timeless look. What further complements is the graceful flow of the flared lehenga when you walk around. The zip closure on the lehenga keeps it secure and stylish, so you can easily wear it in no time. The embroidered dupatta with its delicate taping border adds the perfect finishing touch. Crafted from durable polyester, this set is ideal for weddings, Diwali parties, and other festive occasions where you want to stand out. Buy it with the best Myntra Diwali Sale Dhamaka offers before it runs out of stock!

Styling Tip: Pair with statement earrings and bangles for a complete, show-stopping look.

Highlights:

  • Rich floral brocade with a structured, elegant silhouette.
  • Embroidered dupatta adds flair to this festive ensemble.

 

Hemline Flared
Neck  Round Neck
Fabric Polyester
Sleeves  Cap Sleeves
Pattern Woven Design 

 

This Diwali, you are spoilt for choice when it comes to picking lehenga designs on Myntra. We’ve put together the best Myntra Diwali Sale Dhamaka offers, where you get the most opulent pieces at very low prices! Check out the best designs that suit your theme for the festival and enjoy discounts on the best lehengas.

 

Similar articles for you:

Best Fossil watch: 10 stylish and affordable Fossil watches for men and women

Best Victoria’s Secret fragrance: 10 long-lasting and top-rated perfumes to own

9 Best G Shock watches for men: Rugged, reliable, and ready for adventure

Frequently Asked Questions About Designer Lehengas

  • What type of lehanga is best for Diwali?

    Since Diwali is the festival of lights, you can choose a lehenga with vibrant colours, intricate embroidery, or sequin details for a festive look. Also, opt for light fabrics like georgette or silk that offer comfort, and pick designs with flared hems for added elegance.

  • How do I care for my lehenga?

    To care for your lehenga, dry clean it to preserve delicate embroidery and fabric quality. Store it on a hanger, take it out occasionally and leave it in the open air, especially if your house has a lot of moisture.

  • Which lehenga material is safe around firecrackers?

    Cotton and silk lehengas are safer choices around firecrackers, as they’re more breathable and less likely to catch fire than synthetic fabrics like polyester. It’s best to keep a safe distance as any sparks or flames can cause damage to all lehangas. You will have to be particularly careful with synthetic materials.

  • When do the Diwali discounts end on Myntra?

    The best Myntra Diwali Sale Dhamaka offers end on October 31. You can avail of offers on lehengas and pick your favourite ones. However, you must hurry as the sets sell quickly!

  • Can I return my lehenga bought on the Diwali offer sale?

    Yes, the standard rules to return apply for Diwali sale as well. However, return policies for lehengas bought during Diwali sales vary by retailer. Typically, many offer returns within a week or so, therefore check the store’s return policy for details.

Disclaimer: At Hindustan Times, we help you stay up-to-date with the latest trends and products. Hindustan Times has an affiliate partnership, so we may get a part of the revenue when you make a purchase. We shall not be liable for any claim under applicable laws, including but not limited to the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, with respect to the products. The products listed in this article are in no particular order of priority.

Pfizer sales of RSV vaccine ebb, but company gains market share

Sales of Pfizer’s new vaccine for respiratory syncytial virus were lower in the third quarter than during the same period last year, but the company pointed to signs of growing market share as reason for confidence in the shot’s market potential.

Between July and September, Abrysvo brought Pfizer $356 million in sales globally, compared to last year’s total of $375 million, according to third quarter earnings Pfizer reported Tuesday. Revenue across the first nine months was higher, reaching $557 million versus the $375 million last year, because Abrysvo wasn’t approved in the U.S. for older adults until the end of May last year.

So far, Pfizer has trailed competitor GSK, which has been able to dominate the nascent RSV vaccine market with its shot Arexvy, despite it only winning approval weeks earlier.

However, Pfizer said Abrysvo’s market share has increased, exceeding 50% of shipped volume for the third quarter. Abrysvo’s slice of vaccinations in the retail setting has also climbed for “nine consecutive weeks through mid-October, currently reaching 43%,” Pfizer CEO Albert Bourla said in prepared remarks.

Both companies are working to expand the number of people eligible for vaccination. Last week, the Food and Drug Administration cleared Abrysvo for use in certain adults aged 18 years to 59 years old who are at higher risk of RSV-related disease. Previously it only had been available for adults 60 years or older, or for pregnant women.

On a conference call Tuesday, Pfizer’s commercial chief Aamir Malik said the company is seeing “really good momentum” in maternal vaccination. Over the first four weeks of the season, Malik said, Pfizer shipped 56% more units of Abrysvo to obstetricians and gynecologists in health systems than during the same period last year.

However, uptake among older adults has been disrupted somewhat by recommendations provided this summer by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. The agency narrowed its guidance to urge vaccination most heavily in adults over 75 years old and in those aged 60 to 74 years who are at higher risk.

Company executives said the updated guidelines have affected uptake. “[Abrysvo vaccinations] are at lower volumes, from a market perspective, than where they were last year,” said Malik, on Tuesday’s call. Malik cited the CDC’s recommendation, as well as the timing of COVID vaccination this year.

CDC advisers, who have since met again following that recommendation, also haven’t endorsed expanding their recommendations to adults younger than 60, or recommending previously vaccinated individuals to get another shot.

Mikael Dolsten, Pfizer’s departing chief scientific officer, said Tuesday the company is accumulating evidence on revaccination and suggested that an additional dose might be appropriate after several years.

Beyond RSV, Pfizer also talked up its next-generation pneumococcal vaccines that it eventually hopes will replace its top-selling Prevnar 20. One, which covers 25 serotypes of the bacteria that causes disease, is in Phase 2 testing. Another, covering more than 30 serotypes, is in preclinical development.

Both shots would provide additional coverage against pneumococcal disease, but Pfizer has competitors. Merck & Co. recently won approval of a 21-valent shot called Capvaxive, while biotechnology company Vaxcyte impressed with early trial data on a rival product. In a note to clients, analysts at Jefferies said Pfizer’s 25-valent shot might have difficulty competing.

When Will Interest Rates Fall? It May Be Later Than You Think

Key takeaways

The Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA) is unlikely to cut interest rates soon. While some initially expected a mid-2024 rate cut, revised forecasts suggest a more prolonged timeline, potentially seeing three rate cuts by 2025.

The RBA remains focused on controlling inflation, which is still above the target range of 2-3%. Despite easing inflation, it remains “sticky” in sectors like services, housing, and wages. The RBA is cautious about cutting rates too soon, fearing it could reignite inflation.

Australia’s labour market remains robust, with low unemployment and rising wages. This is delaying rate cuts as strong wage growth can fuel inflation. The RBA is monitoring the labour market for signs of cooling before considering any rate reductions.

Despite a fall in the inflation rate to 3.8%, it remains above the RBA’s comfort zone. Factors like strong demand, wage growth, and rising oil prices are keeping inflation elevated. This makes a rate cut in 2023 unlikely, with the RBA adopting a cautious approach going into 2024.

While the delay in rate cuts may seem challenging, the high-interest-rate environment could benefit seasoned property investors. Reduced competition and softened demand in certain areas may present strategic buying opportunities. Investors with a long-term outlook could capitalize on potential market growth when rate cuts eventually occur.


Many property investors and homeowners are eagerly awaiting the day when interest rates begin to fall, hoping it will ease the burden of higher mortgage repayments and boost the property market.

But if you’re expecting an imminent rate cut, you might want to reconsider your timeline.

It seems that we could be waiting longer than anticipated for relief from the Reserve Bank of Australia.

The Reserve Bank has provided strong forward guidance, suggesting it will not cut rates soon.

Governor Michele Bullock has emphasised that while the worst of inflation might be over, the central bank wants to avoid premature rate cuts that could undo its hard work in bringing inflation down.

The RBA has been clear that it is prepared to hold rates at higher levels for longer if that is necessary to bring inflation within its target range.

Many of the economists and market analysts who had initially predicted potential rate cuts by mid-2024 have now revised their expectations.

The “money market” which speculates on where interest rates are going, now says there’s only a one in three chance of a cut in December. They now see three cuts next year, taking the cash rate to 3.7% by December 2025.

Similarly, three of our four big banks expect the first rate cut early next year

Let’s explore 3 reasons why interest rates might not drop as soon as we’d like…

My Podcast #164 – Is This The End Of Interest Rate Cuts

1. The RBA’s reluctance to rush

The Reserve Bank of Australia has been consistent in its message: inflation control is its top priority, even at the cost of short-term economic pain.

Inflation in Australia is still hovering above the RBA’s target range of 2-3%, and the central bank has signalled that it won’t move to lower rates until it is confident that inflation is under control.

While inflation has eased from its peak, it remains sticky in some sectors, particularly in services, housing, and wages.

As a result, domestic pressures are keeping inflation higher for longer, despite global inflation starting to cool.

The RBA knows that cutting rates too soon could reignite inflationary pressures, which would be counterproductive.

This means that economists and market analysts who had initially predicted potential rate cuts by mid-2024 are now revising their expectations.

Bronny James’ ex-teachers, teammates in Ohio recall a kid who ‘wasn’t above anyone else’

BATH TOWNSHIP, Ohio — Carrie Brown was an exasperated middle-school teacher who had a famous student she knew she could count on.

In the fall of 2017, Brown was teaching social studies at Old Trail School, a small, private institution of about 500 children from ages 2 through the eighth grade on a sprawling 62 acres inside Cuyahoga Valley National Park, a few miles northeast of Akron, Ohio.

Each day at recess, as Brown looked out onto the outdoor basketball court at the bottom of an old amphitheater, she watched her sixth-grade students bicker intensely over who should have the ball or take all the shots.

She knew Bronny James was the opposite of that when he was her student the year before, so she asked the seventh grader for help.

“I pulled him aside and said, ‘Hey, would you mind giving up a recess and talking to my sixth graders?’ But I didn’t tell him what to say,” Brown said during a recent tour of the school and visit with several of Bronny’s former teachers and coaches, in which Brown allowed The Athletic into her classroom where she once taught Bronny.

The hallways inside the Old Trail campus building where most classes are taught are long and narrow. The walls are white and the lockers red; there are hooks on both sides for younger students to hang their coats and backpacks.

Brown said she wasn’t surprised when Bronny, 13 at the time, agreed to forgo his recess, stroll down the long hallway past the lockers and the hooks and into Room 616 where she taught him world history to deliver his message.

But she was stunned by the poignancy and clarity of what he said.

“It was like I paid him,” she said. “He said perfectly that, ‘If you ever want to play competitively, like for real, they’re not going to take you unless you’re a team player. You could be the best of the best. But if you don’t know how to work with other people, then they don’t want you on their team.’

“Coming from him, it meant so much, because he could speak to it.”

If all you know about Bronny James, 20, the eldest son of the world-renowned basketball megastar and billionaire LeBron James, is that Bronny is young, rich and famous, that he plays on the Los Angeles Lakers because his dad, who is the all-time leading scorer in NBA history and also a Laker, wanted it to be so, then the way the people of Old Trail remember him might surprise you.


Old Trail School is just minutes from Bronny’s family mansion in Bath Township and about 25 miles from Rocket Mortgage Fieldhouse, where LeBron, Bronny and the Lakers will play the Cleveland Cavaliers on Wednesday night.

LeBron, or Dad, whichever you prefer here, built the house and moved into it early in his career with the Cavs. For a time, Savannah James, LeBron’s wife and Bronny’s mother, sat on the board at Old Trail.

Bronny went there for pre-kindergarten, kindergarten and part of first grade before moving to Miami when his dad joined the Heat for the 2010-11 NBA season. When the family returned to Cleveland in 2014, Bronny, his younger brother Bryce and their baby sister Zhuri were all enrolled there. Bronny was back at Old Trail from fourth through seventh grade, before the family relocated to Los Angeles.

Bronny, his former teachers said, would occasionally miss a homework assignment. They learned to chalk that up to the time demands of a hectic life he led as the son of arguably the greatest NBA player ever, whose legend is even larger in the Cleveland and Akron areas.

To this day, though, Brown keeps in her desk a sample of Bronny’s creative writing and a picture he drew as part of a lesson on Greek mythology. “Bronny, this is excellent! I’m proud of you!” Brown wrote on his paper – a piece of historical fiction imagining how the children of Zeus plotted against one another to create the Olympics.

The accompanying art Bronny turned in as part of the assignment is neatly drawn and animated so that there are no crayon marks outside the contours of what he drew: a Black Trojan warrior with a red cape and galea on top of his battle helmet.

It’s almost eerie; six years after Bronny drew the picture he wound up playing basketball for the USC Trojans in his lone college season. But that’s not why Brown keeps it and shows it to her class each year.

She shares it as an example of good work from a child who could have ignored school and the people he met because of the fame and fortune he was born into, but didn’t.

“He’s a great kid — I miss him a lot,” Brown said.

Sarah Johnston was, and still is, head of school at Old Trail (like a principal). She has countless memories of Bronny, including the time she pulled him and his classmates out of a study hall, as she did from time to time, for a sojourn down to the school gym with the rubbery green floor for basketball.

Johnston still has the video on her phone. Bronny, a sixth grader, gets a jogging start from half court and dribbles toward a springboard which catapulted him into the air. Johnston, on both knees for the stunt, shrieked as Bronny skied over her for a dunk.

But she also remembers a class trip to one of the dozens of small parks on campus (Old Trail is the only school in the U.S. in a national park) when Bronny and his classmates were situated in a circle for some bonding exercises.

“You stepped into the circle if that’s something you relate to, you step out if it’s not, and I remember the teacher was like, ‘Who doesn’t have a cell phone?’ And everyone was like ‘Bronny,’” Johnston said in her office at Old Trail, a big smile across her face.

“He was like the last one to get a cell phone,” she continued. “I think LeBron and Savannah made really clear decisions about their kids having a lot of access to a lot of things, and they didn’t need that. … But the kids always had nice shoes though.”

Here are more stories of Bronny from the people who knew him at Old Trail.


They saw Bronny’s humility, grace and kindness while managing his celebrity.

Johnston: I ultimately think the lasting impression I had from this short period of time that I was with Bronny was that he was a natural leader. He was there not to show off his talents in ways that would make anyone else feel badly about themselves. He was there to pump people up and bring out the best in them. He wasn’t above anyone else.

Tim Weber, Bronny’s basketball and lacrosse coach at Old Trail: I remember being truly flabbergasted that a kid with the amount of attention he was getting was able to keep track of who had scored and who had not scored on our team and made sure that they got opportunities to do so. He did everything possible when he was in there to give everybody a shot and hopefully a bucket.

Johnston: I remember sitting in class one time with Bronny, and it was like a coding class. But there was this little kid next to him who was, I mean, very young and very tiny little guy or whatever, and they’re laughing and playing this coding thing together, doing their thing. I mean, he was certainly not someone who would elevate himself above anyone else.

Ronald Teunissen van Manen, Bronny’s former gym teacher, athletic director and soccer coach: When he was in sixth grade, we won the league championship in triple overtime thanks to Bronny. It was a Sunday morning, and it was an unbelievable game. But I remember that after the game was over, the opposing team came to Savannah and asked, ‘Can I get Bronny’s signature or can I get a picture?’ And I remember her saying, ‘You know what? You got to ask him.’ And they asked him, and that’s sort of from where I witnessed the first time that he had to deal with that end of things.

Brown: We were doing a cyberbullying curriculum, and we were talking about what social media (is) and things that you don’t share and information you don’t share. And he’s like, ‘Well, what if you have like four Instagram accounts that you didn’t start?’ And I was like ‘Oh, I have things I’ve never heard before.’ But that was his world, right?

Will Harding, Bronny’s teammate in basketball and soccer, who was one year ahead of him: Bronny showed maturity. He didn’t try and be the superstar. He knew how to share the ball. He knew he had other good teammates around him.


They saw the James family engage the school.

Johnston: The first time I met them, we have this back-to-school get together at the beginning of the year, and everyone comes in and you can get your books and your room and everything. They all came in kind of as a family. LeBron wasn’t there, but Savannah was, and I think her sister was with her. And Bronny came in carrying Zhuri, and they were all together and like, I just always remember them being such a unit, you know what I mean? I remember one time Bryce got hurt, like a playground or something. I remember he split his head open, and I was with him in the nurse’s office and he had glasses, so I think he hit his head and the glasses broke the skin. And we went and got Bronny, and Bronny came and sat with him, held his hand. That tightness, I think (Savannah) really drove a lot of that too.

Harding: LeBron was a really cool, good dad. He showed up to the school events we had. I remember one time you had to dress up as a book character and give a report on a book you read, and it was kind of a big thing. LeBron was at the school walking around just like a normal dad. He’d come to games like a normal dad. If you didn’t know basketball or if you were an alien or something and somehow didn’t know who he was, you would just think he was any other dad because he would be at our games, he’d be cheering everyone on, yelling at Bronny, yelling at Bronny’s friends and all of our teammates if they made a good play or if they did something funny.

Brown: I never met LeBron. I only saw him. I was doing crosswalk duty with my little stop sign. And I see this man coming in like, ‘Oh, he’s very tall.’ I did talk to Savannah quite a bit, like about work and that kind of stuff.

Johnston: I loved Savannah’s dad. He was at everything.


They saw Bronny play soccer, lacrosse and of course basketball. But also, the violin?

Harding: He was in the orchestra. I know that because I was in the orchestra. I think he played the violin. So it was just like another thing where he’s like, he’s just one of us.

Teunissen van Manen: I don’t think he had a huge amount of exposure to soccer prior to being on that team, but he just intuitively understood the game and he had the athleticism to back it up. He was a center forward; he was quite good. He was so fast, and especially in his first couple of steps, if somebody would send him the ball, at that point, he had already beaten his defender and all he had to do was touch it three more times and it would go in the goal. I don’t know what the number of goals were that season, but it was significant.

Weber: Bronny definitely took to lacrosse easily. And coaching lacrosse is very similar to coaching basketball, so I worked with him on a couple of fundamental moves. He was able to master them pretty much in a few practices, and that would get him in front of the goal. But, you know, his engine never stopped. He’d be getting ground balls off the field. He’d be chasing guys down from behind.

Harding: I know now the Lakers really like him for his defensive instincts. And I definitely could see that. He would go take out the other team’s best player when we were teammates. He would argue with some of our other better defenders saying, ‘No, no, no, I want to get on him. Let me guard him.’


Bronny James, left, poses for a photo with his Old Trail School basketball teammates. (Photo courtesy of Will Harding)

Weber: Bronny made it easy to coach him in basketball. When we played lesser competition, I certainly was not going to hold him out because that would have denied the opportunity for the kids that we were playing against, to go back to their friends and family and say, ‘Man, I played against Bronny James today.’ And even when Bronny was 10, 11 or 12 years old, I don’t need to tell you that (playing against him) was a big deal. He understood. I would certainly start him in the games, and then when it got lopsided pretty quickly, which it often did, depending who we were playing, I’d sit him in the second quarter, the entire quarter, and, you know, people would say, ‘My God, LeBron was at the game. How can you sit Bronny?’ I’m like, ‘Well, LeBron James knows that when you’re up 24 after one quarter, the game’s probably not in jeopardy.’

Teunissen van Manen: When Bronny was in seventh grade, the buzz in (the basketball gym) was pretty amazing. In that year, Bronny’s year, we had him and a couple of other very good players, and the place was packed. If we had charged a fee, we would have made a fortune.

Harding: It was me, three other eighth graders and then Bronny, and all of us ended up playing a Division I sport; Bronny was the only one that ended up playing basketball. I don’t think we lost a game.

Weber: He may have been a better free-throw shooter in fifth and sixth grade than his dad was at the time. He had great mechanics, wonderful follow through. Elbow in. Even back then he took pride in playing defense. But if somebody fell down, he would help the kid up, whether it was our team or somebody else’s team. He was just a real joy to work with.

(Illustration: Dan Goldfarb / The Athletic; photos: Jesse D. Garrabrant, David Liam Kyle / NBAE via Getty Images; Ethan Miller, Cassy Athena / Getty Images)

Chrome’s New Performance Controls Could Stop It From Hogging Resources

Google Chrome has a long and well-deserved reputation for hogging resources. However, its new and improved performance controls should help you keep Chrome under more control.




That is as long as you’re not determined to keep hundreds of tabs open at once and then wonder why Chrome is hogging so many system resources.


Google Launches New and Improved Performance Controls

As outlined in an announcement post on The Keyword, Google is rolling out new performance controls to help users manage the way Chrome uses system resources. There are three main elements involved here…

First, there’s a new Performance Detection tool which “identifies potential performance and offers solutions”. This could include deactivating any tabs that are using extra resources, helping you speed up the tab you’re currently using.

If enabled, you’ll see a performance issue alert notification identifying the problem and suggesting a solution. If you agree with the suggested action, you just need to click Fix Now to have Google resolve the issue.

Google


Secondly, Google has improved the existing Memory Saver feature first introduced in 2022. This frees up memory from inactive tabs, allowing you to use the resources where they’re actually needed. You can now choose between Moderate, Balanced, and Maximum modes, depending on your preferences.

Last but not least, Google has added more ways to customize Chrome’s performance controls so that they suit your specific needs. This includes specifying sites which should always remain active, and the option to change the appearance of inactive tabs and tab hover preview cards. Which are both minor ways to personalize Chrome.

Helping You Make Google Chrome Work Better for You

With two-thirds of internet users now using Chrome, it’s crucial that Google keeps improving the way it uses resources. And these new and improved performance controls are a very welcome addition to the world’s most popular web browser.


Google hasn’t announced exactly when these new and improved performance controls will be available, but once live, they’ll be accessible under Settings > Performance from the three dot menu in the upper-right corner. Performance issue alerts can be toggled on or off under General, while the updated Memory Saver options will be available under Memory.

China's Great Wall showcases its autumn beauty

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-29/China-s-Great-Wall-showcases-its-autumn-beauty-1y66LcvQDo4/img/cb80d672e4094aea8197b074db19259a/cb80d672e4094aea8197b074db19259a.jpeg'
Autumn leaves as seen at the Juyongguan section of the Great Wall in Beijing, China, October 29, 2024.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-29/China-s-Great-Wall-showcases-its-autumn-beauty-1y66LcvQDo4/img/cb80d672e4094aea8197b074db19259a/cb80d672e4094aea8197b074db19259a.jpeg'
Autumn leaves as seen at the Juyongguan section of the Great Wall in Beijing, China, October 29, 2024.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-29/China-s-Great-Wall-showcases-its-autumn-beauty-1y66LcvQDo4/img/cb80d672e4094aea8197b074db19259a/cb80d672e4094aea8197b074db19259a.jpeg'
Autumn leaves as seen at the Juyongguan section of the Great Wall in Beijing, China, October 29, 2024.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-29/China-s-Great-Wall-showcases-its-autumn-beauty-1y66LcvQDo4/img/cb80d672e4094aea8197b074db19259a/cb80d672e4094aea8197b074db19259a.jpeg'
Autumn leaves as seen at the Juyongguan section of the Great Wall in Beijing, China, October 29, 2024.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-29/China-s-Great-Wall-showcases-its-autumn-beauty-1y66LcvQDo4/img/cb80d672e4094aea8197b074db19259a/cb80d672e4094aea8197b074db19259a.jpeg'
Autumn leaves as seen at the Juyongguan section of the Great Wall in Beijing, China, October 29, 2024.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-29/China-s-Great-Wall-showcases-its-autumn-beauty-1y66LcvQDo4/img/cb80d672e4094aea8197b074db19259a/cb80d672e4094aea8197b074db19259a.jpeg'
Autumn leaves as seen at the Juyongguan section of the Great Wall in Beijing, China, October 29, 2024.

The Juyongguan section of the Great Wall showcases a stunning autumn scene as golden ginkgo leaves flutter against the historic architecture. Located northwest of Beijing, Juyongguan is one of the most scenic sections of the Great Wall and a major attraction for foreign tourists. The vibrant colors of the trees provide a unique view of China’s heritage, drawing visitors from around the world to witness this seasonal beauty.

(All photos taken by CGTN’s Chen Hongyu)

Netflix might put ‘Narnia’ movie in Imax. Will it create a blockbuster?

When Netflix releases big movies, even the ones that resemble Hollywood blockbusters, its approach is consistent: Get people to watch them on the streaming service, not in theaters.

In the cases where Netflix does put its films in cinemas, it does so in a limited fashion, primarily to build buzz or get awards consideration.

Could Netflix be poised to make a big exception?

The Los Gatos, Calif.-based streamer is in early talks with cinema tech provider Imax Corp. to bring its upcoming adaptation of “The Chronicles of Narnia” to its giant screens, according to people familiar with the matter who were not authorized to comment. The highly anticipated movie is based on the popular C.S. Lewis novels and directed by “Barbie” co-writer and director Greta Gerwig.

Discussions between Netflix, Imax and Gerwig, who has been a driving force on the issue, are preliminary at this stage, the people said. A deal may not happen. If an agreement solidifies, it would be Imax’s first deal for a theatrical window for a Netflix feature film.

The talks represent a potentially delicate balancing act for Netflix.

Netflix wants to work with the best filmmakers in the business, and many of them, including “The Irishman” director Martin Scorsese, want their movies shown on the big screen. But Netflix’s priority is its streaming service, which has nearly 283 million subscribers globally and generates billions of dollars in annual subscription revenue. Whenever Netflix executives are asked about whether they’ll do more in theaters, the response is the same: They like their streaming-first model.

Netflix and Imax declined to comment.

The discussions were earlier reported by Bloomberg and Puck News’ Matthew Belloni.

Some analysts and industry observers have been critical of Netflix’s movie strategy over the years, arguing that its films have struggled to enter the cultural zeitgeist in the way its TV shows have. Some felt Netflix left money on the table by only showing “Glass Onion: A Knives Out Mystery,” Rian Johnson’s sequel to his popular murder mystery “Knives Out,” in just 700 theaters for a few days in 2022 before it became available for streaming.

Traditional movie studios put their movies in theaters for weeks and sometimes months before making them available for home viewing. When big studio movies are released early for digital consumption, it’s often as a $25 rental.

It also can be hard for a movie to break through the streamer’s large library of content. Netflix’s top movies of all time are action flick “Red Notice,” dark comedy “Don’t Look Up” and sci-fi movie “The Adam Project,” all movies released two or three years ago. Recent hits on the platform include Jeremy Saulnier’s “Rebel Ridge,” a relatively low-budget thriller. Netflix also does well with movies it licenses from other studios, including Universal Pictures.

“They’re trying to play catch-up with movies, and they’re 100 years behind,” said Michael Pachter, research analyst at Wedbush Securities. “And they’re never going to catch up.”

While Netflix has won a significant number of awards for its films, it has yet to win an Academy Award for best picture. It bought and restored the Egyptian Theatre in Hollywood from the American Cinematheque in an effort to win over cinephiles and filmmakers. Netflix also owns the Bay Theater in Pacific Palisades, where it screens its own movies.

“Some of these films, in the context of that massive bandwidth of Netflix, you’re like a drop in the ocean,” said Paul Dergarabedian, senior media analyst at Comscore. “When a movie is in a movie theater, you’re not competing with unlimited hours of content, unlimited titles on a small screen you can scroll through.”

Domestic theatrical revenues are down significantly from pre-COVID-19 levels. But last year, movies like “Barbie,” “Oppenheimer” and romantic comedy “Anyone but You” received a significant boost in theaters as audiences kept coming through word-of-mouth and the hype of social media. Particularly with “Barbie,” fans dressed in pink to see it in theaters, making it an event.

This year has seen a strong showing for family-friendly films, with the box office success of animated movies such as “Inside Out 2.”

“The Chronicles of Narnia” fits into that genre as an epic tale with Christian undertones about a magical world and the four siblings who discover and rule it as kings and queens. The last three Narnia films, released theatrically in 2005, 2008 and 2010 by Disney and 20th Century Fox, generated $537.7 million in the domestic U.S. and Canada market, according to non-inflation-adjusted data from Comscore.

“If you look at Narnia, the depth and breadth of the fantasy world that it inhabits — having that level of detail … having that imagery presented in Imax is huge,” Dergarabedian said. “For a movie that is expected to be a visual extravaganza, such as Narnia would present, Imax is a perfect home for that.”

If Netflix were to partner with Imax, it would put Gerwig’s cinematic vision on screens highly coveted by filmmakers and studios. Imax has roughly 2,000 screens globally, with screens typically about 65 feet wide and 85 feet tall. Its biggest screens stretch to more than 125 feet tall. Imax specializes in “event” movies, often in the action-adventure genre that benefits from huge screens.

Over time, Netflix has sought to build excitement for its shows and movies through social media, consumer products and its live programming. The streamer has hosted balls themed around its romantic series “Bridgerton,” helping sustain excitement in between seasons, and has hosted other fan events to support shows like “Outer Banks.”

Netflix executives have defended its movie strategy. Co-Chief Executive Ted Sarandos said in an earnings presentation earlier this month that the streamer’s top 10 films on launch on Netflix have more than 100 million views.

“It’s our desire to keep adding value to our consumers for their subscription dollar,” Sarandos said. “We believe that not making them wait for months to watch the movie that everyone’s talking about adds that value.”

“The Chronicles of Narnia” will be one of the major movies on Netflix’s slate after naming Dan Lin as its new film chief earlier this year. Lin took over the position from Scott Stuber, who left in January to start his own company. It was Stuber who had pushed Netflix executives for theatrical releases of major films. Lin, who produced films including “It” and “The Lego Movie,” is not an evangelist for the theatrical model.

Under Lin, Netflix restructured its movie department to be grouped under genres instead of by size of budget.

Upcoming Car and Bike Launches in November 2024: From Mercedes-AMG C63 SE Performance to Maruti Suzuki Dzire 2024 and Royal Enfield Bear 650, Here’s List of Upcoming Vehicles To Launch

Mumbai, October 29: October 2024 has been a month with special edition or festive edition car launches. This month, we saw several motorcycles and cars with new exterior and interior upgrades and features. Some cars and bikes launches were confirmed in October, while others were delayed for the next month. However, automobile and motorcycle brands have introduced new models with cutting-edge technology and features this month.

In October 2024, festive or limited editions were launched of Toyota Rumion, Maruti Suzuki Blitz, Toyota Glanza Baleno Regal Edition, Toyota Urban Cruiser Hyryder and Jeep Compass Anniversary Edition, Besides updated Citroen Aircross SUV, Mercedes-Benz E-Class 2024, BYD eMax7 Electric MPV, Nissan Magnite Facelift 2024, 2024 Kia EV9 Electric SUV, New-Gen Kia Carnival MPV,  Volkswagen Virtus GT Line and Volkswagen Virtus GT Plus Sport were launched in India. Maruti Suzuki Dzire 2024 Launch Confirmed on November 11, Will Feature Model’s First Electric Sunroof; Check Expected Specifications and Features.

In terms of motorcycles launches, the Honda CB300F Flex Fuel Motorcycle, the New Suzuki GSX-8R Sportbike, the Bajaj Pulsar N125, the Updated KTM 250 Duke, the 2025 Kawasaki Vulcan S Motorcycle, and the New Yamaha R3 were launched in the Indian market. In November 2024, many exciting launches are expected in the automobile market; check the list here.

Upcoming Car Launches in November 2024

A few car launches are lined up for November 2024, such as the Mercedes-AMG C63 S E Performance and the Maruti Suzuki Dzire 2024 model. Others are speculated, like the Mahindra Bolero 2024, MG Gloster 2024, and Hyundai Tucson 2024, without official confirmation from their respective automobile companies. 

  • Mercedes-AMG C63 S E Performance 

German automobile maker Mercedes-Benz will launch its new premium car, the Mercedes-AMG C63 S E Performance, in India on November 12, 2024. This new model will feature a 2.0-litre Formula 1 engine putting out 670 bhp and 1020 Nm torque, mated to a nine-speed automatic transmission.

  • Maruti Suzuki Dzire 2024 

The all-new Maruti Suzuki Dzire 2024 will be launched in India on November 11, 2024. The car is expected to feature the first-ever electric sunroof in the series. It may be launched with significant design upgrades compared to other models. It will feature a 1.2-litre three-cylinder Z-series petrol engine churning 80.5 bhp power and 112 Nm of peak torque, as available in Swift 2024 launched this year. The transmission will be five-speed AMT and MT.

Mahindra Bolero 2024 is expected to be launched on 15 November 2024. It might feature a 1,999cc diesel engine with a manual transmission. More details are expected soon. 

MG’s new Gloster is expected to launch on November 19, 2024, with a 1,996cc engine mated to an automatic transmission only. More details are expected soon. 

Upcoming Bike Launches in November 2024

So far, the Royal Enfield Bear 650 motorcycle is confirmed to launch, while motorcycles like the new KTM Duke 390 Adventure, Kawasaki Z400, Benelli New TNT 300, Royal Enfield Classic 650, and others are expected to launch next month. In terms of scooters, the Hero Xoom 160 and the new Hero New Destini 125 are expected. 

Royal Enfield Interceptor Bear 650 was recently unveiled and may launch soon in India. The model will be based on the Interceptor 650 platform with many changes. It will get a 650cc parallel-twin motor generating 47 bhp and 57 Nm of torque. The motorcycle will be available in five colours.

  • New KTM Duke 390 Adventure

The new KTM Duke 390 Adventure model may have a 399cc engine capable of 45.3 bhp power. The engine may be mated to a six-speed manual transmission.

Hero is expected to launch Xoom 160 for months but has not officially announced any update. The Hero Xoom 160 may get 14 bhp power and 13.7 Nm peak torque.

Hero’s new Destiny 125 is expected to arrive next month with a 124.6cc engine churning 9 bhp power. 

The Kawasaki Z400 is expected to be launched with a 399cc engine that produces 42 bhp and 38 Nm of peak torque. Tesla Robotaxi Tests Could Soon Begin at Palo Alto

Besides, some other motorcycles will likely be launched in India, like Benelli TNT 300, Hero Karizma 250 and Royal Enfield Classic 650; however, official confirmation still remains from the respective companies. 

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Oct 29, 2024 05:42 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

18 creative ways to cut your cost-per-click

With Google processing 5.9 million searches every minute, optimizing your ad spend has never been more important. Instapage’s Guide to Cost-Effective Google Advertising reveals proven strategies to lower your cost-per-click while maintaining campaign effectiveness

Inside, you’ll discover:

  • How Google’s new Smart Bidding and AI features calculate your CPC
  • The three primary factors that impact your advertising costs
  • 18 creative strategies to reduce your CPC
  • How to leverage Google’s Quality Score to lower costs
  • Smart ways to test and optimize your landing pages

Download the Guide to Cost-Effective Google Advertising today and start implementing these strategies to boost your Google Ads performance and drive more conversions.


Contributing authors are invited to create content for Search Engine Land and are chosen for their expertise and contribution to the search community. Our contributors work under the oversight of the editorial staff and contributions are checked for quality and relevance to our readers. The opinions they express are their own.


New on Search Engine Land

About the author

Digital Marketing Depot

Digital Marketing Depot is the resource center for digital marketing strategies and tactics. Created by Third Door Media, Digital Marketing Depot features a robust library of hosted white papers, eBooks, original research, and webinars on a wide range of digital marketing topics- from advertising, analytics, data and content management, to email marketing, SEO and PPC campaign management, and much more. Visit us at http://digitalmarketingdepot.com.

Ahora los “Dreamers” pueden inscribirse en planes de salud de ACA. Pero una demanda podría acabar con el sueño

Cuando comience el período de inscripción abierta para adquirir cobertura médica en los mercados de seguros establecidos por la Ley de Cuidado de Salud a Bajo Precio, conocida como Obamacare, un grupo que antes no podía inscribirse será elegible por primera vez: los “Dreamers”. Ese es el nombre de los niños traídos a los Estados Unidos sin papeles que están bajo el programa de Acción Diferida para los Llegados en la Infancia (DACA).

Bajo una normativa de la administración Biden, que ha sido objeto de controversia en algunos estados, los beneficiarios de DACA podrán inscribirse para la cobertura del Obamacare y, si cumplen con los requisitos de ingresos, recibir subsidios para pagar sus primas.

Del medio millón de beneficiarios de DACA, el gobierno estima que alrededor de 100.000 que anteriormente no tenían seguro podrían inscribirse a partir del 1 de noviembre, fecha de inicio de la temporada de inscripción en todos los estados excepto Idaho.

Sin embargo, el destino de esta normativa sigue siendo incierto. Está siendo impugnada en un tribunal federal por Kansas y otros 18 estados, incluidos varios en el sur y el medio oeste, así como Montana, New Hampshire y Dakota del Norte.

Por otro lado, 19 estados y el Distrito de Columbia presentaron un escrito en apoyo a la normativa de la administración de Biden. Liderados por Nueva Jersey, estos estados incluyen a muchos en las costas este y oeste, como California, Colorado, Nevada, Nuevo México, Nueva York, Oregon y Washington.

La normativa, finalizada en mayo, aclara que aquellos que califican para DACA serán considerados como “presencia legal” para el propósito de inscribirse en lo planes médicos bao ACA, los cuales están abiertos a ciudadanos estadounidenses e inmigrantes con papeles.

“El cambio de normativa es muy importante, ya que corrige una exclusión errónea y de larga data de los beneficiarios de DACA para la cobertura de ACA,” dijo Nicholas Espíritu, director legal adjunto del National Immigration Law Center, que también ha presentado escritos en apoyo a este cambio.

El presidente Barack Obama estableció DACA en junio de 2012 mediante una acción ejecutiva para proteger de la deportación y proporcionar autorización de trabajo a algunos residentes sin documentos, que habían sido traídos al país de niños por sus familias. Esto si cumplían con ciertos requisitos, incluidos haber llegado antes de junio de 2007 y haber completado la escuela secundaria, estar asistiendo a la escuela o haber servido en las fuerzas armadas.

Los estados que impugnan la normativa de ACA dicen que causará cargas administrativas y de recursos a medida que más personas se inscriban, y que fomentará que más personas permanezcan en el país sin papeles. La demanda, presentada en agosto en el Tribunal de Distrito de EE.UU. para el Distrito de Dakota del Norte, busca posponer la fecha de entrada en vigencia de la normativa y anularla, argumentando que la expansión de la definición de “presencia legal” por parte de la administración Biden viola la ley.

El 15 de octubre, el juez de distrito de EE.UU., Daniel Traynor, nombrado en 2019 por el entonces presidente Donald Trump, escuchó los argumentos en el caso.

Los estados demandantes están presionando para que se actúe rápido, y es posible que se emita un fallo antes del inicio de la inscripción abierta a nivel nacional, dijo Zachary Baron, experto legal en la Facultad de Derecho de Georgetown, quien ayuda a administrar el O’Neill Institute Health Care Litigation Tracker.

Sin embargo, el panorama es complicado.

Para empezar, en una batalla legal como ésta, quienes presentan el caso deben demostrar el daño que se alega, como los costos adicionales que la normativa obligará a los estados a absorber. Solo hay alrededor de 128 beneficiarios de DACA en Dakota del Norte, donde se está llevando a cabo el caso, y no todos probablemente se inscribirán en el seguro de ACA.

Además, Dakota del Norte no se encuentra entre los estados que administran su propio mercado de inscripción. Depende del sitio federal cuidadodesalud.gov, lo que hace que sea más difícil cumplir con la carga legal.

“Aunque Dakota del Norte no gasta dinero para adquirir atención médica de ACA, aún están afirmando de alguna manera que están siendo perjudicados,” dijo Espíritu, del centro de leyes de inmigración, que representa a varios beneficiarios de DACA y a CASA, una organización sin fines de lucro de defensa de los inmigrantes, en oposición a los esfuerzos estatales por anular la normativa.

Durante la audiencia, Traynor se centró en este tema y señaló que un estado que administre su propio mercado podría ser un mejor lugar para un caso así. Ordenó a los demandados presentar más información antes del 29 de octubre, y a Dakota del Norte responder antes del 12 de noviembre.

El lunes 28 de octubre, el juez denegó una moción del gobierno federal que le solicitaba reconsiderar su orden de proporcionar al estado, bajo sello, los nombres de 128 beneficiarios de DACA que residen allí, con el fin de ayudar a calcular los costos financieros asociados con su presencia.

Además, es posible que el caso sea transferido a otro tribunal de distrito, lo que podría causar demoras en una decisión, según los abogados que siguen el caso.

El juez también podría tomar decidir en varias direcciones. Podría posponer la fecha de vigencia de la normativa, como se solicita en parte de la demanda, impidiendo que los beneficiarios de DACA se inscriban en Obamacare mientras se resuelve el caso. O podría dejar la fecha de vigencia tal como está mientras el caso avanza.

Con cualquiera de las opciones, el juez podría decidir aplicar el fallo a nivel nacional o limitarlo solo a los estados que impugnaron la normativa gubernamental, explicó Baron.

“El enfoque adoptado por diferentes jueces ha variado”, dijo Baron. “Ha habido una práctica de anular algunas disposiciones reglamentarias a nivel nacional, pero muchos jueces, incluidos jueces de la Corte Suprema, también han expresado preocupaciones sobre que jueces individuales puedan afectar la política de esta manera”.

A medida que el caso avanza, Espíritu dijo que su organización está alentando a los beneficiarios de DACA a inscribirse apenas comience el período de inscripción a nivel nacional.

“Es importante inscribirse lo antes posible”, dijo, agregando que organizaciones como la suya continuarán monitoreando el caso y dando actualizaciones si la situación cambia. “Sabemos que obtener acceso a atención médica buena y asequible puede transformar la vida de las personas”.

Este caso que impugna la normativa es completamente separado de otro caso, presentado por algunos de los mismos estados que se oponen a la normativa de ACA, que busca terminar por completo el programa DACA. Ese caso actualmente está en el proceso de apelación en un tribunal federal.

Related Topics

Contact Us

Submit a Story Tip

First Officially Licensed Wireless PS5 Racing Wheel Is Now Available

Though wireless game controllers have been the norm for many years now, some specialty controllers like racing wheels haven’t cut the cord. But there’s at least one new racing wheel that is giving wireless connectivity a try. Hori released a new wireless edition of its Apex Racing Wheel, which initially released as a wired wheel in 2022 for $120. The wireless Hori Apex is officially licensed by Sony and is compatible with PS5, PS4, and PC. It released October 24 and is available at Amazon for $170.

We dug around and couldn’t find any other wireless racing wheels for modern platforms from major brands, so while the Hori Apex may not be the first of this generation, it is the first officially licensed wireless wheel for PlayStation 5.

If you are looking for a more serious piece of kit, there are some solid (wired) options out there. Currently on sale at Amazon for $249 (was $300), the Logitech G29 offers arguably the best performance for the price. Also compatible with PC, PS5, and PS4, the G29 has a premium design with durable materials and features built-in force feedback for added realism. The 900-degree wheel rotation is also one of its best features, as it allows you to feel like you’re really swinging your digital vehicle around tight corners.

Alternatively, the Gran Turismo-themed Thrustmaster T300 RS for PlayStation and PC is another standout wheel, and it’s on sale for $330, down from $450. Great for fans of racing sims, the T300 RS contains a dual-belt system in its brushless motor and has proprietary magnetic technology for optimal wheel precision.

The $349 (was $400) Thrustmaster T248P is another high-performance racing wheel, and this one places a greater emphasis on customization. It’s newer than the T300 RS and it might be more appealing as it has a built-in race dashboard, 25 action buttons, magnetic paddle shifters, and you can even drive stick with an optional TH8S shifter.

On the budget side, the aforementioned Hori Apex wired model is a solid choice, but there’s also the Thrustmaster T80 for $105 (was $110) that’s worth checking out. Like all of the other racing wheels mentioned above, the T80 is officially licensed by Sony.

Nintendo Switch owners looking for a racing wheel for Mario Kart should check out Hori’s duo of officially licensed wheels with Mario Kart themes. The Pro Mini is designed for younger players and is available for $67 (was $70), while the Pro Deluxe is available for $86 (was $110).

AI in healthcare: New research shows promise and limitations of physicians working with GPT-4 for decision making

Published in JAMA Network Open, a collaborative team of researchers from the University of Minnesota Medical School, Stanford University, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center and the University of Virginia studied how well doctors used GPT-4 — an artificial intelligence (AI) large language model system — for diagnosing patients.

The study was conducted with 50 U.S.-licensed physicians in family medicine, internal medicine and emergency medicine. The research team found that the availability of GPT-4 to physicians as a diagnostic aid did not significantly improve clinical reasoning compared to conventional resources. Other key findings include:

  • GPT-4 alone demonstrated significantly better scores in diagnostic performance, surpassing the performance of clinicians using conventional diagnostic online resources and clinicians assisted by GPT-4.
  • There was no significant enhancement in diagnostic performance with the addition of GPT-4 when assessing clinicians using GPT-4 against clinicians using conventional diagnostic resources.

“The field of AI is expanding rapidly and impacting our lives inside and outside of medicine. It is important that we study these tools and understand how we best use them to improve the care we provide as well as the experience of providing it,” said Andrew Olson, MD, a professor at the U of M Medical School and hospitalist with M Health Fairview. “This study suggests that there are opportunities for further improvement in physician-AI collaboration in clinical practice.”

These results underline the complexity of integrating AI into clinical practice. While GPT-4 alone showed promising results, the integration of GPT-4 as a diagnostic aid alongside clinicians did not significantly outperform the use of conventional diagnostic resources. This suggests a nuanced potential for AI in healthcare, emphasizing the importance of further exploration into how AI can best support clinical practice. Further, more studies are needed to understand how clinicians should be trained to use these tools.

The four collaborating institutions have launched a bi-coastal AI evaluation network — known as ARiSE — to further evaluate GenAI outputs in healthcare.

Funding for this research was provided by the Gordon and Betty Moore Foundation.

HT City Delhi Junction: Catch It Live on 30 October 2024

Oct 29, 2024 07:17 PM IST

The day of Oct 30 promises to offer loads if you wish to explore the culture of Delhi-NCR. Before you plan your day, check out HT City Delhi Junction on Insta!

#ArtAttack

What: The Four

Catch It Live on 30 October 2024

Where: Shridharani Gallery, Triveni Kala Sangam, 205 Tansen Marg

When: October 30 to November 10

Timing: 11am to 7pm

Entry: Free

Nearest Metro Station: Mandi House (Blue & Violet Lines)

 

#TuneIn

What: Shaam-e-Ghazal ft Aakarshakh Band

Where: The Terrace, Shopprix Mall, Sector 5, Vaishali, Ghaziabad

When: October 30

Timing: 8pm

Entry: www.bookmyshow.com

Nearest Metro Station: Vaishali (Blue Line)

 

#JustForLaughs

What: Jo Bolta Hai Wohi Hota Hai ft Harsh Gujral

Where: Studio XO Bar, First Floor, Trillium Avenue, Sector 29, Gurugram

When: October 30

Timing: 9pm

Entry: www.bookmyshow.com

Nearest Metro Station: Millennium City Centre Gurugram (Yellow Line)

 

#TuneIn

What: Pre Diwali Bash ft Swarin—The Band

Where: 21 Shots Skybar & Brewery, Metro World Mall, District Centre, Sector 55-56, Gurugram

When: October 30

Timing: 8.30pm

Entry: www.bookmyshow.com

Nearest Metro Station: Millennium City Centre Gurugram (Yellow Line)

 

 

 

Biogen refreshes its C-suite; Novartis writes down MorphoSys assets

Today, a brief rundown of news from Biogen and Novartis, as well as updates from Resalis Therapeutics and Moderna that you may have missed.

Biogen‘s top ranks underwent major changes this week, as the big biotechnology company appointed a new chief medical officer and a new finance head. Daniel Quirk took over the former role on Monday, after serving as senior vice president of worldwide medical affairs for Bristol Myers Squibb’s immunology and neuroscience units. Meanwhile, Biogen said its chief financial officer for the past four years, Michael McDonnell, plans to retire from the company at the end of February. He will be replaced by Biogen’s top accountant, Robin Kramer. In a statement, McDonnell was praised for his “pivotal role in recent strategic acquisitions of late-stage assets and in creating a culture of financial discipline.” — Jacob Bell

Novartis has slashed the value it ascribes to the MorphoSys business it acquired earlier this year, revealing in a third quarter earnings statement that it took an $800 million write down to the acquired assets’ goodwill value. The acquisition was primarily focused on MorphoSys’ drug pelabresib, which treats myelofibrosis. While Novartis initially expected to file it this year for approval, results since have forced the company to push back those plans. — Ned Pagliarulo

Sanofi has taken an equity stake in Resalis Therapeutics, the privately held biotechnology company said Monday. Based in Torino, Italy, Resalis is working on an RNA medicine it believes could help treat metabolic diseases such as obesity. The company is preparing to start a Phase 1 trial of the medicine, an antisense oligonucleotide aimed at a non-coding strip of RNA that regulates the production of lipids and function of mitochondria. Resalis thinks it could “enhance the efficacy” of GLP-1 agonists. — Ned Pagliarulo

Partners Moderna and Merck & Co. are starting a third Phase 3 trial of their personalized cancer vaccine, announcing Monday the initiation of a study testing it with Keytruda as adjuvant treatment of earlier-stage non-small cell lung cancer. A little less than one year ago, the companies released promising data on their vaccine, dubbed V940 or mRNA-4157, in people with melanoma. The two ongoing Phase 3 studies, respectively in melanoma and lung cancer, are set to complete in 2029 and 2030, according to a federal database. — Ned Pagliarulo

Why Are Younger Generations Delaying Homeownership? A Deep Dive into the Shifting Mindsets and Realities

Key takeaways

In recent years, younger generations have delayed or forgone the purchase of their first home, because of affordability issues and changing values.

Young Australians are finding it harder than ever to get a foothold in the property market, with the median house price now being 7 or 8 times the average income. Many are staying in education longer, which delays their entry into the workforce.

Younger Australians are prioritising experiences, flexibility, and personal fulfilment over the traditional milestones of marriage, children, and homeownership. They are choosing to rent rather than buy so they can move freely for career opportunities.

The urban lifestyle is more appealing to younger Australians, who value the vibrancy, convenience, and social life that cities offer. Renting provides a way for young people to live in the heart of the action without the long-term financial commitment of a mortgage.

The demand for rental properties is growing, especially in urban areas, and new housing models like build-to-rent and co-living spaces are catering to the needs of young professionals who value flexibility, community, and convenience.

Younger Australians are delaying homeownership due to financial barriers, lifestyle choices, and cultural shifts. They will need to find creative solutions to navigate the challenges of today’s housing market.


In Australia, homeownership has long been a marker of success—a milestone that signified stability, adulthood, and financial security.

But in recent years, we’ve seen younger generations delaying the purchase of their first home, and in some cases, forgoing it altogether.

While it’s tempting to point the finger at affordability issues alone, there’s a deeper story that involves changing values, lifestyle choices, and the evolving nature of work and family.

For weekly insights and strategic advice, subscribe to the Demographics Decoded podcast, where we will continue to explore these trends and their implications in greater detail.

Subscribe now on your favourite Podcast player:

Financial barriers: a new reality for young Australians

There’s no doubt that buying a home has become significantly harder over the past few decades.

According to the Australian Bureau of Statistics, homeownership among people in their early 30s has dropped from around 60% in the 1980s to just over 40% today.

The numbers paint a clear picture: it’s tougher than ever for young Australians to get a foothold in the property market.

In the early 1980s, the median house price was about 2.6 times the median household income.

Fast forward to today, and that ratio has ballooned to 7 or 8 times the average income.

When you consider that wages have not kept pace with rising house prices, it’s easy to see why younger Australians are feeling shut out of the property market.

But the issue isn’t just about the cost of housing.

Today’s younger generations are staying in education longer, often pursuing university degrees and postgraduate qualifications, which delays their entry into the workforce.

The more years spent studying, the fewer years spent earning, saving, and investing.

Many aren’t entering full-time employment until their mid-20s, and by the time they’ve accumulated enough savings, they find themselves priced out of the areas they want to live in.

A shift in priorities: flexibility over homeownership

While financial hurdles are a significant part of the picture, they’re not the whole story.

There’s been a seismic shift in how younger generations view their lives and what they want out of them.

Unlike their parents and grandparents, today’s younger Australians are prioritising experiences, flexibility, and personal fulfilment over the traditional milestones of marriage, children, and homeownership.

One of the major reasons for this shift is the desire for geographic mobility.

With the job market being more fluid and globalised than ever, many young professionals are choosing to rent rather than buy so they can move freely for career opportunities.

Gone are the days when people worked at the same company for 40 years and settled into a home early in their careers.

Today, it’s common for people to change jobs, industries, or even countries multiple times throughout their working lives.

For young Australians, owning a home can feel like an anchor that limits their ability to take on new challenges or relocate for better job prospects.

Renting allows them the freedom to chase career opportunities wherever they may arise, whether that’s in another state or even overseas.

Family Situation

Delayed family formation and the impact on housing choices

Traditionally, one of the biggest drivers of homeownership was starting a family.

But with family formation being pushed further into the 30s and even 40s, the urgency to settle down and buy a home has diminished.

In the past, it was common to start a family in your early 20s, but now, young Australians are choosing to delay having children as they focus on their careers, education, and personal growth.

This delay in family formation also delays the need for a stable, long-term home.

For many young Australians, the idea of buying a house doesn’t even enter the equation until they start thinking about children—and that’s happening much later in life than it did for previous generations.

Leading demographer Simon Kuestenmacher noted in a recent Demographics Decoded podcast, adolescence has essentially been extended.

While young people in their mid-30s may be financially independent and earning solid incomes, they often haven’t taken on the responsibilities that traditionally defined adulthood, like raising children or purchasing a home.

Without these major life changes pushing them towards homeownership, many are content to continue renting and enjoy the flexibility it provides.

Experiences over assets: a cultural shift

There’s a broader cultural shift happening as well.

Millennials and Gen Z are increasingly placing more value on experiences than material possessions.

This is a generation that’s grown up with the internet, global travel, and social media, all of which have shaped their worldview.

Instead of rushing to buy a home, younger Australians are investing in experiences—whether that’s travelling, dining out, or pursuing hobbies and passions.

This change in mindset has been criticised by some who label younger people as “snowflakes” or claim they lack financial discipline.

But this view oversimplifies the situation.

The truth is, that young Australians are navigating a very different economic landscape than their parents did.

The cost of living has skyrocketed, wages have stagnated, and the traditional pathway to homeownership is no longer as clear-cut as it once was.

For many, it feels more logical to enjoy the present rather than sacrifice years of lifestyle to save for a deposit on a home that may not even be attainable.

This focus on living in the moment is a defining characteristic of younger generations, and it’s fundamentally changing the housing market.

Urban Economics

The urban lifestyle: why renting in the city is more appealing

Another factor contributing to the delay in homeownership is the appeal of urban living.

Younger Australians are increasingly drawn to the vibrancy, convenience, and social life that cities offer.

Dodgers dominate Yankees to move within 1 win of World Series victory

NEW YORK — Dave Roberts stood atop a makeshift stage at Dodger Stadium eight days ago and gazed out at thousands celebrating all around the ballpark. He had screamed himself hoarse after winning the National League pennant, but the manager of the Los Angeles Dodgers wanted one last pop from the crowd.

“Hey! You guys want a parade in Los Angeles?” Roberts asked. “Four more wins!”

After a 4-2 victory on Monday over the New York Yankees in Game 3 of the World Series, the Dodgers are on the doorstep of a championship, one far different than the title marred by COVID-19 restrictions in 2020. The desire for a proper coronation has become a rallying cry for this group as it has approached a title. The triumph could come as early as Tuesday. The first World Series game at Yankee Stadium since 2009 ended as the last two did in Chavez Ravine, with the Dodgers exultant and the Yankees lamenting missed chances.

“You couldn’t ask for a better start in these three games,” Dodgers first baseman Freddie Freeman said. “We’ve got one more to go, though.”

On Monday, the Dodgers never trailed. Freeman smashed a two-run homer in the first inning. Walker Buehler limited the Yankees to two hits in five scoreless innings. Yankees starter Clarke Schmidt could not finish the third inning. He was jolted by Freeman’s early homer and subsequently ground down by the patience of the Dodgers.

The Los Angeles bullpen held the line after Buehler exited. The relievers will be asked to handle all 27 outs in Game 4, while the Yankees will put their season in the hands of hard-throwing rookie Luis Gil. The situation looks grim for the Yankees and joyous for the Dodgers. No team in World Series history has overcome a 3-0 deficit. The hype last week has given way to reality: Only one club has demonstrated championship mettle thus far. Aaron Judge, the likely MVP and the captain of the Yankees, went hitless in three at-bats, in a game in which his teammates stranded eight runners.

“Hopefully we can go be this amazing story and shock the world,” Yankees manager Aaron Boone said. “But right now, it’s about trying to get a lead, trying to grab a game and force another one. But we’ve got to grab one first.”

After two tense nights in Los Angeles, no longer was this series kissed by the sun inside a stadium surrounded by palms. The difficulty of the sport, its capacity to injure and humble even its finest athletes, defined the discourse after Game 2. As fans piled into the Bronx for Game 3, there were two primary questions: Would Shohei Ohtani’s shoulder heal? And would Judge’s bat awaken?

Late in Game 2, Ohtani jammed his left arm into the dirt while attempting to steal second base. He writhed in pain and clutched his shoulder. An examination revealed a partial dislocation but no structural damage. He traveled apart from the team, but told the roster’s group chat he would not miss Game 3. He tested his shoulder during the day off on Sunday. Some swings hurt more than others. The medical staff determined Ohtani could play as long as he could tolerate the pain. He wore a heating pad over the shoulder during pre-game introductions and fist-bumped teammates with his right hand.

“If he is able to play, willing to play, he’s going to play,” Roberts said on Sunday afternoon. “Schmidt will know that Shohei’s in the box, so that means everything.”

Roberts was right. Ohtani did not need to swing the bat in his first plate appearance. He walked on four pitches to start the game. Standing at first, he held the collar of his shirt, as if wearing an invisible sling. He did not need to exert himself: Ohtani kept hold of the jersey on a leisurely stroll around the bases after Freeman pounced on a belt-high cutter for a two-run shot. He pinned his arm to his chest to discourage himself from sliding.

Judge received jubilant cheers during the intros. The crowd serenaded him with the garlands he is expected to receive for the second time next month: “M-V-P, M-V-P.” His inability to replicate his summer-long excellence in autumn has become a source of consternation for Yankees fans. Judge is batting .140 with three extra-base hits for the entirety of October.

A standing ovation greeted Judge in the bottom of the first. The good cheer lasted six pitches. Judge swung through a cutter for his seventh strikeout of the Series. The crowd had the decency not to jeer.

Ohtani did swing in his second appearance, chopping a grounder to the right side which advanced shortstop Tommy Edman to second base in the third inning. The extra 90 feet allowed Edman to display his base running acumen when Mookie Betts hit a flare into right field. Juan Soto charged toward the baseball, holding his glove aloft as if preparing for the catch. Edman disregarded the deke. He was running all the way, able to score with ease.

Buehler gave up his first hit in the fourth. Giancarlo Stanton, the towering designated hitter, pulled a sweeper into the left-field corner. Stanton lumbered into second for a one-out double. The defense bailed out Buehler. Betts dove to snag a well-struck liner from third baseman Jazz Chisholm Jr. When shortstop Anthony Volpe pulled a single into left, Teoscar Hernández came up throwing. Stanton had not even reached third base when Hernández gloved the baseball. Dodgers catcher Will Smith dropped a tag on Stanton’s midsection for a crucial third out.

“That was a big momentum play,” Buehler said. “For them to get a little momentum and us to shut it down was pretty cool.”

The play granted Buehler a reprieve. He was once one of baseball’s best young pitchers, a slender but cocksure budding ace who could bully hitters and outsmart them with equal élan. The past few years have not been kind to him. Before the game, Boone was asked about benching a left-handed hitter, catcher Austin Wells, when Buehler has struggled so much this year against left-handed swingers. “Righties have hit him pretty well, too,” Boone said. The assessment was tough, but fair. Buehler posted a 5.38 ERA during the season as he returned after missing most of the past two seasons recovering from a second Tommy John surgery.

Buehler flushed those failures in October. Performing at this time of year is “kind of the only thing I care about,” he said earlier this month. On Monday evening, he turned back the clock, resembling the pitcher he was before his most recent operation. He struck out five batters. His defenders were stout behind him. He pitched well enough to win. “It makes the regular season worth it, for me,” Buehler said.

The Dodgers sounded confident but measured after Game 3. They understood how close they were to a parade. They also understood the perils of impudence. Roberts, of course, played a crucial role on the 2004 Boston Red Sox, still the only baseball team to come back from a 3-0 deficit in any best-of-seven postseason series. A reporter asked Roberts about that as the clock turned to Tuesday morning.

“Don’t talk about that,” Roberts said. “Wrong guy. Way too early.” He added, “There’s got to be urgency. I don’t want to let these guys up for air.”

(Photo of Freddie Freeman: Luke Hales / Getty Images)

VPNs Are Being Detected More Than Ever, and This Is Why

Have you noticed that your VPN is detected more than it once was? Unfortunately for VPN users, websites, companies, and governments have more techniques than ever to uncover VPN use, so they’re no longer as invisible as they once were.



1 Suspicious Login Patterns

One of the common ways websites detect VPN usage is by tracking user login locations. If a single user logs in from wildly different locations within a short period using the same device, websites may recognize this as an indication of VPN use to mask location. For example, if you log in from the U.S. one moment and from Australia shortly afterward, that could raise red flags.

Also, if multiple users connect to the same website or service through a shared IP address from a VPN server, this pattern can signal VPN use. To minimize detection, connect to VPN servers close to your location and consider using dedicated IPs, which provide a unique address just for you, avoiding noticeable location shifts.


2 Connecting With a Blacklisted IP Address

Companies often keep lists of blacklisted IP addresses associated with VPNs and proxies, which allows them to block unwanted traffic. If you’re using a free VPN with shared IP addresses among numerous users, there’s a chance you may connect via one of these blacklisted IPs, letting the website detect and flag your session as a VPN connection.

To avoid this issue, consider using a dedicated IP unique to one user that is less likely to be flagged. If you can’t spend on a dedicated IP address and prefer a free VPN connection, I recommend opting for a service with a large, regularly updated pool of IP addresses to minimize detection.

Avoid using VPN servers in countries like China, Russia, Syria, Iran, and so on, as your traffic is likely to be blocked by default.

3 Advanced Detection Technologies

robot standing near giant digital question mark
Miker Rivero/DALL-E/MakeUseOf


Companies use advanced technologies like artificial intelligence and machine learning to detect VPN traffic. Tools like Deep Packet Inspection (DPI) analyze metadata in transmitted data packets, which helps identify typical VPN parameters such as encrypted headers or unusual protocols. This makes it easier to spot VPN traffic patterns.

While complete anonymity may not be possible, VPNs with features like “stealth mode” or “obfuscation” can help disguise VPN traffic as regular internet data, reducing the chance of detection. However, this is not foolproof as AI technology and machine learning techniques rapidly evolve.

4 Device and TLS Fingerprinting

Similar to deep packet inspection, device and TLS (Transport Layer Security) fingerprinting are techniques websites use to detect VPN usage. Device fingerprinting creates a unique “fingerprint” by collecting specific device details, so connecting from varying locations with the same fingerprint often signals that you’re using a VPN.


VPN providers often use unique TLS configurations, and websites can block connections if a TLS fingerprint matches known VPN profiles. While you can’t fully bypass such detection, using the same server and a dedicated IP can help. You can also use VPN providers that don’t frequently reuse TLS profiles across users to reduce the chance of detection.

5 ​Stricter Content Licensing Agreements

netflix sign in page with vpn server options in background
wisely/Shutterstock

Content licensing agreements often limit where media can be accessed legally. To enforce these restrictions, platforms must use robust VPN detection to ensure viewers can only access content from approved regions. Companies invest heavily in VPN detection tools to avoid violating agreements with content creators and distributors.


If a service detects your VPN and restricts your access, there’s generally little you can do. You can use a VPN connection with premium servers in the best regions to bypass detection. Still, you must avoid doing so to access content that the streaming platform or service doesn’t have permission to show in your region.

This is why websites and services are now much more capable of detecting VPN usage than they used to be. If a service or platform disallows VPNs, respect that rule to avoid account suspension, especially for financial services. One of my friends had his Australian bank account temporarily blocked after accessing it through a VPN while overseas.

Rongcheng welcomes returning 'guests' flying in for winter

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-28/Rongcheng-welcomes-returning-guests-flying-in-for-winter-1y4hyTx6zXG/img/98413bb841104f4ca530fd926c53b972/98413bb841104f4ca530fd926c53b972.jpeg'
A flock of swans is seen at the Great Swan National Nature Reserve in Rongcheng City, Shandong Province, October 28, 2024. /CFP
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-28/Rongcheng-welcomes-returning-guests-flying-in-for-winter-1y4hyTx6zXG/img/98413bb841104f4ca530fd926c53b972/98413bb841104f4ca530fd926c53b972.jpeg'
A flock of swans is seen at the Great Swan National Nature Reserve in Rongcheng City, Shandong Province, October 28, 2024. /CFP
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-28/Rongcheng-welcomes-returning-guests-flying-in-for-winter-1y4hyTx6zXG/img/98413bb841104f4ca530fd926c53b972/98413bb841104f4ca530fd926c53b972.jpeg'
A flock of swans is seen at the Great Swan National Nature Reserve in Rongcheng City, Shandong Province, October 28, 2024. /CFP
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-28/Rongcheng-welcomes-returning-guests-flying-in-for-winter-1y4hyTx6zXG/img/98413bb841104f4ca530fd926c53b972/98413bb841104f4ca530fd926c53b972.jpeg'
A flock of swans is seen at the Great Swan National Nature Reserve in Rongcheng City, Shandong Province, October 28, 2024. /CFP

Nearly a thousand swans have arrived at the Great Swan National Nature Reserve in Rongcheng City, Shandong Province, to spend the warmer winter months. Every year in mid-October, tens of thousands of swans from Siberia and other places fly into the city and leave in early March the following year. In recent years, local authorities have gradually implemented a series of measures, such as dredging and ecological restoration, to ensure the safety of these wild migratory birds.

‘John Malkovich isn’t me’: The actor on ‘Being John Malkovich’

Even now, 25 years later, the premise is outrageous, odd and quite clever. On floor 7½ of an antiquated New York City office building, hidden behind a filing cabinet, is a small portal that leads into the head of actor John Malkovich.

There was something random — and ingenious — in the choice of Malkovich, by then a two-time Oscar nominee and a widely respected performer of stage and screen who did not have a signature role: He was the kind of actor people knew they knew but could not always quite place.

Yet “Being John Malkovich” is much more than an inside-out and upside-down high-concept gimmick. The film’s inventive visual style made the surreal seem mundane and everyday. While it is very funny, it is also rife with melancholy, a yearning for emotional connection and a sense that people are often unknowable, most of all to themselves. The film is less about the flash of celebrity and more about a deeper sense of self-discovery and personal identity.

The 1999 Project animated logo

The 1999 Project

All year we’ll be marking the 25th anniversary of pop culture milestones that remade the world as we knew it then and created the world we live in now. Welcome to The 1999 Project, from the Los Angeles Times.

Screenwriter Charlie Kaufman had been a television comedy writer on shows such as “Get a Life” and “The Dana Carvey Show,” with “Being John Malkovich” his first produced film script. Director Spike Jonze, who had some notoriety for his music videos and commercials, also made his feature film debut with “Malkovich.”

The cast included John Cusack as a down-on-his luck puppeteer who discovers the portal, Cameron Diaz as his patient but dissatisfied girlfriend and Catherine Keener as the cynical colleague looking to take advantage of the situation. Orson Bean, Mary Kay Place and Charlie Sheen all have supporting roles; Brad Pitt, Sean Penn and Winona Ryder have brief cameos; and director David Fincher makes an uncredited appearance as the national arts editor of the Los Angeles Times. And, of course, John Malkovich plays the role of John Malkovich.

The film would be nominated for three Academy Awards: Jonze for director, Kaufman for original screenplay and Keener for supporting actress. In the years since, Kaufman has won an Oscar for the screenplay to “Eternal Sunshine of the Spotless Mind” and launched himself as a director. Jonze has continued his commercial work while also directing three feature films and the documentary “Beastie Boys Story.” Jonze also won an Oscar for the screenplay to his 2013 film “Her.”

A diverse group of people sitting on two couches, with a woman in the center holding a chimpanzee

Orson Bean and Cameron Diaz, center, in “Being John Malkovich.”

(Melissa Moseley / Universal Pictures)

In one of the bonus features on the 2012 Criterion Collection edition of the film Jonze said, “Me and Charlie always think of Malkovich as the guy who made this all possible, not just the movie but everything that’s come after that. … Not only did he not have to do this movie, it was almost insane for him to do this movie.”

For the film’s anniversary, I reached out to Jonze, Kaufman and Malkovich for their memories of this pivotal project. Through a representative, Jonze declined to comment. Kaufman’s reps never responded. But Malkovich, in Bulgaria to direct a stage production of George Bernard Shaw’s 1894 play “Arms and the Man,” got on a Zoom call to talk about the film.

You have often said that from the very beginning you knew that by having your name in the title, you would have to live with this movie more than anybody else. And 25 years on that seems to be completely true.

It was such an odd idea, I was aware that it would exist in kind of another dimension. And that’s been the case. Although my first reaction to having read this script was wanting to direct it and make it about someone else. But Charlie Kaufman wasn’t interested in that. So that didn’t happen for some years. And as I’ve said before, whenever I happened to be in L.A., which hasn’t been very often in my life or career, people would say, “Why aren’t you doing this? Why aren’t you doing that film?” They would just wander by in a restaurant, like it was my fault or something. It never occurred to me it would actually get made.

Probably a few years passed after I read it, then I got a call from Francis Coppola asking me if I’d go meet this person called Spike Jonze up in Paris. And I said, “Yeah, sure, fine.” And then Spike asked me to be in it, which no one had ever really officially asked me to do, and which I had doubts about. But I said, “Well, let’s see what kind of cast we get.” And then not long after, he got Johnny Cusack on board and Cameron and Keener, and then I said, “OK, well, let’s do it.”

Spike Jonze stands behind and leans on John Malkovich

Director Spike Jonze, left, and John Malkovich photographed at the Royal Hotel in New York City for Times coverage of the film’s release.

(Jim Cooper / For The Times)

When you had that initial response to direct it but to change the character, what was it that appealed to you?

I loved the script. To me it wasn’t really important — it’s a great title in that it’s very unexpected, it’s very meta, it’s a memorable title name because it’s such an unmemorable name. But really I just love the world Charlie created. I didn’t in any way have a reaction to it as far as it applied to quote “me,” whatever that is. It’s never been a big topic of interest for me. It’s not something I ever reflected on much before or after. But I loved Charlie’s writing, so that was my initial interest in it.

Both Charlie and then Spike were so insistent that it be you. Did you ever ask the question, “Why me?”

No. If for no other reason, because I’m really not very curious about myself or my alleged self. Charlie said a very funny thing. It was the first thing he ever said to me. I think we had a breakfast with Spike, and we’d kind of agreed to proceed, and the deal was made and all that stuff. And Charlie, he didn’t say anything at breakfast, and then as we were leaving, [he] said to me, “I just want you to know I’m a big fan.” And I said, “We don’t have to do that. I read the script, thanks.” And that was really it.

But I did know I was kind of crossing a line, because although I was an actor and I had done things that had gotten some degree of attention, I was always really left alone. And I liked that nobody bothered me if I went off to do a play here or there, or direct a play in Bulgaria, or do whatever it is I did. I was allowed a lot of leeway and I always really appreciated that. And I was worried that wouldn’t be the case. In fact, it’s still the case, but it did change a kind of public perception. I thought it was a kind of iffy call. It could have turned out very badly, although I thought the script was a wonderful, pretty near visionary piece of writing, and I thought Spike did a fantastic job directing it.

How did you prepare for the movie? Did you approach this role and the character of John Malkovich the way you would have any other role?

That’s an interesting question. The thing is, there wasn’t that much to search for, because the world is so specific that Charlie created. I remember one day when I did something and Spike Jonze said to me, “John Malkovich wouldn’t do it that way.” And I kind of chuckled, but I said, “Oh, OK. How would he do it?” And I really didn’t think that much of it because anything I do isn’t me. But John Malkovich isn’t me either, any more or less than anything else isn’t me. So if somebody says, “That’s not the way John Malkovich would do it,” maybe they know better than I do.

A woman sits on a below-window radiator listening to a seated man talking, in an office.

John Cusack and Catherine Keener in “Being John Malkovich.”

(Melissa Moseley / Universal Pictures)

I wanted to ask you specifically about the scene with “The Dance of Despair and Desperation.” When you unravel it, is it an astonishing moment of performance in that you are playing the character of John Malkovich with a character played by John Cusack supposedly inside of you playing John Malkovich like a puppet. How did you approach that as a physical piece of work?

We had to rehearse a lot, and we had a choreographer and all that. And that was quite involved, I remember. But I never thought about it. I just kind of took Spike’s word for it. Meaning, I’ve done a lot of films and directed one and directed probably a number of them unofficially and written some unofficially. But I think film directing is very, very difficult. And I think it’s a huge weight on directors. And I’m very happy to do what they say. I feel that my job is to help them arrive at, discover, sustain and express a vision of something. I’ve always said from the very beginning of the first film I was in, when you’re in a film, you’re a character in someone else’s dream. It’s not your dream just because it’s called “Being John Malkovich.” It’s Charlie’s dream and Spike’s dream and the rest of us participate. And so my approach to that would be the exact same as my approach to any other film role except that this one has a uniqueness and a quality that’s rare, that’s quite singular.

It was just such an extreme act of generosity on your part toward these two essentially unknown guys, Spike and Charlie, making their first movie. You gave so completely of yourself, of your name, your persona, your celebrity, in so many ways. Did you see it that way?

No. I saw it as just another movie. There was something I liked about Spike. I thought he was hilarious. I always say the first meeting I had with him, I talked to him for an hour or so in Paris at a hotel restaurant and after an hour, I said, “Sorry, are you American?” I thought he was Czech because he has that kind of surfer lingo, which I couldn’t really grasp. And I thought it was a kind of foreign language. I was absolutely convinced that the screenplay was a very unique voice, a real voice. And I had this feeling Spike would put together an excellent cast. I trusted a lot his vision, his sense of humor. But to me, that’s kind of what I do.

This happened to have my name attached in some way, but for me, it’s the same if it was Wolfgang Petersen or Raul Ruiz or Spielberg or Schlöndorff. Making a film is hard. And your job really is to hope to fulfill that vision. And for me, that’s not really a burden. It’s an expectation and it’s a requirement. And if you can’t do that, which sometimes happens, then it’s a failure, at least as far as I’m concerned, on my part anyway.

A smiling woman and a bearded, bespectacled man look behind them. He looks a bit frightened.

Co-workers Maxine (Catherine Keener) and Craig (John Cusack) make a little extra cash moonlighting out of the office in “Being John Malkovich.”

(Melissa Moseley / Universal Pictures)

Have your feelings about the film and your decision simply to do it, have they changed at all over the years?

Not really. When I saw it — I only saw it once, in Venice at the film festival, and when it was revealed that Charlie Sheen was my best friend, just the idea of that, it was a rolling laugh, kind of 15 minutes long. And then when I tell him I got involved with this coven of lesbian witches, he responds, “Give me their number when you’re through with them,” in a way that’s a line only Charlie Sheen could do. That’s what he does. And you trust him to take care of that for you. And so I thought then, “OK, it’s fine. It’s what it’s set out to be.”

On the extras for the Criterion Collection disc, there’s an interview where you say, “It’s not really about celebrity and it’s not really about me.” So for you, what is the movie about?

I always think back to this, there was some talk about how they were a bit unsatisfied with the ending, and I think it was a call with Charlie, with Spike and with Vince Landay, the producer. And maybe Johnny was there too, Cusack. And it made me think of the phrase, I’ve still never used it, in a piece of writing or play or something I’ve rewritten or written or polished or whatever, the phrase came to me, “What you think is yours, isn’t.” And I think that’s very lifelike, and I think it’s very representative of that film. What you think is yours, isn’t. “Being John Malkovich” does not belong to me. It’s its own thing. And if it belongs to anybody, it much more belongs to Charlie and Spike.

But it’s just a kind of way of looking at the world and how quickly it all passes. Your work goes out into the world and it belongs to the people who watch it, whether they accept it, whether it’s beloved by them or detested by them or rejected by them. You put it out into the world and it isn’t yours anymore. And I think it’s true of the film, my work, my name.

You know, you do all these things. I worked a lot. I did a number of things that got some degree of notoriety or praise and many others that didn’t. But in the end, it’s some things they say I did. And for me, the work was always the same. It was the work. It’s a privilege. It’s a lovely thing to get to do with your life, but it doesn’t belong to me. It belongs to the people who watch it and who want to watch it and want to regard it. And many of the things you do, people don’t want to watch or don’t regard it and don’t care, but that’s OK to me. So that’s how I look at it.

Not Just ‘Hype’ but ‘Genuine Value’: Binance CMO Rachel Conlan Decodes Exchange’s Crypto Marketing Playbook

The highly lucrative crypto sector has a global market capitalisation of $2.32 trillion (roughly Rs. 1,95,03,927 crore), but it does come with concerns, especially because of its volatile and largely unregulated nature. Given the situation, Web3 firms trying to establish their brands are often facing a challenging roadmap to market and bring their services to potential customers. Ahead of the Binance Blockchain Week scheduled to be held in Dubai this week, company’s chief marketing officer Rachel Conlan talked to Gadgets360 about the exchange’s areas of focus in terms of its marketing dos and don’ts as the firm expands its businesses globally.

Conlan was appointed to the position of Binance’s CMO back in 2023 right after Richard Teng replaced company founder Changpeng Zhao as the CEO. Over the past year, Conlan has keenly observed what works for Web3 marketing and what are its major challenges.

The Binance executive told Gadgets360 that the exchange plans to merge awareness initiatives with Web3 technologies to educate the international community on how they can use crypto to diversify their portfolios.

“I firmly believe that building trust with new users who are unfamiliar with crypto should be the top priority for any player who wants to be in this industry. The space is still comparatively new and can seem complex for new users especially because of regulatory uncertainty on a global level,” Conlan told us. “As more regulatory clarity will emerge, it will make new users participate in crypto with enhanced transparency. Web3 firms must lay special focus on education and community engagement because they are the key pillars to support the brand.”

In our chat, we also dived deeper into how Binance’s marketing strategy has evolved as the exchange has faced regulatory scrutiny and legal challenges, as well as market restrictions in multiple parts of the world. Here are edited excerpts from our conversation:

Gadgets360: How does Binance’s marketing approach differ from that of traditional financial services companies?

Rachel Conlan: While traditional companies emphasise brand loyalty and rely heavily on conventional advertising, our strategy is centered around community-driven engagement, events and education. We leverage social media and digital platforms to create authentic conversations with our users, simplifying complex crypto concepts and making the space more accessible.

Moving forward, we’re evolving our marketing strategy to meet the next generation of users — wherever they are on their crypto learning journey. We’re tailoring our content and engagement to provide value at every stage. This allows us to guide users while ensuring they feel informed.

Gadgets360: How do you incorporate community feedback into Binance’s marketing strategies? How important do you think community-driven events are?

Rachel Conlan: Through direct feedback, surveys, and interactions at events, we try to incorporate their inputs to shape everything — from product development to the way we communicate.

We have introduced #BinanceBuild, a weekly social update, where we share updates with our community on the progress of various initiatives. Through #BinanceBuild, users can see if their suggestions are being implemented and the progress, giving them insight into how their feedback is driving real change.

Community-driven events make for an essential part of this approach. Whether through online forums, in-person meetups, or larger initiatives like Binance Blockchain Week, we actively engage with our community to gather real-time feedback.

It’s imperative for Web3 firms to ensure that their marketing plans are aligned with the needs and expectations of their community members.

Gadgets360: Do you see NFTs and the metaverse being part of the future of Binance’s marketing efforts?

Rachel Conlan: Although the NFT market has seen a decline in recent years, we believe these cycles are a natural part of any emerging industry, particularly in the evolving crypto space. At Binance, we see NFTs not merely as digital assets but as powerful tools for building deeper, more authentic connections. NFTs do have the potential to strengthen engagement.

The metaverse, meanwhile, represents an exciting new frontier for virtual engagement. It offers vast opportunities for brands to create interactive digital spaces, host virtual events, run immersive educational experiences, and open new doors for user interaction.

Our long-term vision is to harness these technologies to create a seamless connection between the digital and physical worlds, expanding what’s possible with the innovations of Web3. Ultimately, these tools represent different entry points for users to interact with blockchain and web3 technology.

Gadgets360: How do you balance marketing Binance’s products while adhering to regulatory guidelines in different countries, given that crypto-related ads are restricted in multiple nations?

Rachel Conlan: While we’ve secured 20 licenses and registrations globally, the regulatory landscape remains unclear in many markets, adding complexity to balancing marketing and compliance. Conducting thorough research on local regulations and working within the frameworks enables us to tailor our strategies, even when the rules aren’t fully defined.

In markets where regulatory clarity is still evolving, we focus on education and community engagement rather than aggressive product promotion. We look at content like webinars, articles, and social media resources to users understand the crypto landscape, the benefits and risks of our products. We also maintain an open dialogue with local regulators to ensure our messaging complies with the evolving rules.

We have been ramping up our engagement with crypto influencers to reach users who are already familiar with the space. We have also partnered with names like Cristiano Ronaldo and F1’s Alpine team to reach beyond the crypto world and into everyday conversations. These collaborations help make Binance more relatable and recognisable to a broader audience.

Gadgets360: What are some of the biggest challenges you face as CMO in an industry that is constantly evolving?

Rachel Conlan: The crypto landscape is constantly shifting due to rapid technological advancements, evolving regulations, and changing market conditions. The constant requirement to keep up with this ever-changing crypto landscape to stay relevant is a challenge. Customising marketing campaigns as per the requirements of specific regions takes bone-breaking research and discussions.

Balancing the excitement around emerging trends with the responsibility to educate our audience needs us to always be alert. With so much attention on technologies like decentralised finance and the metaverse, it is extremely important that our marketing efforts focus not just on hype but on providing genuine value and understanding to our users.

Google tests new AI tool for large advertisers

Google started pitching advertisers on “Search Bidding Exploration,” an AI-powered tool that identifies valuable but low-traffic search queries.

This new AI-powered feature in beta aims to help advertisers find untapped traffic opportunities in search campaigns.

How it works. The tool is part of Google’s Smart Bidding suite and uses AI to:

  • Find converting queries that get less traffic.
  • Automatically adjusting tROAS targets (up to 10% lower).
  • Expand reach beyond historically successful search terms.

The catch. The tool only works for campaigns without budget constraints, limiting its accessibility to larger advertisers.

Why we care Google’s latest AI test will automatically adjust tROAS targets and broaden keyword matches for those who won’t be too dramatic about negative results — those with unlimited budgets. If you have a limited budget, this update isn’t for you. This is for those with big budgets who have money to throw at an ad campaign with the possibility of extra growth from this new opportunity.

Between the lines. This update tries to address a common critique that AI-driven ad tools like Performance Max and Meta’s Advantage+ simply target “low-hanging fruit” audiences who would convert anyway.

However, it’s uncertain whether Google will provide detailed reports on this data, leaving some ambiguity around the transparency level of this tool’s insights as well.

What they’re saying. “Part of the issue with any of the AI-driven products is they optimize in the margins, but you’re optimizing against the same pools,” one anonymous ad buyer told Adweek. “You’ll hit a ceiling.”

How to use it: Advertisers can enable the feature directly in campaign settings for search campaigns using tROAS strategy.

Bottom line. For advertisers already using Smart Bidding and looking to scale their campaigns, Search Bidding Exploration offers a new way to expand reach — provided they have the budget to support it.

What to watch. How this tool performs in real-world conditions, whether Google will expand access beyond beta testing and whether Google intends on creating a solution alongside this one that will be targeted to those with limited budget.

Blasphemous 2’s Very Cool PS5 Collector’s Edition Is Only $65 Right Now

Earlier this month, Amazon offered a fairly solid deal on the recently released Blasphemous 2 Limited Collector’s Edition for PS5, but now Amazon’s discount shop Woot has a much better offer. You can get this very cool edition of the fantastic metroidvania for only $65, down from $100. This deal is only available for the PS5 version of the game–the Limited Collector’s Edition was also produced for Nintendo Switch–which Amazon had for $85 in mid-October. As of now, Amazon’s price is $93 for PS5 and $95 for Nintendo Switch, but the latter wasn’t discounted at all before.

Blasphemous 2’s Limited Collector’s Edition honestly felt like a bargain at full price, as it comes with more stuff than some collector’s editions that cost twice as much. This deal is set to expire on Halloween, which is rather fitting for a macabre metroidvania like Blasphemous 2.

Here’s everything you get with Blasphemous 2’s Limited Collector’s Edition:

  • Collector’s Edition box
  • Steelbook
  • Collector’s CD cover
  • Digital soundtrack
  • Instruction manual
  • Two CDs with music by Carlos Viola
  • Game Guide with 60+ pages
  • Marca Del Martirio metal coin
  • Art cards set with 3 new illustrations
  • Certificate of Authenticity
  • Album of illustrations with more than 60 pages
Blasphemous 2 Limited Collector’s Edition

Originally released last August, Blasphemous 2’s well-realized gothic world, haunting enemies, and methodical combat make it a great choice for fans of Castlevania and Dark Souls. The first game in the series was good, but the sequel is much better (and bigger). It’s worth noting there’s a standard physical edition available for $30 for Switch and $25 for Xbox Series X. The PS5 standard edition is sold out, but the $65 Limited Collector’s Edition more than makes up for that.

Our Blasphemous 2 review awarded it a 9/10, praising its improvements over the original along with its brooding art style.

“Blasphemous 2 follows in the footsteps of its predecessor, mixing its unique and harrowing aesthetic with a gameplay amalgam of Metroidvanias and Souls-likes,” wrote critic Richard Wakeling. “Where the first game faltered, however, its sequel makes significant improvements, resulting in a thrilling adventure that doesn’t run out of steam.”

Woot has a bunch of other great game deals right now, including steep discounts on Nintendo Switch exclusives.

Scientists develop tool to predict sepsis in apparently healthy newborns

A genetic signature in newborns can predict neonatal sepsis before symptoms even start to show, according to a new study.

The study, led by UBC and SFU researchers in collaboration with the Medical Research Council (MRC) Unit The Gambia, has the potential to help healthcare workers diagnose babies earlier, including in lower- and middle-income countries (LMICs) where neonatal sepsis is of particular concern. The research, published today in eBiomedicine, is funded by the National Institutes of Health and the Canadian Institutes of Health Research.

“Neonatal sepsis is caused by the body’s irregular response to a severe infection that occurs within the first 28 days of life. Globally, it affects around 1.3 million babies annually, and unfortunately, in LMICs, those rates are higher,” said first author Andy An, a UBC MD/PhD student who completed the research as a doctoral student in the department of microbiology and immunology. “Even when treatment is successful, sepsis can have lifelong effects because it can lead to developmental delay in children, imposing cognitive deficits and long-term health issues. By recognizing it as early as possible, we can treat infants promptly and ideally, head off these harms.”

Neonatal sepsis causes an estimated 200,000 deaths worldwide each year, with the highest rates in LMICs. In Canada, the risk is lower at about one in 200 live births, but higher in prematurely born babies.

Rolling the dice on health

Diagnosing sepsis is challenging for doctors and families. The symptoms can look like many other illnesses, and tests to check if sepsis is present can take several days, aren’t always accurate, and are largely only available in hospitals. The uncertainty can delay urgent treatment with antibiotics.

“Knowing that sepsis is impending would also allow physicians more time to determine the appropriate treatment to use,” said co-senior author Dr. Bob Hancock, professor in the UBC department of microbiology and immunology. “The consequences of neonatal sepsis are so severe in the most vulnerable individuals that providing an early diagnosis to assist and guide physicians could save lives.”

Equitable access to healthcare

The researchers participated in a large study in The Gambia where blood samples were taken from 720 infants at birth. Out of this cohort, 15 babies developed early-onset sepsis.

The researchers used machine learning to map the expression of genes active at birth, in search of biological markers that could predict sepsis.

“We found four genes that, when combined in a ‘signature’, could accurately predict sepsis in newborns nine times out of 10,” said co-senior author Dr. Amy Lee, assistant professor in the SFU department of molecular biology and biochemistry. “This was a unique opportunity where samples were available from all babies in this cohort on the day of birth, meaning we could study the genes expressed in the sepsis babies before they got sick. Most other studies have only published markers that were present when the babies were already ill, and this would therefore not be a predictive signature.”

“The early recognition of sepsis is vital for infants’ survival, and identifying markers that might allow us to ‘predict’ babies at particular risk would be an enormous advantage, since we could then target specific surveillance and treatment of such infants,” said Dr. Beate Kampmann, who led the clinical component of the study at the MRC Unit in The Gambia.

The researchers hope the signature will one day be incorporated not only into PCR tests in hospitals, but also in portable, point-of-care devices.

“There are point-of-care devices available that can test for gene expression, for instance, COVID-19 and influenza, with a single drop of blood. They can operate anywhere with a power source including batteries and can be used by anyone, not just trained healthcare providers,” Dr. Hancock. “These portable devices could be retooled to recognize this ‘signature’ relatively easily and inexpensively.”

The next step for the research would involve a large prospective study to show the signature is successful at predicting sepsis in other populations and prove its methodology, and then the development of point-of-care tools for approval by relevant government bodies.

All India Open Mock Test for CLAT UG & PG by CLATalogue [Nov 17, 2 PM-4 PM]: Register Now!

Join the All India Open Mock Test for CLAT UG & PG by CLATalogue on November 17, from 2 PM to 4 PM. About All India Open Mock Test Are you preparing for CLAT and feeling the pressure? With CLAT 2025 just around the corner on December 1, now is the perfect time to assess […]

The post All India Open Mock Test for CLAT UG & PG by CLATalogue [Nov 17, 2 PM-4 PM]: Register Now! appeared first on Lawctopus.

Horoscope Today: Astrological prediction for October 29, 2024 | Astrology

All zodiac signs have their own characteristics and traits which define someone’s personality. Wouldn’t it be helpful if you started your day by already knowing about what’s going to come your way? Read on to find out whether the odds will be in your favour today.

Astrological prediction for October 29.

ARIES (Mar 21-Apr 20)

Your disciplined life will find you in the pink of health. Dubious schemes sound lucrative but are best avoided. Government officials can expect a windfall soon. An enjoyable time is likely to be spent with family today. Avoid crowded places and heavy traffic today. Some contentious property issues can be raised and make you mentally tense. Someone may seek your guidance on the academic front.

Love Focus: There is a possibility of your partner cheating on you on the romantic front.

Lucky Number: 1

Lucky Colour: Light Red

TAURUS (Apr 21-May 20)

Elders enjoy good health and get rid of minor problems ailing them. A financial crisis may make you make rash decisions. You are likely to get an excellent opportunity on the professional front. A family get-together may find you in your element! Keep travelling to a minimum if facing any health problems. Delay a property transaction, as stars appear unfavourable.

Love Focus: The lack of time may not allow you to spend much time with your lover today.

Lucky Number: 22

Lucky Colour: Blue

GEMINI (May 21-Jun 21)

A cheerful mood will keep you both physically and mentally contented. Don’t be impulsive in investing money in the first instance. Getting choice posting is possible for the uniformed personnel. Your brashness and arrogance will put off family. Minimise travel today, as roads are safe for you today.

Love Focus: Romance comes to the fore as you get a chance to spend quality time with your lover.

Lucky Number: 11

Lucky Colour: Baby Pink

CANCER (Jun 22-Jul 22)

Remaining active will help ward off negative thoughts. Expenses mount, so curb wasteful expenditure. Actors and stage artists may have money showered on them. Those far away may suffer from homesickness. Travel buy is likely to bite you and take you on a sightseeing tour today. A new acquisition may put you in the exclusive club of the ‘haves. Guesswork has limited scope on the academic front.

Love Focus: A new dimension is likely to be added on the romantic front to enrich your love life.

Lucky Number: 7

Lucky Colour: Golden

LEO (Jul 23-Aug 23)

You remain fit and energetic the whole day. The money that was stuck due to red tape is likely to be released soon. A good break is indicated for government employees. A misbehaved child needs to be disciplined. A trekking or strenuous outdoor activity is best avoided. Property matters may take up your time today. Good tips on the academic front may be of immense help.

Love Focus: You may get the opportunity to bare your soul to someone close.

Lucky Number: 3

Lucky Colour: White

VIRGO (Aug 24-Sep 23)

Chain smokers may take the first step in kicking the habit. Despite your apprehensions, a new deal will prove profitable. Your initiative and go are likely to make you the favourite of your seniors. An argument at home may keep you off the mood. Travelling together with friends will be fun. An issue about property or wealth needs to be taken up as a priority.

Love Focus: You will manage to take out time for a spot of romance with the one you love.

Lucky Number: 4

Lucky Colour: Silver

LIBRA (Sep 24-Oct 23)

Regular workouts will keep you fit. You are likely to boost your earnings as previous investments mature. A bonus or increment is on the cards for the salaried. A family elder may try to seek your attention by feigning ill health. A traffic challan or some other monetary penalty is foreseen for the wrongdoers. The day is auspicious for buying gold or jewellery. Those aspiring to pursue higher studies will get their chance.

Love Focus: Those trying to attract a mate are likely to take the next important step.

Lucky Number: 5

Lucky Colour: Green

SCORPIO (Oct 24-Nov 22)

Curb your envious nature to achieve total peace of mind. The financial crunch you are facing is likely to ease soon. Those eyeing a lucrative assignment will succeed in making it come their way. It will be important to give a sympathetic ear to a family member. Lack of sleep may keep students in a confused state.

Love Focus: Someone you are attracted to is likely to reciprocate in full measure.

Lucky Number: 1

Lucky Colour: Orange

Your health may get a boost by junking junk food. A profitable deal is likely to end your financial problems to a certain extent. An overly busy schedule will give you little time to be with family. Remain alert while visiting isolated places, and never do so alone. Selling a property or renting it out is indicated and will bring in a lot of money.

Love Focus: Young couples are likely to enjoy a blissful existence.

Lucky Number: 8

Lucky Colour: Golden

It is best to avoid excesses to maintain good health. You have lots of money, so go ahead and enjoy yourself in the lap of luxury. A task well accomplished will give you an immense sense of satisfaction. Socially, you can expect a hectic time in the company of friends and relatives. Planning an out-of-town journey is on the cards. Little effort on the academic front will get you in the forefront.

Love Focus: Love is likely to grow between newlyweds and young couples.

Lucky Number: 9

Lucky Colour: Purple

Don’t take any chances with your health today. Your present earnings will not fulfill all your desires. Your communication skills may take you places in your organisation. You may go in for a major alteration in your home or office. It’s not the best day for travelling long distances; avoid if you can. If you are a property owner, you get a chance to multiply your immovable assets.

Love Focus: An exciting person is likely to come into your life on the romantic front.

Lucky Number:18

Lucky Colour: Saffron

PISCES (Feb 20-Mar 20)

Mental tension can make sound sleep difficult for some. Don’t have any financial dealings with people you don’t know well enough. A good deal may be struck for exchanging something old. You will need to be realistic in meeting the demands of a family youngster. Those travelling should be careful not to accept food and drink from co-passengers. Distractions may make you pay heavily on the academic front.

Love Focus: Fine cuisine, soft music, and candlelight are certain to bring lovers closer.

Lucky Number: 6

Lucky Colour: Maroon

AbbVie to acquire a J&J-backed brain drugmaker for $1.4B

AbbVie has agreed to acquire a young company with drugmaking technology from Johnson & Johnson and an experimental treatment for Alzheimer’s disease that’s in the first stage of human testing.

The deal, announced Monday, is expected to close by the end of the year, and has AbbVie buying all the outstanding shares of Aliada Therapeutics for $1.4 billion in cash. A private company, Aliada formed in 2021 with seed funding from J&J’s venture arm and the investment firm RA Capital Management.

Aliada has a license to a technology J&J scientists created to get drugs across a kind of biological shield that protects the central nervous system. This “blood-brain barrier” is extremely selective about what molecules are allowed to pass through it, and has long been a major obstacle for brain drug developers. Over the past couple years, large companies like Roche, Biogen and Eisai have licensed tools or medicines meant to overcome this obstacle.

AbbVie has marked neuroscience as a “key growth area,” and said in a statement that Aliada’s platform will “enhance discovery and development efforts” there. The technology functions somewhat like a Trojan horse, taking potential medicines that would normally be shut out from the nervous system and attaching them to “delivery molecules.” The carriers are designed to then bind to proteins that can ferry the cargo across the blood-brain barrier.

Roopal Thakkar, AbbVie’s chief scientific officer, said that approach will strengthen the company’s research and development capabilities and should help in bringing forward “next-generation therapies for neurological disorders and other diseases where enhanced delivery of therapeutics into the CNS is beneficial.”

Net revenue from AbbVie’s line of neuroscience products, which includes Botox, the antipsychotic Vraylar and the migraine medication Ubrelvy, totaled $4.1 billion during the first six months of this year, a more than 15% increase from the same period in 2023.

The Aliada deal also hands AbbVie a clinical-stage Alzheimer’s drug that’s currently in a small study of healthy volunteers. A prevailing theory in Alzheimer’s research is the disease is caused, at least in part, by a toxic buildup of misfolded proteins. Aliada’s drug, known as ALIA-1758, is an antibody targeting a specific form of these “amyloid beta” proteins that are very stable and more prone to clumping together.

To Paul Matteis, an analyst at the investment firm Stifel, the deal is “interesting for a number of reasons,” one of which is that it “seemingly offers a vote of confidence in amyloid, just as sentiment in the space is reaching an all-time low.” He was specifically referring to Wall Street investors, who seem to have soured on anti-amyloid therapies after drugs like Aduhelm and Leqembi failed to meet lofty sales expectations.

Another intriguing aspect of the deal, according to Matteis, is it “arguably creates another formidable competitor” to Denali Therapeutics, which has a technology similar to Aliada’s. AbbVie’s acquisition reinforces “the value of brain delivery, broadly speaking,” the analyst wrote in a note to clients.

Aliada adds to a recent series of acquisitions from AbbVie. In the first half of this year, the company announced it would be buying two immune system specialists, Celsius Therapeutics and Landos Biopharma, for just under $400 million combined. And late last year, it spent $10 billion on cancer drugmaker Immunogen and another $8.7 billion on Cerevel Therapeutics, which is working on an experimental medication similar to Bristol Myers Squibb’s Cobenfy.

While large pharmaceutical companies have shown interest in neuroscience, this area of research has seen just three bigger-ticket acquisitions so far this year — a significant dip compared to 2023, according to data compiled by BioPharma Dive.

Editor’s note: This story has been updated to include analyst commentary.

Love the Opportunity | Jim Rohn


Somebody said you have to love what you do, but that’s not necessarily true.

What is true is that you have to love the opportunity.

The opportunity to build a life, future, health, success and fortune.

Knocking on someone’s door may not be something you love to do, but you love the opportunity of what might be behind that door.

For example, a guy says, “I’m digging ditches. Should I love digging ditches?”

The answer is, “No, you don’t have to love digging ditches, but if it is your first entry onto the ladder of success, you say, ‘I’m glad somebody gave me the opportunity to dig ditches and I’m going to do it so well, I won’t be here long.'”

You can be inspired by having found something even though you are making mistakes in the beginning and even though it is a little distasteful to take on a new discipline that you haven’t learned before.

You don’t have to love it, you just have to learn to appreciate America, appreciate opportunity and appreciate the person who brought you the good news; that found you.

Appreciate the person who believed in you before you believed in yourself, appreciate the person who said, “Hey, if I can do it, you can do it.”

If you will embrace the disciplines associated with the new opportunity you will soon find that your self-confidence starts to grow, that you go from being a skeptic to being a believer.

Carlos Sainz’s F1 Mexico GP win pushes Ferrari closer to a ‘perfect goodbye’

Stay informed on all the biggest stories in Formula One. Sign up here to receive the Prime Tire newsletter in your inbox every Monday and Friday.


MEXICO CITY — Carlos Sainz climbed on top of his vibrant red Ferrari, spreading his arms wide before raising his fists in the air.

The emotions were evident. The Spaniard started the Mexico City Grand Prix from pole, and though he lost the lead to Max Verstappen, Sainz regained first and put together one of the strongest drives of his Formula One career. His race engineer, Ricciardo Adami, called Sunday’s performance “a master class” over the radio at the end of the race.

Sainz is the first driver to win the Mexico City GP from pole in eight years and the first Ferrari driver to win the race since 1990 when Alain Prost accomplished the feat. This season is the first time Sainz has won multiple grands prix — the first in Australia 16 days after surgery and now here in Mexico.

Ferrari wasn’t good enough to be in the constructors’ title fight before summer break, but its recent upgrades have helped push the Maranello-based team to second in the standings with four races to go. It’s fair to say that Ferrari could be in the mix again in 2025 if things stay the course.

But it’ll be without Sainz.

“Honestly, I really wanted this one — I needed it for myself, I wanted to get it done,” Sainz said. “I’ve been saying for a while I wanted one more win before leaving Ferrari, and to do it here in front of this mega crowd is incredible.

“Now four races left, I want to enjoy as much as possible, and if another one comes, I will go for it.”

GO DEEPER

Mexico GP: Submit your questions for our F1 mailbag

How the victory unfolded

Sainz had to work for his second victory of the season.

Verstappen took the lead after the grid barreled towards Turn 1, though that wasn’t surprising. Autódromo Hermanos Rodríguez is a low-grip track, and as the Ferrari driver noted, Red Bull tends to start well at these circuits. Verstappen stayed on the inside of Sainz heading into Turn 1, and though Sainz said he braked as late as he could, Verstappen did the same. This left Sainz with “no space to go into Turn 2.” Verstappen emerged with the early race lead.

Because of the early collision between Alex Albon and Yuki Tsunoda, the grid settled behind the safety car for several laps. Verstappen nailed the restart, but Sainz stayed in his rearview mirrors, never letting the Red Bull stray too far out of sight. He made his move on Lap 9.

“With Max, you need to be determined. You need to be decisive,” Sainz said. “If you’re not, you’re never going to pass him. And in that case, I think I caught him a bit by surprise, and I could make it stick.”

With some help from DRS and a tow, Sainz lunged past the Dutchman to re-secure a lead the Spaniard never relinquished. The Ferrari driver initially appeared too far back to make the move, but in the final 100 meters, Sainz said, “I felt like I had a good momentum, and I’ve been feeling very confident braking into Turn 1 this weekend. The car has been giving me confidence to brake late there, and I just went for it, and it happened. Also, this mentality of knowing I had a bit less to lose in that battle and that I could be aggressive and send one.”

He described it as a “high tension” moment because a chaotic battle unfolded between Verstappen and Lando Norris behind him. It resulted in the Red Bull driver receiving two 10-second time penalties, which he served on the first pit stop.

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

Max Verstappen’s Mexico GP penalties hurt. It won’t change how he races Lando Norris

Once Sainz regained the lead, roughly 60 or so laps remained. Plenty of action unfolded throughout the race, like Liam Lawson battling Sergio Pérez or Norris hunting Charles Leclerc in those final laps. Ahead of all of them, it appeared to be a rather problem-free race for Sainz aside from the report of a misfire. He said that was an “isolated incident.”

“The only misfire I had all race was at the exit of Turn 3. Landing after the curb, I did a little short shift and it gave me a misfire, which was a bit scary, but we’ve had them during the weekend and we know it’s due to the altitude and the mapping,” Sainz said. “But once I was in the lead, I was trusting my pace, my management, and I knew this weekend I’ve been very quick, and I knew I just had to do whatever I had planned, and the win was possible.”


Sainz retook the lead from Verstappen with a daring lunge into Turn 1. (Mark Thompson / Getty Images)

At around lap 49, Sainz also raised over the radio that he felt Ferrari was pushing too hard. It was a Prancing Horse 1-2 at the time, and Leclerc wasn’t far behind. The Monegasque driver, though, lost second in a battle with Norris. He lost the rear and nearly hit the barriers, saving it at the last moment.

It may not have been a Ferrari 1-2 in the end; however, the first and third-place finishes, plus Leclerc securing the fastest lap, was enough to launch the team ahead of Red Bull in the standings — a 25-point lead to be specific.

‘The perfect goodbye’

Sainz admitted he shed a tear as the Spanish national anthem played in celebration at Autódromo Hermanos Rodríguez.

Just below the podium stood his parents, Carlos Sainz Sr. and Reyes Vázquez de Castro, and his partner, Rebecca Donaldson. His best friends also attended the race weekend, and all those present made this moment that much sweeter.

“It’s one of the best moments in my career. My mom had never been present on a race win with me, and the fact that she was coming here this weekend, I wanted really to win a race in front of her,” Sainz said. “On top of that, the way the whole weekend panned out, it was just perfect.

“Losing at the start and then having to fight back with Max just made everything a bit more tricky. Probably makes it taste even better because I had to work hard for it.”


Sainz celebrated with his father, family and friends after the race. (Jared C. Tilton / Getty Images)

It has been a long year, not just for Ferrari but also for Sainz. News broke in February that Lewis Hamilton would join the team in 2025, leaving the 30-year-old without a seat despite being competitive among the top teams. It wasn’t until late July that the announcement came that Sainz would head to Williams Racing next season, a team trying to rebuild.

Meanwhile, Ferrari started the season competitively before falling into a tricky development stretch that saw it drop behind McLaren and Mercedes by summer break. It brought upgrades in Monza, and Leclerc won, but time would tell if it was a proper step forward. That confirmation came in Austin when Ferrari went 1-2, with Leclerc winning his third grand prix of the season.

Leclerc said that the constructors’ championship is “realistically possible.” Ferrari is 29 points behind McLaren, which leads the standings with 566 points. But as Sainz noted, the team will need to be consistent. Winning the constructors’ championship for the first time since 2008 would be the perfect sendoff for Sainz.

“I think it could have been quite easy for me to lose a bit of motivation and to lose a bit of the drive to make it happen, but those three weeks of break (after Singapore) served me well,” Sainz said. “I managed to regain a bit of the determination and the drive that I needed for these last five, six races of the season. And I managed to put myself in a position with improving my driving, my confidence with the car, to put myself in a position to, first, win in Austin that I didn’t make it happen — Charles did a great job there — and put myself in a position to win here and this one I was just going to make sure it doesn’t slip from my hands.

“Not an easy year, but proud of the way that I’ve managed to keep myself in it and obviously trying to help the team now as much as I can to win these constructors because it would be the perfect goodbye for me.”

go-deeper

(Top photo: Jared C. Tilton / Getty Images)

Why I Only Consider Amazon’s Three-Star Ratings and You Should, Too

When browsing Amazon, it’s easy to jump straight to the five-star praise or the one-star warnings. But what if I told you you’re skipping over the most valuable insights in three-star reviews?




Why 5-Star Reviews Are Often Overly Positive

While it may seem natural to focus on five-star reviews first, it’s important to understand that they don’t necessarily depict a product in the most realistic light. These extreme reviews are often influenced by the user’s emotions and biased opinions—feelings like joy and excitement about a product.

For example, in a state of excitement, a user only writes about features that impressed them while ignoring its flaws, and most of these reviews are written shortly after receiving a product based on first impressions instead of providing a more neutral long-term experience. You must have come across several reviews like these on Amazon: “I just unboxed the product, and it looks great!”. Also, emotions are subjective and vary significantly from person to person. One person might give the product five stars, while another could give it one star, although the product is the same.


Additionally, individual experiences with specific types of products also differ. For instance, someone purchasing a mechanical keyboard for the first time might be amazed by its tactile feel and RGB lighting because they are experiencing these things for the first time and write an overly positive review filled with praise. In contrast, a person who has owned several mechanical keyboards may not find these features as impressive and expect more from the keyboard.

Biased reviews also arise from loyalty to a particular brand or company. This is commonly observed among Android and iPhone users. For instance, a long-time iPhone user might be biased in evaluating a new iPhone just because it’s from Apple.

One final problem with five-star reviews is that many are often fake, written solely to boost sales, with companies or manufacturers giving incentives to users in exchange for a positive review.


The Problem With 1-Star Reviews

When a product doesn’t live up to buyers’ expectations, they tend to be emotionally driven and write excessively negative reviews. Such reviews don’t mention any pros the product might have and depict the product in a more negative light than it deserves to be.

Often, these low-star reviews are outliers related to uncommon issues such as slow shipping or damaged packaging. Although these are real problems, they are less likely to occur and don’t directly relate to the product.

Also, we can’t ignore that a one-star review can be an attempt to tarnish a company or product’s image.


Why 3-Star Reviews Lead to Better Buying Decisions

To start, fewer people rate a product with two, three, or four stars compared to the more common five and one-star reviews. And since five-star ratings are often overly optimistic or fake, and one-star reviews frequently focus on issues unrelated to the product and don’t mention any pros, three-star reviews are the sweet spot for a balanced perspective.

Also, you will find three-star reviews are in-depth, highlighting both the pros and cons of the product, with phrases like “I’m taking a star off for XYZ reason,” that provide a more neutral and realistic evaluation of the product and explain what issues a user faced while using the product and things they liked about it. This comparison is what helps with making a better buying decision. You can read about the product’s downsides while also making sure it has the features you are looking for.


Finally, three-star reviews are the least likely to be fake. If someone wants to manipulate a product’s rating, five and one-star reviews are the most obvious choices, as they have the greatest impact on the overall score. For these reasons, it’s important not to be carried away by star ratings. A product always has good and bad sides, and a neutral review should mention both.

You can see this idea implemented on services such as YouTube and Netflix, where they have moved to a thumbs up and thumbs down button from star-based ratings, with YouTube going further and hiding the dislike count. With star ratings, people’s interpretations of what each star means to them vary, often leading to extreme ratings. With likes and dislikes, skewed ratings are reduced, and it’s outright straightforward. Either you like the product, or you don’t.

Trailer: An American Daoist Priest on Wudang Mountain

In 2020, American martial arts enthusiast Jake Pinnick embarked on a solo trek to Wudang Mountain in Central China’s Hubei Province. Over the course of the next 14 years an amazing transformation took place: the martial arts novice from the US metamorphosed into a fully-fledged 16th-generation inheritor of the Wudang Sanfeng Sect! In order to achieve this feat, he had to do more than simply master martial arts: his task was to do nothing less than discover the very essence of Wudang and imbibe the wisdom of Daoist culture. Finding inner peace and self-acceptance in Wudang, he eventually decided to settle at the foot of Wudang Mountain and start a family, all the while sharing Wudang martial arts and Daoist culture with the wider world.

Kelsea Ballerini on divorce, ‘Patterns’ and Taylor Swift

The way Kelsea Ballerini sees it, people expected her to do two things on her high-wire act of a new album: “One, to go pop,” she says. “And two, to go soft.”

The pop move has been anticipated since this 31-year-old country singer and songwriter emerged about a decade ago in the wake of Taylor Swift, a foundational influence whose early embrace of Ballerini as an heir apparent left many waiting for an inevitable “1989”-style crossover moment of her own.

Says Ballerini with a smile: “They can keep waiting.”

As for the assumption that she’d go “all lovey-dovey,” as the singer puts it? “It’s because they see me happy,” she says — one result of her relationship with the actor Chase Stokes, whom she began dating after the public divorce she chronicled in brutal detail on last year’s Grammy-nominated “Rolling Up the Welcome Mat” EP.

“But going pop and getting soft — I very intentionally did not want to do either of those things.”

What she pulls off instead on “Patterns,” which came out Friday, is a pair of difficult tricks: She writes about personal growth with a degree of emotional acuity most songwriters reserve for heartbreak and she makes room for sonic and structural innovations within an unabashedly commercial country-music framework.

Take “First Rodeo,” a sleek midtempo track with twangy guitars and blipping synths in which Ballerini extends a metaphor about getting back on the horse further than you’d think possible without breaking it. Or take “Sorry Mom,” an almost uncomfortably forthright note to her mother about the let’s-call-it-scenic route Ballerini took to becoming “a woman that you’re proud of.” (“Showing up again on Sunday morning / You just made the eggs and turned your head,” she sings, which — oof.)

Then there’s “Wait!”: three minutes of psychological drama in the mind of someone “with a nasty habit leaving before I get left.”

“That’s the last song I wrote for the album,” Ballerini says on a recent morning in a sunny West Hollywood hotel suite. Wrapped in a cozy gray cardigan, she’s sitting cross-legged on a sofa, shoes off, with an overstuffed pillow in her lap. “I felt like it was a missing part of the story, where I was the bad guy, you know? It’s easy to show the unraveling of a relationship. But then you’re like, ‘Oh, wait — part of this was my fault.’”

Ballerini has been in Los Angeles for a few months shooting “The Voice,” the long-running TV singing competition on which she’ll serve as a coach when the show’s next season premieres in February. She used to hate L.A., she says, but given the time she knew she’d be spending here, she resolved to try to make the city feel more like home by renting a place in Los Feliz, which reminds her of her Green Hills neighborhood back in Nashville; she filled the house with the same candles she burns at home and she cooks dinner as many nights as she can. She brought her dog Dibs too, only to discover after getting here that the 9-year-old pup has cancer.

“I just dropped him off for chemo on the way here,” she says, scrolling through the many photos of Dibs on her phone to find one to show off. “It’s gutting, but he’s in good spirits. If I was out here, and this was happening in Nashville, I’d feel so displaced.”

In addition to “The Voice,” Ballerini recently shot a guest-star spot on “Doctor Odyssey,” the new cruise-ship medical drama from producer Ryan Murphy. For years, acting was a “hard no,” she says. “I was terrified of failing and embarrassing myself. But the last couple years, I’ve done a lot of things that I was really scared of, and everything turned out all right.” What links the women Ballerini admires most — “Shania, obviously, Reba, Reese Witherspoon” — is that they’re all “multifaceted,” she says. “They’re women known for doing several things, and that inspires me.”

Even so, “Patterns” showcases the deepening of Ballerini’s core talents as both a singer and a songwriter. In “Two Things,” she finds the ragged edge of her honeyed voice to put across the exasperation involved in a love-hate relationship; in “We Broke Up,” she realizes that closure is available only to those who are ready for it: “I could take a deep dive in the details / I could hide, I could cry till I throw up / Take a stroll, camera roll, old emails / But it’s as simple as, ‘We broke up.’”

After years of screwed-tight Nashville songcraft, Ballerini achieved a more conversational aspect on “Rolling Up the Welcome Mat” that carries through to the new album. (Among her touchstones was SZA’s wonderfully digressive “SOS.”) “I used to think the only great songwriters were the cleverest ones — the Shane McAnallys,” she says, referring to the prolific country hitmaker she describes as “a god” at turning a phrase just so. “But I let that go during ‘Welcome Mat’ — I didn’t even care if things rhymed — and that gave me so much more of a canvas to work with.” Now, she says, a song’s success is less about its hookiness or wordplay than about “whether you go, ‘Oh my God, I literally texted that to my friend yesterday.’”

Kelsea Ballerini will serve as a coach on the next season of "The Voice."

Kelsea Ballerini will serve as a coach on the next season of “The Voice.”

(Jennifer McCord / For The Times)

In person, Ballerini is warm, chatty, slightly gossipy — a veteran star who has retained an essential down-to-earth quality but who also knows through experience how to create a sense of emotional intimacy with an interlocutor.

“Kelsea’s not a pop robot,” says Adam Levine of Maroon 5, the longtime “Voice” coach who’s working with Ballerini on the show’s upcoming season. “Talking to her, you feel like you’re girlfriends.”

Ballerini, who calls herself “a classic oversharer,” grew up in a religious family in Knoxville, Tenn., but moved to Nashville at 15 to pursue music; she signed a record deal a few years later and scored a No. 1 country-radio hit with her debut single, 2014’s earnest “Love Me Like You Mean It.” More chart-toppers followed — including “Dibs,” whose title provided her dog’s name, and “Peter Pan,” about the danger of falling for a charming man-child — as did a Grammy nomination for best new artist.

“I sounded so young,” she says now of her early work. “For the first five years of my career, I still had such a baby face.”

In 2017, when she was 24, Ballerini married Morgan Evans, an Australian country singer she’d met when the two co-hosted an awards show in Brisbane. Her career continued to grow after the wedding — she tried out new sounds with the Chainsmokers and Halsey and cut successful country duets with Shania Twain and Kenny Chesney — yet her relationship with Evans eventually withered.

On “Rolling Up the Welcome Mat,” which came out just a few months after the couple finalized their divorce in late 2022, Ballerini sings that they “had to get drunk to ever really talk”; in one song she recounts a breakfast by herself in Big Sur while her husband was on tour in Europe: “The pictures look pretty,” she sings, “at least they do on your Instagram.” (Evans offered his side of the story in his plaintive 2022 single “Over for You,” in which he sings, “It kills me to know you were drifting alone” and wonders, “Was it something I was missing, or is there someone else?”)

“I’m so f—ing proud of the songwriting on ‘Welcome Mat,’” Ballerini says of the EP, which came out amid a wave of divorce albums by female country stars, including Kacey Musgraves and Carly Pearce. “I feel like I proved to myself my credibility — not just to myself, but especially to myself.” Yet she also realizes that her candor — in her music as well as in a very dishy episode of the popular “Call Her Daddy” podcast — came “at the expense of a lot of things,” she says. Meaning? “I hurt some people.”

Ballerini describes herself as "a classic oversharer."

Ballerini describes herself as “a classic oversharer.”

(Jennifer McCord / For The Times)

With “Patterns,” Ballerini’s fifth studio LP, her ambition was to maintain “the level of honesty that I unlocked” last time while “editing myself a little bit in terms of what I share about my real life.” For help she assembled a team of experienced songwriters: Hillary Lindsey, Jessie Jo Dillon, Karen Fairchild (of Little Big Town) and Alysa Vanderheym, who produced “Welcome Mat” and went on to produce the new album.

“They’re all amazing writers, but they’re also my friends,” Ballerini says, “so it felt comfortable to go in and just throw paint at the wall and figure it out.” The crew held a retreat at a friend’s farm to start the creative process and came up with “Sorry Mom,” “Two Things” and “Baggage,” in which Ballerini admits, “I don’t abide by that 50-pound limit.”

The fact that the team was all women meant that “we could definitely say things we would never say in other writing rooms,” Vanderheym says. “There was wine involved, and there were some very late nights. We were just spilling our guts.” For Ballerini, the liberation was sufficient to drop an F-bomb in one tune — hardly a given in country music. “I remember she was like, ‘Am I gonna have a little E on my record?’” Vanderheym says, referring to the symbol used by streaming services to show that a song contains explicit lyrics. (Ballerini also credits a woman not present for the retreat: “I would not have put ‘f—’ on this record,” she says, “had Taylor Swift not put ‘f—’ on a record.”)

The singer and Vanderheym recorded much of “Patterns” in Vanderheym’s living room in part because the singer is no fan of a professional studio’s vocal booth. “It just feels like I’m walking into a cubicle with a Dell computer that I don’t know how to work,” she says with a laugh. “When I do vocals now, I’m crisscross applesauce on the floor with a mic in my hand.”

For the album’s lead single, “Cowboys Cry Too,” Ballerini enlisted Noah Kahan, the folk-rock singer-songwriter from Vermont, whom she met at the Grammys in February. “I totally fan-girled on him, and then he asked me about ‘Peter Pan,’” she recalls. “I was like, ‘How do you even know that song?’” In “Cowboys,” Ballerini addresses the effects of “toxic masculinity,” as she puts it, but she felt the song would be more powerful “if it’s me opening the door and then a man actually talking about it from his perspective. So I just shot my shot and texted it to Noah.” Kahan wrote a moving verse about a guy un-learning the stoicism he inherited from his dad.

Says Ballerini: “Noah is what the song talks about, which is a man who’s not afraid to be cracked wide open and gush out.”

According to Ballerini, “Cowboys Cry Too” is “one of the two most country-radio-friendly songs I’ve ever put out.” (The other one is “If You Go Down [I’m Goin’ Down Too],” a cut from 2022’s “Subject to Change” LP that Ballerini co-wrote with McAnally.) Yet four months after it was released, “Cowboys” is stuck down in the high 30s on Mediabase’s closely watched country chart.

The singer is philosophical about “Cowboys’” performance. “I’ve had seven No. 1s on country radio, and now I can’t get one anymore,” she says. “Things just change, right?” She adds that she may never win female vocalist of the year at the Country Music Assn. Awards — a prize she’s been nominated for seven times, including at next month’s CMAs ceremony. “That’s probably the truth,” she says.

“But I’m in this phase of my career where there’s abundance in different ways,” not least the TV gigs and the concert she has booked Tuesday night at New York’s Madison Square Garden, where she plans to perform “Patterns” from beginning to end. “I’ve had to rewire exactly what success looks like. I’m working really hard, and I’m showing up, and that matters to me,” she says. “Whatever this ends up looking like, I’m open to it.”

Volkswagen’s To Close at Least 3 German Plants, Announce Layoffs Amid Rising Competition From Chinese EV Companies: Employee Council Chief Daniela Cavallo

Berlin, October 28: Volkswagen has informed employee representatives that it wants to close at least three plants in Germany, the head of the company’s works council said Monday. Employee council chief Daniela Cavallo said at a meeting with Volkswagen workers at the company’s Wolfsburg headquarters that management also plans cuts at other sites, and pledged to resist the plans, German news agency dpa reported. She said that “all German VW plants are affected by these plans. None is safe.”

There was no immediate comment from the company itself.

Volkswagen said in early September that auto industry headwinds mean it can’t rule out plant closures in its home country, and must drop a job protection pledge in force since 1994 that would have barred layoffs through 2029. CEO Oliver Blume cited new competitors entering European markets, Germany’s deteriorating position as a manufacturing location and the need to “act decisively.” Volkswagen Layoffs: German Automaker VW To Slash Tens of Thousands of Jobs, Impose 10% Salary Cut As 3 Plants To Be Shut In Germany.

European automakers are facing increased competition from inexpensive Chinese electric cars. Volkswagen said last month that the company’s half-year results indicated it would not achieve its target of 10 billion euros (USD 10.8 billion) in cost savings by 2026.

Volkswagen has some 120,000 employees in Germany, where it has 10 plants — six of them in the northern state of Lower Saxony, including Wolfsburg.

The IG Metall industrial union sharply criticized VW’s reported closure plans. Hawaiian Airlines Layoffs: Commercial US Airline Plans To Lay Off Non-Contract Employees After Its USD 1.9 Billion Merger With Alaska Airlines.

“We expect that, instead of cutback fantasies, sustainable concepts for the future be sketched out by Volkswagen and its management at the negotiating table,” regional union leader Thorsten Groger said. Pay negotiations between Volkswagen and the union are due to resume on Wednesday.

(This is an unedited and auto-generated story from Syndicated News feed, LatestLY Staff may not have modified or edited the content body)

Winning strategies for service-based businesses

Amazon‘s exclusive beta launch for non-endemic businesses is a game-changing opportunity for service-based companies to tap into the ecommerce giant’s vast customer base. 

With access to Amazon’s extensive user data from Prime Video, Music, Audible and Alexa devices, businesses can target potential customers like never before. 

This article explores key takeaways from my agency’s inclusion in the non-endemic ad beta, providing a roadmap for service-based businesses to engage audiences and drive lead performance.

What are non-endemic ads on Amazon?

Non-endemic ads refer to advertisements from businesses that don’t sell physical products on Amazon but instead offer services or solutions outside of retail. 

Traditionally, Amazon has been known for its product-centric ads, which showcase goods like electronics, clothing and household items. 

However, with this new non-endemic ad beta, service-based companies can now advertise on Amazon to target its vast user base.

Targeting with Amazon’s user data

Amazon’s targeting capabilities are its strongest asset. By leveraging user interest and purchase data, you can reach potential customers in a highly targeted way. 

For instance, an internet service provider could target users browsing gaming equipment, catching them while they’re in a shopping mindset.

To further refine targeting, consider life events like moving, which can indicate timely needs for the service at hand.

Understanding your target customer’s Amazon shopping habits and life stages is crucial to effective ad targeting.

Competitive bid management and campaign structure

To thrive in Amazon’s non-endemic ad environment requires two things: smart bidding and well-structured campaigns.

While non-endemic ads don’t directly compete with product ads for conversions, they do vie for limited, valuable ad space. As Amazon’s primary goal is to sell products, endemic ads often take priority. 

For instance, an internet service provider targeting “gaming keyboards” might lose prime ad space to a product advertiser in the same interest group. 

Endemic ads dominate top search placements, pushing non-endemic ads to less visible areas like the homepage or bottom of search results.

To secure coveted ad space, it’s imperative to monitor your bid performance daily and adjust aggressively to keep pace with Amazon’s evolving averages.

Equally important is a well-structured campaign, the cornerstone of success on Amazon, as with Google Ads and Microsoft Ads. 

Segment each audience into its own campaign to enable precise budget management and identification of top-performing interest groups.

Avoid consolidating similar audiences into a single campaign, as this can dilute targeting and hinder performance. 

By defining a singular, high-intent audience per campaign, you increase your chances of winning ad space and reaching engaged users.

Get the newsletter search marketers rely on.


Tracking challenges and solutions

Initially, Amazon’s beta only tracked page visits, optimizing bids for this metric. This approach, common among Google and similar platforms, is counter-productive on Amazon.

Since Amazon users are primed for shopping, they’re more likely to convert on the platform than your website.

To accurately measure performance beyond page visits, implement UTM tracking and use Google Analytics or third-party tracking solutions, as Amazon doesn’t natively support conversion tracking.

While Amazon now offers in-platform lead forms – streamlining lead captures like Meta and LinkedIn – integrating these leads with your CRM requires tools like Zapier.

Optimizing ad creative

Compelling ad creative and messaging are vital for capturing attention and driving engagement. Always use high-resolution images to convey quality and instantly capture attention.

Craft clear, concise copy highlighting your unique value proposition from the customer’s perspective. Consider how your service fits into their daily lives. While Amazon only allows images without copy, you can upload your logo to build brand awareness.

Ad copy options are also limited. Initially, Amazon prohibited pricing in ad messaging, but they’ve since introduced a “terms apply” checkbox, allowing for promotional offers like “buy one get one free” or “free trial.” 

To optimize performance, regularly A/B test imagery and messaging across your campaigns. It’s also imperative to use different images that resonate most with each audience segment.

Industries that should use Amazon non-endemic ads

When determining if Amazon’s non-endemic ads are right for your business, you must consider your industry and sales cycle. 

Our beta testing revealed that industries with longer lead times tend to perform better. 

For example, universities and car dealerships saw significant success, with improvements in lead quality by 30% and 25% respectively compared to their other marketing channels. 

Their potential customers often research for weeks or months before making a decision.

On the other hand, emergency services like HVAC and plumbing, which require immediate action, may not be the best fit.

These industries have fast conversion times and rely heavily on phone calls over form submissions, making Amazon ads less effective – we saw fewer than 5% of leads coming from this channel.

Non-endemic ads for growth

Amazon’s non-endemic ad platform represents an exciting frontier for service-based businesses to reach and engage target customers.

By tapping into Amazon’s vast user base and powerful targeting features, advertisers can drive meaningful connections.

The strategies outlined in this article, from selecting suitable industries to mastering bid management and campaign structure, offer a roadmap for success. 

As you begin using non-endemic advertising, remember to stay agile, continually refine your approach and capitalize on Amazon’s evolving features to maximize lead performance and customer growth.

Contributing authors are invited to create content for Search Engine Land and are chosen for their expertise and contribution to the search community. Our contributors work under the oversight of the editorial staff and contributions are checked for quality and relevance to our readers. The opinions they express are their own.

Black Americans Still Suffer Worse Health. Here’s Why There’s So Little Progress.

KINGSTREE, S.C. — One morning in late April, a small brick health clinic along the Thurgood Marshall Highway bustled with patients.

There was Joshua McCray, 69, a public bus driver who, four years after catching covid-19, still is too weak to drive.

Louvenia McKinney, 77, arrived complaining about shortness of breath.

Ponzella McClary brought her 83-year-old mother-in-law, Lula, who has memory issues and had recently taken a fall.

Morris Brown, the family practice physician who owns the clinic, rotated through Black patients nearly every 20 minutes. Some struggled to walk. Others pulled oxygen tanks. And most carried three pill bottles or more for various chronic ailments.

But Brown called them “lucky,” with enough health insurance or money to see a doctor. The clinic serves patients along the infamous “Corridor of Shame,” a rural stretch of South Carolina with some of the worst health outcomes in the nation.

“There is a lot of hopelessness here,” Brown said. “I was trained to keep people healthy, but like 80% of the people don’t come see the doctor, because they can’t afford it. They’re just dying off.”

About 50 miles from the sandy beaches and golf courses along the coastline of this racially divided state, Morris’ independent practice serves the predominantly Black town of roughly 3,200 people. The area has stark health care provider shortages and high rates of chronic disease, such as diabetes, high blood pressure, and heart disease.

But South Carolina remains one of the few states where lawmakers refuse to expand Medicaid, despite research that shows it would provide medical insurance to hundreds of thousands of people and create thousands of health care jobs across the state.

The decision means there will be more preventable deaths in the 17 poverty-stricken counties along Interstate 95 that constitute the Corridor of Shame, Brown said.

“There is a disconnect between policymakers and real people,” he said. The African Americans who make up most of the town’s population “are not the people in power.”

The U.S. health care system, “by its very design, delivers different outcomes for different populations,” said a June report from the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine. Those racial and ethnic inequities “also contribute to millions of premature deaths, resulting in loss of years of life and economic productivity.”

Over a recent two-decade span, mounting research shows, the United States has made almost no progress in eliminating racial disparities in key health indicators, even as political and public health leaders vowed to do so.

And that’s not an accident, according to academic researchers, doctors, politicians, community leaders, and dozens of other people KFF Health News interviewed.

Federal, state, and local governments, they said, have put systems in place that maintain the status quo and leave the well-being of Black people at the mercy of powerful business and political interests.

Across the nation, authorities have permitted nearly 80% of all municipal solid waste incinerators — linked to lung cancer, high blood pressure, higher risk of miscarriages and stillbirths, and non-Hodgkin lymphoma — to be built in Black, Latinx, and low-income communities, according to a complaint filed with the federal government against the state of Florida.

Federal lawmakers slowed investing in public housing as people of color moved in, leaving homes with mold, vermin, and other health hazards.

And Louisiana and other states passed laws allowing the carrying of concealed firearms without a permit even though gun violence is now the No. 1 killer of kids and teens. Research shows Black youth ages 1 to 17 are 18 times as likely to suffer a gun homicide as their white counterparts.

“People are literally dying because of policy decisions in the South,” said Bakari Sellers, a Democratic former state representative in South Carolina.

KFF Health News undertook a yearlong examination of how government decisions undermine Black health — reviewing court and inspection records and government reports, and interviewing dozens of academic researchers, doctors, politicians, community leaders, grieving moms, and patients.

From the cradle to the grave, Black Americans suffer worse health outcomes than white people. They endure greater exposure to toxic industrial pollution, dangerously dilapidated housing, gun violence, and other social conditions linked to higher incidence of cancer, asthma, chronic stress, maternal and infant mortality, and myriad other health problems. They die at younger ages, and covid shortened lives even more.

Disparities in American health care mean Black people have less access to quality medical care, researchers say. They are less likely to have health insurance and, when they seek medical attention, they report widespread incidents of discrimination by health care providers, a KFF survey shows. Even tools meant to help detect health problems may systematically fail people of color.

All signs point to systems rooted in the nation’s painful racist history, which even today affects all facets of American life.

“So much of what we see is the long tail of slavery and Jim Crow,” said Andrea Ducas, vice president of health policy at the Center for American Progress, a nonprofit think tank.

Put simply, said Jameta Nicole Barlow, a community health psychologist and professor at George Washington University, government actions send a clear message to Black people: “Who are you to ask for health care?”

Past and Present

The end of slavery gave way to laws that denied Black people in the U.S. basic rights, enforced racial segregation, and subjected them to horrific violence.

“I can take facts from 100 years ago about segregation and lynchings for a county and I can predict the poverty rate and life expectancy with extraordinary precision,” said Luke Shaefer, a professor of social justice and public policy at the University of Michigan.

Starting in the 1930s, the federal government sorted neighborhoods in 239 cities and deemed redlined areas — typically home to Black people, Jews, immigrants, and poor white people — unfit for mortgage lending. That process concentrated Black people in neighborhoods prone to discrimination.

Local governments steered power plants, oil refineries, and other industrial facilities to Black neighborhoods, even as research linked them to increased risks of cardiovascular and respiratory diseases, cancer, and preterm births.

The federal government did not even begin to track racial disparities in health care until the 1980s, and at that time disparities in heart disease, infant mortality, cancer, and other major categories accounted for about 60,000 excess deaths among Black people each year. Elevated rates of six diseases, including cancer, addiction, and diabetes, accounted for more than 80% of the excess mortality for Black and other minority populations, according to “The Heckler Report,” released in 1985. During the past two decades there have been 1.63 million excess deaths among Black Americans relative to white Americans. That represents a loss of more than 80 million years of life, according to a 2023 JAMA study.

Recent efforts to address health disparities have run headlong into racist policies still entrenched in health systems. The design of the U.S. health care system and structural barriers have led to persistent health inequities that cost more than a million lives and billions of dollars, according to the national academies report.

“When covid was first hitting, it was just sort of immediately clear who was going to suffer the most,” Ducas said, “not just because of differential access to care, but who was in a living environment that’s multigenerational or crowded, who is more likely to be in a job where they are an essential worker, who is going to be more reliant on public transportation.”

For example, in spring 2020, the North Carolina health department, led by current Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Director Mandy Cohen, failed to get covid testing to vulnerable Black communities where people were getting sick and dying from covid-related causes at far higher rates than white people.

And Black Americans were far more likely to hold jobs — in areas such as transportation, health care, law enforcement, and food preparation — that the government deemed essential to the economy and functioning of society, making them more susceptible to covid, according to research.

Until McCray, the bus driver in Kingstree, South Carolina, got covid in his mid-60s, he was strong enough to hold two jobs. He ended up on a feeding tube and a ventilator after he contracted covid in 2020 while taking other essential workers from this predominantly Black area to jobs in a whiter, wealthier tourist town.

Now he cannot work and at times has difficulty walking.

“I can tell you the truth now: It was only the good Lord that saved him,” said Brown, the rural physician who treated McCray and many patients like him.

Federal and state governments have spent billions of dollars to implement the Affordable Care Act, the Children’s Health Insurance Program, and other measures to increase access to health care. Yet, experts said, many of the problems identified in “The Heckler Report” persist.

When Lakeisha Preston in Mississippi was diagnosed with walking pneumonia in 2019, she ended up with a $4,500 medical bill she couldn’t pay. Preston works at Maximus, which has a $6.6 billion contract with the federal government to help people sign up for Medicare and Affordable Care Act health plans.

She is convinced that being a Black woman made her challenges more likely.

“Think about how many centuries the same thing has been happening,” said Preston, noting how her mother worked two jobs her entire life without a vacation and suffered from health conditions including diabetes, cataracts, and carpal tunnel syndrome. Today Preston can’t afford to put her 8-year-old son on her health plan, so he’s covered by Medicaid.

“We consistently offer healthcare plans that are on par, if not better, than those available to most Americans through state and federal exchanges,” said Eileen Cassidy Rivera, a Maximus spokesperson.

In email exchanges with the Biden administration, spokespeople insisted that it is making progress in closing the racial health gap. They said officials have taken steps to address food insecurity, housing instability, pollution, and other social determinants of health that help fuel disparities.

President Joe Biden issued an executive order on his first full day in office in 2021 that said “the COVID-19 pandemic has exposed and exacerbated severe and pervasive health and social inequities in America.” Later that year, the White House issued another executive order focused on improving racial equity and acknowledged that long-standing racial disparities in health care and other areas have been “at times facilitated by the federal government.”

“The Biden-Harris Administration is laser focused on addressing the health needs of Black Americans by dismantling persistent structural inequities,” said Renata Miller, a spokesperson for the administration.

The CDC, along with some state and local governments, declared racism a serious public health threat.

U.S. Rep. Alma Adams, a North Carolina Democrat, pushed for “Momnibus” legislation to reduce maternal mortality. Yet federal lawmakers left money for Black maternal health out of the historic Inflation Reduction Act in 2022.

“I come to this space as an elected official, knowing what it is like to be poor, knowing what it is like to not have insurance and having to get up at 3, 4 in the morning with my mom to take my sister to the emergency room,” Adams said.

In the 1960s in North Carolina, Adams and her family would take her sister Linda, who had sickle cell anemia, to the emergency room because they had no doctor and could not afford health insurance. Linda died at the age of 26 in 1971.

“You have to have some sensitivity for this work,” Adams said. “And a lot of folks that I’ve worked with don’t have it.”

Governor’s Veto

The website for Kingstree depicts idyllic images of small-town life, with white people sitting on a porch swing, kayaking on a river, eating ice cream, and strolling with their dogs. Two children wearing masks and a food vendor are the only Black people in the video, even though Black people make up 70% of the town’s population.

But life in Kingstree and surrounding communities is marked by poverty, a lack of access to health care, and other socioeconomic disadvantages that have given South Carolina poor rankings in key health indicators such as rates of death and obesity among children and teens.

Some 23% of residents in Williamsburg County, which contains Kingstree, live below the poverty line, about twice the national average, according to federal data.

There is one primary care physician for every 5,080 residents in Williamsburg County. That’s far less than in more urbanized and wealthier counties in the state such as Richland, Greenville, and Beaufort.

Edward Simmer, the state’s interim public health director, said that if “you are African American in a rural zone, it is like having two strikes against you.”

Asked if South Carolina should expand Medicaid, Simmer said the challenges South Carolina and other states confront are worsened by health care provider shortages and structural inequities too large and complicated for Medicaid expansion alone to solve.

“It is not a panacea,” he said.

But for Brown and others, the reason South Carolina remains one of the few states that have not expanded Medicaid — one step that could help narrow disparities with little cost to the state — is clear.

“Every year we look at the data, we see the health disparities and we don’t have a plan to improve,” Brown said. “It has become institutionalized. I call it institutional racism.”

A July report from George Washington University found that Medicaid expansion would provide insurance to 360,000 people and add 18,000 jobs in the health care sector in South Carolina.

“Racism is the reason we don’t have Medicaid expansion. Full stop,” said Janice Probst, a former director of the Rural and Minority Health Research Center in South Carolina. “These are not accidents. There is an idea that you can stay in power by using racism.”

South Carolina’s Republican governor, Henry McMaster, in July vetoed legislation that would have created a committee to consider Medicaid expansion, saying he did not believe it would be “fiscally responsible.”

Expanding Medicaid in the state could result in $4 billion in additional economic output from an influx of federal funds in 2026, according to the July report.

Beyond health care coverage and provider shortages, Black people “have never been given the conditions needed to thrive,” said Barlow, the George Washington University professor. “And this is because of white supremacy.”

Video Game Preservation Efforts Just Got Some Bad News From US Copyright Office

Three years ago, the Software Preservation Network and the Video Game History Foundation put forth a petition to the US Copyright Office to allow libraries to share the out-of-print video games in their possession with researchers remotely. However, that request has now been denied, and it means this battle to keep out-of-print games alive has come to an end.

The copyright office sided with the Entertainment Software Association and other video game lobbyists’ argument that letting libraries share digital access to their titles would lead to “a significant risk that preserved video games would be used for recreational purposes.” Essentially, the argument is that researchers enjoying the remote games would constitute copyright infringement.

The Video Game History Foundation released a statement decrying this decision while pointing out that it helped prove that “around 87 percent of video games released in the United States before 2010 remain out of print.” Video Game History Foundation founder and director Frank Cifaldi also shared his own statement, saying, “I’m proud of the work we and the orgs we partnered with did to try and change copyright law. We really gave it our all, I can’t see what else we could have done. This fails the needs of citizens in favor of a weak sauce argument from the industry, and it’s really disappointing.”

The copyright office’s decision also stated that giving libraries the asked for exemption would potentially harm video game companies’ attempts to repackage and sell their older legacy titles to modern consumers. But as noted by the VGHF, even companies like Nintendo have let many older titles fall out of print or remain unavailable to consumers as downloadable titles.

It’s unclear if video game preservationists can take any steps to challenge this decision. Meanwhile, the ESA already announced earlier this year that it opposes any compromise about sharing out-of-print games remotely among researchers.

Skeletal muscle health amid growing use of weight loss medications

A recent commentary published in The Lancet journal highlights the critical importance of skeletal muscle mass in the context of medically induced weight loss, particularly with the widespread use of GLP-1 receptor agonists. These medications, celebrated for their effectiveness in treating obesity, have raised concerns regarding the potential for substantial muscle loss as part of the weight loss process.

Dr. Steven Heymsfield, professor of metabolism and body composition, and Dr. M. Cristina Gonzalez, adjunct and visiting professor in metabolism-body composition, both of Pennington Biomedical Research Center, joined colleagues Dr. Carla Prado of the University of Alberta, and Dr. Stuart Phillips of McMaster University on authoring The Lancet commentary, titled “Muscle Matters: The Effects of Medically Induced Weight Loss on Skeletal Muscle.”

The authors emphasize that muscle loss, as measured by decreases in fat-free mass, can account for 25 to 39 percent of total weight lost over a period of 36 to 72 weeks. This rate of muscle decline is significantly higher than what is typically observed with non-pharmacological caloric restriction or normal aging and could lead to unintended negative health consequences.

Despite the promising metabolic benefits associated with GLP-1 receptor agonists, including improvements in fat-to-fat-free tissue ratios, the potential adverse effects of muscle loss are gaining attention. Skeletal muscle plays critical roles not only in physical strength and function but also in metabolic health and immune system regulation.

A decline in muscle mass has been linked to decreased immunity, increased risk of infections, poor glucose regulation, and other health risks. The authors suggest that muscle loss due to weight reduction may exacerbate conditions like sarcopenic obesity, which is prevalent among individuals with obesity and contributes to poorer health outcomes, including cardiovascular disease and higher mortality rates.

While the short-term effects of muscle loss on physical strength and function remain unclear, the commentary calls for future research to explore how reductions in muscle mass might improve muscle composition and quality. The authors stress the need for a multimodal approach to weight loss treatment, combining GLP-1 receptor agonists with exercise and nutritional interventions to preserve muscle mass.

“We have to be mindful of the side effects that we are seeing with the new weight loss medications, such as a person eating less while on the medications and not getting the appropriate amount of dietary vitamins and minerals,” Dr. Heymsfield said. “Also, when a person loses weight, they are not only losing fat, they also lose muscle. We are looking at how that muscle loss can be better managed with consumption of an adequate amount of protein along with an optimum amount of exercise.”

This evolving conversation underscores the importance of ensuring that weight loss interventions promote overall health, including muscle preservation, as part of a comprehensive strategy for treating obesity.

Think you’re safe indoors? Common household items that make poor AQI even worse | Health

Oct 28, 2024 07:00 PM IST

Want to minimise indoor air pollution and lead a healthy life? Check out this list of household items that are known to worsen the air quality

Currently, the poor air quality in Indian cities is a matter of concern as it can aggravate a wide range of health problems and one can experience respiratory issues, eye infections, allergies or skin problems due to the poor air quality. Moreover, just like the environment outside, one should be alert when it comes to indoor pollution as unfortunately, indoor pollution is on the rise across India.

Think you’re safe indoors? Common household items that make poor AQI even worse (Photo by HealthWorks Collective)

Why is it important to address indoor air pollution?

In an interview with HT Lifestyle, Dr Sanggita Checker, Consultant Chest Physician at Wockhardt Hospitals in Mumbai’s Mira Road, shared, “Indoor air pollution is often an unseen threat that can significantly impact one’s health and well-being. Many individuals spend their time indoors, making it crucial to recognise that the air we breathe inside can be more contaminated than outdoor air.”

Research shows that indoor air pollution, which is generated from kitchen fumes and household dust, can be two to three times deadlier than outdoor pollution(Representational Image)
Research shows that indoor air pollution, which is generated from kitchen fumes and household dust, can be two to three times deadlier than outdoor pollution(Representational Image)

She added, “Volatile organic compounds (VOCs), particulate matter (PM) and microbial contaminants can be present in homes and workplaces, leading to a range of health issues from respiratory disorders to cognitive decline. By investing in ventilation systems or utilizing houseplants known for purifying the air, it is possible to create environments conducive to thriving rather than merely surviving.”

The list of household items that can make poor AQI even worse

According to Dr Sanggita Checker, following common household items can make poor AQI even worse –

  • Cleaning products: Common household items can significantly exacerbate poor air quality indexes (AQI). For instance, people use cleaning products to keep their homes dirt-free and dust-free. However, you will be shocked to know that these products contain volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that release harmful chemicals into the air long after the initial scrub. Items like air fresheners and scented candles may mask unpleasant odors, but they also contribute to indoor pollution, affecting respiratory health and overall well-being.
Researchers found 45 potentially toxic chemicals that are used in many consumer and household products such as vinyl flooring, personal care and cleaning products, building materials and home furnishings.(Shutterstock)
Researchers found 45 potentially toxic chemicals that are used in many consumer and household products such as vinyl flooring, personal care and cleaning products, building materials and home furnishings.(Shutterstock)
  • Carpets and furniture can harbor toxins. Materials treated with flame retardants or formaldehyde can lead to poor indoor air quality.
  • Using gas stoves without proper ventilation can release nitrogen dioxide and other pollutants.
  • Incense sticks: Did you know? Burning incense sticks is also linked to indoor air pollution.

With a little awareness and proactive adjustments, you can transform your home into a healthier sanctuary instead of a hidden source of pollution. Hence, one has to regulate the use of these products and curb indoor air pollution when the AQI is worst outside.

Catch every big hit,…

See more

Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.

Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.

Don’t let your samples slip: Why every clinical trial needs biospecimen management

Managing biospecimens is a critical, yet often overlooked, part of ensuring a clinical trial’s success. Biospecimen managers are a resource that provides full lifecycle biospecimen oversight, from collection to sample disposition or long-term storage of those specimens for future exploratory needs. But how exactly does a biospecimen manager help assure the integrity and efficiency of clinical trials?

The Role of a Biospecimen Manager

Biospecimen managers act as the central point of contact to liaise between the clinical team, third-party labs, sponsor organization, and external stakeholders of a clinical trial. They are responsible for maintaining the integrity of every sample throughout its lifecycle by:

  • Overseeing sample tracking and logistics to prevent errors
  • Establishing tracking reports and dashboards to manage timelines
  • Performing sample flow gap analysis and study document review
  • Managing sample and data discrepancy resolution and data reconciliation

This proactive approach ensures that any issues that arise – like incorrect testing or late sample receipt – are quickly addressed before they snowball into larger, more costly problems.

As part of our Functional Service Provider Solutions, LabConnect offers expert biospecimen management for both preclinical and clinical studies, specializing in sample logistics and resolving discrepancies between samples and data. By customizing solutions to each clinical trial’s specific needs, LabConnect ensures sample integrity with a focus on communications, and utilizing client-based or commercial laboratory information management systems (LIMS), or manual tracking as needed.

Biospecimen Management in Action: Real-Life Impact

A recent case with a large LabConnect client highlights just how essential biospecimen managers are when it comes to mitigating risks. The client faced a significant challenge when regulatory agencies introduced an additional bioanalytical testing endpoint requirement mid-study. Without proper oversight, this could have derailed the entire study, leading to critical delays in data analysis and regulatory filing. However, the LabConnect biospecimen manager identified a critical issue, escalated it, and coordinated a plan to ensure the new endpoint was met by leveraging available biospecimen collections, without affecting the timeline.

Without that swift intervention, the client could have faced months of delays, potentially compromising the drug approval process and costing millions in additional clinical trial expenses.

So, What Happens When You Don’t Have a Dedicated Biospecimen Manager?

Without a dedicated biospecimen manager, the risks to a clinical trial increase significantly. It becomes a situation where everyone feels like the other person might be doing some of these activities, and that’s where things start to fall through the cracks. Data discrepancies, missed testing, or delayed sample shipments can significantly delay a study’s progress and compromise data integrity.

Taking the same example as above, if there was not a dedicated biospecimen manager and the issue had gone unnoticed, the study would have hit its milestone deadline missing an entire subset of data. This oversight may not have been discovered until after the database was locked, forcing the team into a reactive mode rather than a proactive mode. By then, many of the samples could have exceeded their stability limit, rendering them unusable for the additional endpoint analysis.

In an industry where being first to market is key, such a delay could push a company behind its competitors, potentially leading to millions in additional costs and the need for another expensive clinical trial.

Unlocking Efficiency and Expertise

One of the unique benefits of working with LabConnect is the access to a collaborative team of biospecimen project managers. Although each study is assigned a specific manager, that individual is supported by a network of other experienced professionals across multiple clients. LabConnect’s team regularly shares best practices, lessons learned, and technical solutions across projects, ensuring that each client benefits from the collective expertise of the entire team.

This collaborative approach is particularly valuable for small biotechs and other resource-limited organizations, helping them scale efficiently without sacrificing quality. Having a dedicated biospecimen manager on your team is no longer a luxury – it’s a necessity. At LabConnect, our biospecimen management services provide the expertise, oversight, and efficiency that today’s clinical trials demand.

To learn more about our biospecimen management offering and other Functional Service Provider Solutions, visit us here.

Stay connected with insights from our experts. Follow LabConnect on LinkedIn for the latest, including excerpts from our blog, project examples and case studies, and current job opportunities with our world-class team.

What to Buy and Where to Look

Key takeaways

Detached homes in established suburbs are expected to perform well due to demand from families and professionals moving from southern states. Key factors include proximity to schools, parks, shopping centers, and transport. Properties with renovation potential or extra land are particularly valuable for capital growth.

Townhouses are becoming more popular, offering more space than apartments at a lower entry price than houses. These are particularly attractive to young families, professionals, and downsizers.

While avoiding large high-rise complexes, smaller boutique apartment buildings in well-located suburbs are expected to perform well, particularly those with features like balconies, secure parking, and access to lifestyle amenities.

Properties with renovation potential or subdivision possibilities offer opportunities for manufactured growth and rental yield increases.

Areas benefiting from infrastructure projects often experience increased demand, which can lead to higher property values and rental yields.


Brisbane’s property market is gearing up for an exciting year ahead, and savvy investors have plenty of opportunities to tap into its potential.

With infrastructure projects ramping up, interstate migration fuelling demand and lifestyle trends shifting, it’s crucial to pinpoint the types of residential properties and suburbs poised for growth.

Here’s a detailed look at the best-performing investment properties in Brisbane for 2025 and the suburbs you should target.

Brisbane

Best performing property types

1. Houses in Lifestyle and Growth Suburbs

Detached homes in established suburbs with lifestyle appeal continue to be the top performers in Brisbane.

With a growing influx of families and professionals moving from southern states in search of more space, affordability, and a better lifestyle, houses in Brisbane’s established suburbs will maintain strong demand.

These properties offer capital growth potential and stable rental yields.

I would recommend investors buy a 3 or 4-bedroom home with land, proximity to schools, parks, shopping centres, and transport links.

Properties with renovation potential or extra land for future development can be particularly valuable and Will allow the investor to “manufacture” capital growth and rental growth.

2. Townhouses in Inner and Middle-Ring Suburbs

The shift towards medium-density living is a continuing trend in Brisbane as more people seek affordable alternatives to traditional houses without compromising on space and location.

Townhouses offer a great balance, providing more room than apartments but at a lower entry price than standalone houses.

This segment is gaining popularity among young families, professionals, and downsizers.

3 bedroom townhouses in low-density, modern developments with easy access to transport, retail hubs, and lifestyle amenities make great long-term investments.

Properties with outdoor spaces or private courtyards are highly sought after as both tenants and owner occupiers are prepared to trade backyards for courtyards.

3. Apartments in Boutique Complexes

While I would avoid high-rise apartments in large complexes, boutique “family-friendly” apartments (typically in complexes of 4 – 20 units) in well-located suburbs are expected to perform well in the next few years.

They cater to renters and owner-occupiers who want the convenience of apartment living without the congestion of larger complexes.

Investors who can’t afford a house or townhouse should consider 2 bedroom apartments with spacious layouts, quality finishes, and amenities such as balconies, secure parking, and access to nearby lifestyle facilities like cafes, restaurants, and public transport.

Suburbs to target

1. Houses

Brisbane’s Inner-City Suburbs like Paddington, Ashgrove, and Red Hill are likely to perform strongly.

These suburbs offer a blend of heritage charm, access to the CBD, and a strong café culture.

The scarcity of land, coupled with ongoing demand from professionals and families, makes them ideal for capital growth.

Also, western suburbs in Brisbane like Indooroopilly, Chapel Hill and Kenmore should outperform.

Known for their excellent schools, green spaces, and family-friendly lifestyle, these suburbs have experienced consistent demand and offer strong rental yields and capital growth potential.

The Brisbane suburbs of Stafford, Kedron, Wavell Heights, Cannon Hill, Camp Hill and Mansfield enjoy infrastructure improvements, proximity to major employment hubs, and good schools and with gentrification in full swing, these suburbs are gaining popularity among families and young professionals.

15 Tips And 75 Examples

Not confident about texting a girl for the first time? That’s understandable, as the first impression matters. Making a good first impression through text requires the right balance of confidence, charm, and respect. Whether you’re trying to spark interest or break the ice, knowing what to say and how to say it matters. In this article, we have covered 15 essential tips on how to text a girl for the first time, along with 75 examples of things to text a girl.

15 Tips On How To Text A Girl For The First Time—With Examples

Texting a girl for the first time can feel intimidating. You want to make the right impression while also keeping things light and fun. When wondering how to craft that perfect first text to a girl, it’s important to remember that the key is being yourself. Your approach to texting should be genuine, playful, and engaging, and knowing how to start a conversation over text with confidence can make all the difference. Here are 15 tips on how to text a girl for the first time with examples to help you get started and keep the conversation flowing naturally.

1. Start with a friendly introduction

Start with a friendly introduction

When considering how to text a girl for the first time, always start with a friendly introduction, reminding her who you are and where she knows you from. This prevents any awkward “who is this?” exchange and helps set a comfortable and casual tone for the conversation. An introduction as the first text to a girl also ensures that you won’t be mistaken for a stranger trying to slide in her DMs, in which case, she may just ignore the text.

  • “Hey [Her Name], it’s [Your Name] from the party last night. I had a great time chatting with you!”
  • Hi [Her Name], this is [Your Name]. We met at [event/place]. Hope you’re having a great day!”
  • “Hey! It’s [Your Name], we connected through [mutual friend]. How’s it going?”
  • Hi [Her Name], just wanted to say it was great meeting you at the party. Did you make it home okay?”
  • Hey [Her Name], this is [Your Name]. I couldn’t resist saying hi after that awesome conversation at the bar.”

Related Reading: When A Woman Makes The First Move | Bonobology

2. Mention something you have in common

One of the best ways to start a conversation over text is by referring to something you both talked about or something you have in common. When thinking of things to text a girl, common interests make great conversation starters, creating an instant connection and giving you an easy topic to explore further.

  • “Hey [Her Name], I remember you mentioning that you love hiking. I’m planning a trip this weekend—any tips for a beginner?”
  • “It was cool to find out we both love Taylor Swift. Have you been to one of her concerts?”
  • “Hey! I just started that book you recommended. So far, it’s great!”
  • “Hi! Still laughing about that joke you told last night. You have a great sense of humor.”
  • “You said you’re a big foodie—any restaurant recommendations around town? I’m looking to try something new.”

3. Keep it light and fun

Things to text a girl
Keep it light

When figuring out how to text a girl for the first time, keeping things light and playful can ease any awkwardness and get the conversation going. Asking fun, low-pressure questions shows that you’re interested in keeping things casual and relaxed.

  • “Hey [Her Name], quick question: What’s the best pizza topping combo in your opinion? I need some guidance.”
  • “Random thought: If you could have any superpower, what would it be?”
  • “Hey, quick debate: Dogs or cats? (There’s only one right answer!)”
  • “Help me settle this: Is pineapple on pizza genius or a crime?”
  • “If you could live in any movie universe, which one would you pick?”

Related Reading: 65 Funny Texts To Get Her Attention And Make Her Text You

4. Compliment her (But don’t overdo it)

When confused about how to start a conversation over text, compliments are an easy way to make her feel good and show genuine interest. However, avoid coming on too strong in your first text to a girl. A light compliment about her personality or something specific from your previous interaction will show her you were paying attention and appreciated her company.

  • “Hey [Her Name], I really enjoyed talking to you. You’ve got such a great sense of humor.”
  • “It was awesome meeting you yesterday. You’ve got a really positive energy.”
  • “Just wanted to say, you have such a great vibe—super easy to talk to.”
  • “Hey, it was great meeting you last night! You looked gorgeous btw”
  • “I have to say, you’ve got a contagious laugh. Still chuckling about [something funny she said].”

5. Ask open-ended questions

Opening text to a girl
Ask questions

Open-ended questions are perfect for keeping the conversation going. They give her a chance to express herself more fully and help you understand her better. This is crucial for how to make a conversation interesting on text.

  • “Hey [Her Name], what’s been the highlight of your week so far?”
  • “I know you mentioned you love traveling—what’s your favorite place you’ve been to?”
  • “I’m curious—how did you get into sculpting? Sounds really interesting.”
  • “If you had a free weekend with no plans, how would you spend it?”
  • “What’s your ideal way to unwind after a long day?”

6. Reference a previous interaction

Another tip on how to start a conversation over text is bringing up something from a previous conversation. This shows that you were paying attention and enjoyed her company. This is an easy way to start a text conversation with your crush and can make the conversation feel more personal.

  • “Hey [Her Name], I’m still laughing about that funny story you told yesterday.”
  • “Hi! It was great hearing about your love for mandela art. I checked it out, and it seems really cool!”
  • “I can’t stop thinking about that discussion we had about philosophy. We should continue that sometime!”
  • “Hey [Her Name], I tried that recipe you suggested. You were right, it was amazing!”
  • “Hey, that conversation about [topic] got me thinking—what’s your take on [related topic]?”

Related Reading: 26 Things To Text When A Conversation Dies

7. Use humor

If you’re not sure how to make a conversation interesting on text, a little humor goes a long way when texting a girl for the first time. By making her laugh, you break the ice and make her feel more comfortable talking to you. Just keep the jokes light and fun to avoid sounding forced or offending her.

  • “I promise I’m not stalking you, but I may have just seen a cat that looks like yours.”
  • “Okay, real question: How many attempts does it take you to make a decent cup of coffee? I’m on attempt number four.”
  • “I just guessed someone’s age, and it went terribly. TIme to change my identity and move abroad”
  • “Do you think aliens exist, or do I just watch too many sci-fi movies?”
  • “I’ve officially reached the ‘accidentally stayed up until 2 a.m. watching YouTube’ phase of the night. Help!”

8. Ask for recommendations

Good conversation starters for texting
Ask for recommendations

Wondering what to text a girl after getting her number? Asking for recommendations is a great way to get her talking about something she’s passionate about and get the conversation flowing. Plus, it shows that you value her opinion. 

  • “I need a new show to binge—any recommendations?”
  • “Hey [Her Name], I’m in the mood for a good movie tonight. Got any favorites?”
  • “What’s the best restaurant you’ve been to lately? I’m always on the hunt for new places.”
  • “I’m looking to start a new book. Any suggestions?”
  • “You seem like a music expert—what’s a good playlist to vibe to?”

Related Reading: Should I Text My Ex? A Complete Guide To Help You Decide

9. Be playfully flirtatious

Being subtly flirtatious is an effective way to show your interest without being over the top. When thinking about how to start a text conversation with your crush, keep things light and charming. However, make sure to use this approach only if you’ve had adequate interaction with the girl beforehand and have built a playful vibe. Otherwise, you may be seen as a creep.

  • “Hey [Her Name], just wanted to see if your smile is still contagious today.”
  • “Okay, real talk—you’re going to have to stop being so interesting, or I’ll be texting you all night.”
  • “I’m pretty sure no one else at the party made me laugh as much as you did.”
  • “I think we both know who won the best smile award last night… (hint: it’s you).”
  • “I’m officially sending this text just because I couldn’t get you out of my head.”

10. Be genuine

What to text a girl after getting her number
Be genuine

When thinking about how to text a girl for the first time, the best advice is to be yourself. Women appreciate authenticity, and showing your true self from the start helps build trust and connection.

  • “Hey [Her Name], I had a really great time meeting you, and I’d love to get to know you better.”
  • “It was really refreshing talking to someone as kind and funny as you.”
  • “Hi [Her Name], just wanted to say I really enjoyed our conversation and hope we can chat more.”
  • “I don’t know if you remember me, but I really enjoyed our chat at the museum. Let’s continue it soon!”
  • “I’ve been thinking about what you said about art being subjective, and I’d love to hear more about your thoughts.”

Related Reading: 13 Genuine Tips To Help You Slide Into Someone’s DMs

11. Ask for her opinion

Asking for her opinion is among the good conversation starters for texting. It gives her the chance to share her thoughts and shows that you value her perspective. Also, it gives you a sense of her likes and dislikes, which is important info if you want to impress a girl.

  • “Hey [Her Name], what’s your take on Shakespeare? I’d love to hear your perspective.”
  • “I’m debating between two places for dinner tonight—what would you pick?”
  • “What’s your opinion on The Office? I’ve heard mixed reviews.”
  • “Quick poll: Which is better—beach vacation or city escape?”
  • “I need some advice: Would you say trying surfing is worth it?”

12. Reference pop culture or current events

How to start a conversation over text
Reference pop culture

Wondering how to start a text conversation with your crush? Referencing a popular movie, show, or event can be a fun way to connect. This can also serve as a great opening text to a girl if you haven’t interacted much with her before or are struggling to find a more personal conversation topic.

  • “Did you catch the latest episode of [popular show]? What did you think of that twist?”
  • “I just saw that Billie Eilish dropped a new song. Have you listened to it yet?”
  • “I’m still not over [movie scene/event]. What about you?”
  • “Hey [Her Name], any thoughts on this [news event]? Crazy, right?”
  • “I know you’re into [interest]—did you hear about [related news]?”

13. Follow up on a previous plan

If you’ve already mentioned hanging out when talking in person, following up on that plan is the perfect first text after getting her number. It shows that you’re proactive and genuinely interested in seeing her again.

  • “Hey [Her Name], still up for that coffee this weekend?”
  • “I know we talked about checking out [place]—still interested?”
  • “Hey, are we still on for [activity] this week? I’m excited!”
  • “Just checking in—are you free this Friday for [event]?”
  • “I remember we mentioned [activity]. When are you free to make it happen?”

14. Be curious about her interests

First text after getting her number
Ask about her interests

When you’re wondering what to text a girl after getting her number, asking about her interests or hobbies is always a win. This shows that you’re curious about what she enjoys and gives her a chance to open up about her passions.

  • “Hey [Her Name], you mentioned you love painting. What’s your favorite subject to paint?”
  • “I remember you said you’re really into photography. What kind of pictures do you enjoy taking?”
  • “I know you love cooking—what’s the best dish you’ve made recently?”
  • “I’d love to hear more about your [hobby]. How did you get into it?”
  • “You seem passionate about [interest]. What’s the most fun project you’ve worked on?”
On Texting

15. Suggest future plans

Making a suggestion for future plans is a confident move that can help transition from texting to meeting up in person. This shows that you’re serious about getting to know her and that you’re not just making small talk. But know that it’s a bold move to ask a girl out as a first text. So, only consider this approach if both of you know each other well.

  • “Hey [Her Name], I know a great spot for coffee. Would love to take you there sometime!”
  • “There’s this cool event happening this weekend—want to check it out?”
  • “I’d love to hear more about your trip to [place]. Maybe over lunch sometime?”
  • “Have you ever been to [place]? We should go there sometime!”
  • “We should definitely continue our conversation about [topic]—how about over drinks next week?”
Tips on texting a girl for the first time
Tips on texting a girl for the first time

Key Pointers

  • When writing the first text to a girl, start with an introduction
  • Other great tips on how to start a conversation over text are offer a compliment, ask open-ended questions, or get her opinion on something
  • Humorous or flirty texts also work well if you know the girl well enough

Final Thoughts

When it comes to mastering how to text a girl for the first time, being genuine, playful, and considerate will always make a strong impression. Whether you’re sending your first text after getting her number or simply looking for good conversation starters for texting, remember to keep the conversation light and engaging. The goal is to make her feel comfortable, interested, and excited to keep chatting. With these 15 tips, you’re well-equipped to not only send that perfect opening text to a girl but also keep the conversation flowing naturally. Be confident, stay curious, and always be yourself!

How To Differentiate Between Love Bombing And Genuine Care

Should I Text My Ex? A Complete Guide To Help You Decide

200 Romantic Text Messages That Will Make Her Want You Badly

Your contribution does not constitute a charitable donation. It will allow Bonobology to continue bringing you new and up-to-date information in our pursuit of helping anyone in the world to learn how to do anything.

Ask Our Expert

Colorado earns bowl eligibility in Deion Sanders’ second year with win over Cincinnati

Deion Sanders’ Colorado will be playing in the postseason. In Sanders’ second season as head coach after taking over the worst power-conference team in college football, the Buffaloes (6-2, 4-1 Big 12) are bowl eligible after beating Cincinnati 34-23.

Colorado hasn’t played in a bowl game since it went 4-2 in the pandemic-shortened 2020 season. The program hasn’t won a bowl game since 2004, and this season will mark its third bowl appearance since 2007.

Sanders has made frequent references this year to 99-year-old Colorado superfan Peggy Coppom and his promise to get her to a bowl game this season. The Buffaloes are eyeing more than just a bowl, too. Colorado is one of just four Big 12 teams with one or fewer conference losses, leaving it in the mix for the Big 12 title and one of the automatic bids to the 12-team College Football Playoff reserved for the five highest-ranked conference champions.

“I know Peggy. She’s got expensive taste. She don’t just want a bowl. She wants a bowl bowl. And I ain’t talkin’ about Manute (Bol),” Sanders told ESPN during the Buffaloes’ win.

GO DEEPER

College Football Playoff 2024 projections: How Week 9 impacted the 12-team bracket

Two-way star Travis Hunter re-entered the Heisman Trophy race with nine catches for 153 yards and two touchdowns on nine targets. He added four pass breakups and two tackles on defense, playing a total of 130 snaps. Quarterback Shedeur Sanders suffered a hip injury in the second half and received treatment on the sidelines but remained in the game, finishing 25 of 30 for 323 yards and two touchdowns through the air.

“It’s big for us because it’s big for the fans,” Shedeur Sanders said. “We’re not hitting our peak. We’re nowhere close.”

Under new defensive coordinator Rob Livingston, a first-time play caller, the Buffaloes have fashioned a respectable defense. They have also found a running game in recent weeks: last week’s win over Arizona (128 yards) and Saturday’s win (125 yards) were Colorado’s two most successful rushing performances of the season.

Sanders’ transfer-heavy approach to roster building has come under fire throughout his tenure, and the Buffaloes fell short of the postseason a year ago at 4-8 after a 3-0 start made them the biggest story in the sport. A year later, though, Sanders is seeing results.

Now, the Buffaloes have a chance to play into December. The last four games of the season — at Texas Tech, Utah, at Kansas and the home finale against Oklahoma State — will decide how high they climb.

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

Travis Hunter tracker: Colorado star re-energizes Heisman campaign with electrifying night

(Photo: Dustin Bradford / Getty Images)

How to Add Footnotes in Google Docs

Footnotes are a handy way to provide extra information or cite sources without cluttering up the main body of your text. Whether you’re working on a research paper, an academic essay, or want to add additional context to your document, Google Docs makes it easy to insert and manage footnotes.




If you’ve used word processors like Microsoft Word, adding footnotes in Google Docs follows a similar process. Here’s how to add them in just a few steps:

  1. Place your cursor where you want the footnote number to appear in the text.
  2. Go to the Insert menu at the top of the screen.
  3. Scroll down and select Footnote from the dropdown.
  4. A number will appear where your cursor is, and a corresponding space will open at the bottom of the page for you to type your footnote.
  5. Type in your footnote.

Once you’ve added your footnote text, Google Docs automatically numbers it and positions it correctly, saving you from formatting headaches.


If you need to change the content of a footnote, scroll to the bottom of the page where the footnotes are listed and click on the text. You can edit it just like any other part of your document.

To remove a footnote, delete the superscript number in the main text. Google Docs will automatically remove the footnote from the bottom of the page and renumber the remaining ones to keep everything in order.

delete footnote on docs

Google Docs automatically updates footnote numbering if you add, remove, or move sections around, so you don’t need to worry about manually renumbering them.


Tips for Consistent Document Styling

Consistency is key to keeping your document looking polished. Use the same font for footnotes as your main text but consider a slightly smaller size, like 10 pt, to avoid distracting from the content.

Stick to single-spacing for footnotes unless a specific style guide requires otherwise. If you use bold or italics in the main text, applying the same style to footnotes keeps everything cohesive.

Finally, if you’re writing for a professional or academic audience, follow a citation style guide like APA or Chicago to ensure your footnotes are formatted correctly. If your document contains numerous citations, it’s better to create a references page instead of using footnotes.

Footnotes are a useful tool for adding extra information or citations to your document without disrupting the flow of your main content. With Google Docs, inserting and managing them is straightforward, and with a few simple styling tips, you can ensure they blend seamlessly into your document.


Snowcapped Bipeng Valley showcases natural charm

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-27/Snowcapped-Bipeng-Valley-showcases-natural-charm–1y2qwHD1AaY/img/26fdfa730d114ad7968147cacb7fc777/26fdfa730d114ad7968147cacb7fc777.jpeg'
Snowfall appears at Bipeng Valley in southwest China’s Sichuan Province, October 26, 2024. /CFP
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-27/Snowcapped-Bipeng-Valley-showcases-natural-charm–1y2qwHD1AaY/img/26fdfa730d114ad7968147cacb7fc777/26fdfa730d114ad7968147cacb7fc777.jpeg'
Snowfall appears at Bipeng Valley in southwest China’s Sichuan Province, October 26, 2024. /CFP
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-27/Snowcapped-Bipeng-Valley-showcases-natural-charm–1y2qwHD1AaY/img/26fdfa730d114ad7968147cacb7fc777/26fdfa730d114ad7968147cacb7fc777.jpeg'
Snowfall appears at Bipeng Valley in southwest China’s Sichuan Province, October 26, 2024. /CFP
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-27/Snowcapped-Bipeng-Valley-showcases-natural-charm–1y2qwHD1AaY/img/26fdfa730d114ad7968147cacb7fc777/26fdfa730d114ad7968147cacb7fc777.jpeg'
Snowfall appears at Bipeng Valley in southwest China’s Sichuan Province, October 26, 2024. /CFP

Surrounded by mountains, Bipeng Valley became a fairyland after a recent snowfall. Located in southwest China’s Sichuan Province, Bipeng Valley features primitive landscapes and stunning scenery, attracting many visitors to admire its beauty. As a natural ecological attraction, it also offers a range of winter outdoor activities, including skiing and ice skating.

‘What We Do in the Shadows’ cast takes a walk down vampire memory lane

When Harvey Guillén first learned that his “What We Do in the Shadows” character, Guillermo, would finally be turning into a vampire, he thought the show was ending.

“They didn’t tell us that Guillermo was going to become a vampire until we had our meeting for the beginning of the year,” the actor recalls on a video call from Spain. “I thought we were going to wrap it, because where else do you go with his character?”

But it turns out the writers of the acclaimed vampire mockumentary did have more stories to tell. Among the storylines audiences will see in the sixth and final season of “What We Do in the Shadows,“ which launched last week and airs weekly on Mondays through Dec. 16, is Guillermo’s efforts to figure out what to do with his life now that he needs to move on from his lifelong dream of becoming a vampire. In the finale of Season 5, Nandor gives Guillermo a choice — become a vampire or return to being a human. He chooses to remain human, but it meant sacrificing Derek (Chris Sandiford), his friend and the vampire who turned him. (Derek is saved, though — he’s reanimated by the Necromancer (Benedict Wong) in exchange for the cash Guillermo paid Derek to turn him — minus $270 he spent on “vampire clothing” from Hot Topic.)

Paul Simms, showrunnner and executive producer of FX’s “What We Do in the Shadows.”

(Victoria Will / For The Times)

“A lot of what this season is about is his efforts to break away and start his own separate normal life and the vampires then following him to quote-unquote help him on his way in the real world,” says “Shadows” showrunner and executive producer Paul Simms. “We had a lot of heavy conversations in the writers room about things like that that had one on in our own personal lives. The underpinnings of it were real things that everyone feels at some point.”

The otherworldly comedy premiered in 2019 and has followed a group of vampires — Nandor (Kayvan Novak), Laszlo (Matt Berry), Nadja (Natasia Demetriou) and Colin Robinson (Mark Proksch) — and one time familiar Guillermo, who share a Staten Island home. (Guillermo has since moved out of the main house but remains on the property, in Laszlo’s garden shed, “where there is a smell — mildewy.”)

And aside from Guillermo’s efforts to find a real job, the final season will see Laszlo recommitting himself to a forgotten scientific pursuit — reanimating a human — Nadja sating more of her curiosity about humans, Colin seeking out companionship and Nandor possibly finding love where he least expected. According to Simms, the season is meant to be accessible to first-time viewers but features plenty of little details meant to satisfy those who’ve been along for the full ride.

While the showrunner remains tight-lipped about the finale, which, as usual, was written while they were filming the season, he describes it as “bittersweet” and calls it a “happy ending.”

“No one dies,” says Simms. “There’s a sense that life goes on.”

Five mean leaning on a long black table that reflects their faces.

Showrunner Paul Simms, far right, is tight-lipped about the finale, saying only, “No one dies. There’s a sense that life goes on.”

(Victoria Will / For The Times)

Over the past five seasons, the series — which was based on Jemaine Clement and Taika Waititi‘s 2014 film of the same name — has created memorable storylines and characters, developing a vampiric universe that’s transcended the original material. Simms and the “Shadows” cast have been on a farewell tour this year — I spent a day with them at San Diego Comic-Con in July and interviewed them again earlier this month before their trip to New York Comic Con. The actors noted they’d been in touch with each other about how strange it felt to not be heading to Toronto to film this time of year. (Demetriou sat out the NYCC appearance after giving birth to her child.) As “Shadows” comes to a close, the actors and showrunner recount in their own words, edited for clarity and length, memorable moments and character arcs from the show.

How to prepare when nobody’s prepared

Welcome to the age of personalization: A time where customers are simultaneously expecting you to know everything about them before they land on your site, while still being extremely cautious about how their data is being collected and stored.

Marketers have been walking this tight rope for nearly two decades at this point, but we’ve finally reached an inflection point; companies who don’t provide a personalized experience will fall behind those that do.

With over 75% of consumers more likely to consider buying products from brands that personalize (and an equal number of consumers who admit to becoming frustrated when they’re not greeted with a personalized experience), personalization strategies have never been more prescient.

And yet top senior executives across marketing, ecommerce, IT are struggling to rev their personalization engines, never mind scaling their personalization strategies. In a recent survey, 64% of executives said their teams have only just begun implementing real-time personalization strategies.

So, what’s holding them back? Well…

  • 44% say complicated or fragmented data is a top challenge. 
  • 43% say a lack of effective analytics holds them up.
  • 40% say they have difficulty scaling their program.
  • 39% say they struggle to implement the program in real-time.
  • 36% say disjointed workflows are holding them back.

The current state of personalization

Implementing a personalization strategy and building a personalization engine that operates on all cylinders is much easier said than done. Modern consumers are interacting with your brand with the expectation that the experience will be tailored to their individual preferences and characteristics before the landing page is done loading or the app is done opening.

It’s no wonder 86% of executives reported they’re in need of more advanced personalization than what they’re currently capable of delivering. It’s also no surprise that 62% of executives increased their personalization budgets in 2024 from 2023, a clear indication of how dire the situation is for organizations.

Personalization can’t really be that difficult, can it?

It can.

In fact, just 26% of executives report having a unified definition of personalization throughout their organization.

If you’re asking yourself, “how can an organization provide a personalized web experience if they don’t even know what personalization means to them,” it’s because they can’t.

Of the executives that do have a personalization strategy, they’re looking to three key categories to measure their ROI: 

  • Sales per customer (49%)
  • Time spent on site/page engagement (45%)
  • Customer retention (44%)

What’s telling is that not a single metric breaks the 50% mark, which speaks to the general uncertainty of how to track success.

The truth is that many companies are flying blind when it comes to personalization, with 43% of respondents expressing concerns that ineffective personalization campaigns will result in reduced budgets in the future.

Optimizely 20241023 Article

Making personalization easier

Personalization requires careful coordination. Organizations typically rely on cross-functional teams spanning marketing, product, engineering and sales to build a personalization infrastructure, which also relies on data systems and martech tools.

What could go wrong? Well…

  • Disparate systems of software haplessly strewn together, overcomplicating personalization and adding unnecessary layers of complexity.
  • Messy data management systems (and, let’s face it, this probably applies to you), will make it impossible to create personalized experiences.
  • Mountains of data that will require more resources to organize than you could possibly hope to recoup from utilizing that data to its fullest potential.
  • Poor workflows resulting in nobody really knowing what they should be doing and when they should do it.
  • You never figured out how to measure success or what ROI looks like.

If any of these scenarios sound familiar, you’re in good company; only 9 percent of executives noted that their personalization strategy is fully operational.

Here are some ways to ease the burden of getting started with personalization so you can minimize friction:

Perform an audit of your personalization tools for strong audience management capabilities

Having an abundance of tools at your disposal might make you feel powerful, but the reality is that it’s likely slowing you down, resulting in fragmented systems and disjointed workflows. Unless your tools are intelligently weaved together, the data flow will become isolated and unreliable.

This fragmentation usually results in work about work.

Ensure your personalization platform has strong integrations with the tools and platforms where your data is stored. Also, make sure the platform enables a holistic view of the customer and allows you to efficiently manage your audiences.

Start small

Walk before you run, run before you scale and stick with your most reliable data points while focusing on relevant business outcomes.

If you don’t have a ton of data or it’s spotty, focus on the data you do have, and what you can most accurately measure.

Personalization will only lead to new business opportunities when it’s nearly fully operational. If you’re struggling to get your personalization off the ground, focusing on your most trusted data and tried-and-true segments will help you build a solid foundation for the future.

Keep an eye on content

You won’t get very far with personalization if you don’t have a large inventory of content or products. 

All of the workflows you’ll design, strategies you’ll implement, and data you’ll collect will all be done with one clear goal; to deliver the right content to the right customer at the right time.

The problem is that you’ll need a ton of content or products to effectively enable personalization. Your customers won’t really need a nudge in any direction if you only have 5 pieces of content on your site or a handful of products.

At some point, if you want to succeed with personalization, you’ll need a scalable content strategy that provides a diversity of content assets to customers at various stages of the customer journey.

Start experimenting

If you’ve already begun personalization but it’s not going well, consider how experimentation can help. Multi-armed bandits, which refer to a type of A/B testing that uses machine learning algorithms to dynamically allocate traffic to variations that are performing well, while allocating less traffic to variations that are underperforming, are effective since they show the best-performing option in real-time and automatically direct traffic to the best experience. This approach not only optimizes engagement but also continually refines your strategy to ensure your campaigns are always aligned with user preferences. 

In fact, executives are already recognizing that experimentation provides benefits including:

  • Identifying mistakes (40%).
  • Allowing for data-driven decisions (40%).
  • Testing strategies before they run them (39%).
  • Personalizing customer experiences (39%).
  • Discovering which personalization strategies work (39%).

Organize your data

Earlier, we mentioned 44% of executives noted omplicated or fragmented data is a top challenge, while about the same amount noted a lack of effective analytics holds them up.

One way to guarantee data won’t be an issue is with a powerful customer data platform (CDP).

Instead of tearing everything down and starting from scratch with your data that’s strewn about countless data warehouses and data clouds, leverage a CDP to keep track of constantly accumulating data. This is especially important for personalization, as you want to ensure you’re surfacing the right data at the right time to the right customers. 

Ever hear of AI?

Do you need AI to execute personalization? Well, no, but it would make things a whole lot easier.

  • Scalability – AI will dynamically adjust workflows and route users towards personalized experiences instantly.
  • Enhanced user experience – Adaptability and real-time personalization are also much more attainable with an AI engine steering the ship.
  • Content recommendations – Manually surfacing content will take an extraordinary amount of resources. At some point, the juice won’t be worth the squeeze. Allowing AI to scan your content repository to surface relevant content will drastically save time.

Recap

Personalization isn’t just some fancy buzzword or corporate jargon. It’s changing the way organizations are connecting with customers. As companies continue to step up their personalization game, those who successfully navigate these challenges will be better positioned to meet rising consumer expectations, build stronger customer relationships, and deliver personalized experiences.

Optimizely Personalization is a purpose-built solution that empowers organizations to create 1:1 personalized experiences. With Optimizely Personalization, brands can create targeted experiences that drive conversions, deliver high-performing experiences in real-time, measure ROI, and plan and ideate, all from a single platform.

Save $500 On HP’s 14-Inch Omen Transcend Gaming Laptop With 2.8K OLED Display At Best Buy

Best Buy is running a massive three-day sale on gaming hardware, and one of the best deals in the bunch will save you $500 on the 14-inch HP Omen Transcend gaming laptop. The particular configuration sports Intel’s new Core Ultra 7-155H CPU along with a GeForce RTX 4060 GPU, 16GB RAM, 1TB NVMe SSD, and crisp OLED screen, and you can pick it up for just $1,200 (down from $1,700) during Best Buy’s sale.

While the laptop’s specs can handle the latest AAA and indie games alike, the HP Omen Transcend’s real draw is its 14-inch OLED screen. OLED screens offer better contrast ratios and more accurate black levels than LED panels. OLED laptop screen are uncommon–especially an OLED laptop for just $1,200.

The display also offers a 2.8K (2880x1800p) resolution and a high 120Hz refresh rate with VRR, which will make games look crisp and keep gameplay smooth–though, given the laptop’s specs, you may have to fiddle with the in-game option to find the best settings. Along with the solid gaming performance, the screen sports flicker-free backlighting and low blue light output for less eye strain.

The rig’s CPU is also of note. The Intel Core Ultra 7-155H is part of the brand’s new line of premium mobile CPUs that launched earlier this year. This particular model is one of the higher-end chips in the line and offers strong performance and power efficiency, which means better-than-average battery life. In this case, the 14-inch HP Omen Transcend’s battery lasts up to roughly 11 hours on a single charge and supports USB-C fast charging, which can restore up to 50% battery life in 30 minutes.

14-Inch HP Omen Transcend Gaming Laptop

As a bonus, the laptop also comes with three free months of PC Game Pass, which gives you access to tons of games, including almost every Microsoft-published title that’s released in the last few years. That even includes day-one access to upcoming first-party games launching on PC, like Indiana Jones And The Great Circle, Avowed, and Microsoft Flight Simulator 2024.


This HP Omen Transcend laptop is an excellent choice for those who prefer portable gaming rigs, especially at this lower price. However, it’s not the only gaming laptop of note in Best Buy’s 3-day sale. If you’re looking for budget-friendly entry-level models, the MSI Thin 15.6-inch gaming laptop with 13th-gen Intel Core i5 CPU, GeForce RTX 4050, 16GB RAM, and 512GB SSD is down to just $600 (was $900). There’s also the 15.6-inch Acer Nitro V laptop with an ‎Intel Core i7-13620H CPU, GeForce RTX 4060, 16GB RAN, and 512GB SSD for $800 (normally $1,100). Both laptops feature 1080p screens with 144Hz refresh rates. And those who have a bit more cash to spare could opt for the Asus ROG Zephyrus G14, which runs an AMD Ryzen 9 8000 CPU, GeForce RTX 4070, 32GB RAM, and 1TB SSD for $1,650 ($2,000).

You can check out even more deals on laptops, pre-built desktops, gaming monitors, and other hardware at Best Buy. The retailer’s three-day gaming sale runs until Sunday, October 27.

Best Buy Laptop Deals

  • HP Omen 14-inch Transcend gaming laptop: Intel Core Ultra 7-155H CPU, GeForce RTX 4060 GPU, 16GB RAM, and 1TB NVMe SSD — $1,200 ($1,700)
  • Acer Nitro V 15.6-inch gaming laptop: ‎Intel Core i7-13620H, GeForce RTX 4060, 16GB RAM, 512GB SSD — $800 ($1,100)
  • MSI THIN 15.6-inch gaming laptop: 13th gen ‎Intel Core i5, GeForce RTX 4050, 16GB RAM, 512GB SSD — $600 ($900)
  • Asus ROG Zephryus G14 gaming laptop: AMD Ryzen 9 8000, GeForce RTX 4070, 32GB RAM, 1TB SSD — $1,650 ($2,000)

Invisible anatomy in the fruit fly uterus

You have likely not spent much time thinking about the uterus of the fruit fly, Drosophila melanogaster. But then, neither have most scientists, even though Drosophila is one of the most thoroughly studied lab animals. Now a team of biologists at the University of California, Davis, has taken the first deep look at the Drosophila uterus and found some surprises, which could have implications not just for understanding insect reproduction and potentially, pest control, but also for understanding fertility in humans.

The work is published Oct. 25 in Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences.

Drosophila have been a favorite subject for geneticists and developmental biologists for over a century.

“Drosophila is such a productive system in many ways,” said Rachel Thayer, a postdoctoral researcher working with Distinguished Professor David Begun at the UC Davis Department of Evolution and Ecology. There are extensive catalogs of cell types and genes for most of the fly’s organ systems. But the female reproductive organs — the uterus, female glands and sperm storage organs — have been mostly left out.

Both humans and insects have internal fertilization, so the female reproductive tract has to deal with foreign material from sperm to sexually transmitted viruses. Insects, like many other female animals including birds and reptiles, have organs that can store viable sperm for long periods.

“We wanted to identify all the cell types and their patterns of gene use for these important organs,” Thayer said.

Thayer and Begun, with coauthors Elizabeth Polston and Jixiang Xu, dissected the reproductive tracts of about 150 flies. They were able to separate cell nuclei into individual droplets and label the RNA from each cell with a sort of barcode. By sequencing the RNA, they were able to identify a profile of gene expression from individual cells and sort them into types.

“We can identify the cell types that express certain genes, and where they come from,” Thayer said.

Previously, there were no cell types from the fly uterus identified with genetic markers. The new study reveals more than 20 different cell types in the uterus and associated organs.

“The most exciting thing to me is to find cell types we had not previously predicted would exist,” Thayer said. “This is previously invisible anatomy.”

Supporting sperm storage

The study found that about 40% of genes for “seminal fluid proteins,” previously identified as being made only in male flies, are also expressed in the female fly, especially in sperm storage organs. They may be key to supporting viable sperm for long periods.

Some seminal fluid proteins are thought to manipulate the female fly in ways that benefit the male, such as by delaying the female from mating again. Such sexual conflicts have been the target of considerable, mostly theoretical, study.

“There is dispute about how big a role these sexual conflicts really play, because sexual reproduction still must be collaborative,” Thayer said. The discovery that many of these proteins are made by both male and female flies means that scientists will have to adjust their thinking about these ideas, Thayer said.

“It does not rule out the possibility of molecular sexual conflict altogether, but it does limit how this could occur,” she said.

While reproduction is, obviously, very different in humans and insects, the fruit fly can be a model for understanding animal reproduction at a fundamental level. For example, the seminal fluid proteins could lead to new ways to culture and store human sperm without freezing, which would benefit fertility treatments.

The most numerous species on Earth, insects pollinate and provide other benefits, as well as destroy crops and carry disease. Better understanding insect reproduction could lead to new control strategies.

Thayer is currently working with isolates of Drosophila from around the world to better understand how the flies are evolving in response to environmental stresses, such as climate change and pesticides.

The work was supported by grants from the National Institutes of Health.

6-Months Course on ‘Becoming an Independent Litigator’ by Lawctopus Law School [Dec 1 – May 31]: Register by Nov 1!

These 45 live sessions led by litigation experts, will empower you with the right research and drafting skills to practice in both the civil and criminal side! You will also get an opportunity to connect with experienced civil and criminal advocates who will guide you in starting your own practice and train you to handle […]

The post 6-Months Course on ‘Becoming an Independent Litigator’ by Lawctopus Law School [Dec 1 – May 31]: Register by Nov 1! appeared first on Lawctopus.

Horoscope Today: Astrological prediction for October 28, 2024 | Astrology

All zodiac signs have their own characteristics and traits which define someone’s personality. Wouldn’t it be helpful if you started your day by already knowing about what’s going to come your way? Read on to find out whether the odds will be in your favour today.

Astrological prediction for October 28.(Pixabay)

ARIES (Mar 21-Apr 20)

Those involved in outdoor activities may suffer from fatigue. Don’t count on the money till you don’t get it in hand. There is much scope for what you have started at work. There is much scope for what you have started at work. Recognition in the form of honors and accolades may come to you. Getting stressed out over an issue is a possibility today.

Love Focus: Don’t make your partner the butt of any practical jokes or wisecracks.

Lucky Number: 2

Lucky Colour: Yellow

TAURUS (Apr 21-May 20)

Overindulgence may land you in bed with a health problem. Monetary help may come your way. Holiday mood may prevail at work in the absence of supervision. You will enjoy the company of friends or cousins. Those awaiting results on the academic front will not be disappointed. You feel on top of the world today and are likely to accomplish much.

Love Focus: Lover’s waning interest in you is likely to break your heart.

Lucky Number: 8

Lucky Colour: Green

GEMINI (May 21-Jun 21)

An outing with the family is likely and will be most enjoyable. You may find an exercise regime too difficult to follow. You may stand to lose an item or purse left behind someplace. Homemakers will derive much pleasure in doing up their homes. You will find a friend supportive and helpful. It may prove difficult to retain your focus on the academic front. Quality of life is likely to move a notch higher.

Love Focus: Lovers will have to make extra efforts to find time for being together.

Lucky Number: 7

Lucky Colour: Grey

CANCER (Jun22-Jul 22)

Mental stress will need some effective countermeasures. Those playing the stocks may not fare well on the financial front. Your style of working will come in for praise by higher-ups. A family member may need his or her own space. Pressure may mount on you on the academic front. A change in the program is very likely, but it will suit you better. Developing contacts with influential people is likely to ease personal problems.

Love Focus: Don’t propose anything stupid without gauging the mood of a lover.

Lucky Number: 22

Lucky Colour: Purple

LEO (Jul 23-Aug 23)

Bring a change in your fitness routine to avoid monotony. Those playing the pool can hit the jackpot. Your attempt to get off the hook at work will meet with success. Celebrating an achievement of a child or sibling is on the cards. A journey to a distant place is possible. Practice will make you perfect on the academic front. Meditation and matters spiritual will prove uplifting and help in getting de-stressed.

Love Focus: Don’t make unnecessary demands on your lover’s time today.

Lucky Number: 18

Lucky Colour: Blue

VIRGO (Aug 24-Sep 23)

An alternative therapy works wonders for those ailing for long. Those planning to buy a vehicle will be able to raise a loan. Those awaiting increments or bonuses will not be disappointed. Children will be a source of much joy today. A good start on the academic front promises to take you far. Don’t let a situation get out of hand, as it may not be in your favour. Extra energy may be required to handle a complex situation.

Love Focus: Today, partner may want emotional support and a sympathetic ear.

Lucky Number: 17

Lucky Colour: Magenta

LIBRA (Sep 24-Oct 23)

Overindulgence in food or drinks needs to be avoided. It is a good day to complete all your pending tasks. A family youngster will be instrumental in furthering the business. Taking a break from studies is best to refresh your mind. Distractions threaten to upset your study schedule, so regain your focus. You will need to remain guarded to protect your interests.

Love Focus: Take steps to restore the lover’s confidence in continuing a relationship.

Lucky Number: 6

Lucky Colour: Cream

SCORPIO (Oct 24-Nov 22)

A stressful situation may result in mental agony. This is the best time to invest and you will find some good schemes too. You will find the going easy on the work front today. Someone requires a helping hand on the domestic front. Don’t only focus on the important on the academic front. Partner showers love and will expect reciprocation in the same vein!

Love Focus: You may have to vie with a competitor to win your love.

Lucky Number: 3

Lucky Colour: Maroon

SAGITTARIUS (Nov 23-Dec 21)

If you face health problems, it would be your fault. Splurging on items not required can blow a hole in your pocket. Your request may be considered sympathetically. You may find little time for family today. Treat it as a temporary phase and carry on. Doing well on the academic front is foreseen. A good day is foreseen for students preparing for exams or competitions.

Love Focus: You may find your love life stagnating, so do something to rejuvenate it.

Lucky Number:9

Lucky Colour: Red

CAPRICORN (Dec 22-Jan 21)

Students are likely to fare well in a test or competition. Assess the marketability of what you buy in bulk beforehand to prevent losses. Press home the advantage that you have gained from a job well done. Find energy to complete domestic pending jobs. Good guidance is likely to put students on the right track. If you get shortchanged by a smooth talker, only you are to be blamed.

Love Focus: A new relationship is on the cards for those seeking love.

Lucky Number: 4

Lucky Colour: White

AQUARIUS (Jan 22-Feb 19)

Learn the techniques to unburden your mind. An oversight in money matters is indicated, so remain alert. A new partnership may take the business a notch higher. Family routine will remain uneventful and may even appear a bit boring. Expect an eventful journey. The day seems favourable for academic pursuits. A responsibility needs to be discharged on the social front.

Love Focus: You are likely to get noticed by the one you had been secretly admiring.

Lucky Number:5

Lucky Colour: Peach

PISCES (Feb 20-Mar 20)

Avoid mental stress through meditation. Curb wasteful expenditure, as it may eat into your savings. You are likely to make great inroads on the professional front. Remain cool even when provoked in a domestic situation. Those seeking fun will have to motivate friends for a fun trip. Remain truthful, even if the situation goes against your interests. If you want others to participate in your cause, announce it from the rooftops.

Love Focus: You may become jealous of someone’s closeness to your mate.

Lucky Number: 11

Lucky Colour: Saffron

Intellia data spark debate about CRISPR drug’s potential

Dive Brief:

  • Intellia Therapeutics on Thursday released detailed Phase 2 results from a study of a gene-editing therapy for hereditary angioedema, drawing mixed reactions from investors and experts.
  • The therapy, dubbed NTLA-2002, is based on the CRISPR gene editing technology that won a Nobel Prize in 2020. The treatment is designed to inactivate a gene involved in potentially life-threatening inflammatory attacks that plague patients with the disease.
  • In the ongoing study of 27 patients, researchers found either a 75% or 77% reduction in attacks in the 16-week period after receiving therapy, depending on the dose received, Intellia said. And eight of the 11 patients in the higher dose arm were completely free of attacks after a one-time infusion. All of those patients continued to be attack-free with months of followup.

Dive Insight:

Shares of the company dropped 20% in early trading Thursday, likely because investors were looking for stronger data on the reduction of attacks, Stifel analyst Dae Gon Ha wrote in a note to clients. “However, we think fixating on the attack rate reduction misses the bigger picture, which is that NTLA-2002 is a potentially one-time curative therapy.”

An editorial that accompanied the data, published in The New England Journal of Medicine, agreed. “The durability of the therapeutic effect shows promise to last for the patients’ lifetimes,” wrote Kiran Musunuru, a professor at the University of Pennsylvania and co-founder of Verve Therapeutics. “We can be confident that NTLA-2002 is helping patients with hereditary angioedema.”

Investors had been waiting for the details on the study after Intellia announced positive top-line results in August. The latest findings build on early data that showed the therapy could reduce biological markers of the disease. Intellia said it’s actively screening patients for a Phase 3 trial that will use the higher dose.

The Intellia treatment relies on gene editing inside the body, unlike the first-ever approved gene-editing therapy, Casgevy. For that treatment, a patient’s stem cells are collected, edited and then reinfused to change the patient’s genetic code. The hereditary angioedema therapy follows Intellia’s work on a medicine for transthyretin amyloidosis that supported its “in vivo” approach.

Intellia still needs to prove its treatment can work in the Phase 3 trial. And the company will have to make the case to doctors that it’s worth taking a bet on a one-time, gene-editing therapy rather than the pills or injections that patients have come to depend on to control symptoms. Competitors in the field are also continuing to come up with new options on the more traditional path.

Intellia says its hereditary angioedema therapy is safe for patients and offers them the chance to avoid a lifetime of preventive therapy that may not totally relieve symptoms. That possibility is a “game changer,” according to Paula Busse, a researcher and doctor at Mount Sinai who sees patients with hereditary angioedema and was featured on an Intellia conference call with investors and analysts.

Why You Should Set Up a Family Trust in Australia


There’s a common saying that you should ‘begin with the end in mind’ – this is especially true for property investment.

The problem is that too many investors begin their investment journey without considering what will be the best ownership structure.

Without much thought to it, they put their entire portfolio in their personal name.

This might be perfectly acceptable in many circumstances, but there are other options out there that might be more beneficial.

Such as a family trust, for example.

In this article, I’ve detailed everything you need to know about family trusts, including how to set one up, why you might use one, and all the benefits and risks of doing so.

What is an Australian Family Trust?

In the beginning, it can be a little tricky to understand the ins and outs of family trusts so here’s a very basic explainer:

A family trust is a trust set up to hold a family’s assets or to conduct a family business.

Generally, they are established for asset protection or tax purposes.

Who can be beneficiaries of a family trust?

A beneficiary of a family trust is someone who can benefit from the assets held in the trust.

This can be a person, a company, or even the trustee of another trust.

A trustee of the family trust can also be a beneficiary so long as they’re not the sole beneficiary.

Generally, in most cases, the trustees of a family trust are usually the parents, and the beneficiaries would be their children, grandchildren, or even their parents.

How does family trust work?

A family trust in Australia works in a similar way to a bank account.

A parent can open a bank account for their child, which then belongs to the child but is ultimately controlled by the parent.

A family trust works in the same way.

A parent may set up a family trust and name their children the beneficiaries of the trust, thereby giving them entitlement to income and assets within the trust.

What does it cost to set up?

Like any type of legal documentation, setting up a family trust does cost money.

In fact, the initial start-up cost can be about $2,500 and then the same amount again annually in maintenance-type fees.

These types of ongoing costs are necessary because there are significant rules and regulations around family trusts, including meeting the requirements for asset protection and all the Australian Taxation Office registrations on ABN as well as Tax File Numbers.

Family trusts can also attract stamp duty with the cost varying from state to state:

  • WA – Nil
  • ACT – Nil
  • NSW – $500 (due 3 months from the date of the deed)
  • NT – $20 (60 days from the date of the deed)
  • QLD – Nil
  • SA – Nil
  • TAS – $20 (due 3 months from the date of the deed)
  • VIC – $200 (due 30 days from the date of the deed)

Tax rates for family trusts

There are not just the setup costs to consider, trustees in a family trust are also liable to pay tax on any income they get from the trust.
Taxes
Adult and company beneficiaries pay tax on their share of the trust’s net income at the tax rates that apply to them.

And tax also needs to be paid on undistributed income.

If the trust income is not fully distributed to beneficiaries, whether it’s by choice or not, the trustees have to pay tax on the income retained in the trust at the top marginal rate of 45%.

Then there are beneficiaries who aren’t Australian residents – when trust income is distributed to someone who isn’t a resident, the trusts have to pay tax on their behalf.

Trustees also have to pay tax on behalf of beneficiaries who are under the age of 18, which is usually at the top marginal tax rate of 45% (where the minor receives $1,308 or more).

Why so much?

Well, the high tax rate was put in place to deter families from making trust distributions to minors.

Steps to setting up a family trust

There are seven key steps when it comes to setting up a family trust in Australia and done right, it’s a fairly simple process.

1. Choose a trustee and beneficiaries

First of all, obviously, you need to choose a trustee and decide on the beneficiaries of the fund.

Given that the trustee is the legal person or entity responsible for administering the trust in line with the trust deed, it’s an important role.

2. Create a trust deed

You’ve assigned your trustee and decided on the beneficiaries, so the next step is to create a deed of trust.

The trust deed is basically the terms and conditions of the family trust.

It’s the legal agreement that sets out how the family trust will operate and how the trustee will need to administer the family trust.

Given each trust deed needs to be created according to the financial goals of your family trust, it’s best to get financial advice at this step.

3. Settle the trust deed

The trust deed then needs to be signed by a settlor (the settlor can’t be related to the beneficiaries of the trust).

The settlor will then sign the trust deed and give an initial settlement sum to the trustee.

4. Hold a trustee meeting

Once the family trust deed has been settled, the trustees and beneficiaries should have a meeting to formally accept their roles in the trust and agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of the deed.

Kylian Mbappe’s curious Clasico debut: Eight offsides, some big misses and clipped confidence

The date was November 24, 2018.

As referee Juan Martinez Munuera blew the whistle for full time, a disappointed Real Madrid team headed for the tunnel following a 3-0 La Liga defeat at Eibar, a game where Karim Benzema was flagged offside seven times, equalling a league record set by Elche’s Jonathas de Jesus in May 2015.

Nearly six years later, Kylian Mbappe, Benzema’s long-term replacement, went one better to make the unwanted record his own against another team in red and blue. Only this was in El Clasico in front of nearly 80,000 at the Bernabeu and millions worldwide as Real Madrid slumped to a 4-0 defeat.

Mbappe’s first Clasico was the subject of hype given he had six goals in four matches against Barcelona, including a hat-trick at Camp Nou. He also usually delivers in big games, with three goals in five matches against his current employers in the Champions League, four goals in two World Cup finals for France and 38 in 52 combined Ligue 1 games against Marseille, Lyon, Monaco and Lille.

On Saturday, Barca’s high line was expected to present him with opportunities if he and partner Vinicius Junior timed their runs, given their superior pace compared with Barcelona’s defenders.

A simple strategy on paper, but Mbappe struggled due to a combination of the occasion, an under-developed chemistry with his team-mates, and downright profligacy.


From kick-off on Saturday, Madrid’s approach was clear.

Their defenders would kick the ball up the pitch leaving Mbappe, Vinicius Jr and Jude Bellingham to win their duels.

If they lost the ball in the first phase, the physicality of Federico Valverde, Aurelien Tchouameni and Eduardo Camavinga gave them the upper hand against Barcelona’s front six. All three Madrid midfielders can also play through the press with quick passes, and this combination of qualities troubled Barca through the first half.

The final pieces of the jigsaw were well-timed runs and assured finishing, but two offsides within the opening 90 seconds of the game suggested that was easier said than done.

The second of those saw Camavinga slip Mbappe in behind in the wide gap between Jules Kounde, wary of Vinicius Jr, and Inigo Martinez after Pau Cubarsi stepped up to close Camavinga down. Mbappe raced through, but his finish was poor as he dragged it wide.

In the next 12 minutes, Mbappe twice contributed without the ball, pressing higher than he has ever done this season to force Martinez to go long and help his team regain possession. He also brought down a long pass from Eder Militao before spraying it out wide to Vinicius Jr to kickstart an attack.

Mbappe’s keenness to contribute was evident and his off-the-ball work laid the foundations for his side’s approach to the game.

Then came the third offside, which indicated that he had not learned from the previous instances.

Vinicius Jr once again pinned Kounde on the right and, while Cubarsi did not push up, Mbappe found space between the two Barcelona centre-backs. Mbappe looked over his shoulder, but still began his run a tad too early from Camavinga’s pass.

He was flagged offside after squaring the ball for Bellingham, who forced a fantastic save from Inaki Pena…

More off-the-ball pressure on Martinez forced another Barcelona turnover before the most glaring of Mbappe’s eight offsides arrived in the 19th minute. In this instance, too, he looked over his shoulder but made a premature run to meet Bellingham’s hooked pass forward from the right wing.

Six minutes later, Barca trapped him offside yet again. On this occasion, Mbappe got himself back onside but kept watching the ball, meaning he did not notice Cubarsi taking an extra step forward. When Ferland Mendy played him in from the left, he was a few inches ahead of the back line.

Mbappe was getting closer to figuring it out, though, and seemed to have done just that on the half-hour mark.

A searching ball from Antonio Rudiger found Lucas Vazquez on the right flank. Mbappe was notably offside when Vazquez received the ball but tracked back as Alejandro Balde closed down the Madrid captain. A couple of touches later, Vazquez released Mbappe in between and behind the centre-backs, and he raced forward before finishing with a deft chip…

… only for Madrid’s joy to be cut short after a VAR check.

This was the closest of the lot as the semi-automated replay below suggests. Interestingly, Vinicius Jr seemed to have his doubts when the goal went in as suggested by his initial hesitance (watch above) to join the celebrations.

The marginal nature of the call suggests that Vazquez, who had time and space thanks to Bellingham’s positioning, could have played the pass earlier.

Three minutes later, another long ball from the home defence caused Barcelona problems. Mbappe won the one-v-one against Cubarsi and raced forward, only for Martinez to track back and flick the ball behind for a corner.

That was the striker’s final telling contribution of the half as the teams went into the break level.

Madrid had created openings but, as the expected-goals (xG) chart below shows, offsides had rendered them largely meaningless with their xG not too far away from Barcelona’s, despite the visitors creating little of note.


The second half offered Madrid a chance to build on their dominance and, four minutes in, Mbappe made a well-timed run from behind Cubarsi to latch onto a Vazquez pass on the counter. His first touch was slightly heavy, allowing Cubarsi to put the ball behind for a corner. But this was encouraging for the Frenchman and his side.

That optimism, however, evaporated quickly.

In the 54th minute, the first signs of issues with Mbappe’s pressing could be seen. A half-hearted attempt to stop Marc Casado allowed the Barca midfielder to saunter into space and thread the needle to find Robert Lewandowski in Barcelona’s first successful attempt to play through Madrid.

Lewandowski, onside due to Mendy’s poor positioning, was clinical with his finish. The visitors led 1-0.

Two minutes later, more tepid pressing high up the pitch and a neat Barcelona passing move — made possible by the composure of half-time substitute Frenkie de Jong — saw Lewandowski score again from a Balde cross.

Now 2-0 down, Madrid’s backs were against the wall, but they created nothing of note until the 61st minute when Mbappe conjured his first legitimate shot of the game. Receiving a pass from Camavinga on the left, he cut inside on to his favoured right foot before firing a low shot straight at Pena.

A second shot followed three minutes later, coming after another well-timed run by Mbappe between Cubarsi and Martinez. He latched onto Vinicius Jr’s outside-of-the-boot pass from the left wing to bear down on goal, but Pena came well off his line to narrow the angle.

Rather than taking it around or lifting it over him, Mbappe shot first time, and straight at Pena.

Mbappe’s involvement was growing, but his struggles with the offside trap returned in the 66th minute.

Following a miscontrol by Raphinha in Madrid’s defensive third, Vazquez found Valverde, who was immediately closed down by Dani Olmo. Mbappe remained offside during both these actions.

Valverde initially looks up to find Mbappe (as well as Vinicius Jr and Bellingham) still in an offside position, allowing Olmo to apply more pressure. With no other options, he played the only available pass: to the Frenchman. Mbappe went on to finish the move with a shot into Pena’s far corner but was glaringly offside once again.

Mbappe’s third and final shot of the match came in the 71st minute.

After Olmo lost possession in his own half, Luka Modric lifted the ball over the back line to find Mbappe, who timed his run on Martinez’s blindside to perfection to create another one-vs-one opportunity. This time around, Pena stayed closer to the edge of the six-yard box, daring Mbappe to beat him at either post.

Mbappe chose the far post, but his execution was poor as Pena saved once again without breaking a sweat.

Mbappe’s final involvement in the game came in the opening seconds of stoppage time in a near-perfect example of how Madrid envisioned their original game plan would play out.

Bellingham drew Cubarsi forward for a long ball, which travelled over both and into the path of Vinicius Jr. He comfortably turned Kounde on the halfway line before finding Mbappe on the left flank. Mbappe raced through and forced a near-post save from Pena but, thanks to a clever dart backwards by Martinez, Cubarsi could recover to re-lay the offside trap again.

The result? The assistant referee’s flag went up yet again, marking 12 infractions for the hosts and eight for Mbappe alone…

In between Mbappe’s final shot and final offside, Barcelona had scored twice. The first was a thunderous near-post effort from Lamine Yamal, partially reminiscent of Mbappe’s first goal from his Camp Nou hat-trick in 2021. The second was a deft chip by Raphinha, who easily broke Madrid’s final line of defence from a long ball after they committed men forward.

Those goals epitomised what Madrid needed from Mbappe on the night, but he could never put both together.

At times, the occasion and perhaps an eagerness to make an impact seemed to overcome him; at others, he simply did not display the confidence that many associate with his game, particularly in front of goal. Being on the wrong side of those margins does not go unpunished in fixtures as big as this.

There is also the question of synergy with his new team-mates, which will improve with time. The Barcelona match stands out due to the volume of offsides, but it is worth noting that Mbappe had been caught offside at least once in seven of his nine La Liga games before Saturday.


Mbappe’s frustration shows (Pierre-Philippe Marcou/AFP via Getty Images)

Madrid as a team have been caught offside only 24 times this season, and Mbappe has contributed 17 of those. Vinicius Jr was offside twice against Barcelona but only once previously all season. The Brazilian has been smart with his runs in the knowledge of when his team-mates will release the ball and the awareness that he can beat most defenders with his pace.

For this partnership to work on the biggest stages — particularly given the duo’s limitations in leading the press — Mbappe will need to develop a similar in-game intelligence on top of improved chemistry with his team-mates. He will also need to reduce his profligacy when the chances arrive, with his six league goals this season coming from an xG of 7.7.

Playing for Madrid was Mbappe’s ultimate dream. With that realised, the hardest part of the job begins now.

(Top photo: David Ramos/Getty Images)

PC Build Kits Make Building a Computer Easy, and These Are the Best Options

A PC build kit lets you build a computer with training wheels on. These kits ship with all the components included, as well as the tools and support you’ll need, making building a custom PC simple for first-timers.



  • Price: $999 to $3,699
  • Build Tools: Video instructions and toolkit included
  • Support: FAQ, Web chat
  • Ships to: USA, Canada, Europe
  • Warranty: 2-year parts

If you’re looking for something in between buying a pre-built PC or speccing a fully custom PC yourself, check out Corsair’s build kits.

Corsair nailed making decisions easy for first-time builders. Five kits are available across different budget ranges; each build comes with pre-chosen parts. That way, you don’t have to check if your PC parts are compatible and won’t make a mistake like choosing the wrong cooler.


I love their simple chart showing each build’s performance at different resolutions. Whether you need frame rates for competitive first-person shooters or expansive 4K for a flight sim, it’s a simple way to compare what you want and what you’re getting.

There are a few things to be aware of before you buy. The site removes the Add to Cart button if a kit is sold out without telling you why. The case, CPU cooler, memory, storage, and power supply are all Corsair branded, but that does help keep prices reasonable. Lastly, it wasn’t immediately clear what level of build support the company provides if you get stuck.

When all is said and done, Corsair’s build kits provide simple choices with only powerful components—it’s the right approach for gamers building their first PC.


pc crate kit builder tool

  • Price: $770 to $4,400
  • Build Tools: Field manual with videos and toolkit included
  • Support: Build-day chat, Phone and video support, Discord server
  • Ships to: USA only
  • Warranty: 2-year parts

PC CRATE specializes in build kits, and it’s primarily what the company sells.

Other build kits make it easy by selling prepackaged components, but what’s neat about PC CRATE is that you can swap out components to your liking. It’s a great option for those who know a little bit more about building and have specific components in mind for their kit.


I like how customizing takes place on one simple page of drop-down menus. It was a smart decision to make the motherboard fixed, so you don’t have to worry about choosing a new motherboard—a decision that’s often intimidating for first-time builders. There’s even a discreet shipping option if you intend to give the kit as a gift.

The site’s kit builder does have a few oddities. The current default choices are budget-oriented to a fault (e.g., no GPU), so you might want to up the specs. And if you opt for a more powerful GPU like the RTX 4080, the builder doesn’t automatically switch your power supply to the proper recommendation.

Minor complaints aside, PC CRATE is generous with build-day support for beginners. If you want to pick and choose your parts, PC CRATE has a kit for you.

sirius power pc build kit example package


  • Price: $1,100 to $2,800
  • Build Tools: Step-by-step instructions and PC Build Tool Kit included
  • Support: Phone and email support
  • Ships to: USA, Canada, Europe (select countries only)
  • Warranty: 2-year parts

Sirius Power PC is worth checking out for options you can’t get from other PC build kits.

For one, the kit offerings are diverse: the company offers packages with Intel or AMD processors paired with Nvidia or Radeon graphics cards. Each package already has the parts chosen for you, so you can be sure you’re buying a well-rounded PC. Every kit also comes with a generous box of tools every PC Builder needs.

The kits from Sirius Power PC also stand out in terms of aesthetics. They come with full-window cases resembling the venerable O11 Dynamic, with many extra RGB fans included.


That being said, the site is rough around the edges. I had trouble finding the build kit section, and the site loading behaved a little wonky. The only other thing I’d watch out for is their lowest-budget kit, which I feel needs a processor update to make more sense. Nevertheless, the components chosen for all of their other kits seem like solid values to me.

If aesthetics and having more brand selection matter to you, Sirius Power PC sells some great kits.

If you’re not yet ready to build your own PC, you can always turn to the best custom PC builder websites to ship you one pre-assembled. But if you’re a tinkerer or love DIY, a PC build kit removes the stress of shopping and lets you get straight to the fun of working on your build.

Smiling emoji installations create a happy place in Shanghai

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-27/Smiling-emoji-installations-create-a-happy-place-in-Shanghai-1y2qOt811Qc/img/50cc4723844d419aab1e801142e51e8a/50cc4723844d419aab1e801142e51e8a.jpeg'
A series of smiling emoji-themed installations are seen in a park in Shanghai, October 25, 2024. /CFP
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-27/Smiling-emoji-installations-create-a-happy-place-in-Shanghai-1y2qOt811Qc/img/50cc4723844d419aab1e801142e51e8a/50cc4723844d419aab1e801142e51e8a.jpeg'
A series of smiling emoji-themed installations are seen in a park in Shanghai, October 25, 2024. /CFP
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-27/Smiling-emoji-installations-create-a-happy-place-in-Shanghai-1y2qOt811Qc/img/50cc4723844d419aab1e801142e51e8a/50cc4723844d419aab1e801142e51e8a.jpeg'
A series of smiling emoji-themed installations are seen in a park in Shanghai, October 25, 2024. /CFP
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-27/Smiling-emoji-installations-create-a-happy-place-in-Shanghai-1y2qOt811Qc/img/50cc4723844d419aab1e801142e51e8a/50cc4723844d419aab1e801142e51e8a.jpeg'
A series of smiling emoji-themed installations are seen in a park in Shanghai, October 25, 2024. /CFP

A series of smiling emoji installations were set up in a park in Shanghai, adding colorful hues to the park’s greenery. As part of an urban redevelopment project, the designs combined bright emoji expressions with natural scenery to brighten visitors’ moods and provide a pleasant space for residents.

Jeff Lynne brings ELO to the Forum one last time

One advantage to forgoing a showy rock ’n’ roll persona is that you never get too old to pull it off.

Fronting a version of the band once known as the Electric Light Orchestra on Saturday night at Inglewood’s Kia Forum, 76-year-old Jeff Lynne looked — and pretty much sounded — like he has for the last half-century: dark pants and jacket, fuzzy hair and beard, eyes hidden behind a pair of aviator shades as he sang his finely sculpted melodies in a still-winsome voice.

Nothing about the 90-minute concert suggested that Lynne couldn’t go on doing this for years if he wanted — though nor did anything about it suggest he has any desire to continue.

Indeed, despite the durability of his vibe, Lynne announced last March that his current tour will be the last for the group billed these days as Jeff Lynne’s ELO; a gig scheduled for next summer at London’s Hyde Park, where ELO returned to the stage in 2014 after a couple of decades away, is being advertised as his grand farewell.

Why hang it up? Age undoubtedly has something to do with it: Elton John was also 76 when he wrapped his lengthy Farewell Yellow Brick Road tour; so was Don Henley at the outset of the Eagles’ latest goodbye excursion — you know, the one they keep extending at Sphere in Las Vegas.

Then again, when I visited Lynne at his home in Beverly Hills in 2015, he told me he’d hated touring even as a younger man. “You wake up at 9 o’clock, have a horrible hot dog at the airport for breakfast, then do three flights to get where you’re going,” he said. “As soon as I was able to stop, I said, ‘That’s it.’”

What seemed more likely during Saturday’s show, the second of two in Inglewood, is that Lynne has simply realized he has no use for the rock-star adulation to be had on the road. Standing at center stage as ELO’s music director introduced the dozen-plus members of the band, Lynne looked genuinely uncomfortable when the guy finally got to his name and he found himself showered — yet again — with the crowd’s enthusiastic applause.

Jeff Lynne was joined by a dozen-plus players at the Forum.

(Timothy Norris / Kia Forum)

The funny thing about Lynne’s almost radically low-key presence is how insanely vivid his music is. As a singles act in the ’70s, ELO was up there with Elton, ABBA and Paul McCartney’s Wings; the band’s string of Top 40 hits — “Evil Woman,” “Strange Magic,” “Livin’ Thing,” “Turn to Stone,” “Mr. Blue Sky,” “Shine a Little Love” — delivered one delight after another, each connected to Lynne’s stated goal of blending rock and classical music yet each with its own distinct flavor: a little folkier, a little more disco, a little harder-edged, a little more R&B.

On Spotify, many of the band’s tracks have streams in the hundreds of millions; ELO, in fact, has more monthly listeners on that platform than Tom Petty, George Harrison or Roy Orbison — three of the four rock legends with whom Lynne teamed in the late ’80s to form the Traveling Wilburys. (Bob Dylan, the supergroup’s fifth member, has more monthly listeners.) And you can detect echoes of ELO’s expansive but ultra-detailed approach in the work of a generation of indie-rock studio obsessives like Tame Impala, Phoenix and Vampire Weekend.

Which isn’t to say that anyone has come along that sounds quite like ELO. At the Forum, where the band performed beneath a giant prop spaceship, Lynne and his accompanists were somehow crisp, lush, funky and biting all at the same time; often, as in the swaggering “Don’t Bring Me Down,” you wondered how a riff you’ve heard so many times could have so much energy left in it.

Lynne said next to nothing over the course of the evening — noteworthy only in that this concert may end up the final one he ever plays in his adopted hometown. At the end of the night he led the band through the pop-psychedelic twists and turns of “Mr. Blue Sky,” then took a bow before walking slowly offstage to a life in which little about him seems likely to change.

How to deal with SEO emergencies

I’m a strong proponent of a healthy work-life balance. When I have the capacity to switch off from work, I’m a more diligent SEO (and nicer human). That’s why I’m cautioning us to be careful about what we deem an “SEO emergency.”

An SEO emergency is a “stop everything, get on the laptop and solve this now!” event. It’s an “abandon your plate in the middle of dinner” situation. Those are not as common in the SEO world as you may think. 

It’s not an SEO emergency because the client relationship manager was late sending you the parts of the pitch deck, and now you need to work through the night to complete the SEO section.

Or the marketing director notices that the rankings have dropped for two days and wants you to work all day Saturday to “fix it.”

Genuine emergencies

There will be times in your career when you think, “If I don’t look at this now, it will be much harder to recover from later.” Though, those times will likely be few and far between.

I’ve been working in SEO for more than 15 years, and I can count on one hand the times I’ve genuinely needed to stop everything and attend to an SEO situation.

What actually constitutes an ‘emergency’?

Very little can’t wait until the morning in our line of work. However, there are a few situations where time is of the essence.

  • Leaving it longer will make it much harder to recover from.
  • You will lose significant traffic and revenue if you wait more than 12 hours (your company’s tolerance for the timeline may vary).

Beyond that, it may be a case of reassuring the concerned party that this isn’t an emergency and that you already have a handle on what action needs to be taken and by when. 

Examples of SEO emergencies

The development site leak

We’ve all seen it happen. You’ve spent ages making sure the new website is under wraps on a staging domain, with no way for Googlebot to find it. Then someone accidentally updates the staging site’s robots.txt with the production site’s robots.txt and suddenly the floodgates are open.

Now, I’d consider this an emergency because once the development site’s pages are in the index, it takes time to remove them. If you act quickly, you can prevent the bots from ever crawling them.

If your development site has links to it elsewhere on the web, it could be found quite quickly. In this instance, every minute counts. Waiting until the morning to have the correct robots.txt crawl blocks implemented could be the difference between a crisis averted or you spending the next few months monitoring indexing in Google Search Console.

While fixing this, consider adding a login screen to your development pages. It would be an additional layer of protection against bots if this happens again.

The errant noindex tag

One line of code that can have a monumental impact on your SEO efforts. It is so easy to add to the wrong page, too!

If the noindex tag has been added to pages of significant value to your SEO work, I’d consider this an SEO emergency. It would be in your best interests to alert the relevant teams and get this fixed ASAP.  

I strongly recommend setting up alerts through your favorite SEO tools to identify when a noindex tag has been added to a page where it wasn’t before. The quicker you can catch and rectify an errant noindex tag, the better.

Dig deeper: 4 key SEO lessons to avoid site launch disasters

Site down

This is a huge concern, but not just for the SEO team. Essentially, a 5XX server code that means visitors and bots cannot access the website is a significant problem.

If you work for a company with dedicated developers, you will probably not be the first to notice that the entire website is “down.”

Ideally, alerts would be set up to catch this change in the server response code. However, this isn’t always the case, especially not for smaller organizations. As the SEO, you could be the only one with an alert set up for this.

This is definitely a “drop everything and sort it out” emergency. While you will not be the one who can fix the site, it will help your efforts enormously if you alert those who can. 

Not only will search bots be unable to view your site’s content, but human visitors won’t be able to either.

Depending on the nature of your business, this could represent significant revenue loss. For example, an ecommerce business without a functioning website will be losing money by the hour. 

Get the newsletter search marketers rely on.


Commonly mislabeled ‘SEO emergencies’ and what to do with them

There will be many instances where you feel like an issue is an emergency. Often, because someone else has told you so!

Actually, though, it is much better to take some time to properly assess the situation before acting. 

Ranking drops

This can feel very much like an emergency. You log into your keyword tracking software and are met with a sea of red downward-pointing arrows. Your keywords have dropped, and your heart follows suit.

When you experience significant rankings drops, either in the severity of the fall or the breadth of keywords affected, it can seem pretty critical.

However, I’d argue that this isn’t an emergency. Considering the earlier criteria, it isn’t a “drop everything and respond immediately” situation. 

Instead, I’d recommend you pause. 

Wait. Let the panic subside.

OK, now you can start to address the issue methodically. 

You’ll want to narrow down the keywords, pages and themes affected. Are the keyword rankings dropping just on mobile? Only in one location or across multiple geographies and languages? What are the SERPs looking like in response?

Once you start investigating what’s happened with a cool head, you’ll be able to formulate a plan.

Chances are, you are going to have to do a significant investigation to really drill down to the cause and severity of the rankings drop.

You may need to involve other teams, like your developers, to see if there have been changes on the site recently. You may need to look into competitors and see if they have been affected similarly.

None of this is going to happen successfully in the middle of the night, so it’s not an SEO emergency.

Instead, it’s a high-priority task that will take some time to complete.

Dig deeper: 16 reasons why your page isn’t ranking on Google

Traffic drops

Similarly to rankings drops, seeing your organic traffic take a nose-dive can be worrying, especially if you’re not the one who discovered it.

No one wants a call from their CEO asking why Google Analytics looks so terrifying.

You may want to quickly rule out some immediate causes. For example, you’ll be able to determine if it is actually a tracking issue like the GA code has been removed from your site. That could turn what feels like an emergency into a quick ticket for your analytics team.

However, if the traffic drop is definitely a drop and not a tracking issue, you’ll again need to be methodical in your diagnostics.

Look at what’s happened with other channels.

  • Has your paid media team started bidding on terms that used to solely drive organic traffic?
  • Are you experiencing a seasonal decline?
  • Is it specifically the rankings, search volumes or click-through rate that have caused traffic to decrease?

This isn’t an emergency because you must monitor it over a few days to determine if it is a blip, seasonal decline or the beginning of a sustained decline.

For example, you may see significant traffic declines in December. There’s likely no reason to be logging onto your laptop on Christmas Day if you know that your B2B business sees very little traffic during the holiday week.

Dig deeper: 13 questions to diagnose and resolve declining organic traffic

Algorithm update

The SEO industry gets nervous when a Googe algorithm update is announced. It can feel like a lot is at stake. The pressure is high. 

Realistically, the first few days after an algorithm update begins rolling out leave SEOs with little to do but wait.

We’ll see fluctuations in rankings and traffic, but these updates can take weeks to roll out fully.

In the meantime, keep monitoring the changes happening in your SERPs, read up on what other SEOs are noticing about theirs and wait to see how it all shakes out.

Once the update has finished, you’ll be in a much better position to analyze what’s happened and determine whether you need to remedy any losses.

Dig deeper: How to communicate Google core updates to executives

Manual action

No one wants to see this alert in Google Search Console. This might feel like an emergency when you discover that your site has been hit with a manual action. 

As Google says

“Most manual actions address attempts to manipulate our search index. Most issues reported here will result in pages or sites being ranked lower or omitted from search results without any visual indication to the user.”

Knowing that Google perceives your site to have spammy elements, and this could result in pages or the entire site being demoted in the SERPs, is highly concerning.

However, even if you know the “manipulative” activity that has led to this action, it will likely not be a quick fix.

For most SEOs, the activity isn’t something they have engaged in and, therefore, will take some time to unpick.

Once you have cleaned up the issues, you will still need to submit a reconsideration review request.

Google states in its Search Console Help Center:

“Most reconsideration reviews can take several days or weeks, although in some cases, such as link-related reconsideration requests, it may take longer than usual to review your request.”

Even if you work all weekend to fix this, the manual action will likely not be lifted soon.

Know what is and isn’t an SEO emergency

When faced with a time-sensitive SEO problem, you will want to get working on it as soon as possible. However, the issue can usually wait a day or two.

Learn to prioritize your SEO fixes so the most impactful ones get dealt with first.

Develop resilience and the confidence to educate stakeholders on what really needs to be addressed right now and what would be better dealt with after some consideration and time.

Contributing authors are invited to create content for Search Engine Land and are chosen for their expertise and contribution to the search community. Our contributors work under the oversight of the editorial staff and contributions are checked for quality and relevance to our readers. The opinions they express are their own.

Victrix’s New Call Of Duty PS5 Controller Has Arrived, Last Year’s Model Discounted

A whole bunch of Call of Duty merch launched alongside Black Ops 6 this week, including new collections of console and PC gear from SteelSeries and Corsair. But if you’re specifically interested in picking up a Call of Duty-themed controller, the most notable new release is the Victrix Pro BFG’s new Call of Duty Field Op Edition for PlayStation and PC. This is the latest special-edition variant of Victrix’s superb modular controller, which is our favorite third-party gamepad for PS5.

The Victrix Pro BFG Field Op Edition is available for $200 at Amazon, but you’ll also want to check out last year’s Midnight Mask Edition, as Amazon has knocked $20 from its price to celebrate the launch of Black Ops 6. If you’re interested in the Pro BFG after reading this article, it’s worth noting the standard colors of the Pro BFG, white and black, are available for even less right now. The original black edition is only $145, while the white is $155. These normally retail for $20 less than the special editions at $180 each.

Victrix Pro BFG Call of Duty Editions for PS5, PS4, and PC

More Victrix Pro BFG Controllers

Left: Field Op | Right: Midnight Mask

The Victrix Pro BFG is a modular controller that’s easy to customize. With the included tool, you can quickly remove the faceplates covering the controls and shift the layout around. This allows you to have aligned analog sticks (PlayStation style) or offset (Xbox style). It also comes with four thumbstick caps, four stick grates, and three D-pad styles, including the solid square design shown above as well as more traditional eight- and four-way styles.

The right analog stick and face buttons can be swapped out for a six-button microswitch fight pad. Naturally, this won’t be helpful for Call of Duty, but if you like fighting games, it’s a great inclusion. It’s worth noting Victrix also released a Tekken 8 Edition of the Pro BFG recently.

The Pro BFG also has four built-in back triggers that can be remapped on the fly and trigger locks for R2 and L2 with five different stopping points. You can save up to three custom profiles that can be cycled through on the fly.

You can also remap inputs using the Victrix Control Hub on PC. You have more control over your experience with the app, but unfortunately it’s only available for PC. That said, adjustments save to the controller, so as long as you have a PC, you can still take advantage of features such as tweaking stick and trigger sensitivity, setting up analog stick dead zones, and adjusting the sound profile. The Pro BFG has built-in audio that gives you in-depth control over your headset audio experience. Keep in mind you’ll need to connect your headset to the 3.5mm jack on the bottom of the controller.

Victrix Pro BFG comes with hot-swappable components
Victrix Pro BFG comes with hot-swappable components

The caveat to opting for a third-party PlayStation 5 controller is that you lose PlayStation’s adaptive trigger and haptics tech as well as motion controls. If you’re not okay with those losses, the only pro-style controller for you is PlayStation’s DualSense Edge ($200). Some PS5 games make the DualSense’s unique features a core component of the experience, including Astro Bot–you definitely want to play the PS5’s wonderful platformer with a DualSense controller.

The Pro BFG offers substantially better battery life than DualSense controllers, though. You can get close to 20 hours on a full charge in our experience. And if you want a PlayStation controller with the ergonomics of an Xbox controller, the Pro BFG is the best option.

It syncs wireless to your PS5, PS4, and PC with a 2.4GHz USB dongle. Alternatively, you use the lengthy, braided USB to USB-C cable for a hardwired connection. All of the Pro BFG’s accessories have dedicated slots inside the included hardshell carrying case.

The Pro BFG is also available in white and black models for Xbox Series X|S, Xbox One, and PC for $180. It’s one of our favorite pro-style Xbox controllers, but we’d also recommend checking out the new Razer Wolverine V3 Pro, which is the first wireless controller Razer has made for console.


Studying Wikipedia browsing habits to learn how people learn

At one point or another, you may have gone online looking for a specific bit of information and found yourself “going down the Wiki rabbit hole” as you discover wholly new, ever-more fascinating related topics — some trivial, some relevant — and you may have gone so far down the hole it’s difficult to piece together what brought you there to begin with.

According to the University of Pennsylvania’s Dani Bassett, who recently worked with a collaborative team of researcher to examine the browsing habits of 482,760 Wikipedia readers from 50 different countries, this style of information acquisition is called the “busybody.” This is someone who goes from one idea or piece of information to another, and the two pieces may not relate to each other much.

“The busybody loves any and all kinds of newness, they’re happy to jump from here to there, with seemingly no rhyme or reason, and this is contrasted by the ‘hunter,’ which is a more goal-oriented, focused person who seeks to solve a problem, find a missing factor, or fill out a model of the world,” says Bassett.

In the research, published in the journal Science Advances, Bassett and colleagues discovered stark differences in browsing habits between countries with more education and gender equality versus less equality, raising key questions about the impact of culture on curiosity and learning.

“We observed that countries that had greater inequality, in terms of gender and access to education, had people who were browsing with more intent — seeking closely related information, whereas the people in countries that had more equality were browsing expansively, with more diversity in topics — jumping from topic to topic and collecting loosely connected information,” Bassett says. “While we don’t know exactly why this is, we have our hunches, and we believe these findings will prove useful in helping scientists in our field better understand the nature of curiosity.”

This work builds on a previous study led by assistant professor in the Annenberg School for Communication David Lydon-Staley, who was a postdoctoral researcher in Bassett’s Complex Systems Lab at the time.

In that paper, the team had 149 participants from Philadelphia browse Wikipedia for 15 minutes a day for 21 days. In the course of that study, they identified the two curiosity styles, which were predicted by Perry Zurn, one of the new paper’s coauthors and a professor of philosophy at American University and currently a visiting professor at Cornell University, who studied and analyzed literature from over the last two millennia to home in those these styles of curiosity.

“Beginning this line of work in a small sample allowed us to work out the methods needed to capture the complex information-seeking that accompanies curiosity,” Lydon-Staley says. “Working out those methods then allowed us to scale up and ask whether we could confirm that the styles we observed could be found outside of our sample of Philadelphians.”

Working with Martin Gerlach of the Wikimedia Foundation, who had data of more than two million human browsers, “allowed us to apply our existing methods, and develop new methods, to capture styles of curiosity emerging across 14 different languages of Wikipedia and 50 different countries or territories,” Lydon-Staley says.

The three hunches

The researchers cite three main hypotheses driving the associations between information-seeking approaches and equality.

“One is that it’s possible that countries that have more inequality also have more patriarchal structures of oppression that are constraining the knowledge production approaches to be more Hunter-like,” says Bassett. “Countries that have greater equality, in contrast, are open to a diversity of ideas, and therefore a diversity of ways that we’re engaging in the world. This is more like the busybody — the one that’s moving between ideas in a very open-minded way.”

A second possibility the researchers outline is that browsers go to Wikipedia for different purposes in different countries, citing how someone in a country with higher equality may be going to the site for entertainment or leisure rather than for work.

And the third potential explanation is that people in different countries who come to Wikipedia may have different ages, genders, socioeconomic status, or educational attainment, and that those differences in who’s actually coming to Wikipedia may explain the differences in the browsing patterns.

Making connections

One of the most exciting findings of the study was the confirmation of a third curiosity style — the “dancer,” which had previously only been hypothesized based on Zurn’s research on historical texts.

“The dancer is someone who moves along a track of information but, unlike the busybody, they make leaps between ideas in a creative, choreographed way,” says Zurn. “They don’t jump randomly; they connect different domains to create something new.”

This curiosity style shows a degree of creativity and interdisciplinary thinking, offering a new perspective on how people engage with information. “It’s less about randomness and more about seeing connections where others might not,” Bassett says.

“What this tells us is that people — and likely children — have different curiosity styles, and that might affect how they approach learning,” Bassett says. “A child with a hunter-like curiosity may struggle if assessed using methods that favor the busybody style, or vice versa. Understanding these styles could help us tailor educational experiences to better support individual learning paths.”

Where curiosity may lead next

Looking ahead, the team seeks to explore the factors influencing these curiosity styles.

“One question I’m particularly interested in is whether people browse differently at different times of day — perhaps they’re more hunter-like in the morning and more like busybodies in the evening,” says Bassett.

“This opens up new research avenues, including the role of biological processes in shaping how we seek information,” says Shubhankar Patankar, another author on the paper and a doctoral student in Penn Engineering. He is also keen to understand the implications of the work for AI. “Imparting notions of curiosity to AI systems learning from interactions is an increasingly important area of research,” Patankar says.

The team aims to explore the motivations behind Wikipedia browsing, examining whether users are driven by extrinsic factors, like work, or intrinsic curiosity, like personal interest. Additionally, they are considering expanding their analysis to include other digital platforms where learning and exploration naturally occur.

“Wikipedia is a very special place on the internet,” Lydon-Staley says. “The site features exclusively free content and no commercial advertisements. Much of the rest of the contemporary digital landscape is designed to activate individuals’ buying impulses and customizes our media content. This raises the question of how much we are in charge of where our curiosity takes us in online contexts beyond Wikipedia.”

Dani S. Bassett is the J. Peter Skirkanich Professor at the University of Pennsylvania with a primary appointment in the School of Engineering and Applied Science’s Department of Bioengineering and secondary appointments in the School of Arts & Sciences‘ Department of Physics & Astronomy, Penn Engineering’s Department of Electrical and Systems Engineering, and the Perelman School of Medicine‘s Departments of Neurology and Psychiatry.

Martin Gerlach is a senior research scientist for the Wikimedia Foundation.

David Lydon-Staley is an assistant professor of communication and principal investigator of the Addiction, Health, & Adolescence Lab in the Annenberg School for Communication at Penn.

Shubhankar Patankar is a Ph.D. student at Penn Engineering.

Dale Zhou was a Ph.D. student in the Perelman School of Medicine who is now a postdoctoral researcher at the University of California at Irvine.

Perry Zurn is an associate professor and director of undergraduate studies in philosophy at American University in the College of Arts and Sciences’ Department of Philosophy and Religion.

This research received support from the George E. Hewitt Foundation for Medical Research, the Center for Curiosity, and the National Institute of Health (Grant K01 DA047417).

Halloween safety 101: Tips to protect kids on this spooky night

The scariest things lurking around the corner on Halloween aren’t monsters or ghosts. According to doctors, it’s cars. Halloween is one of the deadliest days of the year for pedestrians, especially for kids. “There’s a lot of focus on the risks of candy that might be a little misplaced,” said Britney Lombard, an injury prevention manager at Children’s Hospital Colorado. But one thing experts are sure of, she said, is an increase in child pedestrian fatalities on Halloween. (Also read: From rangolis to Jack-o’-lanterns: 10 decor ideas for an epic festive mashup as Halloween, Diwali fall on the same day )

Stay safe this Halloween with these essential tips.(Pixabay)

“There are a lot of things that they can do to mitigate those risks,” she said. Here are some tips to make sure Halloween is safe and fun for everyone — from cars to costumes.

Walk defensively

An easy way to keep yourself and your kids out of harm’s way on Halloween is being aware of your surroundings, Lombard said. That goes for drivers and pedestrians. “We see a lot of distracted drivers who are on their phones, and we see a lot of distracted pedestrians who may have headphones in or (are) on their phone,” she said.

Kids under the age of 12 generally should be with adults when trick-or-treating. Older kids who are out by themselves should be aware of the rules of the road and practice being responsible pedestrians, she said. That includes staying off phones, making eye contact with drivers before crossing the road and using crosswalks and sidewalks.

Lombard also urged people to drive the speed limit, don’t drink and drive and pay close attention to the road — especially at night. “There are going to be a lot of children out when it gets dark, and there is limited visibility,” she said.

Backing out of driveways can be particularly dangerous on Halloween with kids running from house to house. Lombard recommends rolling down your window to listen for children, as well as checking for them in all mirrors and reversing slowly.

Costume tips

Costumes can be fun and creative, but experts say they should also be safe. Make sure costumes fit well, and avoid tripping hazards like capes or bulky get-ups that aren’t safe for car seats. If your child’s costume includes a mask, make sure it fits well and they can see with it on. When in doubt, Lombard said, opt for face paint.

Wearing bright, reflective costumes is a good idea, too — try adding glow sticks or reflective tape. Also consider non-flammable costumes, said Dr. Nicholas Algu, a pediatrician at Louisiana’s Ochsner Health. On the other side, if you decorate outside for Halloween, avoid long cords and open fire — just in case. “A lot of kids are walking around, and there are going to be flames, candles, things like that,” he said. “It’s really easy to have an accident.”

Carve pumpkins safely

Jack o’ lanterns are practically synonymous with Halloween, but carving them can be dangerous. To avoid accidents, Algu said to make sure the pumpkin is completely dry, use a marker to draw cut-outs beforehand and leave the carving to adults. “You can get the kids to scoop up pumpkin seeds instead,” he said. “That way, they feel like they’re helping and doing a lot of stuff, but it’s safer for them.” You can also forgo the carving entirely and attach things to the gourd to give your pumpkin some personality.

Be careful with candy and strangers

Sure, there are myths of doctored candy hurting people on Halloween. But more importantly, Algu said, parents should consider telling their kids to avoid eating their stash until they get home in the case of any emergencies — like gooey, sticky or chunky candy that could cause young kids to choke.

And even though the call of candy might be strong, Halloween isn’t the night to explore new parts of town. Algu recommends avoiding going inside homes, and sticking to houses with their lights on and places you know. Even in familiar neighborhoods, it’s likely you’ll meet strangers — that’s why it’s important to stay with your group, he said, and use common sense to avoid sticky situations.

With $92M, Kivu sets out to make ‘kinder, gentler’ ADCs

Dive Brief:

  • Kivu Biosciences, a San Francisco-based biotechnology startup developing targeted drugs for cancer, has raised $92 million in a Series A round, the company said Monday.
  • Kivu will use the funds to advance technology it claims can help address some of the current limitations of antibody-drug conjugates, or ADCs. Its technology, Kivu says, can yield ADCs that are more precise and stable when traveling to their targets in the body, which should reduce the risk of side effects. Kivu plans to start its first clinical trial in solid tumors next year.
  • Novo Holdings led Kivu’s Series A round, which also involved six other venture firms, including Gimv, Red Tree Venture Capital and BioGeneration Ventures.

Dive Insight:

ADCs, which chemically link a tumor-killing toxin to a targeted antibody, have captured the attention of biotech investors and pharmaceutical companies. While the drug type has been studied for decades, a series of recent technical advancements, clinical successes and approvals have driven interest higher, leading to dealmaking and the formation of new companies with twists on the concept.

Some startups are using different payloads or linker molecules, for instance. Others are merging ADC drugs with different technologies. All aim to overcome some of the shortcomings of existing ADCs with drugs that are more precise or potent.

Kivu is joining in. Chief Operating Officer Mohit Trikha said that ADC tolerability has limited how large of a dose developers can safely use, or cause people to stop treatment. Unstable linker molecules can also cause ADCs to release their payload prematurely, blunting their benefit.

Kivu is using technology from Synaffix, which Lonza bought in 2023, to develop its ADCs. It claims to have proprietary linkers that stay stable for longer, ensuring the payload they’re attached to — a commonly used ADC toxin called a topoisomerase inhibitor — is precisely delivered.

“This technology allows us to target tumors and avoid systemic toxicity,” Trikha said in an interview. “Sometimes I refer to this as ‘kindler, gentler ADCs,’ because when you think about a cancer patient you have to think about a benefit-to-risk ratio.”

Kivu is zeroing in on solid tumors earlier ADC technologies have struggled to treat due to “toxicity and efficacy limitations,” said Trikha, a former venture partner at Apple Tree Partners and oncology executive at AbbVie before that. The company didn’t say which specific tumors it’s starting with, however.

The company’s name is a reference to Lake Kivu, which is on the border of the Democratic Republic of the Congo and Rwanda. The lake sits to the side of an active volcano and contains hundreds of cubic kilometers of carbon dioxide and methane. Though Lake Kivu is currently stable, it has the potential to one day explode in what’s termed a limnic eruption, releasing a massive cloud of greenhouse gases.

The company believes that situation resembles the tense work of unlocking the “powerful potential of ADCs, while carefully managing [their] risks and side effects,” Trikha said.

Understanding Negative Gearing and Its Role in Australia’s Housing Market

Key takeaways

Negative gearing occurs when rental income does not cover property expenses, allowing the shortfall to be deducted from other taxable income. This tax relief helps investors manage cash flow until property values or rental income rise.

Negative gearing has been part of Australia’s tax system since 1936. A brief removal of the policy in 1985 by the Hawke government led to higher rents, particularly in Sydney and Perth, demonstrating its role in maintaining rental supply.

Many countries, including the U.S., have similar tax principles to encourage property investment. New Zealand’s removal of negative gearing led to an increase in rents, prompting a partial reintroduction to stabilize the rental market.

Negative gearing encourages investment in new housing projects, indirectly supporting the construction industry. Removing it could slow down new developments, exacerbating the housing shortage.

Property investment, supported by negative gearing, contributes significantly to Australia’s economy, particularly through job creation in construction and related sectors. Investors also contribute billions in taxes, further supporting public services.

The idea that abolishing negative gearing would make homes more affordable is challenged. The real drivers of housing unaffordability are factors like population growth, limited land supply, and bureaucratic barriers to development—not negative gearing.


There’s an easy way to save the government up to $20 billion annually.

Just slug greedy, rich property investors by reforming negative gearing and capital gains tax and it won’t increase rents for tenants or hurt mum and dad investors a bit.

Really??

Nothing new about this…negative gearing has been a hot topic in Australia for years, often pitched as a controversial tax benefit for greedy property investors that makes homeownership harder to attain.

Critics argue it inflates property prices and enriches investors at the expense of aspiring homeowners.

However, a closer look reveals a different story: negative gearing plays a significant role in providing affordable rental housing and boosting the supply in a market facing chronic shortages.

Removing or limiting this incentive would likely have unintended consequences, increasing rents for tenants and doing little to improve housing affordability.

So let’s explore the history and impact of negative gearing, and why it remains essential for a balanced property market.

Negative Gearing2

What is negative gearing?

At its core, negative gearing is a tax deduction available to property investors when their rental income falls short of their loan interest and property expenses.

This difference between income and expenses (the “negative” part of gearing) can be deducted from the investor’s taxable income, which can provide financial relief, particularly in the early years of property ownership.

This practice incentivises investors to purchase and maintain rental properties, as it can soften the cash flow burden until the property appreciates or rental income grows to cover costs.

Negative gearing is not an exclusive benefit for property investors; it’s a foundational tax principle applied across many asset classes in Australia, including shares, bonds, and business investments.

Singling out property investors for using negative gearing ignores the widespread application of this principle across different types of investments.

Targeting property investment alone ignores the broader purpose of negative gearing as an investment incentive across the board.

A brief history of negative gearing in Australia

Negative gearing is not a recent phenomenon – it has been allowed under Australian tax laws since 1936.

But it wasn’t until the 1980s that it became a focal point of policy debates.

In 1985, the Hawke government briefly removed negative gearing, hoping to curb property speculation and make homes more accessible. However, this move backfired.

With fewer investors willing to take on the costs without tax relief, the rental supply shrank, and rents skyrocketed, especially in Sydney and Perth.

Recognising these impacts, the government reinstated negative gearing in 1987.

This experiment showed that curbing negative gearing didn’t increase housing affordability but rather strained the rental market, leaving lower-income households particularly vulnerable.

This historical precedent demonstrates that removing negative gearing could lead to similar challenges in today’s market, potentially exacerbating the very problem it seeks to solve.

Do other countries allow negative gearing?

Negative gearing isn’t unique to Australia; it’s a widely accepted tax principle applied in many countries to encourage investment across various sectors.

In the United States, for instance, investors can deduct interest expenses from income on rental properties, helping to offset the financial burden of maintaining and holding property assets.

This provision supports the housing supply, encourages investment in real estate, and makes rental properties more accessible to the market.

In recent years, negative gearing has been removed in New Zealand as part of a tax policy reform intended to curb property speculation and address housing affordability.

However, this change quickly highlighted the policy’s importance.

Without negative gearing, many investors found it unfeasible to hold rental properties, which led to an exodus of investors from the rental market and, ultimately, a sharp rise in rents due to dwindling supply.

Recognising these impacts, the New Zealand government has now begun reintroducing negative gearing, acknowledging that the removal did not make housing more affordable for buyers but instead strained the rental market, putting additional financial pressure on renters.

This reversal serves as a clear example of how negative gearing can be critical to rental market stability; a lesson relevant here in Australia.

In the United Kingdom, investors still benefit from similar tax offsets, albeit with certain caps on interest deduction limits.

These limits were introduced to balance tax revenue needs with the recognition that rental investors play an essential role in meeting housing demand.

Internationally, governments acknowledge that discouraging investment through restrictive tax changes often leads to unintended consequences on rental availability and affordability.

The global re-evaluation and, in New Zealand’s case, reintroduction of negative gearing highlight its function as a vital tool for supporting housing supply and rental market stability.

Negative Gearing — Slug Greedy Property

Why negative gearing is crucial for property investors – and renters

Negative gearing has often been vilified, with critics suggesting that it inflates home prices, reducing affordability for first-home buyers.

However, negative gearing’s role in the housing market is more nuanced.

By providing tax relief, it encourages investors to stay in the market, supplying properties that millions of Australians rely on for housing.

Here are several reasons why, in my mind, maintaining negative gearing is essential:

7 Reasons I Avoid Social Media Trends and Challenges

Another day, another social media fad. Facebook, TikTok, Instagram, and their ilk are full of social media challenges and trends, but I won’t take part in any of them. And there are so many reasons you should avoid them too.



1 Challenges Can Be Dangerous

A cursory glance at news items will tell you how dangerous some of these social media challenges can be. Yes, some purport solely to be fun or even raising money for charity, but the actual consequences of these trends can be serious.

The sunburn challenge saw people creating “body art” on their bodies by drawing an image using suntan lotion and leaving the rest of their bodies to burn in the sun. Obviously, repeated exposure to the sun in such a way can lead to skin cancer.

Other challenges, however, seem harmless at first. These challenges often involve eating something to either prank someone or even induce effects similar to taking drugs. Notable examples include the salt trend and nutmeg challenge, both of which show the consumption of these food stuffs. When consumed in large quantities, though, they can cause nausea, diarrhea, seizures, and, in extreme cases, death.


That’s not to mention the corn on the cob, dragon’s breath, TidePod, and so many other challenges. These risks simply aren’t worth taking.

2 They Can Hinder Future Employment

What you share online stays online. You can delete content, but nothing is completely gone. We’ve all seen posts coming back to haunt people years later. The everyday person might not be likely to get cancelled, but what we share online can still stop future employment.

Take, as an example, the trend of people putting videos of them getting fired on TikTok. This trend saw those being laid off by employers via video calls then streaming their being let go from a company.

That might seem like a revolt against authority, but it’s a bad move. If any future employers see that you’ve done that, they might get a bad impression of you. What’s more, by sharing these videos, you might be in contravention of privacy clauses. It’s just one example of TikTok challenges that go too far.


I hate people being inconsiderate and that’s what a lot of these challenges involve. There’s the trend of people sharing videos of themselves working out at the gym only to be interrupted when someone else dares to walk in front of the camera or wants to use the same equipment.

Then there are pointless videos you think don’t affect anyone but actually have unseen consequences. The toilet roll challenge involved emptying a full roll into an airplane toilet while flushing: the effect is admittedly cool to see as the suction continues until the roll is finished.


Nonetheless, this ignores the lack of provisions on flights, impacting anyone going in afterwards. Similarly, at the end of each flight, the airplane’s waste tanks have to be emptied. On LinkedIn, aeronautical professional, Renish C., warns that “flushing rolls and rolls of toilet paper does cause serious blockages and an external force may be required to release the contents into the dump truck. This can cause a serious risk to the health of the employee as the contents can dump right over them.”

4 They Can Result In Getting Scammed

We’re all so attuned to sharing private details online that it becomes second nature. I do it too. But if you think you’re unlikely to get scammed, guess again. Everyone is a potential victim of cybercrime.

Trends can lead to getting tricked by a fraudster. These can include simple quizzes and personality tests. Because everyone seems to be doing them, you’ll think you’re safe to do so too. What’s the harm, right? But some of these quizzes will ask for access to your profile simply so you can take part.


That might seem straightforward, but scammers can learn a lot from your profile. Granting them access can mean they skip past your privacy settings, and can see exactly who you are, who you’re friends with, and what you’re interested in. Such information can lead to pyramid schemes, phishing attempts, and even identity theft.

5 You Might Reveal Too Much About Yourself

Giving away even basic Personally Identifiable Information (PII) can have a serious impact on you. I often see posts on X, aka Twitter, that solely exist to find out answers to security questions. This might be through your “drag queen name” or similar, which scammers posing as normal users say is “your mother’s maiden name and the name of your first pet combined”.

If any of your private information has ever ended up on the dark web, replying to these posts can give cybercriminals enough information to pass security questions and reset your online accounts.


6 They’re Largely Driven by Consumerism

Social media trends have been hijacked by big brands. Simply taking part means you’re either wasting money and time on a passing fad or acting as an unknowing publicist for a massive company.

TikTok is a perfect place to find trends pushed by consumerism. While some are somewhat altruistic, like those encouraging people to buy books, others are purely to drive sales to specific products you don’t really need.

The popularity of Stanley cups is a prime example of this. They’re simply tumblers with straws and massive handles. Once made for construction workers, social media rebranded them as for women solely based on interest on TikTok and Instagram. It’s a canny move, but one which leaves me feeling hollow and cynical about how trends can be created just for marketing purposes.


Stanley cups might be useful sometimes, but they’re only popular because social media tells people they’re the latest cool product you have to own to fit in.

7 They Lack Creativity and Originality

Ultimately these challenges and trends are pedestrian and boring. They’re a complete waste of time.

I’m all for creativity, but things like the gallon challenge—which involves drinking that amount of milk without throwing up—are both dumb and unoriginal. They’re not adding anything significant or thought-provoking to the world. They’re just content for content’s sake.

There are influencers who entertain their fans by doing something productive or by informing them of something interesting. These don’t tend to become trends, however. The stuff that generally becomes social media phenomenons are things that people can replicate. Typically, that’s not something mentally stimulating. It’s something nonsensical, like filming yourself committing a crime, as with the “kia boyz” trend that made headlines.


Challenges on Facebook, X, TikTok, Instagram, and the like simply aren’t worth taking part in.

You'll love this spot if you're a planespotter

Planespotters rejoice! The little-known Buddhist temple of Qingshui Palace in coastal Xiamen has become a hotspot for photographers and aviation enthusiasts, thanks to inbound passenger planes flying so low they appear to skim the temple’s roof. You don’t need to worry about finding the best angle either — the temple staff are happy to show you where to stand and will even call out when a plane is approaching!

Kim Kardashian lauds call for Menendez brothers’ resentencing

Kim Kardashian is expressing her faith in the justice system — and in Ryan Murphy — after L.A. County Dist. Atty. George Gascón pushed the Menendez brothers one step closer to freedom.

Gascón on Thursday asked a judge to resentence Erik and Lyle Menendez, two brothers serving life terms for the 1989 murders of their parents, Kitty and Jose Menendez. The request could lead to their early release: If resentenced to 50 years to life with possibility of parole, as the D.A. advised, the brothers could be eligible for youthful-offender parole immediately, because they committed the crimes when they were younger than 26 and have already served nearly 35 years.

“The Menendez brothers were granted a second chance at life,” Kardashian said Thursday in an Instagram story praising the D.A.’s decision. “Thank you, George Gascón, for revisiting the Menendez brothers’ case and righting a significant wrong. Your commitment to truth and fairness is commendable.”

Gascón announced earlier this month that his office was reviewing the Menendez case after the brothers’ attorneys filed a habeas motion last year arguing that new evidence backed the brothers’ longstanding claim that they had been sexually abused by their father for years before the slayings. At the time of the high-profile 1995 trial, the presiding judge strongly restricted testimony that would have supported an “abuse excuse,” clearing the way for the brothers’ 1996 conviction and sentencing to life without parole.

The Skims founder went on in her post to tell the “millions who have been vocal supporters” of the case’s reexamination that their voices “were heard.

“The media’s focus, especially on the heels of Ryan Murphy’s TV show, helped expose the abuse and injustices in their case,” she wrote. “Society’s understanding of child abuse has evolved, and social media empowers us to question the systems in place.”

Netflix last month dropped Ryan Murphy’s “Monsters: The Lyle and Erik Menendez Story,” a dramatized take on the murders that Murphy called “the best thing that has happened to the Menendez brothers in 30 years because it’s getting people to talk about it, and it’s getting people to ask the questions that are important.” It was part of a slew of Menendez-inspired media.

The Menendez case “highlights the importance of challenging decisions and seeking truth, even when guilt is not in question,” Kardashian wrote.

“I believe in the justice system’s ability to evolve, and I am grateful for a society where we can challenge decisions and seek justice,” she wrote. “Never stop questioning.”

“The Kardashians” star earlier this month penned a personal essay in favor of the brothers’ life sentences being “reconsidered.”

In the piece, she argued that the brothers — whom she said the media turned into “monsters and sensationalized eye candy” — “had no chance of a fair trial” at the time of their criminal proceedings, when resources were scarce for victims of sexual abuse, especially those who were male. The public had little “empathy, let alone sympathy,” she said, for a pair of wealthy teens from Beverly Hills.

The Menendez brothers were treated more like “serial killers,” the criminal justice reform advocate and aspiring lawyer said, than “two individuals who endured years of sexual abuse by the very people they loved and trusted.”

“I don’t believe that spending their entire natural lives incarcerated was the right punishment for this complex case. Had this crime been committed and trialed today, I believe the outcome would have been dramatically different,” she said.

Gascón echoed Kardashian’s comments in a Tuesday interview with CNN, saying, “There was certainly implicit bias that took place at that time that perhaps may have had an impact in the way the case was perceived and presented to the jury.”

On top of that, the D.A. said Thursday that the brothers have been engaged for years in prison programs to help inmates deal with trauma and to assist those who have physical disabilities.

Kardashian, who last month visited the brothers in jail, also vouched for their “exemplary disciplinary records,” saying the pair have “earned multiple college degrees, worked as caregivers for elderly incarcerated individuals in hospice, and been mentors in college programs — committed to giving back to others.”

“The killings are not excusable,” she said. “But we should not deny who they are today in their 50s.”

Contrary to Kardashian’s suggestion in a subsequent Instagram story that the Menendez brothers were “immediately eligible for parole now that their sentence has been reduced to 50 years to life,” their new sentence remains undecided.

If Gascón’s recommendation is approved by a judge, the brothers’ fate would still rest with the parole board, which will decide whether to release them. Gov. Gavin Newsom could also veto the parole board’s decision.

Google Performance Max gets new AI-powered video creation, asset testing

Google has announced major updates to its advertising tools, including the integration of its advanced Imagen 3 AI model to help with creative optimizations and new Performance Max capabilities.

Key updates:

  • Imagen 3 integration for AI-powered image generation.
  • Sharable ad previews for easier team collaboration.
  • Enhanced video creation capabilities.
  • New asset testing features for Performance Max.
  • Updated campaign management tools.

Why we care. The new tools, like sharable ad previews and advanced asset testing, offer streamlined collaboration and optimization opportunities, while the enhanced campaign management features in Performance Max provide greater flexibility in balancing and prioritizing campaigns.

These innovations can significantly boost ad performance and simplify workflows, as long as its approached with care in such a volatile season.

Creative tools.

    • Imagen 3 AI model creates high-quality ad visuals.
    • New sharable previews work without Google Ads login.
    • AI automatically adapts videos for different formats and lengths.

    Testing capabilities.

      • Asset experiments for Performance Max (coming in beta).
      • Final URL expansion testing.
      • Performance impact measurement tools.

      Campaign management.

        What’s next. The asset experiments feature for Performance Max with product feeds will launch in beta later this year.

        Bottom line. Google is betting big on AI to help advertisers create more effective campaigns while simplifying the creative and testing process.


New on Search Engine Land

About the author

Anu Adegbola

Anu Adegbola has been Paid Media Editor of Search Engine Land since 2024. She covers paid search, paid social, retail media, video and more.

In 2008, Anu’s career started with

 delivering digital marketing campaigns (mostly but not exclusively Paid Search) by building strategies, maximising ROI, automating repetitive processes and bringing efficiency from every part of marketing departments through inspiring leadership both on agency, client and marketing tech side.

 

Outside editing Search Engine Land article she is the founder of PPC networking event – PPC Live and host of weekly podcast PPCChat Roundup.

 

She is also an international speaker with some of the stages she has presented on being SMX (US), SMX (Munich), Friends of Search (Amsterdam), brightonSEO, The Marketing Meetup, HeroConf (PPC Hero), SearchLove, BiddableWorld, SESLondon, PPC Chat Live, AdWorld Experience (Bologna) and more.

Fortnite Limited Edition PS5 DualSense Controller Preorders Restocked At Best Buy

The Fortnite-themed PS5 controller has been restocked at a few major retailers, including Best Buy and Target. If you missed out on preorders when they initially went live on October 3, now’s your chance to secure the Fortnite Limited Edition DualSense ahead of its November 7 release, the same day the PS5 Pro hits store shelves. If you’re interested in pairing the Fortnite controller with the new high-powered PlayStation console, preorders for the PS5 Pro are still available at multiple retailers, including Amazon, Best Buy, and Target. For more details, check out our PlayStation 5 Pro preorder guide.

Preorder Fortnite Limited Edition DualSense Controller at:

Retailer inventory as of October 26 at 6:30 PM PT

The Fortnite-themed controller launches alongside two controllers from PlayStation’s new Chroma Collection: Chroma Pearl DualSense ($80) and Chroma Indigo DualSense ($80). Meanwhile, the Chroma Teal DualSense ($80) releases January 23.


Chroma Collection DualSense Controllers and PS5 Console Covers

No Caption Provided

PlayStation’s new Chroma Collection features three DualSense controllers and console covers in iridescent color options: Chroma Pearl, Chroma Indigo, and Chroma Teal.


Chroma controllers retail for the new $80 price. Console covers for the PS5 Slim cost $65 each, five bucks more than than existing color options. Chroma Pearl and Indigo accessories release November 7, but Chroma Teal won’t be available until January 23, 2025.

November will be a busy month for PlayStation gear, as the PS5 Pro is also slated for a November 7 launch. Preorders for the PS5 Pro started September 26 on PlayStation Direct and October 10 at major retailers. Two weeks after the PS5 Pro’s launch, PlayStation’s 30th Anniversary Collection will bring limited-edition consoles and controllers.


Official Fortnite Controllers for Xbox, Switch, and PC

Officially licensed Fortnite controllers for Xbox, PC, and Switch
Officially licensed Fortnite controllers for Xbox, PC, and Switch

If you’re interested in the Fortnite DualSense controller but aren’t able to get one, there are new wireless third-party gamepads with official Fortnite themes for Xbox, Nintendo Switch, and PC. Two of them also happen to have very busy designs.

Despite its bright yellow design, the Peely-themed wireless Switch controller by PowerA is the most understated of the bunch. It connects wirelessly via Bluetooth and has a pair of remappable back buttons. The Peely controller released earlier this year for $65 and comes with a code for the Prickly Axe skin.

Xbox and PC users can buy PowerA’s newly released Fortnite limited-edition controller for $100. Released on October 1, this limited-edition controller has a range of notable features, including Hall Effect sticks and triggers, four remappable back buttons, trigger locks, and custom profiles. It comes bundled with the Tooth Pickaxe skin. This controller has very similar features as the recently launched PowerA OPS V3 Pro for PC, which we found to be quite impressive for the price.

The more budget-friendly controller in the OPS line, the V1, has a Fortnite-themed edition for $55. A wireless controller for PC and mobile, the Fortnite Edition OPS V1 is equipped with Hall Effect sticks and triggers, four remappable back buttons, and three-way trigger locks. You can connect wirelessly via 2.4GHz or Bluetooth. It’s available now at Amazon and comes with the Assault Bomber glider skin.

Psychologists develop tool to assess narcissism in job candidates

It feels like narcissism is everywhere these days: politics, movies and TV, sports, social media. You might even see signs of it at work, where it can be particularly detrimental. Is it possible to keep a workplace free of destructive, manipulative egotists?

More and more organizations have come to San Francisco State University’s experts in organizational psychology asking for help doing just that. In response, University researchers developed a tool for job interviews to assess narcissistic grandiosity among potential job candidates. San Francisco State Psychology Professors Kevin Eschleman and Chris Wright and four student researchers led the project, published in the Journal of Personality Assessment.

“We focused on narcissism because it’s one of the most commonly talked about characteristics of people. Really, it represents a lot of things that can go bad in terms of a team,” Eschleman said. “But it’s a characteristic that is very attractive in the short-term. [Narcissists] often have tendencies to be very goal-oriented and are often very successful. There’s a lure to somebody who is high in narcissism.”

The tool developed by the SF State researchers — the Narcissism Interview Scale for Employment (NISE) — is a set of behavioral and situational questions that can be incorporated into a job interview. One question asks respondents to describe their approach to leading a team. Another asks how candidates would procced if they disagree with a plan that the rest of their team likes — and the project requires unanimous consent to move forward. Interviewers are trained to rate candidate responses, providing a more scientific and consistent way to evaluate a candidate’s propensity for narcissistic grandiosity.

The project started four years ago when Eschleman noticed an uptick in organizations asking about effective teams, candidate selection and how to avoid “bad apples.” It’s easy for organizations to be enticed by how a candidate’s skills appear on paper, but failing to properly consider personality might derail team-oriented environments, Eschleman notes. Employees with narcissistic grandiosity tend to have inflated views of self and make self-focused and short term-focused decisions instead of considering long-term organizational needs. They may also abuse and try to protect their sense of power and control, he adds.

“This isn’t a categorical diagnosis,” Eschleman clarified, noting that everyone probably falls somewhere on the continuum of narcissism. “What we’re looking at are people’s consistencies over time. It’s how they view themselves or how others view them consistently over time. Do they engage in these actions consistently?”

The authors acknowledge that this assessment is not a perfect science. There are many other factors in building a successful team and healthy work environment. But they hope their tool will increase the odds for success.

While the researchers have been studying these topics for years, they wanted to make sure their tool was easy to use and could be adapted by different work environments. It is why they focused on job interviews, something accepted and considered appropriate by both organizations and applicants in the hiring process.

Sharon Pidakala (M.S., ’22), one of the study authors, is now a People & Development Manager at Lawyers On Demand in Singapore. Her work involves talent acquisition, culture, development, organizational policies and employee engagement.

“I’ve been grateful to put my research into daily use. It’s really important to make sure that these questions are not outrightly direct because you don’t want it to look like you’re asking someone, ‘Are you a narcissist?'” explained Pidakala, whose SFSU thesis focused on developing the NISE tool. “These questions are raised in a way to make it look favorable for the candidate.”

Pidakala came to SF State specifically to get this type of training. With an undergraduate background in psychology, she sought specialized training in organizational psychology to further refine and expand her expertise in the field.

“Attending SF State and studying organizational psychology has been incredibly valuable, equipping me with versatile skills that can be applied globally,” she said.

Aurangabad: The gully gourmet’s heirloom recipes

Food is ubiquitous in Aurangabad. Famous for its exquisite, centuries-old, rock-cut temples, sculptures and paintings of the UNESCO-endorsed Ellora and Ajanta Caves, the city is also a gastronomic haven. Mughlai? Check. Arabic? Check. Nizami/Marathwada? Check, check. Much of this culinary diversity has to do with the city’s syncretic culture.

Founded by the Abyssinian slave-turned-warrior Malik Ambar in 1610 as Khadki, and ruled subsequently by everyone from the Ahmadnagar Sultanate to Mughal Badshah Aurangazeb and the Nizams of Hyderabad, the regional gastronomic tapestry is a confluence of flavours.

Arguably the best places to sample local food is at street stalls and local markets. In Aurangabad, the go-to place is Buddi Galli, on the outskirts of the city in a district called Naralibag.

A twisty, labyrinthine road of street stalls and hole-in-the-wall eateries, it serves up delicious, cheap food. Push cart vendors sell everything from flavour-charged chicken shawarmas to spicy seekh kebabs smoldering on charcoals, perfuming the air with their irresistible aroma. Tikiya pav—spiced beef patties fried on a griddle and served inside pillowy soft pav—is a treat for the taste buds.

Khau Gali is another foodie destination for a deep dive into the city’s rich food history.

Think halwais deep frying gossamer gold puris to be served with hing-infused aloo sabzi and a piquant carrot pickle; bawarchis fussing over wafer-thin mandi roti in incandescent tandoors… Sellers of chaats, pakodas, vadas, and pani puri are all part of this cultural blast furnace with the atmosphere so thick it can be sliced with a knife.

Khaja sellers are a visual delight around Aurangabad’s historic gates—52 in number. The gargantuan fluffy pastry, like a big bhatura or paratha, but heavier and flaky is crafted from maida, ghee, sugar and khoa. Deep fried in a boiling wok of ghee, it is no diet food but certainly a pocket friendly snack at Rs 50 a pop.

A traditional thali

Great Sagar Restaurant—located on VIP Road, near Bhadkal Gate—is a mecca for meat eaters. The no-frills eatery with its redoubtable three-decade-old legacy has an iconic following.

Opt for its legendary mutton biryani and you’ll soon figure out why every table when you walk in had ordered it. The dish comes in a gleaming copper handi brimming with yellow-white, saffron-flecked rice topped with half a hardboiled egg. Sides of a zesty salan and raita provide able support. A topping of crispy caramelised onions impart a hint of sweetness.

For those craving Aurangabadi favourites steeped in Marathwada flavours, a traditional thali at the freshly-minted Hyatt Place Airport Hotel’s Zing restaurant is the answer.

Amid the 10-odd dishes on a silver platter, the piece de resistance is of course the mutton naan qalia, Aurangabad’s revered masterpiece. With its provenance in Mughlai cuisine, the slow-cooked mutton stew features succulent meat pieces cooked for hours in a rich, aromatic gravy.

Don’t miss out on a quintessential Marathi breakfast at the hotel. The multilayered thalipeeth is a textural delight. Wash it all down with a jeera-infused chaas or a piping hot masala chai while reflecting on life’s sensual pleasures!

Mutton Naan Qalia recipe

by Chef Sujay S Mungikar, Head Chef, Hyatt Place Aurangabad

Ingredients:

• Mutton – 1 kg

• Onions – 2 medium (finely sliced)

• Yogurt- 1 cup (whisked)

• Ginger garlic paste- 2 tbsp

• Bilawe ki Chironji – 2 tbsp

• Desiccated coconut- 2 tbsp

• Poppy seeds – 1 tbsp

• Red chili powder – 1 to 1 1/2 tsp (depends on your taste)

• Cumin powder – 1 tsp

• Coriander powder- 2 tsp

• Turmeric powder – 1/2 tsp

• Garam Masala – 1 tsp

• Salt to taste

• Oilfor cooking

Method:

• Wash mutton and mix 1 finely sliced onion and set it aside. Dry roast coconut, poppy seedsand chironji and then grind them to form a smooth paste. Fry the 2 finely sliced onions till they are brown and then grind them to make a fine paste.

• Heat oil and add the meat mixed with onions and keep frying it. Add the ginger garlic paste. Once meat is seared, addthe powdered spices. Mix well and keep on frying by adding water. Now add enough water to cook and cover the lid. Let the mutton cook till it’s partly tender. Now add the whisked yogurt. Cook again for 10 minutes. Now add the coconut-poppy seeds, chironji, and brown onions paste. Add water and simmer for another 15 minutes. Rest and when the dish develops ‘taar’ or a film of oil on top, garnish with coriander leaves and serve with rice or roti.

CfP: National Seminar on Women in Unorganized Sector by Christ University, Delhi and NCW [Nov 8; Hybrid; No Reg Fees]: Submit Papers by Oct 30!

Submissions are invited for a National Seminar on Women in Unorganized Sector by Christ University, Delhi and NCW. Submit Papers by Oct 30! About the University CHRIST (Deemed to be University), a premier educational institution, is an academic fraternity of individuals dedicated to the motto of Excellence and Service. The National Commission for Women was […]

The post CfP: National Seminar on Women in Unorganized Sector by Christ University, Delhi and NCW [Nov 8; Hybrid; No Reg Fees]: Submit Papers by Oct 30! appeared first on Lawctopus.

Weekly Tarot Card Readings: Tarot prediction for October 27 to November 2, 2024 | Astrology

ARIES (March 21-April 20)

Love: The Hermit

Mood: Two of Swords

Career: Two of Coins

This week brings opportunities for you to showcase your skills at work, leaving a lasting impression on key individuals. If you’re considering a job change, better financial prospects are likely in your future. Some of you may even receive money as a gift. Social gatherings will allow you to shine and boost your popularity. Cherish the quality time spent with family and friends, and you might catch the eye of someone intriguing on the romantic front. However, be mindful of those who may try to upset your peace—stay calm and don’t let them get to you. If you’re planning a property purchase, a proper valuation is essential. Be cautious and avoid revealing any personal or sensitive information to others.

Read on to find out your Tarot reading for the coming week.(Unsplash)

Lucky No.: 2
Lucky Colour: Golden

TAURUS (April 21-May 20)

Love: The World

Mood: Justice

Career: King of Wands

Your efforts in your professional life are set to be recognized, and lucrative money-making opportunities are on the horizon. This is an excellent time for growth, especially in academics, where you’ll likely make a lasting impression. Building a deeper connection with someone in your circle will bring benefits, and your personality will continue to attract admiration from others. If you’re considering investing in property, now might be a good time as it promises profits. However, avoid discussing sensitive topics at home as it could disrupt the harmony. To stay healthy, incorporate more physical activity into your routine and it is likely to benefit greatly.

Lucky No.: 9
Lucky Colour: Brown

GEMINI (May 21-June 21)

Love: Judgment

Mood: Magician

Career: Ten of Cups

You’ll successfully stay ahead of competitors at work, impressing the right people won’t be a challenge. Financially, you’ll make smart decisions that allow you to save more than expected. Your presence will be sought after at social or marriage events, making you the centre of attention. Prioritizing your health and staying away from ailments will be your mantra for maintaining fitness. At home, the cheerful atmosphere will lift your spirits. Though you might feel uncertain about differing viewpoints, trust in your own judgment. Better handle things directly to ensure better outcome if planning to sell a property.

Lucky No.: 11
Lucky Colour: Silver

CANCER (June 22-July 22)

Love: Wheel of Fortune

Mood: Devil

Career: Two of Wands

A steady performance at work will give you a sense of satisfaction this week. Hands-on experience will prove invaluable as you navigate challenges. Academically, those awaiting results can expect positive news. In financial matters, dealings with foreign partners may lead to substantial gains. Your love life is poised for joy, as your partner will keep you entertained and in high spirits. A home remedy or alternative medicine may provide relief from a lingering health issue. While spending less time with family may feel frustrating, you’ll manage to cope. Be mindful of how you express yourself, especially towards people you’re not fond of.

Lucky No.: 1
Lucky Colour: Magenta

LEO (July 23-August 23)

Love: Nine of Swords

Mood: The Magician

Career: The Empress

This is a fortunate period for you, with everything going according to plan socially. You’ll be able to leave a strong impression at work, while new income opportunities seem just around the corner. Academic success is a given, and your cost-cutting measures will result in long-term financial gains. Your friends and family will be key to your success this week, offering support when needed. A healthy, balanced diet will bring positive changes sooner than you expect. Be sure to take your time when faced with multiple options—rushing decisions could lead to mistakes. Domestic disagreements may arise, so tread lightly to maintain peace. Prefer meeting those people on a priority who charge you up with positivity.

Lucky No.: 17
Lucky Colour: White

VIRGO (August 24-September 23)

Love: The Hanged Man

Mood: The Magician

Career: Eight of Cups

Your creativity will shine through, placing you in a special league at work. If you’ve been awaiting results from a competitive exam, the outcome is likely to surpass expectations. Financially, you’ll avoid spending money on something you dreaded, giving you a sense of relief. Social events will be bustling with excitement, and you’ll enjoy spending time with relatives on happy occasions. A romantic relationship may feel like love, but it could just be infatuation, so tread carefully. When it comes to purchasing property, location is key—pay close attention to details before making any decisions. Stay true to your word, as empty promises could lead to disappointment.

Lucky No.: 8
Lucky Colour: Saffron

LIBRA (September 24-October 23)

Love: Six of Swords

Mood: Knight of Coins

Career: Temperance

This week is full of unique opportunities that are yours to seize. Any challenging task will feel easy once you put your mind to it. Your professional prowess will put you in the spotlight at work, and you’ll outshine those who might envy your success. Encouragement from family and friends will motivate you to push yourself even harder. Financially, things are stable, and you might even indulge in some well-deserved splurging. On the romantic front, cherish the memorable moments that come your way. An active lifestyle will be your key to staying healthy, but a packed social schedule could disrupt personal plans—be sure to find balance.

Lucky No.: 18
Lucky Colour: Brown

SCORPIO (October 24-November 22)

Love: Nine of Cups

Mood: Six of Coins

Career: Three of Wands

This week brings the opportunity you’ve been waiting for. Making healthier food choices will align well with your lifestyle, ensuring you stay fit. Getting involved in humanitarian work is likely to fill you with joy. At work, clearing out backlogged tasks will allow you to focus on current priorities. Financial discipline is essential to stay secure, so be mindful of your spending habits. Plan a vacation with family or friends to make this week, extra special. Relationships may need extra care—work hard to resolve differences with your partner to avoid misunderstandings.

Lucky No.: 8
Lucky Colour: Light Grey

SAGITTARIUS (November 23- December 21)

Love: The Lovers

Mood: The Fool

Career: Strength

Going above and beyond for others this week will be greatly appreciated, opening doors to new opportunities. Strengthening your communication with senior management will boost your career prospects. Expect financial gains through commissions, dividends, or royalties, making this a profitable time. Continue following your balanced diet and exercise routine to edge closer to your fitness goals. Engaging in spiritual activities will enhance your mental strength and provide inner peace. Take the time to reconnect with family and consider traveling with your spouse to deepen your romantic bond.

Lucky No.: 5
Lucky Colour: Orange

CAPRICORN (December 22-January 21)

Love: The World

Mood: Two of Swords

Career: The Star

Take a breather at work this week, as things will move smoothly, giving you time to relax. Your initiative in volunteering for a challenging task will enhance your reputation. Some may receive a pay raise, while others succeed academically. Staying active will keep you energized and focused. Your involvement in social or voluntary work will increase your popularity. A trip may be on the horizon, so prepare for a well-deserved getaway. Ignore negative gossip and focus on your goals; letting rumours affect you will only disrupt your peace.

Lucky No.: 22
Lucky Colour: Blue

AQUARIUS (January 22-February 19)

Love: Temperance

Mood: Two of Wands

Career: The Moon

Entrepreneurs will see success in expanding their businesses, and involving loved ones in your plans will strengthen relationships. Your investment strategies are set to pay off, bringing you success. Early in the week, unexpected good news will bring joy to the entire family. A fascinating individual may keep you captivated. Be prepared for social situations where others may try to dominate—stand your ground. If you’re falling behind on important tasks, it might be time for late nights to catch up. Romance may come with a few hurdles, but your determination will win over your partner. A sudden trip might feel tiring, but it will be worth the effort.

Lucky No.: 5

Lucky Colour: Green

PISCES (Feb 20-Mar 20)

Love: The Magician

Mood: Five of Cups

Career: Three of Wands

Focusing on positive emotions like love, hope, and optimism will help improve your mental and physical well-being. Some may find themselves drawn deeper into a romantic relationship. Celebrating a recent purchase or contract with loved ones appears to be on the cards. A move to a better living space may be on the horizon. If you’re not feeling up to a task, don’t rush—take your time to get it done right. Be cautious of office politics this week; staying neutral and revising your approach will save you from unnecessary complications. Keep your financial status private to avoid unwanted attention.

Lucky No.: 7
Lucky Colour: Yellow

By: Manisha Koushik

(Astrologer, Tarot Card Reader, Numerologist, Vastu & Fengshui Consultant)

Contact: +919650015920

Merck, Pfizer lifted as CDC backs broader use of pneumococcal vaccines

A panel of advisers to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention on Wednesday recommended lowering the age for routine pneumococcal vaccination from 65 to 50 years of age, boosting the sales potential for multiple shots on the market or in development. 

Committee members voted nearly unanimously to make the change, with the agency noting in a statement that it will allow for greater protection “at the age when risk of infection substantially increases.” Previous guidelines endorsed shots for adults at least 65 years of age, people with certain chronic health conditions, and kids under 5. Adults over the age of 65 and young children are at the highest risk of infection, according to the CDC. 

The new recommendation could grow a lucrative market for vaccines that’s long been dominated by Pfizer’s Prevnar franchise, but now includes additional and emerging entrants designed to provide broader protection.

Merck, for instance, was cleared by U.S. regulators in June to begin selling Capvaxive. That shot protects against 21 types of the bacteria that cause pneumococcal disease, including eight not covered by other vaccines. Merck has said those eight account for more than one-quarter of invasive pneumococcal disease cases in adults 50 years and older.

Behind Merck is Vaxcyte, which is developing a shot designed to cover 31 strains. Vaxcyte produced positive results in a early trial in September and could have Phase 3 data in 2026. GSK is in the mix as well, with a candidate it acquired in a buyout of startup Affinivax in 2022.

The panel made its decision based on the hope that it might boost uptake of the shots and reduce the incidence of disease in people currently at risk of poor health outcomes, wrote Jefferies analyst Akash Tewari in a note to investors. Nonetheless, in a separate report, Roger Song, also of Jefferies, called the recommendation a “surprise,” given it could raise costs and mean people will require an additional shot as they get older. 

Analysts, as a result, have revised their sales estimates for pneumococcal shots. Tewari boosted peak annual sales projections for Capvaxive from $1.5 billion to $1.8 billion and now expects Prevnar 20 to bring in as much as $7.2 billion annually, from $6.8 billion previously. 

Leerink Partners analyst Daina Graybosch added that she expects Merck to get the “lion’s share” of the adult market in the near term, with the new recommendation leading to a possible $700 million boost in U.S. revenue in the 2026 fiscal year. 

“Merck’s dominance will likely be short-lived, however,” she cautioned, as Vaxcyte’s candidate, if approved, could be a “formidable competitor” by 2028. 

How Many Property Investors Are There In Australia?

Key takeaways

You can own as many properties as you want in Australia, but most investors never get past their first property investment because they don’t start out on the right foot, don’t do their research, and don’t buy the right property in the right location.

The number of Australian property investors has fallen over the last 7 years as a result of APRA’s macroprudential controls, APRA limiting interest only lending, the federal Labor Party threatening to remove negative gearing, and removing depreciation claims on existing properties.

To outperform the averages and grow a multi-million dollar property portfolio, you need to start with the big picture and find the right locations, then drill down and apply the 6 Stranded Strategic Approach to select the right properties within those locations.

Over the years we have honed our strategies to find investment grade properties, which are likely to grow at wealth-producing rates of return.


At a time when affordability issues make headlines every day, Australians are feeling the pinch, and properties are both low in supply and high in price; many fingers are pointed at property investors.

The problem is many believe that so-called ‘greedy property investors’ are to blame for market and financial woes.

After all, aren’t these ‘greedy investors’ buying up all the affordable properties and leaving little for the rest?

The latest Australian Taxation Office (ATO) statistics reveal some numbers that help to give an insight into how rich property investors really are and how many properties these investors really hold.

So let’s find out the truth…

How many properties can you own in Australia?

The short answer is that it’s limitless.

Sure, most investors never get past their first property investment because they don’t start out on the right foot, they don’t do their research or know what they’re doing, and they also don’t buy the right property in the right location (what I call an ‘investment-grade’ property, but the truth is near all these failings are human error.

While money, income, and time may be limiting factors initially, the truth is, no matter how much you earn there is an opportunity to build a property portfolio.

And with the right investment plan and by buying the right investment-grade property in the right location you can get your foot firmly on the property investment ladder.

That’s the thing with property investment: when you get it right, you have the potential to achieve spectacular capital growth over the years, which will help you buy the next property and the next.

Unfortunately, many fail at the first hurdle, as the below data shows.

And while you may think that so-called ‘greedy investors’ are taking all our property for themselves, the data paints a very different picture.

How many Australians invest in property?

According to CoreLogic and ABS:

  • The number of residential dwellings in Australia has boomed to 11.2 million
  • The total value of Australia’s residential market rose to $11 trillion at the end of September 2024.
  • There is a total of $2.3 trillion in outstanding mortgage debt for these properties,
  • And 56.3% of Australian household wealth is held in housing

The latest data from the Australian Taxation Office (ATO) reveals that 2,245,539 Australians or around 20% of Australia’s 11.4 million taxpayers owned an investment property in 2020-21 – this is the latest data available at the time of writing and was released in June 2023.

pencil icon

Note: That means that around 2.24 million taxpayers in Australia are property investors, and collectively they own 3.25 million investment properties.

Here’s how many properties investors hold in Australia in the 2020-21 financial year:

  • 71.48% of investors hold 1 investment property
  • 18.86% of investors hold 2 investment properties
  • 5.81% of investors own 3 investment properties
  • 2.11% of investors own 4  investment properties
  • 0.87% of investors own 5 investment properties
  • 0.89% (or 19,920) of investors hold 6 or more investment properties

Fewer Aussies are getting into property investment

While the number of property investors actually rose a little (there were 18,698 more investors than the previous financial year)  it’s likely this number will be much lower over the next few year as investors fled the market. .

Looking at a back series of these ATO stats shows that a decade ago 60,000 to 70,000 new investors entered the property market each year, but this number has fallen significantly over the last few years.

So there are fewer new investors entering the market.

Number of Australian Property Investors:

Year Total Change on previous years
2009-10 1,704,220 68,316
2010-11 1,765,880 61,660
2011-12 1,854,519 88,639
2012-13 1,942,339 87,820
2013-14 2,010,923 68,584
2014-15 2,051,517 40,594
2015-16 2,097,382 45,865
2016-17 2,156,319 58,935
2017-18 2,207,893 51,574
2018-19 2,227,174 19,281
2019-20 2,226,841 -333
2020-21 2,245,539 18,698

Of course, the figures above are nett numbers, meaning the change in the number of investors after some investors have exited the market by selling a property and others have entered the list when they bought a property.

Having said that, you can see how invested numbers have fallen over the last 7 years as investors have had to contend with:

  • 2014 – APRA’s macroprudential controls throttling banks ability to lend to investors
  • 2016 – APRA limiting interest only lending
  • 2017 – The federal Labor Party threatened to remove negative gearing, which lost them an election when they tried again in 2019
  • 2017 – Removing depreciation claims on existing properties and travel bans to inspect your investments.
  • 2019 – APRA increasing buffers and the “floor rate” to 7%
  • 2020 – Victorian government’s massive tenancy law reforms favouring tenants
  • 2021 – APRA lifts lending buffer to 3%
  • 2021 – The Queensland government’s Tenancy Reform announced
  • 2021 – The RBA starts raising interest rates
  • 2023- ACT and WA propose Tenancy Reforms
pencil icon

Note: The data also shows that, while older Australians used to own the majority of investment properties, that has now shifted – today, ‘working age’ Australians dominate when it comes to property investment.

The top investor age groups are:

  • 5% are aged between 55 and 64 years old
  • 5% are aged between 45 to 54 years old
  • 5% are aged between 35 to 44 years old
  • 5% are aged between 25 to 34 years old
  • 12% are aged between 65 to 74 years old
  • 5% are aged 75 years old or more
  • 5% are aged between 15 to 24 years old

Property investment returns in Australia

Nothing much has changed over the years.

The fact that 90% of investors only own one or two investment properties has been the status quo for many years.

But what I find more interesting is digging into the statistics to see how much rental income these property investors are earning.

Of the 2.22 million property investors, 54% are reported to have been negatively geared during the 2019-20 financial period, claiming a net rental loss for the year.

That means that Australia’s property investors collectively incurred a $166.5 million net rental loss over the period, the smallest in two decades.

pencil icon

Note: The data also shows that investors with fewer properties are more likely to be negatively geared.

Net rent income in Australia by the number of property interests

Outcome № of Investors Property Interests Total Rental Income Avg. Rental Income
1 Loss 856.4k 856.4k -$5.00B -$5.8k
2 Loss 227.7k 455.5k -$2.45B -$5.4k
3 Loss 67.8k 203.3k -$1.06B -$5.2k
4 Loss 23.7k 94.8k -$478M -$5.0k
5 Loss 9.6k 48.2k -$234M -$4.9k
6+ Loss 9.9k 74.3k -$356M -$4.8k
1 Profit 736.4k 736.4k $4.92B $6.7k
2 Profit 190.9k 381.8k $2.24B $5.9k
3 Profit 61.6k 184.9k $1.04B $5.6k
4 Profit 23.1k 92.2k $490M $5.3k
5 Profit 9.6k 48.1k $251M $5.2k
6+ Profit 10.0k 76.2k $401M $5.3k

Source: ATO

pencil icon

Note: Property investment may be simple, but it’s not easy.

Clearly, most property investors failed to build a sufficiently large property portfolio to provide them with a substantial retirement income.

However, growing a property portfolio will supplement your superannuation and other investment assets to help secure your financial future.

Of course, the number of investment properties you own is not nearly as important as the quality of your assets and the amount of equity you have in them.

I’ve often said I’d prefer to own one Westfield shopping centre than 50 properties in regional Australia.

Examining these ATO statistics made me wonder how our clients at Metropole Property Strategists, who have been given strategic advice to guide their investing, have performed compared to the average property investor.

Currently, Metropole manages over $2 billion worth of property assets on behalf of our clients.

And, as you can see from the following chart, on the whole, clients of Metropole have significantly outperformed the averages:

  • Only around half of our clients own only one investment property – considerably below the Australian average, but that’s a good thing
  • 21% of our clients own two investment properties, and that’s more than the Australian average
  • Almost 10% of our clients own three investment properties, which is again higher than the Australian average
  • 6% of our clients own four investment properties
  • 3% of our clients own five investment properties
  • 7% of our clients own 6 or more investment properties – more than 7 times the number in the general property investment community.

Chart1

We’ve only counted the properties we have bought for clients or that we manage for them.

This excludes properties clients purchased prior to coming to us and naturally skews our figures to the conservative side.

pencil icon

Note: It’s easy to buy the first property, but each additional property added is progressively more difficult.

We’d like to think our strategic approach to investing has contributed to our client’s outperformance.

How to outperform the averages and grow a multi-million dollar property portfolio

The first thing is to recognise that not all properties are “investment grade”.

Of course, any property can become an investment – just kick the owner out and put a tenant in, but that doesn’t make it “investment grade” – one that grows at wealth-producing rates of return.

The next important factor to recognise is that the location of your property will do 80% of the heavy lifting.

At Metropole, we use a top-down property investment framework – going from macro to micro.

The first step is to start with the big picture and find the right locations, ones that will outperform the averages.

With the right location on our radar, we can then begin to drill down and apply the 6 Stranded Strategic Approach to select the right properties within those locations.

This is the property investment system that has helped our clients build a very substantial property portfolio.

Investors

Over the years we have honed our strategies to find that less than 4% of properties on the market at any one time that we like to call “investment grade” properties.

We define investment grade, as properties that are likely to grow at wealth-producing rates of return.

Let’s look at this framework in more detail:

1. The right stage of the economic cycle

It starts with buying at the right stage of the economic and property cycle.

We look at the big picture – how is the economy performing and where are we in the property cycle?

2. The right state

Then we look for the right state in which to invest – one that is at the right stage of its own property cycle.

While we are not trying to time the cycle, we do not want to buy right at the peak when we will have to wait longer for capital growth.

We only invest in our larger capital cities, where there are multiple pillars to the economy – because this is where economic growth and wage growth will continually occur.

3. The right suburb

Then within that state, we look for the right suburb – one with a long history of strong capital growth outperforming the averages.

We have found some suburbs have 50-100% more capital growth than others over a 10-year period and obviously, these are the suburbs we target.

Week 8 NFL roundtable: Cowboys-49ers, NFC North prowess, Bucs injuries and Browns’ woes

A sudden shift could take place for more than a few NFL teams in Week 8.

The Atlanta Falcons and Tampa Bay Buccaneers meet in the second of two NFC South showdowns. The Philadelphia Eagles–Cincinnati Bengals loser might feel like any good fortune they’ve built up over the last few weeks will vanish. The AFC South could get tighter when the Houston Texans host the Indianapolis Colts. Two struggling NFC powers in the Dallas Cowboys and San Francisco 49ers meet on Sunday night.

What Week 8 storylines interest our trio of NFL writers in Mike Sando, Zak Keefer and Jeff Howe? Read more for a Sunday primer.


The Vikings (now 5-2) fell to the Rams on Thursday night. The Bears (at Commanders), Lions (vs. Titans) and Packers (at Jaguars) are all in action Sunday. Who is your pick to win the NFC North right now? Do you envision all four teams making the playoffs?

Sando: Detroit is a clear favorite with a victory at Minnesota already, the best roster and the most “time on task” with this group of coaches/players. I do not think all four teams from the division will reach the playoffs, but it could trend that way in the short term based on the Bears’ next three games against Washington (without Jayden Daniels), Arizona and New England. NFC North teams will beat up on each other down the stretch.

Keefer: Give me the Lions in the NFC North. The job Dan Campbell continues to do ranks right up there with the best in the league — so far, there has been no hangover from last season’s crushing conference title game loss. Detroit’s winning exactly how he envisioned: with two of the best fronts in the league. And Jared Goff is playing like an MVP. This team is going to be a tough, tough out in the NFC playoffs.

Howe: Even without Aidan Hutchinson, the Lions are still playing like the best team in the NFC. They’re a force on both sides of the ball, especially if Goff remains in the MVP conversation. As for the playoffs, all four teams are good enough to make it, and I would say it’s more than likely all four would finish the season in the NFC’s top seven of our power rankings. But they’re going to beat up on each other while an East or South team could use a more advantageous slate to sneak into the final wild-card spot.


The NFC North has a case for the league’s toughest division in 2024. The Minnesota Vikings fell to 5-2 on Thursday, while Jared Goff (16) and the Detroit Lions will host the Tennessee Titans on Sunday. (Jeffrey Becker / Imagn Images)

A rib injury could rob us of Caleb Williams vs. Jayden Daniels, but Bears-Commanders is a big game nonetheless. What have you liked most about Williams and Daniels? What would you like to see that each rookie QB hasn’t shown or proved yet?

Sando: I like the way both quarterbacks have started from Week 1 without the game seeming too fast for them and without the job (franchise quarterback) seeming too big for them. They both seem equipped to handle the job on and off the field, based on what we’ve seen. Daniels needs to prove he can stay on the field a full season. That is also part of the job of a franchise quarterback. His durability was a concern entering the season. He’s already managing an injury that is threatening to sideline him. For Williams, I’d like to see him fare well against good teams. He hasn’t had many chances to do that yet. The Houston game was a struggle.

Keefer: I spent time with Daniels last week in Washington and — as the story lays out — his preparation is what’s setting him apart. His teammates marvel at how early he shows up to the building every day. And Washington’s offense has been built around what he does well without forcing him to throw it 40 times a game. In Chicago, Williams has been noticeably better of late, but the challenge now is proving it against stiffer competition. Beating up on Carolina and Jacksonville doesn’t mean a whole lot these days. Backing it up after the bye week against Washington — which has led the NFC East since Week 3 — says even more.

Howe: Daniels has done everything right, but I admire the way the Commanders have continuously put him in a position to succeed. The coaching has been terrific, and the run game has helped. Daniels has then done his part to lift his teammates. I’m not sure how much Daniels can improve upon this next point, but the pre-draft concern was his ability to hold up to the physicality, and he’s already dealing with a rib injury. Williams took a little longer to get comfortable due to some line issues and injuries at the skill spots, but he never seemed to lose his way or his confidence. He just kept believing in his ability, and it’s very obvious the game has slowed down for him over the past few weeks. He’s tracking to play with a lot more confidence down the stretch, and I think the potential exists for Williams to help the Bears make a run.

Going by eyes and the odds, the Browns’ woes are about to get worse against the Ravens on Sunday. Step in the GM’s chair in Cleveland. What would you do with Deshaun Watson and his contract?

Sando: I’d release Watson after June 1 in the absence of a deal to launder Watson’s contract through another team. The release would be straightforward — cut him and watch his existing scheduled 2025 cap charge rise from nearly $73 million to nearly $119 million. The contract laundering would provide a longer-shot chance at mitigating some of the cap and cash consequences. Under that scenario, the Browns would trade Watson and draft capital to a team that would accept the draft capital, take on some of the cap/cash burden and release Watson, who would waive his no-trade clause as part of his own exit strategy.

Keefer: I’d beg my bosses — namely owner Jimmy Haslam — to release Watson after June 1 and eat the dead money. It’s a substantial hit (nearly $119 million to the 2025 cap) but I think it’d be the best outcome for both parties in the long run. Cleveland will pay dearly for its mistake, namely that $230 million, fully guaranteed contract it handed him in 2022, but also has the chance to move on without Watson’s situation lingering for years, eating up headlines and holding this team back. There’s no salvaging this. Even if he returns in 2025, Watson will be a $46 million quarterback coming off a major injury who hasn’t looked right in four years. It’s time for logic to prevail, not stubbornness.

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

Deshaun Watson and a Browns escape plan (once they finally admit it’s over): Sando’s Pick Six

Howe: The damage is done. Remember when the prevailing belief was the Packers would struggle in 2023 due to more than $50 million in dead money post-Aaron Rodgers? (I know, that example doesn’t hold up because they played their way into the playoffs, but I’m using it to provide perspective.) Well, the Browns already have $23 million in dead cap in 2025, and a post-June 1 cut would add another $119 million to that. That would create catastrophic ripple effects with the rest of the roster — much worse than the way the Broncos were forced to make cuts after releasing Russell Wilson. The Browns need to stop restructuring Watson’s deal to kick the cap hits down the road. Even if he played at a Mahomes-ian level with a $72.9 million cap hit, the Browns would need to be otherworldly with the players on their rookie contracts to be a playoff threat. Unless they’ve got a plan to spread Watson’s cap hits through void years for decades a la Bobby Bonilla, it’s time to face reality and recognize the contract has sabotaged their roster building for the foreseeable future.

The Mike Evans and Chris Godwin injuries will be a challenge for the Bucs to overcome. The Falcons seem capable of beating anyone and losing to anyone. What is your assessment of the top of the NFC South as these two teams prepare to meet Sunday?

Sando: The Buccaneers were going to win this division and still might. The receiver injuries open the door for the Falcons to overtake them as Kirk Cousins’ surgically repaired Achilles tendon potentially rounds into stronger form late in the season.

Keefer: That’s a pretty good synopsis and one of the reasons I don’t feel like anyone can trust the Falcons right now. The Bucs were my preseason pick to win the NFC South again — they’ve quietly claimed four straight division crowns — but with the recent losses of Evans and Godwin, Atlanta has its opening. A loss Sunday to the Falcons could spell a long couple of weeks for the Bucs. Before the bye, they’ll face each of last year’s Super Bowl teams — Kansas City and San Francisco — in consecutive weeks. Those are not teams you want to play short-handed, even though the 49ers are hurting, as well.

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

Bucs’ Chris Godwin to have surgery; Mike Evans to miss several weeks

Howe: Excluding a couple of troubling stretches when Baker Mayfield has gotten turnover-prone, the QB has played well enough to be a fringe MVP candidate. I think he can still keep the Bucs in contention unless the Falcons flip a switch. Tampa offensive coordinator Liam Coen has also taken the offense to a much higher level, and his concepts will free up the lesser-known guys filling in for Evans and Godwin. I’m still far more concerned with the defense that’s given up the fifth-most points in the league. That’s no way to build a winning streak with troubles on offense. The Falcons had been pretty good until the blowout loss to the Seahawks. I don’t think we’re going to see the best version of Kirk Cousins this season because of the Achilles recovery, but they’re good enough to win the division while keeping games close.

The Cowboys and 49ers cross paths once again in one of the league’s great rivalries. But both teams are struggling. What needs to happen for the 49ers to win? What needs to happen for a Dallas win on Sunday night?

Sando: The 49ers win by running the ball all over Dallas’ weak run defense to control the game flow, delivering an easy night for quarterback Brock Purdy. The Cowboys win with a strong game from Dak Prescott and a game-changing play on special teams, where Dallas has been stronger than San Francisco this season.

Keefer: Personally, I feel like this game is way more about the Cowboys than the 49ers. San Francisco’s not right — too many injuries — but I don’t see Seattle running away with the division. The 49ers just need to stay in the hunt until Christian McCaffrey returns. A December run isn’t out of the question, not for a veteran group like this. But as for Sunday, it feels like the Cowboys’ season is teetering on the brink of collapse. Dallas can’t win at home, can’t beat anyone decent and can’t stop getting in its own way. This matchup won’t help. The 49ers have won three straight over the Cowboys, including two in the playoffs. And remember last year’s meeting: a 42-10 drubbing by San Francisco that foreshadowed the Cowboys’ playoff embarrassment three months later.

Howe: The 49ers’ injuries are the main story, but the subplot — and maybe a peek into a more detrimental issue — has been giving away games. They had no business losing to the Rams and Cardinals with the way those games were played. Then they made too many mistakes to take advantage of the Chiefs. Those are concerning trends for a team with conference championship expectations. I think the 49ers will beat the Cowboys, but they’ve yet to show they can close out a game this season. Meanwhile, the Cowboys haven’t consistently run the ball or stopped the run. Until those elements improve, they won’t be a threat in the NFC.

(Top photo of Caleb Williams: Michael Reaves / Getty Images) 

These Snapdragon X Elite Laptops Give MacBooks a Run for Their Money

If you need a productivity device with an all-day battery life and solid performance, MacBooks are a popular choice. But if you prefer Windows to macOS, these Snapdragon X Elite laptops offer the performance and portability to rival Apple’s lineup.



All listed prices are for the base device featuring a Qualcomm Snapdragon X Elite SoC and at least 16GB of soldered RAM.

1 Lenovo Yoga Slim 7x (Gen 9)

At just 12.8mm thick and weighing 2.8 pounds, the Lenovo Yoga Slim 7x is as light and thin as a 13-inch MacBook Air. However, the beautiful 14.5″ 3K (2944×1840) OLED touch display offers more screen real estate and a faster 90Hz refresh rate. With its powerful Snapdragon X Elite 12-core (X1E-78-100) processor, the 70Wh battery pack can last a full day while remaining cool and quiet under regular use. The Lenovo Yoga Slim 7x starts at $999 for the cheapest model, though that price can change greatly depending on the configuration you choose.


Like other Copilot+ PCs, the Yoga Slim 7x also gets the standard 16GB LPDDR5X onboard memory and an upgradable 512GB of Gen4 SSD storage. However, you can opt for a higher-capacity 32GB and 1TB variant if you need more RAM and storage.

Lenovo offers some of the best laptop keyboards, and the Yoga Slim 7x is no different. The spacious keyboard deck features a large, smooth touchpad and tactile keys, making for an excellent typing experience. It also gets an IR camera for biometric sign-in with Windows Hello, three USB-C ports, and all the usual connectivity features, except for a headphone jack.

Buy: Lenovo Yoga Slim 7x (from $999)

2 Microsoft Surface Laptop 7th Edition


The 7th edition of the Microsoft Surface Laptop retains most of the things that Surface laptops are known for: a premium build, an unconventional squarish design, and a stunning 13.8” 120Hz IPS touchscreen display with a 3:2 aspect ratio. If you need more real estate, you can also opt for the 15” model. The 13.8″ model typically starts at $999, but you can also find an assortment of 10-core and 12-core models on third-party websites like Amazon.

The real upgrade, however, comes in its performance and efficiency. Powered by a more powerful Snapdragon X Elite (X1E-80-100) 12-core CPU, 16GB LPDDR5X onboard memory, and a swappable 512GB SSD, the new Surface Laptop offers stellar performance and lasts a long time on a single charge at 15 hours of mixed usage. These specs are more than enough for your entertainment and work needs, including some gaming on the go, especially when using Microsoft Auto Super Resolution. It also consistently scores well on benchmarking sites like Geekbench 6 and Cinebench, inching closer to the M3 MacBook Air’s performance.


Along with an excellent haptic touchpad and a good keyboard, it also features all the usual connectivity features, including two USB-4 and one USB-A port, Windows Hello-compatible biometric hardware, and a headphone jack.

Buy: Microsoft Surface Laptop 7th Edition (from $999)

3 ASUS Vivobook S15

The ASUS Vivobook S15 is a conventional laptop with a big display, excellent port selection, and a premium Harman-Kardon-certified audio setup. But the highlight of the laptop is its gorgeous 15.6″ 3K OLED 120Hz color-accurate display with a peak brightness of 600 nits. It typically starts at $1,299.99, though you can also sometimes buy some models on Amazon for a discount.


Under the hood, it’s powered by a standard Snapdragon X Elite (X1E-78-100) processor. ASUS has paired it with 16GB LPDDR5X RAM and a generous 1TB of storage that can chew through most productivity tasks without a sweat.

Despite its slim 0.58-inch unibody design, it features a full-sized HDMI 2.1, two USB 3.2 Type-A, and two USB-C 4 ports. It also ships with a microSD card reader and headphone jack. While ASUS claims 18 hours of usage from its 70Wh battery pack, it can typically last up to 14 hours with mixed usage in real-life scenarios.

Buy: ASUS Vivobook S15 (from $1,299.99)

4 Microsoft Surface Pro 11th Edition


The Microsoft Surface Pro 11th Edition is essentially a 13″ tablet that runs a full-blown version of Windows 11. The Surface Pro’s greater flexibility makes it better than the M4 iPad Pro as you can use it as a tablet to take notes with the Surface Slim Pen or turn it into a laptop using the optional Flex Keyboard, which now works wirelessly via Bluetooth.

The 13″ OLED PixelSense 120Hz touchscreen display, which reaches a peak brightness level of 900 nits, and the premium speakers make it a great option for media consumption and productivity alike. The Snapdragon X Elite (X1E-80-100) variant can be customized with 16GB or 32GB of LPDDR5x memory and a 512GB or 1TB Gen 4 SSD.

Another distinct feature of the 11th Edition of the Surface Pro is the optional 5G support for cellular connectivity on the go. The two USB-C 4 ports on the device support data transfer, charging, and connections for up to three 4K displays at 60Hz for a full-fledged desktop experience. The 52Wh battery pack is also impressive and will net you up to 12 hours of usage on the recommended power plan.


Buy: Microsoft Surface Pro 11th Edition (from $999)

5 Dell XPS 13 (9345)

If you want the thinnest and lightest Windows laptop, the Dell XPS 13 might be the answer. This nimble 13.4″ device offers multiple display options. You can choose from an FHD+ 120Hz non-touch or a stunning 3K OLED 120Hz color-accurate touchscreen screen.

Powered by the Snapdragon X Elite (X1E-80-100), the base variant offers 16GB of LPDDR5X integrated memory and 512GB of swappable SSD storage for snappy performance. With a 55Wh battery pack, it can last up to 15 hours of mixed usage, including photo editing, video streaming, and browsing.


While the XPS 13 is highly portable at just 2.6 lbs and measuring 0.6″ thick, it suffers from some of the same issues we noted in our review of the Dell XPS 16 9640. This lightweight chassis comes at the cost of a shabby keyboard and poor port selection, with only two USB-C 4 ports for charging, data transfer, and display output.

Buy:Dell XPS 13 9345 (from $1,299.99)

6 HP OmniBook X

HP OmniBook X
HP

The HP OmniBook X is a no-nonsense productivity device with an excellent keyboard, impressive all-day battery life, and a fairly colorful 14″ 2.2K touchscreen LCD, all packed in a relatively light 2.9 lbs chassis. Unfortunately, the peak brightness of 400 nits may make it difficult to use outdoors, and the 60Hz refresh rate can detract from the overall experience. Still, for a laptop that starts at $1,089.99, which can often be found cheaper on Amazon, it holds up pretty well during everyday use.


It comes equipped with a Snapdragon X Elite processor (X1E-78-100), 16GB LPDDR5X onboard memory, and a 512GB swappable SSD, which are more than strong enough to get you through the day. While the speakers and trackpad leave plenty to be desired the OmniBook X stands out as one of the most affordable Snapdragon X Elite laptops currently available when it’s available at a discount.

Buy: HP OmniBook X (from $1,089.99)


These are the best Snapdragon X Elite laptops you can buy today. If you prefer full-fledged Windows computers with flexibility and portability, I recommend the Microsoft Surface Pro 11th Edition since it can function as both a tablet and a laptop. Because Copilot+ computers use a different architecture than standard Windows 11 PCs, there have been reports that Copilot+ PCs are a bit of a disaster for average users, but as more developers start to support the Windows on Arm system, those issues will be ironed out.


If you’re still uncertain about whether to stick with conventional x86 chips or transition to the new-generation ARM-powered devices from Apple and Qualcomm, I recommend checking out our comparison guide on the Snapdragon X Elite, Apple M3, and Intel Core Ultra. It provides an in-depth look at what each of these SoCs offers.

An autumn's palette at Huangshi's copper tailing ponds

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-26/An-autumn-s-palette-at-Huangshi-s-copper-tailing-ponds-1y0PH78tLLG/img/c19c6ec476284e1f97665182beeb5069/c19c6ec476284e1f97665182beeb5069.jpeg'
A photo taken on October 25, 2024, shows the colorful copper tailing pond viewed from above in Huangshi, central China’s Hubei Province. /CFP
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-26/An-autumn-s-palette-at-Huangshi-s-copper-tailing-ponds-1y0PH78tLLG/img/c19c6ec476284e1f97665182beeb5069/c19c6ec476284e1f97665182beeb5069.jpeg'
A photo taken on October 25, 2024, shows the colorful copper tailing pond viewed from above in Huangshi, central China’s Hubei Province. /CFP
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-26/An-autumn-s-palette-at-Huangshi-s-copper-tailing-ponds-1y0PH78tLLG/img/c19c6ec476284e1f97665182beeb5069/c19c6ec476284e1f97665182beeb5069.jpeg'
A photo taken on October 25, 2024, shows the colorful copper tailing pond viewed from above in Huangshi, central China’s Hubei Province. /CFP
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-26/An-autumn-s-palette-at-Huangshi-s-copper-tailing-ponds-1y0PH78tLLG/img/c19c6ec476284e1f97665182beeb5069/c19c6ec476284e1f97665182beeb5069.jpeg'
A photo taken on October 25, 2024, shows the colorful copper tailing pond viewed from above in Huangshi, central China’s Hubei Province. /CFP
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-26/An-autumn-s-palette-at-Huangshi-s-copper-tailing-ponds-1y0PH78tLLG/img/c19c6ec476284e1f97665182beeb5069/c19c6ec476284e1f97665182beeb5069.jpeg'
A photo taken on October 25, 2024, shows the colorful copper tailing pond viewed from above in Huangshi, central China’s Hubei Province. /CFP
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-26/An-autumn-s-palette-at-Huangshi-s-copper-tailing-ponds-1y0PH78tLLG/img/c19c6ec476284e1f97665182beeb5069/c19c6ec476284e1f97665182beeb5069.jpeg'
A photo taken on October 25, 2024, shows the colorful copper tailing pond viewed from above in Huangshi, central China’s Hubei Province. /CFP

Emerald green, peacock blue, dreamlike pink, and purple… In the crisp autumn air of Huangshi in central China’s Hubei Province, the copper tailing ponds transform into a dazzling spectacle. Bathed in sunlight, the surface reflects a palette of vibrant colors, shimmering like a series of exquisite watercolor paintings. 

Viewed from above, this mining area resembles nature’s own palette, leaving onlookers in awe of its wonders and the incredible beauty that surrounds them.

Ice Cube, Fat Joe will perform before two World Series games

Ice Cube and Fat Joe will continue to show their love for the L.A. Dodgers and New York Yankees, respectively, by performing at the second and third World Series games.

Hours before Friday’s Game 1 opening pitch, Major League Baseball announced that the hip-hop pioneers will be taking the stage in front of their respective hometown crowds during the Dodgers-Yankees World Series showdown.

South L.A. rapper Ice Cube has been tapped for a pregame set on Saturday’s Game 2 at Dodger Stadium in Los Angeles. South Bronx emcee Fat Joe will serve as the opener during Monday’s Game 3 at Yankee Stadium in the Bronx.

Ice Cube, formerly of N.W.A and “Straight Outta Compton” fame, has been a longtime supporter of the boys in Dodger Blue and made L.A. sports apparel part of his signature look. He is set to perform “special World Series editions” of his hits “Bow Down” and “It Was a Good Day.”

Joe, who has narrated promotional material for his beloved Yankees, will perform “custom versions” of his hits “New York” and “All the Way Up.” Game 3 will be the first in the 2024 postseason series played at Yankee Stadium and the first time a World Series game has been played at the venue since the Yankees beat the Philadelphia Phillies in the Fall Classic in 2009 — the year the team’s new stadium opened.

“Both stars are lifelong fans of their hometown teams and are excited for the opportunity to get their fans ready for this year’s World Series matchup,” MLB said in a statement. The performances will take place following the national anthem each night and will be shown during Fox Sports’ exclusive pregame coverage.

The league on Friday also debuted a promotional spot titled “Empire State of California Love,” pulling from both states’ unofficial anthems to tout the postseason games between the two storied franchises. The 30-second spot features the 2009 song “Empire State of Mind” by Jay-Z and Alicia Keys mashed up with Tupac Shakur’s 1995 anthem “California Love” featuring Dr. Dre. It plays over postseason highlights of Dodgers Shohei Ohtani and Mookie Betts and Yankees Juan Soto and Aaron Judge.

Meanwhile, other celebrities are getting involved in Game 1. Dodgers superfan and Grammy Award-winning country musician Brad Paisley will perform the national anthem and “Breaking Bad” star and avid Dodgers fan Bryan Cranston will deliver the late Vin Scully’s all-important directive, “It’s time for Dodger baseball.” World Series champions Orel Hershiser (1988) and Steve Yeager (1981) of the Dodgers will throw the ceremonial first pitches.

Using data to deliver tailored ad experiences

Basic personalization techniques in PPC advertising no longer capture and hold customer attention.

Generic ads miss the mark, leaving brands with lower engagement and higher ad spend wastage.

To truly connect with modern consumers, brands need to go beyond standard segmentation.

Without tapping into real-time data and advanced AI-driven insights, businesses risk losing potential customers who crave more personalized, relevant experiences.

Hyper-personalization in PPC advertising transforms campaigns by leveraging AI, machine learning and real-time data. It allows brands to create tailored, data-driven ads that significantly boost customer engagement, conversion rates and long-term loyalty.

Read on to discover how hyper-personalization can revolutionize your PPC strategy.

What is hyper-personalization in PPC?

Hyper-personalization goes beyond traditional personalization, which typically focuses on demographics and basic user data like name and purchase history. 

Instead, it leverages advanced technology and real-time data to create highly specific and tailored advertising experiences based on individual user behaviors, preferences and context.

For example, standard personalization might display an ad for hiking boots to all users within a particular demographic who have previously shown interest in outdoor activities.

Hyper-personalization will display a specific ad tailored to a user’s preferred shoe brand, color, size and previous search history, all in real time. 

This approach often uses AI, machine learning, predictive analytics and other sophisticated tools to create an experience that feels uniquely designed for the individual customer.

The role of data in hyper-personalization

Data is the lifeblood of hyper-personalization.

Data helps marketers craft relevant and highly specific experiences for each user’s needs and context. 

Hyper-personalization relies on a variety of data sources, including:

  • Behavioral data: This includes information on how a user interacts with a website or app, such as clicks, time spent on certain pages and browsing history.
  • Transactional data: Purchase history, preferred payment methods and cart abandonment behavior are valuable for crafting personalized offers.
  • Contextual data: This involves data on the user’s current situation, such as their location, the time of day or the device they are using.
  • Predictive analytics: By analyzing patterns in user behavior, brands can anticipate future actions, such as the likelihood of a purchase and adjust their PPC ads accordingly.

Integrating these data points allows brands to target customers with precision, increasing the likelihood of conversion and boosting the ROI of PPC campaigns.

The benefits of hyper-personalization in PPC advertising

Improved click-through rates (CTR)

The success of any PPC campaign is often measured by its CTR.

Hyper-personalization enables advertisers to show ads that resonate more deeply with users, thereby increasing the likelihood that they will click on the ad.

Enhanced conversion rates

Hyper-personalized PPC ads are more likely to convert because they align closely with the user’s needs and preferences.

Personalized calls-to-action (CTAs), for example, convert 202% more than generic ones​.

Additionally, real-time data allows for dynamic changes to the offer or promotion, increasing the chances of a sale.

As a result, hyper-personalized campaigns can lead to much higher conversion rates compared to traditional ads​

Increased customer loyalty

Hyper-personalization doesn’t just drive sales; it builds lasting relationships. Customers who feel understood and valued are likelier to remain loyal to a brand. 

Research shows that 45% of consumers will take their business elsewhere if they don’t receive a personalized experience​. By delivering ads that reflect a deep understanding of the customer’s preferences, brands can cultivate long-term loyalty.

Reduced ad spend wastage

Traditional PPC campaigns often involve casting a wide net, which can result in wasted ad spend on users who are not interested in the offer. 

Hyper-personalization reduces this waste by ensuring that ads are only shown to users who are highly likely to engage with them. This targeted approach optimizes the use of the advertising budget, reducing costs while improving results.

Challenges of hyper-personalization

While the benefits of hyper-personalization in PPC are clear, marketers must overcome several challenges to implement this strategy effectively.

Data privacy concerns

One of the most significant challenges is the growing concern over data privacy. With regulations like GDPR in the UK and the EU, businesses must navigate complex rules regarding the collection and use of personal data. 

Companies need to ensure they have clear consent from users before gathering and using their data. Failing to do so risks legal repercussions and damaging consumer trust​.

Technical complexity

Implementing hyper-personalization requires advanced technology and infrastructure.

Businesses must invest in AI, machine learning, data analytics and personalization engines to deliver real-time, tailored ad experiences.

Moreover, they need skilled professionals to manage these systems and ensure they are being used to their full potential​.

Balancing personalization with efficiency

While hyper-personalization offers incredible potential, the complexity of managing highly tailored campaigns can overwhelm internal teams.

Striking a balance between providing highly personalized content and maintaining operational efficiency​ is key.

Best practices for implementing hyper-personalization in PPC

If you’re looking to implement hyper-personalization in your PPC campaigns, the following best practices can help:

Use dynamic ads

Dynamic ads automatically adjust their content based on user behavior, location and other real-time data.

Google’s Dynamic Search Ads, for instance, can help create personalized ad experiences without the need for constant manual adjustments.

Use AI and machine learning

AI and machine learning algorithms can process vast amounts of data to identify patterns and make real-time decisions.

These technologies are essential for delivering hyper-personalized PPC campaigns at scale.

Create micro-segments

Instead of broad audience segments, hyper-personalization focuses on micro-segmentation.

You can deliver more relevant and effective ads by dividing your audience into smaller, more specific groups based on behavior, preferences and context.

Monitor and optimize

Hyper-personalization requires continuous monitoring and optimization.

Use analytics tools to track the performance of your PPC campaigns and make adjustments based on real-time data.

A/B testing can also help refine personalized ads to improve their effectiveness​.

Examples of hyper-personalization in PPC

Hyper-personalization can be achieved through various innovative methods that leverage real-time data, AI, machine learning and advanced analytics to deliver highly tailored experiences. 

Below are some examples of different methods and how they were implemented.

Dynamic product recommendations (Amazon)

Amazon is a pioneer in using hyper-personalization through its recommendation engine.

The platform tracks users’ browsing history, past purchases and even what similar customers are buying to suggest products in real time.

This “item-to-item collaborative filtering” algorithm allows Amazon to create a highly personalized shopping experience, driving significant revenue.

More than 35% of Amazon’s sales come from its personalized product recommendations​.

Personalized video ads (Cadbury)

Cadbury used hyper-personalization in a campaign that created personalized video ads based on user data collected from Facebook, such as age, location and interests. 

The campaign generated higher engagement because users saw content that felt individually tailored to them.

The result was a 65% increase in click-through rates and a 33.6% boost in conversions​.

Geo-targeted offers (Starbucks)

Starbucks uses hyper-personalization to offer geo-targeted promotions and personalized offers to its customers via the mobile app.

By leveraging location data, the app can provide real-time deals based on where the customer is.

The app also tracks past purchases to suggest personalized drink or snack options, further enhancing the experience and boosting sales​.

Weather changing ads (three&six)

three&six, a PPC agency specializing in the hospitality sector, needed to boost room occupancy for one of their clients during the ski season. The hotel’s bookings were seasonal and guests would book depending on snowfall waiting until the last minute. 

To address this, three&six implemented dynamic search ads that were triggered by the weather forecast.

By adjusting the ad copy and increasing bids during periods of optimal snowfall, the agency ensured that the ads appeared at the right time, when potential guests were most likely to book.

Pre-populated forms and applications (Banking and insurance industries)

Many financial services, such as banks and insurance companies, use hyper-personalization by pre-populating application forms and documents with customers’ existing information.

This streamlines the user experience, making it faster and easier to complete transactions and leads to higher conversion rates​.

These examples demonstrate how hyper-personalization can be applied across various industries, from ecommerce and entertainment to banking and transportation.

By using real-time data and advanced algorithms, brands can deliver more relevant, engaging and effective experiences tailored to each individual user.

Hyper-personalization is revolutionizing how brands interact with customers

By leveraging data, AI and machine learning, businesses can create tailored ad experiences that drive engagement, improve conversion rates and foster long-term customer loyalty.

While challenges (e.g., data privacy, technical complexity) must be addressed, the potential rewards make hyper-personalization a powerful tool in any marketer’s arsenal.

As the digital landscape evolves, hyper-personalization will become an essential strategy for brands looking to stand out and deliver meaningful, individualized experiences to their customers.

Contributing authors are invited to create content for Search Engine Land and are chosen for their expertise and contribution to the search community. Our contributors work under the oversight of the editorial staff and contributions are checked for quality and relevance to our readers. The opinions they express are their own.

What The Hell Is Going On With Ubisoft? | Spot On

Earlier this week, news broke that Ubisoft–the company behind the Assassin’s Creed, Just Dance, and Far Cry series–had undergone a notable internal shift. Despite its most recent entry in the Prince of Persia franchise, Prince of Persia: The Lost Crown, earning rave reviews, the studio announced it had effectively disbanded the team behind it. The Lost Crown senior producer Abdelhak Elguess confirmed the news to GameSpot, stating that “most of the team members who worked on Prince of Persia: The Lost Crown have shifted to other projects that will benefit from their expertise.” Though Elguess added that this does not mark the end of Ubisioft’s work on the series, it seems likely that the former developers will not be reuniting for a sequel.

This is only the latest in a series of frustrating moves by the game company, which also made a number of last-minute changes to the release of Assassin’s Creed Shadows and has offered no news on games like the Splinter Cell Remake and Beyond Good and Evil 2. This week on Spot On, Tam and Lucy discuss the studio’s latest choices and what it means for its future.

Spot On is a weekly news show airing Fridays in which GameSpot’s managing editor Tamoor Hussain and senior producer Lucy James talk about the latest news in games. Given the highly dynamic and never-ending news cycle of the massive video game industry, there’s always something to talk about but, unlike most other news shows, Spot On will dive deep into a single topic as opposed to recapping all the news. Spot On airs each Friday.

Asthma and fine particulate matter

Asthma is currently an incurable disease that severely impairs quality of life, with recurring symptoms such as wheezing, coughing, and shortness of breath. As of today, about 4 percent of the world’s population suffers from asthma, with more than 30 million new cases arising annually. Evidence suggests that long-term exposure to air pollution of fine particulate matter (PM2.5) is an important risk factor for developing asthma. However, inconsistencies in findings from earlier epidemiological studies have left this potential health risk open to debate, as some studies observed an increased risk while others found no association.

To resolve this controversy, Dr. Ruijing Ni, the first author of the study published today in the journal One Earth, and her colleagues at the Max Planck Institute for Chemistry have conducted a comprehensive global meta-analysis with researchers from China, the USA, and Australia. The research team determined the data from 68 epidemiologic studies from 2019 conducted across 22 countries, including those in North America, Western Europe, East Asia, South Asia, and Africa. They conclude that there is now sufficient evidence with high confidence level to support an association between long-term exposure to ambient PM2.5 and asthma.

11 percent of new cases of asthma in Germany are attributable to particulate matter

“We estimate that globally in 2019, almost a third of asthma cases are attributable to long-term PM2.5 exposure, corresponding to 63.5 million existing cases and 11.4 million new cases. In Germany, the pollution may have been responsible for 11 percent of new asthma cases, which corresponds to 28,000 people. We also find that the risk of asthma associated with PM2.5 is much higher in children than in adults, reflecting the age-related vulnerability,” says Dr. Ni.

Typically, the full maturation of lung and immune function is gradually completed until early adulthood. As a result, children may be more susceptible to air pollution exposure, which can lead to airway oxidative stress, inflammation, and hyper-responsiveness, as well as changes in immunological responses and respiratory sensitization to allergens. All these factors play a role in the development of asthma.

Further using these data, the research team established exposure-response curves for both childhood and adult asthma. Such curves are widely employed to quantitatively assess health risks by illustrating the relationship between the level of exposure to a particular substance, e.g., PM2.5 and the magnitude of the effect it produces, e.g., asthma risk. The exposure-response curves were determined by incorporating evidence from countries and regions across various income levels, which capture the global variation in PM2.5 exposure. “This initiative is important for quantifying global health effects of air pollution,” comments Prof. Yuming Guo, an epidemiologist from Monash University.

Countries with different income levels and particulate matter pollution considered

Populations in low- and middle-income countries (LMICs) are typically exposed to higher concentrations of air pollution and bear a greater burden of PM2.5. In contrast, research on the health effects of PM2.5 has been limited in these regions previously, with the majority of studies conducted in North America and Western Europe. Consequently, attempting a global health impact assessment of PM2.5 exposure necessitates extrapolating exposure-response associations observed in high-income countries to LMICs. The approach may introduce large uncertainty due to the differences in air pollution sources, healthcare systems, and demographic characteristics between high-income countries and LMICs.

The inclusion of evidence from several LMICs mitigates the limitation in approach and enables the exposure-response curves to be applicable to assess city- to global-scale attributable burden of asthma, as well as asthma health benefits associated with air pollution reductions, e.g., health benefits obtained from policy-driven reductions in air pollution under different scenarios.

“Our findings highlight the urgent need for policymakers to enforce stringent legislation to continuously combat air pollution, while personal protective measures, such as wearing masks, can also help reduce individual exposure and mitigate the risk of asthma,” emphasizes Prof. Yafang Cheng, the corresponding author of the study and the director at the Max Planck Institute for Chemistry.

The study was conducted by researchers from Max Planck Institute for Chemistry (Germany), Institute of Atmospheric Physics at the Chinese Academy of Sciences (China), University of Washington (USA), and Monash University (Australia).

High AQI alert! How air pollution can harm pregnant women, affect baby’s health | Health

The rising Air Quality Index (AQI) levels in many states such as Delhi, Punjab and Haryana is a pressing concern. The toxic air can affect each part of the body, and lead to serious illnesses. The pollutants in the air can get inside the lungs and affect breathing. Pregnant women are vulnerable to toxic air and can get severely affected.

Pregnant women are vulnerable to toxic air and can get severely affected. (Unsplash)

In an interview with HT Lifestyle, Dr Gandhali Deorukhkar, Consultant – Obstetrics and Gynaecology, Wockhardt Hospitals, Mumbai, said, “Air pollution poses significant risks to pregnant women and their developing fetuses, affecting maternal health and fetal development. Exposure to pollutants such as particulate matter (PM), nitrogen dioxide (NO2), and sulfur dioxide (SO2) has been linked to a range of adverse outcomes.”

ALSO READ: Toxic air alert! How air pollution can exacerbate allergic reactions, affect lungs, skin

Impact on fetal development:

Studies have shown that pregnant women exposed to high levels of air pollution are at an increased risk of complications such as low birth weight, preterm birth, and developmental delays. For instance, fine particulate matter can penetrate deep into the lungs and enter the bloodstream, potentially leading to inflammation and reduced oxygen supply to the fetus.

Trigger pre-existing maternal health conditions:

Air pollution can exacerbate pre-existing maternal health conditions, such as asthma and hypertension, leading to further complications. Pregnant women with asthma may experience more frequent attacks when exposed to polluted air, which can endanger both their health and that of their unborn child.

ALSO READ: High AQI alert: Stroke to cardiac arrest; know the hidden dangers of air pollution on heart health

Neurodevelopmental issues in children:

Research suggests a disturbing connection between air pollution and neurodevelopmental issues in children. Babies born to mothers exposed to high levels of air pollution during pregnancy may have a higher risk of cognitive impairments and behavioral problems later in life.

ALSO READ: Delhi’s high AQI is prompting people to escape to hills and tea plantations; Munnar, Coonoor top trends: Report

Long-term exposure:

The effects of air pollution are not limited to immediate pregnancy outcomes. Long-term exposure can lead to chronic health issues for both mothers and their children, including respiratory problems and increased susceptibility to diseases.

Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and not a substitute for professional medical advice. Always seek the advice of your doctor with any questions about a medical condition.

GSK invests $800M in manufacturing; Amgen sets small discount for Eylea biosimilar

Today, a brief rundown of news from GSK and Amgen, as well as updates from Roche, AbbVie, and Marinus Pharmaceuticals that you may have missed.

Amgen set a list price of $1,665 per shot for its biosimilar version of Regeneron’s Eylea, a 10% discount from the eye drug’s current wholesale cost, RBC analyst Brian Abrahams wrote in an Oct. 25 note to clients. On Tuesday, Amgen said it would launch its biosimilar, branded Pavblu, without a legal settlement with Regeneron following a court decision that lifted a temporary injunction on its launch. Such “at risk” launches are uncommon, and could result in steep penalties for Amgen if subsequent legal judgments side with Regeneron. The small discount means the market impact of Pavblu “may be more muted” than Amgen investors feared, Abrahams wrote. Further price erosion could occur when additional biosimilars launch. The FDA has approved four others. — Jonathan Gardner

GSK is making its largest investment in U.S. manufacturing, committing $800 million to expand a site in Marietta, Pennsylvania with new drugmaking facilities. One will handle production of “sterile liquid vaccines and medicines,” and should be ready by the end of 2028. Another will include a drug substance facility — set to start operations by the end of 2027 — as well as a “pilot plant” for making clinical trial medicines. — Ned Pagliarulo

Roche has inked a second research collaboration with gene therapy specialist Dyno Therapeutics. The companies originally linked up in 2020 and, similar to that deal, the one announced Thursday revolves around neurological diseases. Roche and Dyno think the latter’s technology can be used to create better “viral vectors” — the microscopic tools that shuttle genetic medicines to a desired target. The new deal tasks Dyno with designing these improved vectors, which will then be applied to potential gene therapies for nervous system disorders. Roche will be responsible for testing the therapies and, if they make it to the market, selling them. Dyno is getting $50 million upfront, plus research payments. It’s also eligible for royalties on resulting products, and could nab north of $1 billion more by hitting certain milestones. — Jacob Bell

Longtime partners AbbVie and Gideon Richter are working together on another brain-focused project. Through a sparsely detailed agreement announced Thursday, the companies hope to discover new targets that could be used to treat neuropsychiatric conditions. They plan to share the costs of the necessary research and development. Richter will receive $25 million upfront, and could take home more through milestone and royalty payments. AbbVie, meanwhile, will get worldwide rights to programs that advance to commercialization, except in “traditional markets” of Richter, such as Europe and Russia. — Jacob Bell

Marinus Pharmaceuticals will lay off staff, cut costs and consider “strategic alternatives,” after results from a Phase 3 study showed the company’s seizure drug ganaxolone did not meet the trial’s goal. On Thursday, Marinus said the data, while finding nominal reductions in seizure frequency that favored ganaxolone, were likely not enough to support an approval application. The study tested ganaxolone in people with epilepsy related to tuberous sclerosis complex; the drug is already cleared for use treating seizures in people with a condition called CDKL5 deficiency disorder. — Ned Pagliarulo

A Mixed Bag for Affordability

Key takeaways

Victoria’s property market is undergoing significant changes aimed at stimulating buyer interest and addressing the housing supply shortfall with stamp duty concessions having been brought in to stimulate purchases of new and off the plan properties.

The concession runs for a year and targets the state’s property market challenges.

However, while the initiative brings immediate savings to buyers, in my mind it will not address the deeper issue of housing affordability, given the persistently high cost of construction and shifting buyer preferences.

And usually handing more money to buyers just increases demand and property prices.


Victoria’s property market is undergoing significant changes aimed at stimulating buyer interest and addressing the housing supply shortfall.

The Victorian government has introduced a temporary stamp duty concession for off-the-plan properties, effective October 21, 2024.

The concession runs for a year and targets the state’s property market challenges.

By reducing upfront costs, the Victorian government hopes to stimulate new construction and ease housing supply pressures.

However, while the initiative brings immediate savings to buyers, in my mind it will not address the deeper issue of housing affordability, given the persistently high cost of construction and shifting buyer preferences.

And usually handing more money to buyers just increases demand and property prices.

Stamp

Key Changes to Stamp Duty for Off-the-Plan Properties

The new concession targets off-the-plan purchases, including apartments, units, and townhouses within a strata subdivision.

Here are the key elements:

  1. Shift in Stamp Duty Calculation:
    • Previously, stamp duty was calculated on the total property price, including construction costs. Under the new rules, it will now be based solely on the land value prior to construction, significantly reducing the duty payable.
    • For example, if you buy an off-the-plan apartment valued at $620,000 with the land component at $77,500, you’ll pay just $4,000 in stamp duty—down from $32,000. This $28,000 saving can be a game-changer for many buyers​
  2. Expanded Eligibility:
    • Unlike earlier schemes, this concession is not limited to first-home buyers or owner-occupiers. It is open to all buyers, including investors, companies, and trusts.
    • There is no cap on the property value, making it accessible for a broader range of purchases, from high-value assets to more affordable options​.
    • The property must be part of a strata subdivision, which includes shared elements like a common driveway.
    • House-and-land packages are not covered under this scheme​

Apartments

Timing and Application

The eligibility is determined by the contract date—contracts must be signed between October 21, 2024, and October 21, 2025.

Settlement can occur after this period, but the contract must fall within the specified window​.

If the purchase involves an off-the-plan property currently under construction, the stamp duty will be adjusted based on the proportion of construction completed at the contract signing date.

This ensures that buyers still benefit even if construction is partially completed​.

The Government’s Goals: Stimulating Construction and Supply

The Victorian government introduced these changes to stimulate the property sector, particularly in urban areas where high costs and slow interstate migration have stifled demand.

Premier Jacinta Allan has emphasised that making off-the-plan purchases more affordable is part of a broader strategy to increase housing supply and ease rental market pressures.

By encouraging pre-sales and reducing initial expenses, the government hopes developers will ramp up construction, providing more housing options for buyers and renters alike.

The Reality: Will It Solve Affordability Challenges?

Despite the immediate financial relief, the stamp duty concession is unlikely to make a significant dent in Victoria’s long-term housing affordability.

As I’ve already mentioned, handing buyers a “gift” usually encourages them to pay more and this is unlikeley to increase affordability.

11 Steps To Move On

Rejection is one of life’s unavoidable experiences, especially when it comes to romantic interests. Whether it’s the sting of a missed opportunity with someone special or the heartache that follows an unsuccessful confession, getting over rejection can be incredibly tough. But understanding how to deal with rejection from a crush can help you not only heal but also grow stronger from the experience. So, if you’re asking yourself, “Why does rejection hurt so much?”—you’re not alone. Let’s dive into the emotional roller coaster and explore actionable ways to handle the hurt.

Why Does Rejection Hurt So Much?

Rejection isn’t just a blow to your pride; it triggers an actual response in your brain similar to physical pain. Studies have shown that being rejected activates the same neural pathways associated with physical pain, which explains why it feels like your heart is genuinely aching. The feeling of romantic rejection is more than just sadness—it is a genuine, physical discomfort that lingers.

Rejection causes physical discomfort

Dr. Batra tells us, “This reaction is tied to our evolutionary need to belong. Humans are social creatures, and being accepted by our peers has always been critical for survival. So, it’s natural to feel the weight of rejection as more than just an emotional setback. The brain goes into overdrive, trying to figure out what went wrong, leading you to overanalyze every detail. But here’s the truth: no amount of self-blame can change someone else’s feelings, and rejection is simply part of life.”

Tiffany, a 24-year old baker, shared with us her experience. “I was in college when I got rejected by my crush. Since my love life hadn’t been very happening before that, I didn’t know how to handle rejection from a guy and spent many nights crying. Eventually, I told my friends and they helped me cope. Also, it was during this time that I started baking as a way to distract myself and realized that I loved it!”

Understanding how to handle rejection from a guy or how to handle rejection from a girl is essential, especially if it keeps you from spiraling into self-doubt. While your mind may convince you that you’ll never recover, that’s just your brain reacting to an emotional threat. The good news is that with the right mindset, you can cope with rejection in a healthier way and move on.

Related Reading: How To Lose Feelings For Someone You Love And Let Go

How To Deal With Rejection From A Crush—11 Steps

When you’ve been turned down by a crush, the road to healing can feel steep. But learning how to deal with rejection from a crush is a process, one that comes with actionable steps. These 11 strategies are designed to guide you through the tough feelings and help you bounce back stronger than before.

1. Accept the reality

Dr. Batra says, “The first step to healing is acceptance. It’s hard to hear, but the person you’re crushing on isn’t going to change their mind just because you want them to.” Whenever you think, “I got rejected by my crush”, there is an instinct to keep trying. Maybe if you keep double texting them or “accidentally” running into them, they will fall for you as well. This kind of thinking prolongs the pain. Recognize that rejection is final, and while it hurts, it’s a part of life’s unpredictable journey.

Related Reading: The Importance Of Letting People Go

2. Don’t take it personally

Rejection is not a reflection of your worth. Understanding how to handle rejection from a girl or how to handle rejection from a guy means realizing that it’s often about their preferences, not your value as a person. Just because they didn’t see you as a potential partner doesn’t mean you’re any less of a catch. Internalizing rejection only results in low self-esteem. Instead, remember that attraction is subjective, and not everyone is going to see your unique qualities.

3. Cry it out

Emotions need release, and sometimes, the best tip on how to deal with rejection from a crush is to let yourself feel it. Dr. Batra explains, “Crying isn’t a sign of weakness but a way to release pent-up emotions to prevent emotional flooding. Coping with rejection becomes more manageable when you allow yourself to mourn the loss of what could have been.” However, be mindful not to stay in that emotional space for too long. After a good cry, remind yourself that this is just one part of your journey and that brighter days are ahead.

How to accept rejection
Cry it out to release pent up emotions

4. Avoid overanalyzing

When your crush rejects you, you may spend hours dissecting every interaction: 

  • Was it my outfit? 
  • Did I say something wrong? 
  • Am I unattractive?

While it’s natural to question the events leading to rejection, overanalyzing can lead to more harm than good. Research shows that ruminating on negative events amplifies emotional distress. Instead, practice mindfulness. Focus on the present and resist the urge to replay every detail. Remember, not everything is under your control.

Related Reading: 10 Signs Of Rejection In A Relationship And What To Do

5. Stay busy

One of the best ways to handle the pain of rejection is to keep yourself occupied. No stalking their social media—this will only keep you stuck. Instead, when you’re figuring out how to accept rejection, think of it as an opportunity to redirect your energy into personal growth. Dive into hobbies or activities that you enjoy. You can: 

  • Pick up a new skill
  • Hit the gym
  • Take a personality development course
  • Work on your social skills
Coping with rejection
Distract yourself

6. Lean on friends

Your friends are your emotional safety net, especially when you’re down. Once, when I was in school, I started liking a guy, probably for the first time in my life. Unfortunately, my crush rejected me once and I was devastated — you know how it is when you are a teenager. But my friends were there for me and it made things way easier. They reminded me that I’m still valuable, even if things didn’t work out. Studies show that social support is crucial for emotional recovery after rejection. Vent to them, share your feelings, and let them help you find humor in the situation.

7. Boost your confidence

Rejection can temporarily deflate your self-worth. But instead of dwelling on the “no,” focus on what makes you feel confident. How to deal with rejection from a crush involves regaining that sense of self. It can look like:

  • Dressing up for yourself
  • Hitting the gym
  • Trying out a new hairstyle

The goal is to remind yourself of your strengths. When your self-esteem is intact, you’ll see that getting over rejection is just another stepping stone to a better you.

How to get over rejection from a crush
How to get over rejection from a crush

8. Distance yourself

Constant reminders of the person who rejected you will only delay healing. Whether you’ve been rejected by a guy or a girl, distance is necessary for recovery. This might mean:

In this stage, space is your friend. It’s difficult, but necessary to truly move on. By distancing yourself, you give your emotions time to reset and avoid the temptation of trying to rekindle the flame.

Related Reading: How To Channel Your Anger And Jealousy Into Motivation

9. Shift your focus

When figuring out how to accept rejection, it’s natural to want to sulk, but redirecting your focus can accelerate healing. Acknowledge it once, “My crush rejected me but I still like him,” and then shift your focus on new goals unrelated to romance. This could mean: 

  • Pursuing personal development
  • Career milestones
  • Focusing on friendships

By shifting your attention, you remind yourself that your life’s value doesn’t hinge on one person’s approval and helps you to stop wanting a relationship with them.

10. Laugh it off

Dr. Batra says, “With time, rejection becomes less painful and more of a funny story. When you reflect on this memory later, you might even laugh at the awkwardness of it all.” Humor helps reframe the situation in a lighter, less intense way, allowing you to detach emotionally. Whether it’s an awkward text or a cringe-worthy first move, embracing the humor in rejection can turn a painful memory into something far less daunting.

11. Move on

Finally, the most crucial step is to let go. Rejection isn’t the end of your love life—it’s just one chapter. Someone new will come along, and when they do, this experience will feel like a distant memory. Rejections, especially those from a crush, are simply life lessons in disguise. Learning how to deal with rejection ultimately makes you more resilient and prepares you for a future where you’ll look back on these moments with fondness.

On-Rejection

Key Pointers

  • Accept and don’t resist: Rejection is a reality, not a reflection of your worth
  • Don’t internalize it: It’s about preferences, not your personal value
  • Find healthy distractions: Shift your focus to hobbies and self-improvement
  • Lean on your support system: Friends are crucial for emotional recovery
  • Let go and grow: Use rejection as a stepping stone to a better, more confident you

Final Thoughts

In the end, coping with rejection is a learning process that comes with emotional highs and lows. Whether you’re learning how to handle rejection from a guy or how to handle rejection from a girl, remember that rejection isn’t a permanent setback. It’s a natural part of life, one that offers growth and self-discovery. Each step toward recovery is a step toward a stronger, more resilient version of yourself.

20 Examples To Reject Someone Nicely Via Text

7 Reasons You Keep Getting Rejected By Guys And What To Do

Why Does Love Hurt So Much and What to Do?

Your contribution does not constitute a charitable donation. It will allow Bonobology to continue bringing you new and up-to-date information in our pursuit of helping anyone in the world to learn how to do anything.

Ask Our Expert

Anthony Davis, Zion Williamson and 9 other NBA players ready for big years

Let me apologize in advance for cheating a bit.

We use the term “breakout” like it’s just spontaneous combustion, but that’s rarely how it happens. Like most reactions, usually they require a catalyst. Thus, the inherent issue about calling a “breakout” in advance is that often the term isn’t quite what we’re describing. Instead, the real breakout is one of opportunity, in the form of minutes and touches, rather than one of rapidly changing levels of play.

For example, check out last season’s Most Improved Player award winner, the Philadelphia 76ers’ Tyrese Maxey. Yes, he has made steady progress since his rookie year in 2020. But the big change for him last season wasn’t about his own game; it was about the departure of James Harden days into the season. That transaction opened the door for Maxey to become Philly’s primary on-ball initiator, increase his usage rate from 24.1 percent to 28.0 percent and up his scoring rate from 20.3 per game to 25.9.

You’ll find similar storylines littering the field when looking at my All-Breakout squad for this season, consisting of 11 players I think have a chance to significantly boost their production from a year ago.

The Basketball 100

The story of the greatest players in NBA history. In 100 riveting profiles, top basketball writers justify their selections and uncover the history of the NBA in the process.

The story of the greatest plays in NBA history.

Pre-orderBuy The Basketball 100

So, back to the cheating — I’ll also note that I cheated a second time since I already have 1/82 of the answers to the test. It’s a little easier to come up with an All-Breakout Team when you already have a peek at how minutes and touches will work for most of these teams after a few days of games.

That said, projecting breakouts can be a bit harder than it looks. Injuries, slumps and our misperceptions caused by our tiny human brains can easily send a potential breakout sideways. Take a gander at last season’s list, for instance.

I had the Most Improved Player (Maxey), but none of the other 13 players who received votes made my list. I had Anthony Edwards,  Chet Holmgren and Scottie Barnes on my team, all of whom genuinely broke out … but I also had LaMelo Ball and Mikal Bridges. And then there’s Charlotte’s Mark Williams, who seemed like an easy call 12 months ago. He ended up playing 19 games.

With that said, let me bravely charge ahead into my list for this year. I tried to represent every level of the playing spectrum, so along with a few players who are already big stars, I have some deep cuts in secondary roles.

My 11-man All-Breakout Team for 2024-25:

This isn’t just me riding the wave of Davis’ dominant opening night performance against the Minnesota Timberwolves. He’s low-key been on a heater for the last few months; Davis was one of the most productive players in preseason, even when most veterans throttle down to coasting speed, and was one of the best players on Team USA’s gold-medal winning squad.

Before that, he finished his 2023-24 regular season strong and was fantastic in the Lakers’ five-game, first-round defeat against the Denver Nuggets, averaging 27.8 points on 67 percent shooting and a playoff-leading 15.6 boards. He’s also, thankfully, playing full-time as a center, which is his most productive position even if he doesn’t like it.

Health and shooting will always be the swing variables for Davis, but he’s off to a good start on those fronts as well — he even made an above-the-break 3 in the opener. The bar is high for a “breakout” here, but with 39-year-old LeBron James’ volume possibly on the downslope and few others capable of soaking up the extra chances, this could be a career year for Davis.

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

Anthony Davis gives Lakers an early dose of hope — and a long-awaited blueprint

Dyson Daniels, SG, Atlanta

This one isn’t the usual case of a player breaking out because of an increase in touches and shots. This is a defensive breakout, where Daniels is being thrust into a role as the Hawks’ defensive stopper. He was a force at that end in New Orleans, but his role fluctuated because of a crowded backcourt and his iffy shooting, limiting him to 22 minutes per game across 61 appearances and just 17 total minutes in the playoffs.

That won’t be the case in Atlanta, where the Hawks have been desperate for an elite defender on the perimeter. The 6-foot-8, 21-year-old Daniels is starting and likely will see big minutes as along as his offense is at least somewhat threatening. If so, he has a great chance to lead the league in steals (he had five on opening night and was second in the NBA in steal rate a year ago) and a decent shot at cracking one of the All-Defensive teams.

This one is a pure eye-test call: Williamson finished last season playing the best basketball of his career. He was in the midst of destroying the Lakers in a Play-In game when his hamstring betrayed him. All that seems to have carried over to this year, where he looks fantastic in preseason — statistically, sure, but even more so physically, exploding past people as he did as a rookie and accumulating heaps of layups.

All of this is juiced by his expected positional move to center. Even if it isn’t full-time, he should have enough reps at that spot that he can feast blowing past overmatched centers or compromising defenses as a rim-running screener if they try to match up smaller against him.

Williamson missed the Pelicans’ opener with an illness, but that should be a quick absence. I don’t know exactly how many games we’ll see of this version of him, but I’m excited about the possibility of seeing a full-ish season of peak Williamson. This feels like the season we might get it.

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

What’s behind Zion Williamson’s newfound drive? Trust

Amen Thompson, positionless, Houston

Between Wembymania and Thompson’s early-season injury, the hype machine for the fourth pick in the 2023 draft never really got rolling. I think that might change this year, when Thompson has a greater chance to establish himself as a hybrid center-guard-not-sure-what-to-call-it dynamo who can blow up offenses with his switchy, twitchy athleticism and wreak havoc in transition at the other end.

There are some barriers, as we saw on opening night. Thompson is coming off the bench, and his lack of shooting is exacerbated by a roster that already doesn’t have much reliable spacing. He still has to become a more refined decision-maker to take advantage of his ballhandling and athleticism too. That said, Thompson’s fine rookie season (18.2 PER, 57.6 percent true shooting, mammoth rebound and steal + block rates) largely went under the radar a season ago, and that doesn’t figure to be the case this season on a Houston squad that should be a League Pass favorite.

Giddy only had a lukewarm opener against New Orleans’ feisty wing defenders, but I’ll stay on the bandwagon here. He should fit in his role in Chicago much more easily than he did in Oklahoma City as an on-ball creator with limited shooting gravity. That should provide him more opportunity to grow in some of the other areas (drawing fouls, defense, catch-and-shoots, etc.), where his limitations dragged him down with the Thunder. Additionally, Chicago’s situation should give Giddey a lot more opportunities to play through mistakes and develop on the floor.

Not that he’s chopped liver now. The 22-year-old is a plus passer and rebounder with an excellent floater game and good court vision, and for what it’s worth, he’s also one of the best inbound passers in basketball. That he’s also playing for a contract after he and the Bulls didn’t reach an extension this past week is another reason to believe in him taking a big step up.

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

Why teams held the line at the extension deadline, and which clubs made out best

Just because it’s obvious doesn’t mean it isn’t true. The Thunder badly need a secondary shot creator to step up, especially with the aforementioned Giddey gone, and Williams is the clear candidate to soak up a lot of those touches and shots.

He’s also shown the capability of being a player who can handle that added responsibility efficiently, as he’s proven up to the challenge at each step of his development in his first two seasons with the Thunder. Again, it’s not just about the opportunity here, but about Williams having the talent to sustain a greater role on a winning team. For what it’s worth, Williams was awesome in his four preseason games, with a 30.1 PER on 66.3 percent true shooting.

If a tree falls in the forest and nobody hears, it, does it makes a sound? What if, instead of a forest, it’s Canada?

Barrett was already showing signs of turning a corner last season in New York, then played significantly better after the trade in Toronto. Nobody noticed because it happened in the general destitution of the Raptors’ 2023-24 season, but Barrett is becoming a dude.

In 32 games as a Raptor, Barrett averaged 21.4 points per game and shot 60.5 percent on 2s. The eye test backed it up; there was more comfort and control in the finishing, more nuanced shot selection and distribution and even (gasp) the occasional right-handed attack.

He built on that in the summer by arguably being Canada’s second-best Olympian, averaging 19.8 points on blistering 70.1 percent true shooting. While we didn’t see him in preseason due to a sprained AC joint, he’s listed as day-to-day and expected to rejoin the action soon, so it shouldn’t slow him down too much.

Entering his age-24 season, on a roster with basically four real players and some serious question marks, Barrett should have plenty of room to explore his limits and continue refining his hard-charging downhill game.


Tre Mann makes a move against Miles McBride and the Knicks. (John Jones / USA Today Network via Imagn Images)

Mann is single-handedly trying to bring baggy back. Seeing him on the court in his 178-pound frame and size XXXXL jersey and shorts, it looks like one of those in-game promotions where they have kids put on an NBA player’s uniform then run around and try to score a basket.

Mann, however, is pretty good at the latter part. He scored 24 points in Charlotte’s upset of Houston on opening night, continuing a positive stretch of basketball dating to his trade from the Thunder last spring. Mann was one of the league’s most effective players statistically in preseason, which does have some predictive value, and quietly averaged double figures in 28 games for the Hornets at the end of last season.

This was a bit of a surprise, as he had struggled to gain traction for three years in Oklahoma City, and it’s possible his lack of size for a two guard and limited playmaking for a point guard restrict him going forward. As with Giddey above, there’s also a financial incentive. The Hornets could have extended Mann this past week (he’s on the last year of his rookie deal) and instead opted to wait and gather more information.

I’m not even cheating on this one because the Nuggets hadn’t played yet when I wrote this. But Strawther seems to be at the right nexus of opportunity and production. He was eighth in the NBA in preseason scoring, and the Nuggets desperately need him to fill a void in the wing rotation created by Kentavious Caldwell-Pope’s departure. He also has the specific skill set they most crave, as a high-volume 3-point shooter on a team that was last in 3-point rate a year ago.

Strawther’s rookie season with the Nuggets was mostly spent watching, and his NBA minutes didn’t go all that well with an 8.2 PER and 29.7 percent 3-point shooting. However, the 22-year-old from Gonzaga has thrived in other settings — he’s had two strong summer leagues in addition to his 2024 preseason — and small-sample shooting variance explains much of his poor stats from 2023-24.

Cam Thomas’ green light, Brooklyn

I’m not sure whether this qualifies as a genuine breakout or just something that’s going to be fun as hell to watch. But if we’re talking about touches and opportunity? Sheesh. Thomas had 36 points on 27 shots opening night in Atlanta, and if you look at the Nets’ roster, that trend line seems likely to continue. There’s just nobody else on the team who can create shot volume like Thomas, and the volume will only increase if Brooklyn moves Dennis Schröder’s expiring contract.

Thomas has always been a high-volume player, ranking sixth in the league in field goal frequency a year ago. However, the criticism was about quality, not quantity. In the past, there have been too many tough 2-point jumpers and little in the way of playmaking, both of which dragged down his efficiency. Thomas corrected some of that in the opener, getting off 13 3-point attempts and making seven, and interjecting at least a couple of passing reads that let you talk yourself into growth there.

After 48 hours, he was third in the NBA in field goal attempts and second in scoring. With few other options on the Nets’ roster and operating in a contract year, Thomas may stay near the top of both columns all season.

This isn’t quite on Thomas’ level, but Powell is in a contract year and looks set to re-establish at least some of his value on a Clippers team that really needs his scoring. Or maybe, as a “Cheers” fan, I just like to yell out “Norm!” occasionally.

Either way, Powell will be the second option next to James Harden for as long as Kawhi Leonard is out. When Leonard returns,  Powell will likely revert to a sixth man role. A 17-point, four-assist opener in Phoenix is a good start for this trend line, and Powell did this while going 1 of 7 from 3 (he’s a 39.4 percent career shooter from distance).

Powell has the added benefit of no longer having to watch the Russell Westbrook show when he checks in with the Clippers’ subs. Instead, with Leonard injured and Paul George departed, it mostly will be his show any time Harden is off the floor. While Powell thrives best as a secondary scorer rather than a get-out-of-my-way guy, he’ll also have significant overlap with Harden where he can thrive off the ball. At age 31, he could end up threatening his career-high scoring average of 19.6 from back in Toronto.


Sign up to get The Bounce, the essential NBA newsletter from Zach Harper and The Athletic staff, delivered free to your inbox.

(Photo of Anthony Davis and Zion Williamson: Tyler Kaufman / Getty Images)

These 6 Phones Are Affordable and Perfect for Kids

Buying a phone for your child can be daunting, especially when you’re on a budget. But don’t worry, we’ve got you covered. We’ve scoured the market to find the best affordable phones that are perfect for kids and packed with features.



1 Google Pixel 7A

Justin Duino / MakeUseOf

If you’re looking for a phone that offers the perfect blend of affordability and performance, the Google Pixel 7A is a top contender at $329 on Amazon. The Pixel 7A shares many similarities with its pricier sibling, the Pixel 7, including Google’s Tensor G2 chip.

The Pixel 7A boasts a vibrant display with a smooth 90Hz refresh rate. It means your child can enjoy a smooth performance while scrolling through social media or playing games.

If your child likes to take selfies often, the 13MP front camera on the Pixel 7A should be more than adequate. The rear camera setup is also pretty solid for its price, and the 64MP wide and 13MP ultrawide cameras should exceed your child’s expectations.


The Pixel 7A shines in its parental controls. Setting up age-appropriate boundaries is easy with Google’s Family Link app. You can manage screen time, restrict content access, and keep tabs on your child’s digital activities without hassle.

2 Pinwheel Slim 6

The Pinwheel Slim 6 is something you should consider, as it puts parental control at the forefront. This sleek Motorola device, priced at $199 on Amazon, is designed with your child’s safety and your peace of mind as top priorities.

The phone features a vibrant 6.5″ HD+ display, which is big enough for your child’s favorite apps and games. The 50MP rear camera with Quad Pixel technology ensures your child can capture great photos, day or night. And with up to 46 hours of rated battery life, you won’t have to worry about constant recharging.


The Pinwheel Caregiver app gives you complete remote access to your child’s phone. Want to restrict social media access? No problem. Need to set time limits on apps? That’s easy too. You can even track your child’s location and review their text messages and call history.

The Pinwheel subscription starts at just $14.99 monthly, with additional phones costing only $4.99 monthly. This makes it an affordable option for families with multiple children. Moreover, the Pinwheel Slim 6 comes with a curated selection of apps that have been vetted by child wellness experts. You can add more apps as you see fit, but you’ll always have the final say on what your child can access.

3 Bark Phone


The Bark Phone is built on the reliable Samsung Galaxy A14 model and costs $199 on Amazon. It comes with Bark’s comprehensive parental control software, which is pre-installed.

What sets the Bark Phone apart is its advanced monitoring features. The software runs in the background, constantly scanning your child’s activities for potential dangers. This includes analyzing texts, social media posts, app usage, and even the photos and videos your child saves. Bark alerts you immediately if anything concerning is detected, such as signs of bullying or mental health issues.

Bark offers two service tiers tailored to different age groups. For younger children, the $29/month plan includes unlimited talk and text, location tracking, contact management, and text and photo monitoring. It also disables apps, browsers, and voicemails, creating a walled garden for your little one.


For teens, Bark offers more granular control. Plans range from $49/month for Wi-Fi only to $89/month for unlimited data. In addition to the basic features, you can block specific websites and apps, remotely lock the device, and prevent text deletion without your permission. You also get 24/7 GPS location tracking, giving you peace of mind about your child’s whereabouts.

One potential drawback of the Bark Phone is the level of surveillance involved. All of your child’s communications are stored and monitored on Bark’s servers. While Bark promises to delete this data after 30 days, some parents may find it a bit too intrusive. However, the Bark Phone is a good choice for those who prioritize digital safety above all else.

4 Apple iPhone SE (2022)


If your family is firmly in the Apple ecosystem, the iPhone SE (2022) is a fantastic choice for your child. Starting at $198 on Amazon, this compact powerhouse packs the same A15 Bionic chip in the iPhone 13 for smooth performance in apps, games, and more.

The 4.7-inch Retina HD display may be on the smaller side, but it’s bright, colorful, and sharp. Plus, its compact size makes it perfect for smaller hands. While not as advanced as the pricier iPhones Apple sells today, the camera still takes great photos, thanks to Smart HDR.

One of the standout features for parents is the iPhone SE’s parental controls. With the native Screen Time feature on iOS, you can set app limits, restrict content, and monitor your child’s usage. Just keep in mind that you’ll need an iPhone yourself to make the most of these features.


The iPhone SE also boasts an IP67 rating for water and dust resistance, making it a durable device for kids. With Touch ID built into the Home button, your child can securely unlock their phone, sign into apps, and even use Apple Pay.

5 Gabb Phone 4

Looking for a phone that keeps your child connected without internet distractions? The Gabb Phone 4, available on Amazon at $149, might be just what you need. It boasts a durable 6.1-inch display protected by Corning Gorilla Glass Victus 2, 3GB RAM, and 32GB internal storage.

With the Gabb Phone 4, your child can enjoy essential features like texting, calling, music, and photos without the risks that come with unrestricted internet access. Gabb offers a list of safe apps that you can choose to add to your child’s phone.


You can use the MyGabb and Gabb Messenger Parent apps to monitor your child’s communications, manage their contact list, and even track their location with GPS and geofencing. Need to manage multiple Gabb devices? No problem–the MyGabb app has you covered.

Gabb offers three subscription plans. The starter plan, which includes unlimited messaging and calls, essential apps, and cloud backup, costs $24.99 monthly. Higher-tier plans add features like Gabb Music, group texting, and optional mobile data.

While the multi-app approach to parental controls may not be as streamlined as some other options, the Gabb Phone 4 remains a strong contender for parents seeking a safe, feature-rich device for their kids.

6 HMD Vibe

Front and back of HMD Vibe phone
HMD


If you’re looking for a budget-friendly phone for your child that doesn’t skimp on the essentials, the HMD Vibe is definitely worth considering. At just $119 on Amazon, this phone offers a lot of value for its price point.

Don’t let the plastic build fool you–the textured back provides a good grip and can handle the occasional drop. However, if your child is particularly accident-prone, you may want to invest in a case. Under the hood, the Vibe packs 6GB of RAM and 128GB of storage. While this isn’t top-of-the-line hardware, it’s sufficient for everyday tasks and even some light gaming.

The Vibe’s display is a pleasant surprise, with a 90Hz refresh rate that makes scrolling and animations feel smooth. The screen is also quite bright, making it easy to use outdoors. And with a battery that can last up to two days, your child won’t be constantly tethered to a charger.


Remember that the Vibe is a general-purpose phone, not a device specifically designed for kids. It doesn’t come with built-in parental controls like some other options on this list. However, you can easily set up Google’s Family Link app to manage your child’s usage and access.

You have to balance affordability, features, and safety when choosing the right phone for your kids. Whether you opt for the feature-rich Pixel 7A, the parental control powerhouse Bark Phone, or the budget-friendly HMD Vibe, make sure you protect your kids from cyberbullying.

Egrets and gray herons migrate to southwest China

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-25/Egrets-and-gray-herons-migrate-to-southwest-China-1xZhcF6TZ4c/img/39e3f559f0df423f9a07987a99ed0ca6/39e3f559f0df423f9a07987a99ed0ca6.jpeg'
A gray heron perches on a rock in Yinjiang Tujia and Miao Autonomous County, Guizhou Province. /Photo provided to CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-25/Egrets-and-gray-herons-migrate-to-southwest-China-1xZhcF6TZ4c/img/39e3f559f0df423f9a07987a99ed0ca6/39e3f559f0df423f9a07987a99ed0ca6.jpeg'
A gray heron perches on a rock in Yinjiang Tujia and Miao Autonomous County, Guizhou Province. /Photo provided to CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-25/Egrets-and-gray-herons-migrate-to-southwest-China-1xZhcF6TZ4c/img/39e3f559f0df423f9a07987a99ed0ca6/39e3f559f0df423f9a07987a99ed0ca6.jpeg'
A gray heron perches on a rock in Yinjiang Tujia and Miao Autonomous County, Guizhou Province. /Photo provided to CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-25/Egrets-and-gray-herons-migrate-to-southwest-China-1xZhcF6TZ4c/img/39e3f559f0df423f9a07987a99ed0ca6/39e3f559f0df423f9a07987a99ed0ca6.jpeg'
A gray heron perches on a rock in Yinjiang Tujia and Miao Autonomous County, Guizhou Province. /Photo provided to CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-25/Egrets-and-gray-herons-migrate-to-southwest-China-1xZhcF6TZ4c/img/39e3f559f0df423f9a07987a99ed0ca6/39e3f559f0df423f9a07987a99ed0ca6.jpeg'
A gray heron perches on a rock in Yinjiang Tujia and Miao Autonomous County, Guizhou Province. /Photo provided to CGTN

As winter approaches, the scenic county of Yinjiang in Guizhou is welcoming its annual visitors – flocks of egrets and gray herons that migrate to spend the colder months. They soar and feed in the shallow waters and perch on power lines, creating a stunning natural scene.

Maruti Suzuki Dzire 2024 Launch Confirmed on November 11, Will Feature Model’s First Electric Sunroof; Check Expected Specifications and Features

New Delhi, October 26: After much anticipation, the Maruti Suzuki Dzire launch is confirmed by the company for November 2024. The Indian automobile company will introduce the new Maruti Suzuki Dzire on the 11th of next month, offering a sunroof in the sub-compact sedan. The next-gen Dzire will reach the Arena showrooms in November. Recently, many Dzire test mules were spotted under wraps, hinting at the design of the upcoming car.

Dzire has been one of Maruti Suzuki’s best-selling cars, offering customers comfort, space, and performance. The upcoming car will succeed the previous third-generation model and likely come with a significant design revamp. The Maruti Suzuki Dzire 2024 model is expected to differ from the Swift hatchback in terms of looks. However, in terms of engine, the car may retain the same unit as this year’s Swift 2024. Toyota Glanza Festive Limited Edition Launched in India With Premium TGA Packages; Check New Features, Upgrades.

The new Maruti Suzuki Dzire is expected to have the same 1.2-litre three-cylinder Z-series petrol engine capable of producing around 80.5 bhp and 112 Nm of peak torque. The engine may be mated with a 5-speed AMT and MT transmission. The subcompact sedan may get upgrades on the exterior, such as the front having LED headlights, a large grille, fog lamps, DRLs and a new bumper design.

In terms of features, the fourth-gen Maruti Suzuki Dzire may get a 9-inch touchscreen infotainment unit, similar to Swift 2024. It would offer Apple CarPlay and Android Auto connectivity to the users, come with automatic climate control, a wireless charging option, USB ports for charging on the front and rear, and a three-spoke steering wheel. Further, the car may have a button to start or stop the engine. Toyota Rumion Festive Edition Launched in India With TGA Accessory Packages Worth INR 20,608.

The Dzire 2024 will feature the first electric sunroof in the Dzire model. Customers will also get AC rear vents. The upcoming fourth-generation Dzire will compete with cars like Hyundai Aura, Tata Tigor, and Honda Amaze.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Oct 26, 2024 01:02 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

Peter Todd Was ‘Unmasked’ as Bitcoin Creator Satoshi Nakamoto. Now He’s in Hiding

In the week before the documentary was released, online betting markets had Len Sassaman, a cryptographer who moved in similar online circles as Satoshi, as the most likely candidate to be revealed as the Bitcoin creator. Sassaman took his own life in 2011 at the age of 31, shortly after Satoshi disappeared.

The case for Sassaman was first outlined in 2021 by Evan Hatch, founder of crypto gaming platform Worlds. Whenever speculation about Sassaman bubbles periodically to the surface, the spotlight is thrown on his widow, software developer Meredith Patterson, who believes the theory is unfounded.

“People used to be really fucking nosy and entitled. I’d get people writing me with a two-page list of dates and locations, asking where I was at such and such a time or place,” says Patterson. “Where do you get off? A complete stranger walking up to a widow and trying to interrogate her. It’s like, fuck off Sergeant Joe Friday.”

When Patterson caught wind that the documentary might name her former husband, her first thought was for her parents, whom she worried might be targeted as a way of threatening her into handing over Satoshi’s bitcoin stash. “I called my dad and said, ‘Something weird has happened and it’s not any of our faults,’” she says. A friend who works in law enforcement in Belgium, where Patterson now lives, advised her to take refuge in her local police station if she felt unsafe.

In the end, the problem was not hers to deal with. “I was relieved for myself and my family that they named Peter Todd,” says Patterson. “But I feel sorry for Peter Todd. Frankly, nobody deserves getting a target painted on their back.”

The stance of many Bitcoin advocates, including Todd, is that there is nothing to be gained by the hunt for Satoshi. In the absence of its creator, Bitcoin has evolved under a meritocracy of ideas, in which changes are proposed and decided upon by community vote, they say. Meanwhile, there is plenty to lose for anyone accused of being Satoshi, whether accurately or otherwise.

After the documentary aired, emails began to flood into Todd’s inbox. “So far, [it’s] a bunch of people asking for money,” says Todd. In one exchange seen by WIRED, an individual sent 25 emails in the span of two days asking Todd to help repay a loan.

How to level up your keyword strategy

The SEO community has been constantly reminded to prioritize the user in recent years. 

One way we’ve embraced this for our clients is by going beyond basic keyword research to deeply analyze customer sophistication and intent.

This approach isn’t just surface-level SEO. It requires thorough research, strategic analysis and even some internal advocacy to reshape reporting systems and KPIs. 

But once momentum builds, the rewards far surpass typical SEO efforts, offering:

  • Evergreen impact across the entire customer journey.
  • Comprehensive coverage of all stakeholders in major purchase decisions.
  • A more engaging website experience that fosters long-term user loyalty.

Now that you’re on board (I hope), let’s discuss how to get there.

1. Categorize customer sophistication by query

I won’t spend much time talking about beginner-level, top-of-funnel keywords since that’s where most SEOs already have plenty of experience. 

But when identifying deeper levels of user sophistication, traditional keyword research isn’t enough.

Look for these types of keywords instead.

Problem-specific or situational queries

  • Stage-specific phrases
    • Users with more experience tend to use phrases related to specific challenges or stages of their journey. 
    • Taking an example from the SaaS vertical, someone might search “best cloud security tool for compliance with SOC 2,” showing that they already understand the tools and standards they need.
  • Advanced research queries
    • Look for searches with multiple qualifiers, such as “best CRM for enterprise with customizable API integration.” 
    • This shows a user who has already moved past the basic understanding and is searching for specific needs or features.

Long-tail keywords with specific modifiers

  • Advanced terminology
    • High-knowledge users often use industry-specific or technical language. 
    • For example, in a healthcare context, instead of searching “IVF clinic,” they may search for “reproductive endocrinology specialist” or “pre-implantation genetic diagnosis.”
  • Technique or methodology-based searches
    • These users will likely look for specific treatments, tools or approaches. 
    • In a therapy context, keywords like “CBT for social anxiety” or “evidence-based therapy in NYC” show users are aware of treatment methods and are researching on a more granular level.
  • Question-like queries
    • High-experience users might search with queries that reflect a deeper understanding of a subject.
    • For example, “how does IVF work for women over 40” or “what are the best therapy techniques for PTSD.” 

2. Prioritize where in the funnel (i.e., customer sophistication level) to start

In my experience, SEOs tend to start where they can get the most immediate traction in volume, but that’s not always the best strategy. 

You can build a more effective system of prioritization by considering several factors:

Business objectives

Align content development with key business goals. 

If the immediate goal is to generate leads or increase conversions, you should prioritize content aimed at users further down the funnel (intermediate or advanced). 

If the goal is brand awareness or growing organic traffic, tackle beginner-level content first.

Audience segmentation

Different audience segments require different levels of knowledge-based content. 

If a large portion of your audience consists of users new to your product or service, start with beginner content. 

If you have an expert or returning audience, prioritize high-knowledge content that differentiates your product or service from your competitors.

Keyword research

Determine the search volume and difficulty of keywords across different knowledge levels. 

I often find that the higher the search volume, the tougher the competition.

This means you can find nice pockets of grabbable opportunity lower in the funnel as queries lengthen and sophistication increases.

Competitor research

Look at your competitors’ content strategy, especially what knowledge levels they’re targeting. 

Identify content gaps or areas where they aren’t covering certain topics and prioritize creating content to fill that void and take control of the narrative.

Existing traffic and conversions

Understand which pages or content types are already driving traffic, engagement and conversions. This data can help you prioritize similar types of content that meet those goals. 

For instance, if you have a page comparing your service to a top competitor’s service and that page has a good conversion rate, assess whether it makes sense to build similar comparison pages for other competitors. 

Customer journey mapping

Understand the different stages of your customer’s journey and where content is needed to move them forward. 

What questions does a customer have after getting some basic education on your key topic – and as they move along the journey? Make sure you’re creating content to answer those questions.

Key touchpoints

If users need more education early on in their decision-making process, focus first on top-of-funnel and middle-of-funnel content. 

If users are closer to conversion or come with much pre-existing knowledge (like in B2B SaaS or specialized industries), start with middle-of-funnel and bottom-of-funnel content.

High-potential pages

Identify existing pages with high impressions but low rankings (often beginner or broad topics). 

Building intermediate and advanced content that links back to these pages can increase their authority and rankings while guiding users through the knowledge funnel.

A balance of news-y and evergreen content

Keep your content strategy flexible to build a base that will keep paying off and capitalize on shorter-term interest spikes.

Start with evergreen beginner and intermediate content that will continuously bring in traffic over time and will serve users at all stages.

Monitor any trending or emerging topics in your industry (particularly for advanced content) and prioritize those to capture short-term traffic and establish your brand as a thought leader.

Get the newsletter search marketers rely on.


3. Guide beginners through the full knowledge spectrum 

Top-of-funnel queries for beginners are a great source of traffic. 

The next challenge is to educate those users to guide them through the stages of awareness, knowledge, consideration and, ultimately, purchase intent. 

Create a clear content hierarchy, organized by knowledge level (beginner, intermediate and advanced) to identify content gaps to address, from introductory material to more in-depth content. 

Start simple with something like this:

One structure that’s been effective, site-UX-wise, is using broader top-of-funnel topics as pillar pages, with links to more detailed middle- and bottom-funnel pages that provide more specific insights and advanced knowledge. 

From there, use contextual links to guide users through this natural flow. 

  • Place links with clear, action-oriented anchor text that tells the user what they’re getting with a new page. 
  • Link from broad introductory content to more specific areas as users’ knowledge grows. 
  • Add a “Recommended for You” or “Related Articles” section at the end of every resource article. The recommended content should either expand on the current topic in more depth or introduce the next logical step in the user’s journey.

4. Build an SEO strategy to cover all decision-makers

Along with user sophistication (how much they know), it can be incredibly impactful to build a strategy to cover all decision-makers who all need to know something different. 

For instance, for a marketing automation tool:

  • CMOs need to know how it helps their team perform better.
  • CTOs need to know how it integrates with an existing tech stack.
  • CFOs need to know how the tool’s fees and integration costs compare with the revenue it will drive and/or the ultimate operational costs saved.

I recommend structuring a content matrix to address all people involved in the decision by taking the following steps.

Identify stakeholders and their roles

  • Each stakeholder has different pain points, motivations and concerns. Understanding these is crucial for tailoring content to each group.

Map stakeholder needs to content topics

  • Create a list of questions, concerns and priorities for each stakeholder. 

Organize these topics

  • Build a matrix by stakeholder role and content type based on their stage in the buying process (awareness, consideration, decision).

Identify and leverage cross-linking between roles

  • Influencers, end-users, and decision-makers will have overlap in concerns. Use internal linking to guide users between pieces of content relevant to different stakeholders.

5. Convince clients (or managers) to trade volume for purchase intent

Spending more time on middle- and bottom-funnel queries likely means less time gobbling up traffic at the top of the funnel. This also means your traffic growth may slow or even flat-line when you adopt this strategy. 

Shifting to high-knowledge terms improves traffic quality and intent because users searching for these terms are usually further along in their research or decision-making process. 

As a result, they’re more likely to engage with your content, convert or become long-term customers. 

However, it’s essential to communicate the expected short- and long-term effects to your team and management and set up reporting to support your approach.

Make it clear from the beginning that high traffic doesn’t always mean actual business impact. 

  • Broad/high-volume keywords bring in more clicks.
  • While high-knowledge keywords bring fewer users, they also bring better engagement metrics like time on page, engagement rate and conversions. 

Segment your reporting to echo how you segment your content and UX, and you’ll start to see clear patterns you can share with your stakeholders.

Building a sophisticated SEO strategy

This is no small task. It requires adding multiple layers to your approach, which can be both time-consuming and complex. 

However, the payoff is significant. As you refine your strategy, you’ll gain a deeper understanding of your business, industry, and users, ultimately improving your SEO efforts and every aspect of your work.

Contributing authors are invited to create content for Search Engine Land and are chosen for their expertise and contribution to the search community. Our contributors work under the oversight of the editorial staff and contributions are checked for quality and relevance to our readers. The opinions they express are their own.

Resident Evil 4 Remake Is Only $20 For PS5 At Amazon – Best Price Yet For Physical Edition

PS5 owners who haven’t added the masterful Resident Evil 4 remake to their collection can grab a physical copy for cheap right now. Amazon has discounted Resident Evil 4 to only $20 for PS5. This is the lowest price ever for the PlayStation 5 physical edition. Resident Evil 4 carries a $40 retail price, though it’s often available for $30-$35 at Amazon. Xbox Series X players can snag a physical copy for $22.

Resident Evil 4 continued Capcom’s streak of successful Resident Evil remakes, recreating the 2005 original’s story and setting with modernized visuals and gameplay that iterates on the design of the Resident Evil 2 and 3 remakes. However, unlike the massive overhauls seen in those other remakes, this new version of Resident Evil 4 is a much more faithful adaptation.

In GameSpot’s Resident Evil 4 review, Kurt Indovina awarded the game a 10/10, saying that the remake “stands as a re-envisioning of its past rather than a replication of it. In doing this, it raises the bar for what a good remake is and at the same time, preserves Resident Evil 4’s legacy as a genre-defining experience and one of the greatest games of all time.”

It was the first of Capcom’s Resident Evil remakes to receive a physical release for PS5, but soon it will have company. Capcom is releasing physical editions of the Resident Evil 2 and Resident Evil 3 remakes on January 10, 2025. Resident Evil 7 Gold Edition will also receive a physical release the same day, so now its direct sequel, Resident Evil Village, won’t feel lonely on your shelf. All three games have free upgrades from PS4 to PS5, so many fans probably already have boxed copies for PS4. But if you like your game cases to match or simply want the actual physical edition for PS5, you can preorder the upcoming releases for $30 each at Best Buy.

Resident Evil PS5 Physical Editions

Release Date: January 10, 2025:

Available now

Resident Evil 2 and 3 remakes get physical editions on January 10, 2025

Scientific discovery scratching beneath the surface of itchiness

Ever had an itchy nose or, worse, an unreachable spot on your back that drives you mad? Now imagine an itch that refuses to go away, no matter how hard or long you scratch. That persistent itch, or pruritus, may actually be one of the skin’s first lines of defense against harmful invaders, according to neuroimmunologist Juan Inclan-Rico of the University of Pennsylvania.

“It’s inconvenient, it’s annoying, but sensations like pain and itch are crucial. They’re ever-present, especially when it comes to skin infections,” says Inclan-Rico, a postdoctoral researcher in the Herbert Lab at Penn’s School of Veterinary Medicine, who has been exploring what he calls “sensory immunity,” the idea that “if you can feel it, you can react to it.” Itch, he explains, is the body’s way of detecting threats such as skin infections before they can take hold.

But in a recent paper published in Nature Immunology, De’Broski Herbert, professor of pathobiology at Penn Vet, and his team flipped that theory on its head. They shed light on how a parasitic worm, Schistosoma mansoni, can sneak into the human body by evading this very defense mechanism, bypassing the itch response entirely. And while there are prophylactic therapeutics for those who may encounter S. mansoni, options for treating someone who has unknowingly been exposed are relatively scant, and these research findings pave the way for addressing this concern.

“These blood flukes, which are among the most prevalent parasites in humans, infecting nearly 250 million people, have seemingly evolved to block the itch, making it easier for them to enter the body undetected,” Inclan says. “So, we wanted to figure out how they do it. What are the molecular mechanisms underlying how they turn off such an essential sensory alarm? And what can this teach us about the sensory apparatus that drives us to scratch a pesky itch?”

Not all reactions are equal

Inclan-Rico says that the research really began when his project revealed that certain strains of mice were more susceptible to infection of S. mansoni. “Specifically, some of the mice had a higher number of parasites successfully traversing throughout body following skin penetration.”

Heather Rossi, a senior research investigator in the Herbert lab and co-author on the study, says that this motivated the team to investigate the neuronal activity at play, with special attention paid to MrgprA3 neurons, which are commonly associated with immunity and itchiness.

They then looked at how a “cousin” of S. mansoni that’s typically found in avian species but has been shown to cause swimmer’s itch in humans, and they found a stark difference between the reaction or lack of it within the mice.

“While avian schistosomes triggered a strong itch response in the skin, S. mansoni was unable to induce this reaction,” Rossi says. “What’s more, when we introduced chloroquine — an anti-malarial drug that’s known to cause pruritus by interacting with MrgprA3 — to the mice treated with S. mansoni antigens, we found that itching was blocked almost entirely.”

A closer look

To further investigate the biochemistry involved in S. mansoni’s workaround for skating past MrgprA3 neurons, the researchers employed a three-legged strategy: Using light to genetically activate neurons on ear skin prior to infection, administering chloroquine, and genetically reducing the population of MrgprA3 neurons in the mice.

“Turns out that activating these neurons blocks the entry,” Inclan-Rico says. “It creates an inflammatory environment, we think, within the skin that prevents the entry and dissemination of the parasites, which is particularly cool.”

Members of the Herbert lab, (Left to right): Ulrich Femoe, Heather Rossi, Adriana Stephenson, Evonne Jean, Annabel Ferguson, De’Broski Herbert, Juan Inclan Rico, Heidi Winters, Camila Napuri, Li-Yin Hung, Olufemi Akinkuotu. (Credit: Adriana Stephenson)

The Herbert lab has been studying parasites that enter the skin, migrate through the layers of connective tissue all the way through until they find a blood vessel, and chart a course towards the lung. There they molt into another larval stage and then use the liver and portal vein to make their way to the intestines as adults where they lay eggs, leading to characteristic symptoms in humans like abdominal swelling, fever, and pain.

“So, as you may imagine, if there are fewer parasites entering the body during initial infection, and also fewer parasites making their way into the lungs,” Inclan-Rico says. “This suggests two things: That the activation of these neurons is blocking the entry of the parasites and it’s also inhibiting their dissemination through the body.” The researchers also found that the mice that had MrgprA3 ablation saw an increased amount of lung parasite infection.

Subcellular crosstalk

Armed with the knowledge that MrgprA3 neurons were involved in blocking the parasites, the team hypothesized that there may be crosstalk between these cells and immune cells, so they began investigating the relationship between these two classes.

“When we activated MrgprA3, it increased the number of macrophages in the skin,” Inclan-Rico says. “These are the white blood cells that typically come in and gobble up infectious elements, and so, when we depleted the macrophages, we saw that this was in fact a causal relationship, that the neurons were functionally linked to the macrophage response because without them the worm infection wasn’t blocked at all.”

Next, the Herbert team sought to find the specific signaling molecules involved and discovered that downstream of MrgprA3 activation the neuropeptide CGRP was released, demonstrating that this neuropeptide plays a key role in neuron-immune cell communication.

“CGRP acts like a messenger between neurons and macrophages,” Inclan-Rico says, “and this signaling triggers the activation of immune cells at the site of infection, which helps contain the parasite.”

However, CGRP wasn’t acting alone as the team found that the nuclear protein IL-33, typically known as an alarm signal released by damaged cells, played a surprising, significant role. When they examined macrophages, they discovered that IL-33 was not just being reduced but was instead acting within the cell nucleus.

“Up until now, people just thought that IL-33 was a nuclear protein, but we didn’t know exactly what it was doing in there. Its role was more thought to be as a secreted factor, either as a consequence of cell death or potentially from immune cells secreting it directly,” Rossi says. “But we did a number of experiments to prove that, in fact, IL-33 in macrophages controls the accessibility of DNA, essentially opening DNA’s tight packaging material and allowing pro-inflammatory cytokines like TNF to be expressed.”

This pro-inflammatory environment is critical for forming a protective barrier that prevents the parasite from advancing farther into the body.

“It’s a two-step process,” Inclan-Rico says. “First, MrgprA3 neurons release CGRP, which signals into macrophages. Then, IL-33 held within the macrophages’ nuclei is greatly reduced, which enhances the inflammatory response and helps block the parasite’s entry.”

Interestingly, they also found that when IL-33 was genetically deleted from macrophages, the protective response induced by itchy neurons was lost.

“This tells us that the neurons are orchestrating this whole defense, but they need the macrophages — and specifically IL-33 in those macrophages — to mount a full immune response,” Herbert says.

Looking ahead, the Herbert lab plans to dive deeper into understanding the mechanisms behind this neuron-immune communication.

“We’re really interested in identifying the molecules that parasites use to suppress the neurons and whether we can harness that knowledge to block parasite entry more effectively,” Herbert says. They also hope to identify other molecules, beyond CGRP and IL-33, that are involved in this signaling pathway.

“If we can pinpoint the exact components that parasites are targeting to evade the itch response, we could develop new therapeutic approaches that not only treat parasitic infections but potentially offer relief for other itch-related conditions like eczema or psoriasis,” Herbert says.

De’Broski R. Herbert is the presidential professor of immunology and a professor of pathobiology at the School of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Pennsylvania.

Juan Manuel Inclan-Rico is a postdoctoral researcher in the Herbert Lab at Penn Vet.

Heather L. Rossi is a senior research investigator in the Herbert Lab at Penn Vet.

Other researchers are Ulrich M. Femoe, Annabel A. Ferguson, Bruce D. Freedman Li-Yin Hung, Xiaohong Liu, Fungai Musaigwa, Camila M. Napuri, Christopher F. Pastore, and Adriana Stephenson of Penn Vet; Wenqin Luo and Qinxue Wu of the Perelman School of Medicine at Penn; Cailu Lin and Danielle R. Reed of the Monell Chemical Senses Center; Petr Horák and Tomáš Macháček of Charles University, Czech Republic; and Ishmail Abdus-Saboor of Columbia University.

The research was supported by the National Institutes of Health (grants T32 AI007532-24, R01 AI164715-01, U01 AI163062-01, P30-AR069589, and R01 AI123173-05 and contract HHSN272201700014I), Charles University (Cooperatio Biology, UNCE24/SCI/011, SVV 260687), and the Czech Science Foundation (GA24-11031S).

National Drafting Competition by BBD University, Lucknow [PIL Drafting & Writ Petition; Online; No Reg Fees]: Submit by Nov 20!

Registrations are invited for a National Drafting Competition by BBD University, Lucknow. Submit by Nov 20! About University BBD University aims to transform the way people think by teaching them problem-solving, leadership, and teamwork skills, as well as the value of commitment to quality, ethical behavior, and respect for others. We want every member of […]

The post National Drafting Competition by BBD University, Lucknow [PIL Drafting & Writ Petition; Online; No Reg Fees]: Submit by Nov 20! appeared first on Lawctopus.

Latest lifestyle News, Live Updates Today October 26, 2024: Anti-ageing skincare for air pollution: 8 essential tips to fight ‘very poor’ AQI’s assault on your skin

Live

Stay informed with Hindustan Times’ live updates! Track the latest lifestyle news including fashion trends, style guide & Tips, India & World Events. Don’t miss today’s key news for October 26, 2024.

Latest news on October 26, 2024: Skincare for air pollution: 8 essential tips to fight ‘very poor’ AQI’s assault on your skin

Get the latest news updates and breaking news stories from the world of lifestyle. Track all the latest fashion trends, delicious recipes, travel tips and more. Disclaimer: This is an AI-generated live blog and has not been edited by Hindustan Times staff.…Read More

Follow all the updates here:

Oct 26, 2024 7:00 AM IST

Health News LIVE: Anti-ageing skincare for air pollution: 8 essential tips to fight ‘very poor’ AQI’s assault on your skin

  • Polluted air ages your skin faster: Here are some anti-ageing skincare tips to combat pollution damage from dirty air ruining your skin

Read the full story here

Sanofi earnings boosted by Beyfortus, earlier vaccine sales

Sanofi reported a 25% boost in sales for its vaccines division during the third quarter, helped by earlier-than-anticipated orders of its flu shots as well as rising revenue from Beyfortus, its RSV antibody for infants.

Announcing earnings Friday, the French pharmaceutical company said Beyfortus sales were 645 million euros, or about $700 million. Overall, Sanofi’s vaccines unit brought in about 3.8 billion euros, driving total company sales to $13.4 billion.

The company’s performance beat Wall Street expectations, pushing its share price higher in Friday trading on French and U.S. stock exchanges.

“We reached almost 16% sales growth in the third quarter, illustrating the underlying strength of our portfolio,” said Sanofi CEO Paul Hudson, in a statement. “Our performance was boosted by the phasing of flu and Beyfortus, he added.

Beyfortus is approved in the U.S. to prevent disease from respiratory syncytial virus infections in infants up to 24 months old who are entering their first RSV season, or who remain vulnerable during their second season. The antibody drug was approved last summer.

Recently, Sanofi and its partner AstraZeneca gained regulatory approval for a new manufacturing line to expand supply of the shot Beyfortus. The companies had struggled to keep up with supply during Beyfortus’ first season on the market, as higher-than-expected demand led to a shortage of its 100 milligram dose for infants weighing 11 pounds or more. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention responded by recommending doses be prioritized for high-risk infants, and encouraged women who were pregnant to receive Pfizer’s RSV vaccine Abrysvo, if eligible.

Sanofi has said it expects the increased Beyfortus capacity to support access to the drug for every eligible baby in the U.S.

The only other available treatment for RSV prevention in infants is the antibody Synagis, but use of that drug is limited to certain high-risk infants. Merck & Co. could soon bring to market another competing antibody called clesrovimab, which it aims to make available for the 2025-2026 RSV season, if approved. 

The typical RSV season begins in fall and lasts through the winter in the U.S.

The Economics of Coffee in One Chart [Infographic]


What goes into your morning cup of coffee, and what makes it possible?

The obvious answer might be coffee beans, but when you start to account for additional costs, the scope of a massive $200+ billion coffee supply chain becomes clear.

From the labour of growing, exporting, and roasting the coffee plants to the materials like packaging, cups, and even stir sticks, there are many underlying costs that factor into every cup of coffee consumed.

The above graphic breaks down the costs incurred by retail coffee production for one pound of coffee, equivalent to about 15 cups of 16-ounce brewed coffee.

The difficulty of pricing coffee

Measuring and averaging out a global industry is a complicated ordeal.

Not only do global coffee prices constantly fluctuate, but each country also has differences in availability, relative costs, and the final price of a finished product.

That’s why a cup of 16 oz brewed coffee in the U.S. doesn’t cost the same in the U.K., or Japan, or anywhere else in the world.

Even within countries, the differences in a company’s access to wholesale beans will dictate the final price.

To counteract these discrepancies, today’s infographic above uses figures sourced from the Specialty Coffee Association which are illustrative but based on the organization’s Benchmarking Report and Coffee Price Report.

What they end up with is an estimated set price of $2.80 for a brewed cup of coffee at a specialty coffee store.

Each store and indeed each country will see a different price, but that gives us the foundation to start backtracking and breaking down the total costs.

From growing beans to exporting bags

To make coffee, you must have the right conditions to grow it.

The two major types of coffee, Arabica and Robusta, are produced primarily in subequatorial countries.

The plants originated in Ethiopia, were first grown in Yemen in the 1600s, and then spread around the world by way of European colonialism.

Today, Brazil is far and away the largest producer and exporter of coffee, with Vietnam the only other country accounting for a double-digit percentage of global production.

Coffee Production

How much money do growers make on green coffee beans?

With prices constantly fluctuating each year, they can range from below $0.50/lb in 2001 to above $2.10/lb in 2011.

But if you’re looking for the money in coffee, you won’t find it at the source.

Fairtrade estimates that 125 million people worldwide depend on coffee for their livelihoods, but many of them are unable to earn a reliable living from it.

Instead, one of the biggest profit margins is made by the companies exporting the coffee.

In 2018 the ICO Composite price (which tracks both Arabica and Robusta coffee prices) averaged $1.09/lb, while the SCA lists exporters as charging a price of $3.24/lb for green coffee.

Roasting economics

Roasters might be charged $3.24/lb for green coffee beans from exporters, but that’s far from the final price they pay.

First, beans have to be imported, adding shipping and importer fees that add $0.31/lb.

Once the actual roasting begins, the cost of labour and certification and the inevitable losses along the way add an additional $1.86/lb before general business expenses.

Army and Navy are in the College Football Playoff race. Which means they could play twice

The Army–Navy game occupies a special, yet peculiar position on the college football calendar.

Its significance is undeniable, given the history, ferocity and pageantry of the rivalry. It stands alone — literally — as the only game on the Saturday after conference championship weekend in December. Yet the stakes of the game typically haven’t mattered in terms of rankings or the national championship race.

This year, it’s complicated.

The service academies are both undefeated and ranked. And the 12-team College Football Playoff means that the No. 23 Black Knights (7-0) and No. 24 Midshipmen (6-0) are bona fide Playoff contenders — if one of them can win the American Athletic Conference.

But the Playoff field will be set on Dec. 8 — six days before the annual Army-Navy game kicks off in Landover, Md. And because Army and Navy are now conference-mates in the AAC, the Dec. 14 matchup could be the second meeting between the teams in one season.

Here’s a look at how things could shake out.

How did we get here?


Army QB Bryson Daily leads all FBS players with 19 rushing touchdowns. (Lucas Boland / Imagn Images)

It’s the first time since 1926 that Army and Navy both have started a season 6-0.

The Black Knights are 7-0 and have yet to trail in a game. Naturally, they lead the nation in rushing offense, led by quarterback Bryson Daily, who has accounted for 26 total touchdowns. Army is already 6-0 in AAC play, meaning it has just two conference games left (at North Texas, UTSA).

The Midshipmen are 6-0 heading into a massive game against No. 12 Notre Dame at MetLife Stadium in East Rutherford, N.J., and 4-0 in the AAC. It’s already their best season since 2019 when they won 11 games.

Army and Navy currently occupy the top two spots in the AAC standings.

So … does that mean they could play twice?

Yes — and in back-to-back weeks. They could face off in the conference championship game on Dec. 6 and meet again for their annual rivalry on Dec. 14.

But Tulane is right behind them with a 3-0 conference record and plays Navy on Nov. 16. A loss could derail Navy’s shot at punching its ticket to the conference championship and thus crush the Mids’ Playoff hopes.

Will the Army-Navy game count toward the CFP?

A potential meeting in the AAC championship would. But the annual, neutral-site game will not.

Selection Day for the Playoff is Sunday, Dec. 8, and the annual Army-Navy game is the following Saturday. In the four-team Playoff era, the selection committee had a protocol that allowed it to wait for Army-Navy if it had implications on the field. But because the 12-team Playoff begins the weekend of Dec. 20-21, it could not wait on the outcome this time around.

This means there is a scenario in which one service academy wins the AAC and a berth into the CFP, then loses its final regular-season game to the same opponent it beat out to advance to the Playoff.

There will still be bragging rights on the line, of course.

Would Army or Navy have less time to prepare for a Playoff game?

Given that no other teams play a game the week of Dec. 14, if either service academy earns a spot in the Playoff it would have less time to prepare for its postseason opponent.

What are the chances Army or Navy makes the Playoff?

There is a 29.6 percent chance that Army or Navy makes the Playoff, but the individual percentages for both teams depending on the results of their next games look a little different.

If Navy beats Notre Dame on Saturday, the Midshipmen’s odds to make the Playoff rise to 10 percent, according to the projection model by The Athletic’s Austin Mock. With a loss, that drops to 5 percent.

Army faces an easier opponent in Air Force, so the Cadets’ percentages are higher: 30 percent with a win and 14 percent with a loss. Army also has to play Notre Dame on Nov. 23, at Yankee Stadium.

Mock’s model gives Army a 63 percent chance to win the AAC, while Navy is at 15 percent.

go-deeper

GO DEEPER

What do Army and Navy’s historic starts mean for AAC championship? CFP?

What else needs to happen for either team to make the Playoff?

Two things need to happen. First, the obvious one, is for Army or Navy to keep winning and win the AAC. It’s unlikely either can make the Playoff as an at-large team.

Second, they likely need the Mountain West to beat up on each other. Boise State (5-1) is currently ranked ahead of Army and Navy, and the Broncos’ only blemish is a road loss at Oregon.

The other team to worry about from the Mountain West is UNLV (6-1). Boise State plays at UNLV on Friday, which will have a significant impact on the Group of 5 Playoff bid.

If you want a rooting guide to get Army or Navy into the CFP, I’d probably root for UNLV to pull the upset this weekend and then continue to root for those two teams to lose down the stretch. — Austin Mock

Has Army or Navy ever won a national championship?


Led by 1946 Heisman Trophy winner Glenn Davis, Army claimed national titles in 1944, 1945 and 1946. (Bettmann via Getty Images)

Yes, but the specifics are a bit complicated, because college football hasn’t always held a national championship game.

Army claims five national championships (1914, 1916, 1944, 1945, 1946), though multiple programs claim titles for four of those years. Similarly, Navy claims a share of the 1926 national title.

The last time either team cracked the AP top 10 was in 1964, when Navy peaked at No. 6.

What’s next?

Army finishes the regular season with Air Force (1-6), North Texas (5-2), Notre Dame (6-1), UTSA (3-4) and Navy.

Navy finishes with Notre Dame, Rice (2-5), South Florida (3-4), Tulane (5-2), East Carolina (3-4) and Army.

(Top photo: Barry Chin / The Boston Globe via Getty Images)

Instagram Is Rolling Out a New AI Feature That Expands Your Photos

When you need your photos sized to a specific aspect ratio, cropping them down to fit it is easy, but cleanly expanding an image beyond its original borders is a lot harder. Fortunately, we have AI tools that can “imagine” what lies beyond an image’s edges and fill it in with a believable scene to expand it. Now, Instagram is rolling out a new feature that will let you do the same with your photos.




As spotted by Sam Sheffer on X (formerly Twitter), Instagram is adding a new AI expander tool for Stories. If you like a photo you took but wish it featured a little more around the edges, you can use artificial intelligence to generate more context for your image.

The main draw for this feature seems to be making existing images fit Instagram’s desired 4:5 aspect ratio better. When you take a photo with your phone, you usually need to crop it down to fit the app’s desired dimensions. By using the AI expander tool, you can fill out the rest of the photo without needing to crop the image or upload it with black borders.


By the looks of things, not everyone has access to this new feature just yet. There’s a good chance that Instagram is slowly rolling this feature out to its users in waves, so if you boot up the app and cannot find the AI expander tool, you may need to wait a little for it to arrive. In the meantime, there are plenty of ways to make your photos unique for Instagram without using AI tools.


China sees record-high air traffic in Q3

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-10-25/China-sees-record-high-air-traffic-in-Q3-1xZrYI7dBL2/img/751a3dc16259424d9cf45de2cfa83396/751a3dc16259424d9cf45de2cfa83396.png' alt='Passengers at Shanghai Pudong International Airport in east China's Shanghai, September 30, 2024. /CFP'

China’s civil aviation sector reported record quarterly transport figures, data from the Civil Aviation Administration of China (CAAC) showed Friday.

In the third quarter of this year, the total transport turnover, passenger trips, as well as cargo and mail transport volume in the country’s civil aviation sector rose 19.8 percent, 12.3 percent and 19.4 percent year on year.

In Q3, the passenger trips reached 200 million. Of the total, domestic routes registered 180 million passenger trips, up 8.3 percent year on year; international routes recorded more than 18.2 million trips, surging 78 percent year on year, the data showed.

Since July, international passenger trips on Chinese airlines have recovered to over 90 percent of the same period in 2019 for three consecutive months.

According to the CAAC, the civil aviation market’s freight volume exceeded 2.3 million tonnes during the period, with domestic and international freight transport increasing by 12.9 percent and 30.1 percent year on year, respectively.

By the end of the third quarter, China had a fleet of 4,352 civil aviation transport aircraft, the CAAC added.

Not into gore and gloom? Here’s a guide to lighter Halloween viewing

I imagine that when you imagine a TV critic, you picture some hard-boiled, crusty, even heartless type. But I have always been a sensitive, delicate, please-leave-the-light-on sort of fellow.

So Halloween is a holiday I greet with mixed emotions. I am fine with its brighter expressions — candy, pumpkins, cute costumes on little children, “It’s Halloween” by the Shaggs, all that. But you can keep your haunted houses, the latest “It,” your “Scream” masks, your trouble-making teens using the cover of the holiday to terrorize a neighborhood. Even “The Simpsons Treehouse of Horror” I can find genuinely disquieting.

You will therefore find the following personal guide to Halloween viewing — some things specific to the day, some germane to the season, some featuring paranormal characters, some parodying monster movies — to be short on blood and guts (the kind worn outside the body) and long on comedy and cartoons. There is more than enough actual horror about.

More than anything, Halloween is an opportunity for me to once again steer you to the 2014 web comedy “Ghost Ghirls,” currently living its best afterlife on Vimeo. Created by stars Amanda Lund and Maria Blasucci, it comprises a dozen 10-minute episodes, which by some magic have the substance of full-blown sitcom episodes. As self-involved, childish, competitive ghost hunters-whisperers-busters, Lund and Blasucci visit various locations (a baseball field, a tax office, a middle school, a brothel, a recording studio) to help conflicted spirits move on into the light; the impeccable guest cast includes Jason Ritter, Jake Johnson, Natasha Leggero, Kumail Nanjiani, Colin Hanks, Larisa Oleynik, Paul F. Tompkins, Jason Schwartzman, Brett Gelman, Kate Micucci, Molly Shannon and, as a dead ’70s Southern-rock band fighting too much to finish their final song, Jack Black, Val Kilmer and Dave Grohl.

Helping spirits move on into the light also was the theme of the 2014 Tyler Labine comedy “Deadbeat” (Tubi), with a similarly impressive roster of guest stars. Labine was previously a regular on “Reaper” (stream on CWTV.com), in which Brett Harrison plays a slacker who, after his parents sold his soul to the devil (Ray Wise), sets to work as a kind of bounty hunter, returning the escaped damned to hell. Both these series are funny and charming and worth your attention.

Filmed in suburban New Jersey, “The Adventures of Pete and Pete,” originally on Nickelodeon, was not only the most beautifully fashioned kids show of the 1990s but a series that argues well for the very existence of television. And yet you will have to go to the wilds of YouTube to find it. In the holiday episode “Halloweenie,” little Pete (Danny Tamberelli) is out to beat a 31-year-old record for trick-or-treating 374 houses in one Halloween night, dragging along Halloween-hating older brother Big Pete (Michael C. Maronna), while avoiding the vandalizing Pumpkin Eaters. Helpful neighbor Nona (Michelle Trachtenberg, who would go on to play little sister Dawn Summers on “Buffy the Vampire Slayer”) pitches in. (Iggy Pop, who plays her father in a cardigan and khakis, would go on to re-form the Stooges.)

“School Spirits” stars Peyton List, center, as Maddie, a murdered teen stuck in the afterlife who attempts to find her killer.

(Ed Araquel / Paramount+)

As to “Buffy” itself, vamps and demons and the occasional tragic death of a beloved character aside, the series, which debuted in 1997 and changed the nature of television teenage storytelling, is at heart a comedy, an extended metaphor for the ordinary horrors of high school. It produced several Halloween episodes, beginning with the much-loved Season 2 “Halloween” (Hulu, Disney+, Tubi), which finds enchanted Sunnydale residents becoming the characters they’re costumed as. (An idea used by “Ned’s Declassified School Survival Guide,” now streaming on Paramount+, the greatest Nickelodeon kids show of the ’00s, for its own third-season Halloween episode.) The show’s legacy can be directly seen in such series as the recent, excellent “School Spirits” (Paramount+), in which a murdered teen, trapped in her high school among several generations of ghost students, attempts to find her killer, and Netflix’s “Dead Boy Detectives,” about a pair of teenage ghosts helping other specters to settle their unfinished business. (See “Ghost Ghirls,” above.)

Most network sitcoms have fielded a Halloween episode, but none more appropriately than “The Addams Family.” Creepy, kooky, mysterious, spooky, altogether ooky, they’re a peerlessly happy, hospitable family, ever welcoming to the straight-world figures who stumble into their eccentric manse. In the redundantly titled “Halloween With the Addams Family” (Freevee, YouTube) from 1964, escaping bank robbers, played by Don Rickles and Skip Homeier, are invited in as adult trick-or-treaters and made to celebrate in ways they don’t understand.

The sitcom, more than the Charles Addams cartoons that inspired it, provides the architecture upon which are built all subsequent Addams revivals and reimaginings, including, of course, “Wednesday,” the ongoing Netflix series that made an instant star of Jenna Ortega. While I absolutely recommend it, my heart lies with “Adult Wednesday Addams,” Melissa Hunter’s witty 2015 web series about the Addams daughter as a young woman making her way in the world — finding roommates, learning to drive, internet dating. You can find it on YouTube and at Hunter’s own website.

Oddly, the sitcom episode that most frightened me as a child — and still does, for all that it’s very funny — comes from “The Dick Van Dyke Show.” Not actually a Halloween episode, the 1963 “It May Look Like a Walnut” (streaming on Peacock, Prime, Filmrise and several other platforms) is a riff on “Invasion of the Body Snatchers” that finds Van Dyke’s Rob Petrie trapped in a science-fiction scenario in which walnut-loving aliens, led by a Danny Thomas look-alike, convert humans to their race, stealing their thumbs and sense of humor. Mary Tyler Moore emerging from the living room closet on an avalanche of nuts is the stuff of nightmares — and one of that series’ most replayed moments.

Given my predilections, it’s not surprising that there are a lot of cartoons on this list.

“It’s the Great Pumpkin, Charlie Brown” (Apple TV+) is the second-greatest Peanuts special, and the only other one I’d call required viewing. In its gorgeous, glorious evocation of autumn days and, especially, nights, its Vince Guaraldi score and Bill Melendez animation, it takes Schulz’s art somewhere new without betraying it; perhaps most important, Cathy Steinberg is back from “A Charlie Brown Christmas” as the voice of Sally Brown, the series’ secret star. (And you thought it was Snoopy.) Linus’ unique belief in the Great Pumpkin takes some heat off Charlie Brown, who nevertheless remains the victim of his friends, random neighbors and the universe. But that’s the “Peanuts” spirit, deep and troubling but endlessly relatable.

“Toy Story of Terror” from 2013, originally produced at the corporate nexus of Disney, Pixar and ABC, offers a delightful meta take on horror tropes — rainy night, roadside motel, characters imprudently wandering off. With the hedgehog Pricklepants (Timothy Dalton) offering commentary the whole time, it’s “Scream” without the murders, but not without its own brand of tension. The supergroup big-screen cast (Tom Hanks, Tim Allen, Joan Cusack, Rickles, Wallace Shawn, Kristen Schaal) are abetted by Kate McKinnon, Ken Marino and Carl Weathers, with Stephen Tobolowsky as the villain (a desk clerk, like Norman Bates). As a bonus, and in the spirit of Jamie Lee Curtis, it’s cowgirl Jessie (Cusack) who takes the lead here.

New this year is the special “SpongeBob SquarePants: Kreepaway Kamp” (Paramount+), in which practically the whole of Bikini Bottom is invited to a reunion at Kamp Koral, where a dark figure lurks and one by one the campers disappear — a moth-eaten premise immeasurably improved by its cast of cartoon sea creatures (and a squirrel). From 2019 comes “The Spooky Tale of Captain Underpants: Hack-a-ween” (Netflix), a delicious mix of animation, puppetry and photograph, in which elementary-school pranksters George and Harold fight a movement to cancel the holiday, with the help of their personal superhero, a hypnotized version of their principal and nemesis.

An animated group of sea creatures playing musical instruments onstage.

The Halloween special “SpongeBob Squarepants: Kreepaway Kamp” streams on Paramount+.

(Nickelodeon)

Some classic Halloween shorts can be found on Disney+ at most any season, and are worth your attention by virtue of being drawn and animated by hand — still the best way to make cartoons. In “Lonesome Ghosts” (first released on Christmas Eve 1937, of all days), Mickey, Goofy and Donald are unemployed ghostbusters called to a creaky old house by the bored specters themselves — derby-wearing, cigar-smoking — for their own slapstick entertainment. In “Trick or Treat,” from 1952, Donald pranks his nephews with firecrackers in their candy bags and dumps water on their heads; friendly Witch Hazel, passing by, helps them get revenge. Not on Disney+ but easy to find online is the 1933 Mickey Mouse short “The Mad Doctor,” in which Pluto is abducted by a scientist planning on putting the pup’s head on a chicken’s body. The black-and-white light and shadow effects are quite beautiful. Although Disney has become synonymous with a certain gentleness, these cartoons are sort of violent. (Though, as I like to say, it’s cartoon violence.)

Through its corporate owner Warner Bros., Max has a trove of golden-age Looney Tunes cartoons gathered into nonchronological “seasons,” where you can find at least a couple of monster-themed classics. Directed by Friz Freleng, “Hyde and Hare” (Season 20, Episode 2), from 1955, drops Bugs Bunny into a Jekyll-and-Hyde situation that includes an addiction metaphor and a Liberace joke. In “Hair-Raising Hare” (Season 11, Episode 6), Bugs is lured to the castle of an evil scientist — a neon sign flashes “Evil Scientist,” so you know — as lunch for his pet monster, the giant orange hairball in tennis shoes later known as Gossamer. You get some excellent fourth-wall-breaking and a finish that prefigures “Some Like It Hot.” And in “Scaredy Cat,” (Season 13, Episode 16), from 1948, also directed by Jones, Porky and Sylvester move into a house populated by murderous mice. Sylvester is panicked, Porky oblivious.

Of all classic cartoon characters, the most involved with the supernatural and the surreal was Fleischer Studios’ Betty Boop, whose jazzy adventures with spooks and demons can be easily found on YouTube. “Snow White,” from 1933 (voted the 19th greatest cartoon of all time in a 1994 survey of a thousand animators), features skeletons, a wicked witch who becomes a dragon and Betty’s pup pal, Bimbo, transformed into a ghost, rotoscoped over Cab Calloway singing “St. James Infirmary Blues.” In “Betty Boop’s Halloween Party,” also from 1933, a nasty gorilla interrupts Betty’s happy soiree, attended by a variety of woodland and jungle animals, and in “Red Hot Mama,” from 1934, Betty dreams herself in hell, where she dances with devils and anthropomorphic flames. When Satan tries to get fresh, she gives him the cold shoulder (literally, metaphorically).

And finally, neither TV series nor cartoon, is humorist Jean Shepherd‘s Oct. 31, 1972, broadcast of his nightly New York City radio show, preserved on YouTube. Shepherd, of course, is best known for a different holiday, as the author and voice of “A Christmas Story,” but he sinks his fangs deep into Halloween, with reminiscences, readings and meditations on the dark. Of everything listed here, this may be the most existentially disturbing, so listen with the lights on. Or don’t — but don’t say I didn’t warn you.

Ola Electric Stock Almost Hit Debut Price of INR 76, Drops Nearly 50% From Highest Level of INR 157.40 to INR 77.29

Mumbai, October 25: Bhavish Aggarwal-run Ola Electric saw its stock nosedive to almost its debut price of Rs 76 on Friday during the day’s trading, before closing at Rs 77.29 apiece. After touching Rs 76.73 during the day’s trade, the EV firm’s stock closed marginally higher at Rs 77.29 apiece. The EV company’s stock has fallen almost 50 per cent from its highest level of Rs 157.40.

Ola Electric’s shares were listed in August. After listing, a sharp rally was seen in the Ola Electric and the counter made an all-time high of Rs 157.40 before starting a steep fall. According to market experts, the strong support of Rs 86 has broken in Ola Electric and the next target is Rs 75 and the “trend in the counter continues to be negative”. Ola Electric Stock Trades Below INR 80 Apiece Amid Customer Complaints of Poor After-Sales Services, Expected To Trade Below Debut Price of INR 76.

Market watchers emphasised that once the share price goes below the IPO price and sustains at that level for some time, the counter is likely to face heavy institutional and retail selling due to poor company metrics like slow sales and service-related problems that have affected hundreds of Ola Electric customers.  The stock remains weak and selling is being seen at all levels. Due to the weakness, investors should stay away from this stock and invest in stocks with strong fundamentals, warn market experts. Uber Auto and Moto Services Expected To Drive INR 36,000 Crore in Economic Activity in India: Uber 2024 India Economic Impact Report.

According to the government portal Vahan, Ola Electric sold 24,665 e-scooters in September. In August, this figure was 27,587. Ola Electric’s flagship S1 series EV scooter has become a nightmare for hundreds of customers who are consistently facing issues like malfunctioning hardware and glitching software and spare parts are hard to come by, resulting in inordinate delays.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Oct 25, 2024 05:51 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

A High-Profile Geneticist Is Launching a Fusion-Power Moonshot

Eric Lander is a Big Science heavyweight. A geneticist, molecular biologist, and mathematician, he led the International Human Genome Project and is founding director of the powerful Broad Institute of MIT and Harvard. His countless accolades include a MacArthur “genius” grant and 14 honorary doctorates. When Joe Biden became president, he tapped Lander to be his science adviser and the head of the Office of Science and Technology Policy. Lander lost the job because of charges that he bullied subordinates, but he went on to head a nonprofit organization called Science for America.

So what is he doing running a Silicon Valley startup that aims to solve the climate crisis by realizing the long-held dream of clean fusion energy? Lander is the founding CEO of newly announced Pacific Fusion, heading a team that includes top scientists from the national nuclear labs—Lawrence Livermore and Sandia—as well as experts in simulation and operations. It joins several dozen companies chasing a fusion dream that always seems to be 10 or 20 years out. And it still is—Pacific Fusion says it won’t deliver a working commercial fusion plant until well into the 2030s. But this time there’s a clear path to success. Or so says its famous CEO.

In May 2023, Science for America issued a report that flagged progress in fusion, citing recent breakthroughs. The year before, a Livermore group achieved what is known as “target gain,” producing significantly more energy than the amount required to perform the experiment. Soon after publishing the paper, Lander quietly formed a company with some scientists in the field, including some who worked at the labs and others from places like Alphabet’s X division and Tesla.

Sitting in a conference room at Pacific Fusion’s headquarters in Fremont, California, Lander explains to me why commercial fusion is finally within reach—and why Pacific Fusion may have the best chance to make it happen. He starts by giving me a primer on fusion, which happens when hydrogen is, in his word, “squished” into helium, releasing massive amounts of energy. It occurs naturally on the sun and other stars, but humans have yet to figure out how to do it efficiently here on Earth. But the potential payoff—unlimited clean power—has prompted around 50 startups to chase this dragon. Billionaires including Sam Altman and Bill Gates have backed one or another of these startups. Every few months, it seems, one of those contenders announces some breakthrough.

Why does Pacific Fusion say it’s different? The method it’s pursuing is called pulsed magnetic fusion, which involves inserting tiny containers of deuterium-tritium fuel into a chamber and blasting large electrical pulses through them to magnetically squeeze the fuel containers and achieve fusion. (It’s all explained here in a paper.) “It’s a very attractive approach that’s sort of been known for decades as an idea but has only just become feasible in the last two years because of this work in the national labs,” says Lander. His contention, which I will hear repeatedly as I meet with his team, is that we’ve now made all the scientific breakthroughs we need to understand how to use this technique to generate way more energy that it takes to build and run this system. The remaining challenges—hard ones to be sure— lie in engineering.

Another challenge is getting the money to build the prototypes for the hundreds of commercial plants that will theoretically solve the world’s energy woes. (And maybe cause global disruption when the current suppliers are upended, but that’s another story.) How do you fund a moonshot? Even when an investor accepts the risk, the prospect for payoff is distant: The Pacific Fusion timeline is to have a full-scale demonstration system sometime in the early 2030s, and commercial systems later in the decade.

Microsoft Could Make BTC Investment Progress by December, Despite Board Being Cautious on Crypto

Despite its notorious volatility and lack of regulation, the crypto sector appears to be gaining traction within the global investment community. By December, software giant Microsoft is expected to finalise its stance on adding Bitcoin to its balance sheets. Currently, the company is inviting shareholder feedback to gauge support for exploring Bitcoin investments. This development comes just weeks ahead of Microsoft’s 2024 Annual Shareholder’s Meeting.

The Redmond, Washington-based company submitted a filing to the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) this week, that revealed this development. The document shows that the company board members have ‘recommended’ the voters to vote against Microsoft assessing Bitcoin investments.

Bitcoin was founded in 2009 by its anonymous creator famed by the pseudo name, Satoshi Nakamoto. Around October 2009, BTC was priced $0.0009 (roughly Rs. 0.076). Over the course of the last 15 years, BTC’s value has touched the mark of $73,738 (roughly Rs. 69.9 lakh). As of Friday, October 25, BTC was trading at $67,767 (roughly Rs. 56.9 lakh) with its total market cap standing at a whopping $1.34 trillion (roughly Rs. 1,12,66,679 crore).

Despite its significant market presence, Bitcoin remains highly volatile amid macro- and microeconomic shifts, posing substantial investment risks. Microsoft’s decision to seek stakeholder input on Bitcoin investments suggests that the crypto sector is increasingly capturing the interest of institutional investors.

In the past, Microsoft has dabbled with the crypto and Web3 space but has not added Bitcoin or any other crypto to its balance sheets.

In 2022, the company was scouting for a “Director of Business Development- Cryptocurrencies” indicating that it was exploring blockchain technologies. The same year, Microsoft invested in the ConsenSys blockchain firm.

Meanwhile, in 2023, reports suggested that Microsoft’s Edge browser could see an inbuilt Ethereum wallet.

In the past, Elon Musk’s Tesla and Micheal Saylor’s MicroStrategy have etched their names among highly valued companies with investments allocated to cryptocurrencies.

5 SEO trends for 2025

As we approach the end of 2024, the SEO landscape is already shifting, with even bigger changes on the horizon for next year. 

With potential access to Google’s data, competitors could shake up the search landscape, requiring SEOs to rethink their strategies across multiple platforms. 

At the same time, AI tools continue to evolve, offering both opportunities and risks – streamlining tasks but threatening to reduce creativity to a formulaic output. 

The challenge for 2025? Balancing innovation with authenticity and automation with human insight.

What trends should guide your next steps? Let’s take a look.

1. Search alternatives and Google’s antitrust trial

If Google is forced to share its data as part of antitrust rulings, the SEO landscape may face dramatic changes. 

This will allow Google’s competitors to use its search data and algorithms to build their search engines faster. Something that hides the potential to diversify the organic landscape significantly.

Building on this hypothetical future, while all competitors would start with the same foundational data, they could also innovate and introduce new methodologies.

For SEOs, this means we won’t just be developing a single strategy but potentially ten or twenty, ensuring our websites remain competitive across all these new platforms.

We are already experiencing some of this weight with the rise of AI tools – like ChatGPT, Claude and Perplexity and their plans to integrate search.

Making Google’s data available will also give SEO experts unprecedented transparency into the long-hidden Google algorithms. 

We would gain deeper insights into ranking factors and user behavior, allowing us to optimize like never before by understanding exactly what works.

Unfortunately, this also means manipulating the algorithms will be easier, at least for the short term. 

Something which may bring us back to the dark days of SEO, when it was easier to rank higher with a pile of complete rubbish.

To learn more about this trend and what it will mean for SEO, we may need to wait until later next year.

The current plan is for the U.S. DOJ to propose a more refined proposal in November and then Google to share its own in December. For now, we can only say, “Stay tuned!”

2. AI as a powerful (or terrible) assistant

With so many AI-powered tools available, it’s easy for SEOs to get lost in the sea of options. 

While some of these tools can be helpful, there’s a real risk in relying too heavily on them. 

If you and thousands like you, are all using the same tools trained on identical data, the outcome will be mediocrity at best. 

Everyone’s strategy becomes the same, creating an environment where it’s hard to stand out. Maybe this is why Google has pushed so hard for the new “E” in E-E-A-T – putting the experience in focus.

Adding to this, many AI tools function as “black boxes.” You input data, but what happens in between is unclear. 

Much like grabbing a candy from Harry Potter’s magical sweets – what you get could be great, or it could be a nasty surprise. 

Without knowing how these tools reach their conclusions, you’re left with results you can’t fully trust.

Over-relying on AI can also hinder your critical thinking. A key strength of a great SEO expert is their ability to apply real-world experience, intuition and creativity to problem-solving. 

AI tools still can’t replicate this. Your unique experiences set you apart from others. 

One of the options to overcome some of these risks related to this trend is to consider training your own AI bot. 

Ideally, you should build it from scratch on your own platform, where you don’t have the unknown risk of how your information is used. 

But if this is a no-go option, tools like Google’s Gems and GPTs from ChatGPT will allow you to customize and fine-tune AI to your needs. 

This will let you transform your AI assistant from a basic, generic tool into one that reflects the uniqueness of your brand, website and marketing strategy.

You can also train this tool on your CRM, Google Analytics data, customer reviews and more. The sky is the limit if you have eliminated the security concerns.

By having all these data in an easy-to-access way, you can better respond to Google’s emphasis on originality and establish E-E-A-T.

Dig deeper: AI can’t write this: 10 ways to AI-proof your content for years to come

3. E-E-A-T and the push for originality 

Establishing E-E-A-T will continue to be crucial for SEO success in 2025.

To stand out, brands and content creators must prioritize originality by leveraging their own data and experiences.

Evidence of this can be found in the leaked Google API document, which references an “OriginalContentScore.”

Customer reviews, original research and unique insights will be some of your secret weapons in 2025. 

Analyze customer behavior using internal search queries, product usage patterns or transcripts from your support and sales calls.

This lets you uncover content gaps and key topics that resonate with users so you can create new content and update existing ones.

Google’s recent recognition of content creators underscores the importance of proving expertise.

Verifiable authorship will be a key recipe for success in 2025.

To truly stand out, your brand must highlight the real human experience behind the content, adding authenticity and trustworthiness that users and search engines value. 

If you haven’t planned yet for a complete revamp of those authors’ bios on your website, now is a good time to start.

Get the newsletter search marketers rely on.


4. The user versus the keywords

Optimizing for users rather than keywords will also be among the keys to SEO success in 2025.

Instead of focusing solely on keywords, SEOs should build content around user pain points and challenges, targeting the intent behind their searches.

Keywords can be misleading. Often, terms with high search volume mask unclear intent or are dominated by UGC websites (e.g., Reddit, Quora) or listicles and review websites that Google tends to prioritize. 

Users have changed significantly. We no longer search with short phrases; now we use long-tail keywords or complete questions.

Focusing on content inspired by the customer’s pains and challenges can help you avoid wasting efforts on keywords where the competition is too fierce or the intent is mismatched.

Algorithms will reward content that prioritizes the user experience, answering specific questions with valuable, relevant insights.

Dig deeper: How to optimize for search intent: 19 practical tips

5. Technical SEO will matter more than ever

Technical SEO will be more important than ever. Optimizing your site to make it easier for search engine bots to crawl and understand is key.

Having structured data, a well-organized sitemap, internal links and clean code can significantly improve how search engines crawl and understand your site.

Accessibility is also important. Search engines emphasize user-friendly experiences, including accessible design and features. 

If you’re unsure, the Google API leak shows evidence that Google uses clicks and post-click behavior in its ranking algorithms.

Page speed and Core Web Vitals are ranking signals that impact mobile users. Websites that load slowly or offer a poor mobile experience could struggle to rank.

A major focus of technical SEO in 2025 will be on platforms that rely heavily on JavaScript. Rendering issues prevent search engines from properly indexing their content.

Ensuring proper server-side rendering or resolving JavaScript-related problems is crucial for maintaining visibility in search results.

The good news is that both Google and Bing offer helpful checklists to guide your technical SEO efforts. 

Be sure to regularly review the recommendations from Bing Webmaster Tools and Google Search Console (although the latter is not yet available to all users).

Learning and adapting: An evergreen trend in SEO

The need to learn, adapt and evolve is a constant part of SEO. You can’t rely on a single strategy or quick fixes.

Success will come from working across different projects and refining multiple aspects of your SEO efforts. The ability to pivot and apply new learnings faster will set successful SEOs apart.

It looks like 2025 will be another dynamic year for SEO. For those who have been part of the game for a long time, that’s not new.

Contributing authors are invited to create content for Search Engine Land and are chosen for their expertise and contribution to the search community. Our contributors work under the oversight of the editorial staff and contributions are checked for quality and relevance to our readers. The opinions they express are their own.

Presidential Election Puts Affordable Care Act Back in the Bull’s-Eye

Health care is suddenly front and center in the final sprint to the presidential election, and the outcome will shape the Affordable Care Act and the coverage it gives to more than 40 million people.

Besides reproductive rights, health care for most of the campaign has been an in-the-shadows issue. However, recent comments from former President Donald Trump and his running mate, Ohio Sen. JD Vance, about possible changes to the ACA have opened Republicans up to heavier scrutiny.

More than 1,500 doctors across the country recently released a letter calling on Trump to reveal details about how he would alter the ACA, saying the information is needed so voters can make an informed decision. The letter came from the Committee to Protect Health Care, a national advocacy group of physicians.

“It’s remarkable that a decade and a half after the ACA passed, we are still debating these fundamental issues,” said Larry Levitt, executive vice president for health policy at KFF, a health information nonprofit that includes KFF Health News. “Democrats want to protect people with preexisting conditions, which requires money and regulation. Republicans have looked to scale back federal regulation, and the byproduct is fewer protections.”

The two parties’ tickets hold starkly different goals for the ACA, a sweeping law passed under former President Barack Obama that set minimum benefit standards, made more people eligible for Medicaid, and ensured consumers with preexisting health conditions couldn’t be denied health coverage.

Vice President Kamala Harris, who previously backed a universal health care plan, wants to expand and strengthen the health law, popularly known as Obamacare. She supports making permanent temporary enhanced subsidies that lower the cost of premiums. And she’s expected to press Congress to extend Medicaid coverage to more people in the 10 states that have so far not expanded the program.

Trump, who repeatedly tried and failed to repeal the ACA, said in the September presidential debate that he has “concepts of a plan” to replace or change the legislation. Although that sound bite became a bit of a laugh line because Trump had promised an alternative health insurance plan many times during his administration and never delivered, Vance later provided more details.

He said the next Trump administration would deregulate insurance markets — a change that some health analysts say could provide more choice but erode protections for people with preexisting conditions. He seemed to adjust his position during the vice presidential debate, saying the ACA’s protections for preexisting conditions should be left in place.

Such health policy changes could be advanced as part of a large tax measure in 2025, Sen. Tom Cotton (R-Ark.) told NBC News. That could also open the door to changes in Medicaid. Conservatives have long sought to remake the health insurance program for low-income or disabled people from the current system, in which the federal government contributes a formula-based percentage of states’ total Medicaid costs, to one that caps federal outlays through block grants or per capita funding limits. ACA advocates say that would shift significant costs to states and force most or all states to drop the expansion of the program over time.

Democrats are trying to turn the comments into a political liability for Trump, with the Harris campaign running ads saying Trump doesn’t have a health plan to replace the ACA. Harris’ campaign also released a 43-page report, “The Trump-Vance ‘Concept’ on Health Care,” asserting that her opponents would “rip away coverage from people with preexisting conditions and raise costs for millions.”

Republicans were tripped up in the past when they sought unsuccessfully to repeal the ACA. Instead, the law became more popular, and the risk Republicans posed to preexisting condition protections helped Democrats retake control of the House in 2018.

In a KFF poll last winter, two-thirds of the public said it is very important to maintain the law’s ban on charging people with health problems more for health insurance or rejecting their coverage.

“People in this election are focused on issues that affect their family,” said Robert Blendon, a professor emeritus of health policy and political analysis at Harvard. “If people believe their own insurance will be affected by Trump, it could matter.”

Vance, in a Sept. 15 interview on NBC’s “Meet the Press,” tried to minimize this impact.

“You want to make sure that preexisting coverage — conditions — are covered, you want to make sure that people have access to the doctors that they need, and you also want to implement some deregulatory agenda so that people can choose a health care plan that fits them,” he said.

Vance went on to say that the best way to ensure everyone is covered is to promote more choice and not put everyone in the same insurance risk pool.

Risk pools are fundamental to insurance. They refer to a group of people who share the burdens of health costs.

Under the ACA, enrollees are generally in the same pool regardless of their health status or preexisting conditions. This is done to control premium costs for everyone by using the lower costs incurred by healthy participants to keep in check the higher costs incurred by unhealthy participants. Separating sicker people into their own pool can lead to higher costs for people with chronic health conditions, potentially putting coverage out of financial reach for them.

The Harris campaign has seized on the threat, saying in its recent report that “health insurers will go back to discriminating on the basis of how healthy or unhealthy you are.”

But some ACA critics think there are ways to separate risk pools without undermining coverage.

“Unsurprisingly, it’s been blown out of proportion for political purposes,” said Theo Merkel, a former Trump aide who now is a senior research fellow at the Paragon Health Institute, a right-leaning organization that produces health research and market-based policy proposals.

Adding short-term plans to coverage options won’t hurt the ACA marketplace and will give consumers more affordable options, said Merkel, who is also a senior fellow at the Manhattan Institute. The Trump administration increased the maximum duration of these plans, then Biden rolled it back to four months.

People eligible for subsidies would likely buy comprehensive ACA plans because — with the financial help — they would be affordable. Thus, the ACA market and its protections for preexisting conditions would continue to function, Merkel said. But offering short-term plans, too, would provide a more affordable option for people who don’t qualify for subsidies and who would be more likely to buy the noncompliant plans.

He also said that in states that allowed people to buy non-ACA-compliant plans outside the exchange, the exchanges performed better than in states that prohibited it. Another option, Merkel said, is a reinsurance program similar to one that operates in Alaska. Under the plan, the state pays insurers back for covering very expensive health claims, which helps keep premiums affordable.

But advocates of the ACA say separating sick and healthy people into different insurance risk pools will make health coverage unaffordable for people with chronic conditions, and that letting people purchase short-term health plans for longer durations will backfire.

“It uninsures people when they get sick,” said Leslie Dach, executive chair of Protect Our Care, which advocates for the health law. “There’s no reason to do this. It’s unconscionable and makes no economic sense. They will hide behind saying ‘we’re making it better,’ but it’s all untrue.”

Harris, meanwhile, wants to preserve the temporary expanded subsidies that have helped more people get lower-priced health coverage under the ACA. These expanded subsidies that help about 20 million people will expire at the end of 2025, setting the stage for a pitched battle in Congress between Republicans who want to let them run out and Democrats who say they should be made permanent.

Democrats in September introduced a bill to make them permanent. One challenge: The Congressional Budget Office estimated doing so would increase the federal deficit by more than $330 billion over 10 years.

In the end, the ability of either candidate to significantly grow or change the ACA rests with Congress. Polls suggest Republicans are in a good position to take control of the Senate, with the outcome in the House more up in the air. The margins, however, will likely be tight. In any case, many initiatives, such as expanding or restricting short-term health plans, also can be advanced with executive orders and regulations, as both Trump and Biden have done.

Related Topics

Contact Us

Submit a Story Tip

Balatro Update Adds Stardew Valley, Cyberpunk 2077 Crossovers

After the success of its first Friends of Jimbo collaboration pack in August, cult roguelike hit Balatro has just received a new free crossover pack including content themed around Cyberpunk 2077, Stardew Valley, Slay the Spire, and The Binding of Isaac.

As with the last collaboration bundle, the new pack is free, and features card skins from number of popular characters from games ranging in size from AAA to indie titles. The new cosmetic cards can be unlocked from the new Customize Deck menu in the game’s settings. The skins are completely optional, and only add aesthetic changes to the game.

“After we launched the first collaboration pack this summer, we knew we wanted to invite even more friends to join the party,” said Playstack PR manager Wout van Halderen. “Working with these talented developers and studios has been such a rewarding experience, and seeing their creations in Balatro has been a real highlight for both Playstack and LocalThunk.”

The previous collaboration pack added card skins from The Witcher, Among Us, Vampire Survivors, and Dave the Diver, and it doesn’t seem like this is the last collaboration Playstack is planning. In a post on the game’s BlueSky, the developer asked: “Is this the full squad, or is there more to come?”

The Balatro Friends of Jimbo 2 pack is available now as a free update on PC, mobile, and consoles.

Researchers develop low-cost device that detects cancer in an hour

Researchers at The University of Texas at El Paso have created a portable device that can detect colorectal and prostate cancer more cheaply and quickly than prevailing methods. The team believes the device may be especially helpful in developing countries, which experience higher cancer mortality rates due in part to barriers to medical diagnosis.

“Our new biochip device is low-cost — just a few dollars — and sensitive, which will make accurate disease diagnosis accessible to anyone, whether rich or poor,” said XiuJun (James) Li, Ph.D., a UTEP professor of chemistry and biochemistry. “It is portable, rapid and eliminates the need for specialized instruments.”

Li is the lead author on a new study describing the device; it’s published in Lab on a Chip, a journal that focuses on micro-scale and nanoscale devices.

Li explained that the most commonly used commercial method of cancer biomarker detection, known as ELISA, requires costly instrumentation to work correctly and can take twelve hours or longer to process a sample. This delay is heightened in rural areas in the U.S. or developing countries, he said, because patient samples must be transported to larger cities with specialized instruments, contributing to a higher rate of cancer mortality.

“If you can detect biomarkers early on, before the cancer spreads, you increase a patients’ chance of survival,” Li said. “Any delays in testing, especially in regions that don’t have access to expensive tools and instruments, can be very bad for a patient’s prognosis.”

The device that Li’s team created is microfluidic, which means that it can perform multiple functions using very small amounts of fluids. The device uses an innovative ‘paper-in-polymer-pond’ structure in which patient blood samples are introduced into tiny wells and onto a special kind of paper. The paper captures cancer protein biomarkers within the blood samples in just a few minutes. The paper subsequently changes color, and the intensity of the color indicates what type of cancer is detected and how far it has progressed.

So far, the research has focused on prostate and colorectal cancers, but Li said the method they devised could be applicable to a wide variety of cancer types.

Li said that the device can analyze a sample in an hour — compared to 16 hours using some traditional methods. According to study results, the device is also about 10 times more sensitive than traditional methods even without using specialized instruments. That means the device can detect cancer biomarkers that are present in smaller quantities, typical of cancer in its early stages. A less sensitive device may not pick up on the smaller quantities, Li said.

Before the device is available to the public, Li said the prototype of the device will need to be finalized and the device tested on patients in a clinical trial, which could take several years. It would require final approval by the Food and Drug Administration before it could be used by physicians.

“Dr. XiuJun Li’s innovation significantly improves point-of-care diagnostics by reducing detection times and the need for costly instruments,” said Robert Kirken, dean of the College of Science. “This makes it ideal for resource-limited settings, which will improve early diagnosis and lead to better cancer outcomes. I look forward to seeing what this innovation leads to.”

An additional co-author on the study is Sanjay Timilsina, Ph.D., a former graduate research assistant at UTEP. Li is a member of the Lab on a Chip advisory board.

From plastic to protein: Could we eventually eat PET-eating microbes?

There are microbes that look at a plastic bottle and go, “Yum”. Do you think you’d ever look at a protein powder made from those microbe and go “Yum” too?

(Wikimedia Commons)

Researchers at Michigan Technological University are looking to turn plastic into protein, with funding from the US Defence Advanced Research Projects Agency, or DARPA. In 2023, they described their process in a paper published in the journal Trends in Biotechnology.

So far, in a lab, the plastic has been converted into an oil-like compound using heat to deconstruct the polymer chains. This compound is then fed to oil-eating bacteria, which leave behind a sludge that resembles a yeast byproduct. This sludge is dried out and turned into an edible powder.

Achieving scale should be as simple as putting plastic in at one end and getting powder out of the other, Stephen Techtmann, an assistant professor of biological sciences who is leading the project, has said in a statement.

Eventually, he hopes it could go from food to survive on, in times of disaster and scarcity, to food to thrive on.

It has, after all, been just eight years since plastic-eating microbes were first discovered, in Japan.

In 2016, researchers from the Kyoto Institute of Technology and Keio University, in Japan, published a paper in the journal Science on Ideonella sakaiensis, a rod-shaped bacteria that they had found feeding on polyethylene terephthalate or PET at a bottle recycling plant.

It was a revolutionary find — the first evidence that bacteria could digest our artificial polymers made from oil, gas and coal. “It seems bacteria evolved to be able to degrade plastic in response to the growing presence of plastic in the environment,” says Ronan McCarthy, a professor of biomedical sciences at Brunel University, London.

Except, I. sakaiensis worked slowly, taking up to six weeks to completely break down PET.

This kickstarted research into microbes and their plastic-digesting enzymes. Bioengineers began to manipulate microbes and isolate the responsible enzymes, then engineer the microbes to speed the process up.

By 2018, an international team of researchers led by John McGeehan of the University of Portsmouth linked the two enzymes from I. sakaensis, and speeded the process up further, to just a few days.

New strains were found. In 2020, French biotech startup Carbios announced the creation of a new supercharged bacterial enzyme that could break down plastic bottles in under 10 hours. The original enzyme used to do this was discovered in a heap of composting leaves.

Around the same time, McCarthy of Brunel University, noticed the some of the waste that had washed up on a beach in England was covered with slime. He took samples and found that these were communities of bacteria that were using plastic as a source of carbon.

His lab worked to engineer that Pseudomonas stutzeri strain of bacteria, which were not previously known to consume plastic, and manipulated it to attach to plastic by creating a biofilm around it.

He published his findings in in the journal NPJ Biofilms and Microbiomes, in 2023.

Meanwhile, Carbios set up an industrial demonstration plant in 2021 and has partnered with big plastic producers such as PepsiCo, Nestle Waters and L’Oreal to bio-recycle PET plastic.

In 2022, Epoch Biodesign, started by scientists from the University of Oxford, received $11 million in seed funding, to develop their microbial strains that could break down detergents, plastics, textiles, industrial chemicals and cosmetics.

Eventually, McCarthy says, the engineered bacteria and super-enzymes could just be deployed directly onto polluted sites. “There is always the risk of uncontrolled spread of these bacteria,” he says. “However this can be mitigated by careful design, for example, by programming the bacteria to only survive for a certain amount of time or within a specific controlled environment.”

GPCR drugmaker Septerna amasses $288M in IPO

Septerna, a developer of medicines that target a ubiquitous family of proteins, on Thursday priced a $288 million initial public offering that again showed investors’ support of biotechnology companies that have reached clinical testing.

The company sold 16 million shares at $18 apiece, slightly above the $15 to $17 range it had set in a securities filing Monday. It also sold substantially more shares than originally expected, having boosted its offering’s size hours before pricing. Shares of “SEPN” will begin trading Friday on the Nasdaq stock exchange.

Prior to joining Nasdaq, the California company raised more than $200 million in private funding. Its early backers included Third Rock Ventures and Samsara BioCapital, while RA Capital Management led a Series B round in 2023.

GPCRs, or G protein-coupled receptors, are something of a cellular jack of all trades, involved in a range of biological functions like energy metabolism and immune regulation. They have therefore been a popular target for drugs, accounting by one estimate for about one-third of all approved medicines.

But that research productivity appeared to have plateaued when Septerna launched in 2021 with plans to address problems researchers had in isolating GPCRs and design drugs that could bind them.

“Most of the success has been around a relatively small number of these GPCRs,” Jeff Finer, Septerna’s CEO, told BioPharma Dive in early 2023. “There’s hundreds more that could be potential therapeutic opportunities.”

Septerna’s lead drug candidate, dubbed SEP-786, targets a GPCR implicated in hypoparathyroidism. It entered human testing last month, and the company expects to report data in the middle of 2025.

Hypoparathyroidism is currently treated with a mix of daily injections and high-dose calcium supplements. The company theorizes its small molecule drug could help people with the condition normalize their calcium and phosphate levels, which, when low, can lead to seizures and renal failure.

In a securities filing, Septerna indicated it plans to use approximately $117 million of the IPO proceeds to advance SEP-786, and another $37 million developing another drug called SEP-631, for chronic spontaneous urticaria and other mast cell conditions.

The last GPCR-focused biotech to go public was Structure Therapeutics, which raised $161 million in Feb. 2023. Since then, its share price has gyrated on updates from the company for an obesity drug it’s developing.

Other GPCR drugmakers, including Escient Pharmaceuticals and Tectonic Therapeutic, have raised sizable funds, though not as much as Septerna or Structure. Escient was acquired by Incyte in April, while Tectonic went public through a reverse merger in June.

September and October have been busy months for biotech IPOs, with eight companies now having priced offerings on Nasdaq. Bicara Therapeutics’ offering was the largest of that group, with $315 million in proceeds. Overall, it’s the most active two-month stretch for biotech IPOs since the start of the year, according to BioPharma Dive data.

Though there are fewer opportunities compared to the heydays of 2020 and 2021, investors still have plenty of capital to go around, said Jordan Saxe, the senior managing director of listing services at Nasdaq.

“Every IPO is certainly dual tracked in this environment, so they’re looking at not only the clinical outcome of commercial opportunity, but also, the M&A opportunity,” Saxe said ahead of Septerna’s pricing.

Septerna’s raise is the 23rd biotech IPO this year.

The Great Wealth Transfer: A Boom for Some, a Challenge for All

We are currently witnessing what could be described as the greatest wealth transfer in modern history. As the baby boomer generation begins to age, a massive amount of wealth is being transferred to the subsequent generations. Over the next decade, this generation, who rode a wave of economic prosperity for decades, is forecast to pass…

How To Get Over Infatuation: 17 Psychological Tricks

Infatuation can be an intense and all-consuming experience, making it hard to focus on anything else but that one person who has captured your heart and mind. It often feels like a whirlwind of excitement, desire, and longing, but beneath the surface, it can lead to emotional turmoil, obsession, and even heartache. If you’re wondering how to get over infatuation, this article is for you.

To answer questions such as “What does it mean to be infatuated with someone?” and “How can I navigate an infatuation relationship?”, we talked to a California-based psychiatrist and Cognitive Behaviour Therapist, Dr. Shefali Batra (MD in psychiatry). She specializes in counseling for separation and divorce, breakup and dating, and premarital compatibility issues.

What Is Infatuation?

Infatuation is that whirlwind feeling that makes you think, “Oh my God, this is it!” You meet someone and suddenly, they’re all you can think about. They haven’t even texted back yet, and you’re already imagining a future together with a pet lizard. But what is infatuation really? 

Dr. Batra says, “It’s an intense emotional experience, often confused with love, yet fundamentally different. It’s like a firework—explosive but short-lived. Unlike love, which builds over time and is rooted in deeper understanding and commitment, infatuation burns brightly and fades quickly, leaving behind a sense of longing and often, emotional instability.” 

Sabrina, a 26-year old graphic designer, shared this story with us. “There was a guy at one of the previous jobs I worked at, who I developed a crush on. I didn’t know much about him and hadn’t even talked to him. But in my mind, I had imagined his personality down to minute details, like what kind of pasta he likes and if he’s a mountain or a beach person. I turned into a complete teenager, daydreaming and what not. But, once I got to talk to him at a party, I found out he wasn’t my type of guy at all and all the feelings instantly fizzled out.”

Understanding the infatuation definition helps you identify when you’re experiencing it and to distinguish it from a more genuine connection.

Related Reading: Platonic Crush — Meaning, Signs, And What To Do

Signs of Infatuation

Infatuation often disguises itself as intense passion or love, but the emotional experience can be vastly different in love vs in infatuation. It typically involves overwhelming thoughts, feelings, and behaviors that are disproportionate to the reality of the relationship. Below are some of the telltale signs that you might be experiencing romantic infatuation as per the expert:

1. You obsess over them

One of the most prominent signs of infatuation is an inability to stop thinking about the person. This can look like:

  • Constantly checking their social media profiles
  • Daydreaming about them at work
  • Replaying every interaction in your mind

Dr. Batra, “These obsessive thoughts consume your attention. This fixation makes it hard to focus on other parts of your life, such as work, hobbies, or even self-care. This is what it means to be infatuated with someone—having thoughts that dominate your time and energy.

Constantly obsessing over them is a sign of infatuation

2. You idealize them

What does it mean to be infatuated with someone? It means viewing the person through rose-colored glasses. You tend to ignore their flaws and magnify their positive traits, making them appear perfect in your eyes. This idealization can lead to disappointment later on when reality doesn’t match up to the high expectations you’ve set. Healthy relationships are based on seeing someone for who they truly are, including their imperfections.

3. You’re constantly thinking about impressing them

Every action or decision is influenced by the need to be noticed or validated by this person. From changing your appearance and behaviors to going out of your way to please them, you find yourself overly preoccupied with making a great impression. While it’s natural to want to look your best for someone you like, being infatuated with someone often leads to overcompensating, sometimes at the cost of losing yourself.

Related Reading: 10 Mistakes Men Make While Trying To Impress Women

4. You’re irrationally jealous of anyone who even looks at them

Even casual interactions they have with others can stir up intense jealousy and insecurity. You might feel threatened by their friends, acquaintances, or anyone who seems to capture their attention, even if there’s no real reason to feel this way. This unhealthy jealousy stems from fear of losing their affection and can lead to negative emotions, such as possessiveness and anxiety.

When a friend of mine, Taylor, developed a crush on her neighbor, she used to share every little detail about it with me, as friends do. She would tell me stuff like, “I saw him talking with another girl while on his morning walk. They were laughing together. I hope there’s nothing going on between them. Maybe I should start going on a morning walk too.” And I obviously used to facepalm and try to put some sense into her, as friends do. 

5. You’re on an emotional rollercoaster

Being infatuated with someone often causes extreme emotional highs and lows. You might feel ecstatic when you receive a text from them, but the smallest sign of disinterest or lack of attention can send you into a spiral of self-doubt and sadness. This emotional rollercoaster makes it difficult to maintain balance in your life, as your happiness seems entirely dependent on how they respond to you.

Recognizing these signs of infatuation is the first step in understanding your feelings and regaining emotional clarity. By doing so, you can begin to assess your thoughts and actions more objectively, paving the way for healthier relationships and a more stable emotional state.

Related Reading: 17 Signs You’re With An Emotionally Immature Woman

17 Psychological Tricks To Get Over Infatuation

Overcoming infatuation can be challenging, especially when you’re consumed by thoughts and emotions that make the person seem like your whole world. Learning how to get over infatuation is about taking a step back, regaining perspective, and taking actionable steps toward emotional freedom. Here’s a guide on how to get someone out of your head and stop obsessing over a crush:

1. Admit you’re infatuated

Step one of how to get over infatuation is recognizing that what you’re feeling is not true love; it’s a fleeting emotional high. This kind of infatuation leads to overanalyzing small actions, like a quick text reply, and interpreting them as a grand gesture. Acknowledging this is crucial to moving forward.

2. Limit contact

It’s tough to emotionally let go when you’re constantly messaging each other or responding to every post. Dr. Batra advises, “Start by limiting your communication; it will help you break the cycle of dependency.” Trust that you can thrive without their daily selfies or “Good morning” texts.

3. Stop checking their social media

An infatuation relationship often intensifies through constant social media stalking. Taking a break from their updates will help reduce the urge to check in on their life and free your mind from unnecessary distractions.

Being infatuated with someone
Stop stalking their social media to get over infatuation

4.Don’t idealize them

No one is perfect. It’s easy to romanticize every trait of someone you’re infatuated with, but try to humanize them instead. Remember, they have flaws, quirks, and imperfections like anyone else, and they’re not as flawless as your infatuated mind makes them out to be.

5. Reflect on their flaws

Wondering how to get someone out of your head? Actively think of their less flattering qualities to balance out the idealization. Remember that one-sided dinner conversation where they only talked about themselves? It’s a good reminder that this may not be the perfect relationship you envision.

Related Reading: 11 Qualities Of An Ideal Wife – A Man’s Perspective

6. Talk to your friends

Your friends know you best and will help you see things clearly. They’ll also remind you of those less-than-appealing traits of your infatuation, like the cringe-worthy karaoke moment, to put things in perspective. And trust me, it’s very fun for the friends as well.

In school, we had a friend in our group, who would develop instant crushes. Every other week, there was someone who had “stolen her heart”. And we had a whole session every time, listing out things like, “He has a big nose” or “His handwriting is atrocious” (Don’t judge, we were teenagers). Point is, it worked every time. She lost feelings after these sessions. 

7. Distract yourself

Giving advice on how to get over a crush, Dr. Batra says, “Find some activity to keep your mind busy and prevent it from wandering into the what ifs.” You can:

  • Find a new hobby
  • Check out that show you’ve been wanting to see for so long
  • Explore new sports
  • Have a solo date night

Engaging in activities you enjoy can provide a positive distraction and help you re-center your focus on your own life. This is one of those psychological tricks to make yourself happy.

Related Reading: 26 Love Yourself Quotes to Build Your Confidence

8. Focus on yourself

This is the perfect time for self care and self-improvement. Treat yourself as the priority, and invest time in activities that make you feel great, whether it’s reading a book, cooking a new recipe, or pampering yourself.

9.Don’t romanticize coincidences

If you’re looking for advice on how to get over a crush, here’s one. Stop seeing every little coincidence as a sign from the universe. Shared interests don’t automatically make you soulmates. Liking the same kind of pizza or music doesn’t necessarily mean you’re meant to be together. 

10. Avoid places they frequent

A major step in how to get someone out of your head is to distance yourself from things and even places that you associate with that person. Dr. Batra says, “If you’re tempted to “bump into them” at their favorite café, resist the urge. Find new places to explore, which will help you establish new experiences and break the association with them.”

11. Talk to new people

Start engaging in fresh conversations with other people. While you don’t need to jump into a new relationship, it’s helpful to remind yourself that there are other interesting individuals who may be a better match for you.

One of my guy friends would not stop lamenting about this girl, who he had asked out but she wasn’t interested. We advised him to start exploring online dating or go out to a bar to look for another date, but he refused to move on. Until one day, when we dragged him to a party and eventually, he mingled and, would you believe it, took off early with a girl.

12. Laugh about it

Take a step back and see the humor in your infatuation. Laughing at how much you overanalyzed their playlist or that “one-second smile” will help you see the situation as less serious and give you a lighthearted perspective.

13. Let go of the “what could have been”

The fantasy of “what could have been” is nothing more than a mental movie you’ve created, and it’s not reality. Let go of this imagined narrative and remember that true love is built on more than what you hoped could happen.

14. Write it down

Expressing your thoughts in a journal or venting to a close friend can help you release pent-up emotions. Resist the urge to share these thoughts with the person you’re infatuated with; instead, confide in someone who supports you.

15. Don’t rehash memories

Stop replaying every interaction or every smile they gave you. These moments don’t mean as much as they seem when viewed through the lens of infatuation. Allow your mind to move on from these fleeting memories.

On Infatuation

16. Cut off daydreaming

Here’s how to stop obsessing over a crush. Whenever you catch yourself fantasizing about a future with them, immediately interrupt that thought. Think about something more grounded, like their most annoying habit, to bring yourself back to reality.

17. Give it time

This is the most effective advice on how to get over a crush. All feelings fade with time, and infatuation is no exception. Trust that this intense emotion will pass, and soon enough, you’ll be able to look back and wonder why you ever felt so consumed in the first place.

Key Pointers

  • Identify and understand the infatuation definition to differentiate it from love
  • Recognize signs of romantic infatuation to avoid misinterpreting emotions
  • Use psychological tricks to make yourself happy, like distraction and self-care
  • Learn how to stop obsessing over a crush by limiting contact and re-evaluating your feelings
  • Realize what it means to be infatuated with someone and acknowledge the intensity is temporary
  • Understand how to get over infatuation and reclaim control of your emotions

Final Thoughts

Getting over infatuation is a process that requires self-awareness, patience, and the willingness to put your own well-being first. By recognizing the indications of infatuation and taking proactive steps to limit contact, avoid idealization, and focus on yourself, you can regain control of your emotions and see things clearly. 

Signs of infatuation
The Signs of infatuation

12 Unmistakable Signs A Girl is Ready To Be Kissed – NOW!

8 Ways To Make One-Sided Love Successful

When Your Partner Finds Someone Else Attractive

Your contribution does not constitute a charitable donation. It will allow Bonobology to continue bringing you new and up-to-date information in our pursuit of helping anyone in the world to learn how to do anything.

Ask Our Expert

Penalty shootout defeats are still defeats. It’s time to count them as such

Manchester City are a brilliant football team.

Since Pep Guardiola took charge in 2016, his side have collected more Premier League titles (six), points (736), wins (231) and goals (774) than any other team in the country.

They have conceded fewer goals (258) than any side that has spent all nine seasons in the top flight and played some exhilarating football along the way.

Yes, there is a cloud cast by their ongoing legal case with the Premier League — but add in two FA Cups, four Carabao Cups and a Champions League, and it paints a clear picture of Guardiola’s side as one of the greatest to grace the English game.

They are so good that they do not need spurious records to prove their greatness.

So, let’s be clear, Manchester City did not break a Manchester United record in Europe this week. Manchester City are not “unbeaten” in 26 Champions League games.

City lost in last season’s quarter-finals to Real Madrid. You know that because Madrid progressed to the semi-finals (and ultimately won the trophy against Borussia Dortmund at Wembley) while City bowed out, free to focus on their relentless and successful pursuit of a fourth successive domestic title.

It is hard to think of a clearer definition of defeat than that: one team continues, the other exits.

The fact that City’s loss to Carlo Ancelotti’s team was sealed by a penalty shootout after an absorbing 4-4 draw on aggregate is irrelevant. A defeat is a defeat, no matter how it comes.


Real Madrid celebrate their win — and it was a win — at City (Naomi Baker/Getty Images)

But IFAB — the law-makers of the world game — do not agree. In law 10.2, penalties are simply one of three “permitted procedures to determine the winning team”, along with away goals and extra-time. Which means a team that are beaten in a shootout after drawing when the final whistle sounds are still able to claim they have not ‘lost’.

It’s a strange state of affairs. While away goal ‘wins’ are a grey area according to the record books, nobody disputes that the team which emerges triumphant at the end of extra-time has won the game. So why not apply the same thought process to penalties?

We have come a long way since the pre-shootout days when drawn ties were sometimes settled by entirely arbitrary coin tosses. Penalty shootouts, which were introduced in the early 1970s, are far from that kind of “lottery” — the cliche that attached itself to them for so long — or just a convenient and relatively quick way of settling a game between two evenly-matched teams, as the IFAB law suggests.

They are supreme tests of nerve and skill, and the best teams practise them as assiduously as they do their tactical shape and set-piece routines.

“There’s more to it (than luck),” former Croatia goalkeeper Joey Didulica told Omnisport in 2018. “The mental game, you’ve got to be confident. A lot of it comes down to research as well.

”You’ve got to know who’s kicking the penalty, the way they’ve approached the penalties before, where they slow down, if they’re going to slow down, which corner.

“As much as people think it’s 50-50, amateurs say that. I think at the highest level, a good goalkeeper definitely can have a better chance than 50-50 in a shootout. Your best keeper normally can win it for you.”

There are now reams of analysis that help inform penalty shootout methodology.

In 2022, the Barca Innovation Hub compiled data on how to increase chances of success, suggesting that taking the first penalty, celebrating successful kicks enthusiastically, delaying run-ups after the referee’s whistle and putting a team’s best penalty takers on the first and fifth kicks enhanced the possibility of winning.


Penalties are a serious test of skill and nerve (Luciano Bisbal/Getty Images)

None of that suggests penalties are a game of chance. On the contrary, while they might require different disciplines to the free-flowing action during a game, penalties still act as an ultimate stress test for a player’s ability to think clearly and execute their skill under the most intense pressure. We’re not talking about settling a game by rock, paper, scissors, here.

They also feel part of, or an extension of, the game we have just witnessed in a way that other random deciding factors — like the coin toss — could never be. And generally speaking, the better team wins because they are also better at taking penalties.

That was perhaps more arguable in the City-Madrid game last season, when two superb sets of players went head to head and there was barely anything to choose between them. But there is no disputing that Real Madrid won that game, and City lost it.

That does not change the fact that Guardiola’s City are among the finest sides the English game has produced. But it does mean that their latest “record” is a false one.

They are a team for the ages with a glittering array of trophies and records. They can manage just fine without fake ones.

(Top photo: Paul Ellis/AFP via Getty Images)

Which One’s the Best Presentation Tool?

Choosing the right presentation tool can be crucial for how effectively you deliver your message. With so many opinions surrounding Microsoft PowerPoint and Google Slides, it’s easy to feel torn between the two. But once you’ve considered the strengths and limitations of each, you’ll have a clearer picture of which one aligns with your needs.



1 Availability

In terms of accessibility across different devices, both PowerPoint and Google Slides offer flexible options. You can access Google Slides through a web browser on any computer regardless of its operating system. Plus, with dedicated mobile apps for iOS and Android, you can edit and view presentations on the go.

PowerPoint matches this level of accessibility but with a heavier reliance on its desktop application, available for both Windows and macOS. While you can also use PowerPoint in a browser, most users prefer the desktop app for its fuller feature set. Mobile apps are available too, but PowerPoint doesn’t perform natively on Linux, except via browser, or if you install Microsoft Office on Linux via PlayOnLinux or an alternative.

Although Google Slides may seem more versatile because of its entirely browser-based functionality, its lack of desktop apps is a significant disadvantage. So, PowerPoint gets an early lead here.


Winner: PowerPoint

2 Customization

The best way to deliver an excellent presentation is by customizing it exactly how you want. Here, PowerPoint shines. With a vast selection of templates, it accommodates nearly every type of presentation, from corporate updates to academic theses.

PowerPoint has a comprehensive selection of templates, and you’ll find some for almost every type of presentation. When you go to the in-app homepage, you can search for templates related to all kinds of themes.

You can also use different styles—go full minimalistic or use loud and brave colors. Besides templates, PowerPoint’s array of infographics helps you visually communicate complex ideas more effectively. However, if infographics are a priority, you should try dedicated tools to create infographics online.


Google Slides offers a modest collection of 26 templates, and while they are customizable, the options feel limited when compared to PowerPoint’s extensive library. However, Google Slides does include a theme builder, making it easier to manage multiple elements at once. You can also import custom themes, but the overall experience still leaves PowerPoint ahead in terms of variety and depth.

Templates in the Google Slides App

Winner: PowerPoint

3 Special Effects

When it comes to adding flair and making a presentation visually captivating, PowerPoint is a clear winner. PowerPoint has hundreds of fonts, including the ones you’ve installed locally. You’ll find many of these in Microsoft Word, too, meaning that you can keep branding consistent across all of your documents.


Choosing from different fonts in the Microsoft PowerPoint app

While you can choose from 26 fonts in Google Slides to begin with, it’s also possible to add more if you select More fonts and browse through the catalog.

Fonts in the Google Slides app

Beyond fonts, PowerPoint also provides an arsenal of special effects for your slides. You can customize your slides with a wide array of transitions, animations, and sounds. I used some of these when presenting my thesis at university, and in my opinion, it helped keep my lecturers engaged (and helped me get a good grade!).


Customization features in PowerPoint

Google Slides, by contrast, is more limited in this area. It offers basic transitions and a handful of animations like fade and zoom, but it doesn’t provide the same range of effects that PowerPoint does. For anyone needing advanced visual effects, PowerPoint is the better choice.

Adding Transitions in Google Slides

Winner: PowerPoint


4 AI Features

Both Google Slides and PowerPoint have embraced AI integration, but in different ways. Microsoft’s Copilot, available to those with a premium Microsoft 365 subscription, can assist with creating presentations through text prompts and can even suggest edits and insert slides into existing presentations. However, it’s a premium feature, and you’ll have to decide whether Microsoft 365 is worth the additional cost.

Generating a slide with Gemini in Google Slides

Google Slides uses Gemini, and in my opinion, it’s much better than Copilot for presentations. You can use Gemini to create slides and insert AI-generated images within your slides. The tool can also help you brainstorm ideas and celebrate with your team; just some of the many things you can do with Google Slides.

Winner: Google Slides


5 Collaboration

Collaborating with others in Google Slides is very easy; you can either invite users via email or grant them access. The integration with other Google Workspace tools makes it easy to collaborate, comment, and assign tasks within the presentation itself.

Choosing different sharing options in the Google Slides app

PowerPoint also lets you collaborate in real-time—you can chat, comment, assign tasks, and resolve conflicts directly within the app. While it offers more comprehensive features than Google Slides, PowerPoint is less intuitive—you’ll need a quick search or two to figure out its collaborative functions. If the file is on your device, you’ll need to wait for it to upload first, which can slow things down—especially with image-heavy presentations.


Google Slides is better if you want to collaborate more quickly; it’s my preferred option if I’m going to share a presentation on any computer that isn’t my own.

Winner: Google Slides

6 Presentation Performance

PowerPoint truly comes into its own during live presentations. The ability to rehearse timings, control the slideshow setup, and hide or reveal slides at will make it an ideal tool for delivering professional presentations. PowerPoint also provides options for kiosk-style presentations and lets you add spontaneous notes or adjust content on the fly.

in-app microsoft powerpoint presentation

Google Slides gives you the essential presentation tools—you can use speaker notes and track the progress of your presentation—but it lacks the depth of customization and control that PowerPoint provides.


Presentation view of a Google Slides presentation

Winner: PowerPoint

7 Offline Accessibility

Google Slides might seem like an online-only tool, but you can actually make files available for offline use—just like any Google Drive file. To do this, you’ll need to enable offline access while you’re still connected to the internet. It’s a great option if you plan ahead and know you’ll be without a connection. However, if you forget to set it up in advance, you’re out of luck—you won’t be able to access or edit your slides.

This is where PowerPoint has a clear advantage. With files stored locally on your device, PowerPoint is ready to go even if your internet goes down unexpectedly. So, while Google Slides offers offline capabilities with a bit of prep, PowerPoint’s always-available nature gives it an easy win here for uninterrupted access.


Winner: PowerPoint

8 Pricing

Google Slides is completely free. PowerPoint’s pricing is more complex. While you can use the web-based version of PowerPoint for free, the desktop app requires a subscription to Microsoft 365, which ranges from $6.99 per month for personal use to $9.99 per month for family plans.

Though PowerPoint offers more advanced features, Google Slides is the more affordable option unless you need the full Microsoft 365 suite.

Winner: Google Slides

While PowerPoint takes the win in most categories, Google Slides is best for versatility and collaboration, with seamless, real-time editing and integration with Google Workspace. PowerPoint, however, excels in professional presentations, offering advanced customization and reliable offline access.

Migratory birds flock to Yinjiang's thriving ecosystem for winter

As winter draws near, the scenic county of Yinjiang in Guizhou is welcoming its annual visitors – flocks of egrets and gray herons that migrate there to spend the colder months. They soar and feed in the shallow waters and perch on power lines, creating a beautiful natural scene.

Known for their sensitivity to environmental changes and their dependence on clean air and water, egrets are often considered key indicators of a healthy ecosystem. In recent years, Yinjiang has prioritized ecological conservation and sustainable development. The return of these graceful creatures each year is a testament to the region’s thriving ecological balance.

Column: Hitler-splaining. F-Bombs. Fake headlines. An election week in the media like no other

The Republican candidate for president uses crude language at rallies. Vulgarisms on the campaign trail. Off-color remarks in town halls. The media has deployed every euphemism imaginable to describe the former president’s public usage of bad words like ****, **** and ****.

We won’t print those obscenities here, which explains why much of the legacy media has to rely on grandma-isms such as “pottymouth” to write about these events.

Ample coverage of a rally in Pennsylvania this week might suggest that his salty discourse has hit new lows. After praising the size of a late golf legend’s manhood, the MAGA leader advised his supporters to send a message to his opponent: “We can’t stand you, you’re a s— vice president.”

How very shocking … if it was 1980.

Let’s state the obvious, again: Donald Trump is not fit for office, and not because he uses language that’s now commonplace in Disney films.

There’s just one F-bomb that should rattle us all right now and it’s being used by those who know Trump best: Fascism.

Tuesday in a bombshell New York Times interview, John Kelly, the Trump White House’s longest-serving chief of staff, said that he believes the former president meets the definition of a fascist. “Certainly the former president is in the far-right area, he’s certainly an authoritarian, admires people who are dictators — he has said that. So he certainly falls into the general definition of fascist, for sure,” said Kelly.

The paper also published audio of the interview in which Kelly said that Trump “prefers the dictator approach to government” and believes he should have “an ability to do anything he wanted, anytime he wanted.”

Kelly’s not the only four-star general to sound the alarm. Gen. Mark A. Milley, former chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, is quoted in a new book by The Washington Post’s Bob Woodward that the former president is “fascist to the core.”

Woodward also said in an interview on the Bulwark Podcast last week that another source once close to Trump, former Defense Secretary James Mattis, privately told the author that he agrees with the assessment laid out in the book that Trump is a threat to the country.

New reporting by the Atlantic on Tuesday backs up the general’s assertions. “I need the kind of generals that Hitler had,” Trump said in a private conversation in the White House, the Atlantic reported, citing two people who heard him say this. “People who were totally loyal to him, that follow orders.”

The allegations are as serious as they come, but shouldn’t be surprising to anyone whose paid attention to Trump’s praise of dictators such as Russia’s Vladimir Putin, China’s Xi Jinping and Hungary’s Viktor Orban. If reelected, he’s said, he’ll use his powers to punish those who oppose him and he’d be a dictator on “Day 1.” Well, just for one say, he said.

If Trump should be reelected, the response from the right will certainly be cited in history books as a case study in how propaganda was used to sell authoritarianism.

Fox News was quick to slap a veneer of normality on Trump’s aspirations of erecting a Nazi-like regime in his image. On “Fox & Friends” on Wednesday morning, host Brian Kilmeade twisted himself into a tortured piece of logic while arguing that Trump’s admiration for Nazis was harmless. Kilmeade claimed that Kelly and Mattis “didn’t like the president” and made sure his requests “never got done.”

“He obviously has frustration, and I can absolutely see [Trump] go, ‘You know what? It’d be great to have German generals that actually do what we ask them to do,’ maybe not fully being cognizant of the third rail of German generals who were Nazis, or whatever,” said Kilmeade.

Fox isn’t alone in defending the indefensible. It takes a village to raise an authoritarian regime.

Leading the villagers online is Elon Musk. The Space X chief executive, who has turned the platform formerly known as Twitter into a clearing house of conspiracy and misinformation, posted a screenshot of an alleged article from the Atlantic with the headline “Trump Is Literally Hitler.” Supposedly, it was chilling proof of liberal targeting. Except it was a fake headline tacked atop a real article that ran under the real headline, “Trump: ‘I Need the Kind of Generals That Hitler Had.’”

I’ve used plenty of unprintable language while subjected to the “Earth 2” rhetoric of Fox News or the lies and conspiracies shared by folks like Musk. What they’re propagating is far more dangerous than the decline of decorum in politics, or the presidential use of swear words formerly associated with truck drivers and sailors.

It’s called propaganda, and it’s been used to soften the edges of every rising fascist regime in memory. Pay attention to that. As for cursing? Who gives a ****?

Elon Musk’s Net Worth Hits USD 270 Billion After USD 33.5 Billion Gain From 5% Surge in Tesla Shares, Billionaire Expects Donald Trump’s Victory for More Sales

Austin, October 25: Elon Musk’s wealth significantly increased on Thursday after the shares of Tesla company rose 22% to USD 260.48. The wealthiest man in the world reportedly added more than USD 33.5 billion to his net worth yesterday as the share prices jumped. Tesla had strong quarter earnings, which increased massive wealth to CEO. According to reports, the Tesla share jump marked the biggest ever in the decade.

According to multiple reports, Elon Musk’s net worth reached nearly USD 270 billion after the wealth increase. On the Nasdaq, Tesla shares reportedly jumped around 5% on a year-on-year basis. The rise in the shares reportedly rose because the EV firm witnessed a significant increase in profit in its third quarter’s results. Tesla officially stated that it earned USD 2.2 billion in the July-September period, which was higher compared to last year’s YoY earnings of USD 1.9 billion. Elon Musk Donates Another USD 43.6 Million to America PAC for Supporting Donald Trump Getting Elected as US President, Gives 118 Million So Far.

The sales of Tesla Inc. increased to USD 25.2 billion in Q3 2024 compared to last year’s USD 23.4 billion for the same period. Besides the EV sales, Elon Musk’s Tesla also reported a rise in the sales of storage batteries used by businesses and households, with a 52% increase in the third quarter compared to the previous year. The US-based electric vehicle manufacturer also gained 29% profit from its services, such as charging batteries, and added USD 739 million in sales of regulatory credits to the customers. Donald Trump Winning 2024 US Elections May Impact India’s IT Industry but Benefit Defence, Energy and Commodities Sectors: Report.

Elon Musk announced the launch of new electric vehicles in the first half of 2025, seeing the strong performance of Tesla. The CEO also said that with these new models, the EV firm would raise its sales between 20% and 30% next year. According to a report by Outlook Business, Elon Musk’s aim to increase sales would likely be fulfilled if Donald Trump, representing the Republican Party, won the US Presidential Elections in 2024. The report said that Donald Trump had been advocating for US automakers in his campaigns and said if he won, his government would focus on making the United States an “auto hub”.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Oct 25, 2024 03:04 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

Nigeria Drops Charges Against Tigran Gambaryan, Jailed Binance Exec and Former IRS Agent

For eight months, the criminal investigator who pioneered cryptocurrency tracing as a law enforcement technique has, in a bizarre twist of fate, been jailed in Nigeria facing charges of money laundering and tax evasion. Now he is finally coming home.

On Wednesday in Abuja, a court ruled that criminal charges against Tigran Gambaryan, a Binance executive who previously served as an IRS criminal investigator for a decade, will be dropped on medical grounds as pressure from the US government has grown to secure Gambaryan’s release.

Gambaryan was detained in February and later jailed after being invited to the country by Nigerian officials to discuss a dispute between the Nigerian government and Binance over its history of money laundering and the exchange’s alleged role in devaluing the Nigerian national currency. He’s since been held in the country’s Kuje prison, where, according to his family and his attorneys, he’s suffered acutely from a herniated disc in his spine that requires immediate surgery.

Despite the Nigerian court’s decision to drop the charges against Gambaryan, first reported by Bloomberg News, Gambaryan is still in Nigeria and was returned to jail after the ruling, according to Patrick Hillman, a former Binance executive and colleague of Gambaryan’s who has been involved with the lobbying effort to free him. “We’re all kind of waiting right now to hear that he’s on a plane, airborne, and headed home,” Hillman says. “Until we have verification of that, we’re all just clutching our shirt collars and waiting to make sure there are no other hiccups.”

A spokesperson for Gambaryan’s family declined to comment, and Binance didn’t immediately respond to a request for comment. The country’s criminal case against Binance, despite Gambaryan’s release, will continue, according to Reuters.

International pressure has steadily grown on Nigeria to release Gambaryan, whose health has visibly declined during his time in jail. In July, he attended a court hearing in a wheelchair. In September, a video captured him limping into court on a single crutch, pleading in vain for help from a Nigerian security guard.

Meanwhile, 16 members of Congress signed a letter to the White House calling for Gambaryan’s case to be treated as a hostage situation. A resolution advanced in the House Foreign Affairs Committee called on the US to push for his release. Most recently, a group of state attorneys general similarly called on the White House to apply the necessary leverage to free Gambaryan.

Crypto Price Today: Bitcoin, Ether See Small Losses as Market Continues to Be Volatile

The crypto market is experiencing heightened volatility amid the upcoming US elections and broader macroeconomic factors. On Friday, October 25, Bitcoin saw a slight decline of 0.40 percent, bringing its global trading value to $67,767 (roughly Rs. 56.9 lakh), according to CoinMarketCap. However, in India, Bitcoin’s value remained stable, trading at $69,022 (roughly Rs. 58 lakh) on platforms like CoinSwitch and CoinDCX, with gains of just under one percent.

“The upcoming weekly close of BTC on Sunday can prove to be a pivotal one as a closing above $68,000 (roughly Rs. 57 lakh) could mean a clear breakout of the bull flag Bitcoin has been consolidating in for since March, 2024. With US ETFs recording a $2.1 billion (roughly Rs. 17,655 crore) of inflows in the last five days, the highest ever so far, the total holding of all of the exchange traded funds could soon cross one million Bitcoin tokens,” the CoinSwitch markets desk told Gadgets360, commenting on the asset’s trajectory.

Ether saw a 1.20 percent drop in value over the past day. At the time of writing, ETH was trading at $2,569 (roughly Rs. 2.16 lakh) on Indian exchanges, showed the crypto price tracker by Gadgets360. Internationally, ETH incurred a loss of 1.11 percent to trade at $2,489 (roughly Rs. 2.09 lakh).

“Ethereum has bearish sentiment, and the decline in the ETH/BTC ratio reveals a shift in investor interest. Historical trends would indicate that Bitcoin tends to enter a positive Q4 cycle and is likely to get into new all-time highs by December,” said Avinash Shekhar, Co-Founder and CEO, Pi42 predicting at a gradual recovery for ETH in the coming months.

Solana, USD Coin, Ripple, Dogecoin, Cardano, Avalanche, and Shiba Inu saw losses on Friday alongside BTC and ETH.

Polkadot, Near Protocol, Uniswap, Cronos, and Polygon — also reflected price dips.

Despite multiple cryptocurrencies logging losses on Friday, the overall sector valuation retained its place in the green zone with 0.34 percent profit over the last day. The crypto market cap currently stands at $2.32 trillion (roughly Rs. 1,95,03,927 crore), as per CoinMarketCap.

Tether, Binance Coin, Tron, Chainlink, and Bitcoin Cash showed small profits on Friday.

Leo, Litecoin, Monero, Stellar, Bitcoin SV, and Cosmos also held onto minor gains on the price chart.

“There is optimism in the crypto landscape echoed by the overall market sentiment, which remains cautiously positive despite recent fluctuations,” Shivam Thakral, CEO of BuyUcoin told Gadgets360.

Cryptocurrency is an unregulated digital currency, not a legal tender and subject to market risks. The information provided in the article is not intended to be and does not constitute financial advice, trading advice or any other advice or recommendation of any sort offered or endorsed by NDTV. NDTV shall not be responsible for any loss arising from any investment based on any perceived recommendation, forecast or any other information contained in the article. 

Affiliate links may be automatically generated – see our ethics statement for details.
YouTube adds channel-level ad category blocking controls

YouTube is introducing channel-level ad blocking controls, moving this functionality from AdSense directly into the YouTube platform.

How it works:

  • Creators can access ad blocking controls via YouTube Studio on desktop.
  • Feature available to channels with watch page monetization enabled.
  • Controls can be found under Settings.

Why we care. While this change could improve brand safety for your brands, you may face increased competition for fewer placements or see a shift in how their ads align with specific content, affecting campaign performance and reach. So consider what works best for your brand, no one solution fits all.

The catch. YouTube warns that restricting ad categories could potentially reduce channel revenue (and let’s be honest, Google revenue as well).

YouTube has spent years cracking down on ad blockers to the point were it was on the verge of being a legal issue. Therefore as much as it’s wise of Google to give you easy access to these controls, what you consider using them wisely may not correlate with Ad support’s advice.

Between the lines. This move gives creators more direct control over their content monetization without having to navigate through AdSense, potentially improving brand safety and creator satisfaction.

What’s next. The feature will roll out by the end of this week, marking a significant shift in how creators can manage their advertising preferences.

Bottom line. While the new controls offer greater autonomy for creators, they’ll need to balance brand safety concerns against potential revenue impacts.

Voters Fret High Medical Bills Are Being Ignored by Presidential Rivals

Tom Zawierucha, 58, a building services worker in New Jersey, wishes candidates would talk more about protecting older Americans from big medical bills.

Teresa Morton, 43, a freight dispatcher in Memphis, Tennessee, with two teenagers, wants to hear more about how elected officials would help working Americans saddled with unaffordable deductibles.

Yessica Gray, 28, a customer support representative in Wisconsin, craves relief from high drug prices and medical bills that have driven her and her husband deep into debt. “How much are we going to pay?” she said. “It’s just something that’s always on my mind.”

Health care hasn’t figured prominently in this increasingly acrimonious presidential campaign. And the economy has generally topped the list of voters’ concerns.

But Americans remain intensely worried about paying for medical care, national surveys show.

Two in 3 U.S. adults in a recent nationwide poll by West Health and Gallup said they’re concerned a major health event would land them in debt. A similar share said health care isn’t getting enough attention in the campaign.

To better understand voters’ health care concerns as the 2024 campaign nears an end, KFF Health News worked with research firm PerryUndem, which convened a pair of focus groups last week with 16 people from across the country. PerryUndem, which paid to organize the focus groups, is a nonpartisan firm based in Washington, D.C., that studies public views on health care and other issues.

Voters from across the country discuss their health care concerns ahead of the November elections in a focus group convened by research firm PerryUndem in collaboration with KFF Health News. Many in the group expressed dismay that the candidates haven’t talked more about the big medical bills patients face.(Noam N. Levey/KFF Health News)

The focus group participants represented a broad swath of the electorate, with some favoring Republican candidates, and others Democrats. But nearly all shared a common complaint: Neither presidential candidate has talked enough about how they’d help people struggling to pay for medical care.

“You don’t really hear anything much about health care costs,” said Bob Groegler, 46, who works in residential financing in eastern Pennsylvania. Groegler said he’s worried he may never be able to retire because he won’t have enough money to pay his medical bills.

Former President Donald Trump, the Republican nominee, hasn’t offered a detailed health care agenda, though he criticizes current laws and said he has “concepts of a plan” to improve the 2010 Affordable Care Act, often called Obamacare.

Vice President Kamala Harris, a Democrat, has laid out more detailed health care proposals, including building on legislation signed by President Joe Biden to lower patients’ bills.

In 2022, Biden signed the Inflation Reduction Act, which limits how much Medicare enrollees must pay out-of-pocket for prescription drugs, including a $35 monthly cap on insulin. The legislation also provides additional federal aid to help Americans buy health insurance through the Affordable Care Act, though this aid will expire unless Congress and the president renew it next year.

Harris has said she will expand the aid and push for new assistance to Medicare enrollees who need home care. She also has pledged to continue federal efforts to relieve medical debt, a nationwide problem that burdens about 100 million people.

But most of the focus group participants said they knew little about these proposals, complaining that hot-button issues like abortion have dominated the campaign.

Many also expressed deep skepticism that either Harris or Trump would do much to lighten the burden of medical bills.

“I believe they’re out of touch with our reality,” said Renata Bobakova, 46, a teacher and mother outside Cleveland. “We never know when we’ll get sick. We never know when we’ll fall down or sprain an ankle. And prices really can be astronomical. … I’m constantly worried about that.”

Bobakova, who is from Slovakia, said she went back to Europe to give birth to her daughter 10 years ago to avoid crippling medical debt she knew she’d incur in this country. Parents with private health coverage face on average more than $3,000 in medical bills related to a pregnancy and childbirth that aren’t covered by insurance.

Other focus group participants said they or people they knew had left the country to get cheaper prescription drugs. The U.S. has the highest medical prices in the world, research shows.

A photo of several people on a Zoom video call.
The focus group participants represented a broad swath of the electorate, with some favoring Republican candidates and others Democrats. But nearly all shared a complaint: Neither presidential candidate has talked enough about how they’d help people struggling to pay for medical care.(Noam N. Levey/KFF Health News)

Several focus group participants, such as Kevin Gaudette, 64, a retired semiconductor engineer in North Carolina, blamed large hospitals, drug companies, and insurers for blocking efforts to lower patients’ costs to protect their profits. “I think everybody has their finger in the pie,” Gaudette said.

Martha Chapman, 64, who is also retired and lives in Philadelphia, pointed to what she called “corporate greed.” “I just don’t think it’s going to change,” she said.

In the closing days of the campaign, that cynicism represents a particular problem for Harris, said PerryUndem co-founder Michael Perry, who led the two focus groups.

Harris has tried to distinguish herself as the candidate who is more serious about policy and more sympathetic to voters’ economic struggles, Perry said. And in recent weeks, she’s begun airing new ads highlighting health care issues.

But even focus group participants who said they lean Democratic seemed to blame both candidates for not addressing Americans’ health care concerns. “They’re not feeling listened to,” Perry said.

Many of the participants nevertheless continued to express hope that an issue as important as health care would someday get the attention of elected officials, regardless of political party.

“We’re all human beings here. We’re all people just trying to make it,” said Zawierucha, the building services worker in New Jersey. “If we get sick or have to go in and get something done, we should have that peace of mind that we can go in there and not have to worry about paying it off for the next 20 years.”

“Just give us some peace of mind,” he said.


[Clarification: This article was revised at 11:35 a.m. ET on Oct. 24, 2024, to more clearly describe how the focus groups were organized.]

Related Topics

Contact Us

Submit a Story Tip

Yakuza Games Are On Sale For Cheap In Celebration Of New Prime Video Series

The Like a Dragon–previously called Yakuza–video game series has been around for nearly 20 years, but it’s never been more popular in the West than it is today thanks to Yakuza: Like a Dragon and its 2024 sequel Like a Dragon: Infinite Wealth. It figures to move even more into the mainstream with the arrival of the Like a Dragon: Yakuza TV series on Prime Video today, October 24. In honor of the new TV series, several retailers are holding sales on the entire Yakuza series, making now the perfect time to get into the beloved Japanese crime saga. You’ll find deals on console and PC versions of the games, including an Amazon discount that drops the most recent game, Like A Dragon: Infinite Wealth, to just $30 (normally $70).

This nearly 60%-off deal is the best price we’ve seen for Infinite Wealth since its release earlier this year. The discount applies to the PS5, PS4, Xbox (cross-gen) versions of the game, but it’s only available for a limited time, so grab it while you can. As mentioned, Infinite Wealth is a direct sequel to Yakuza: Like a Dragon, which starts a new story arc with a brand-new protagonist Ichiban Kasuga. Like a Dragon is a great game to start with if you’re new to franchise. Infinite Wealth continues Kasuga’s story and brings back Kazuma Kiryu, the original protagonist of the Yakuza series.

Like a Dragon’s PS4 physical edition, which has a free upgrade for PS5 players, is only $15 at Amazon and Best Buy. You can also get a cross-generation Xbox physical edition for $15 at Best Buy, while Amazon has it priced at $20.


Yakuza Franchise Sales – PC

For PC players, several online retailers are selling digital versions of Yakuza games for cheap right now:

Each retailer has slightly different games and discounts on offer, and one of the best deals is The Yakuza Complete Series collection at GOG.

Yakuza Collection at GOG — Kazuma Kiryu’s original 7-game arc for $45

Yakuza 6: The Song of Life

Despite the collection’s title, it only includes seven games: Yakuza Kiwami and Kiwami 2, which are remakes of the first two games, remasters of Yakuza 3-5, Yakuza 6: The Song of Life, and the prequel Yakuza 0. What you’re getting here is Kazuma Kiryu’s seven-game mainline arc, so it’s also a great place to start. Keep in mind that these games are beat-’em-ups, whereas Like a Dragon moved the mainline series in a radically different direction as a turn-based RPG.

The bundle is 60% off, dropping the price to just $45 (normally $112). While the collection is missing Yakuza: Like a Dragon and Like a Dragon Infinite Wealth–the seventh and eighth games in the series, respectively–as well as the numerous Yakuza series spin-offs and side games, it’s still one of the best–and, currently, most affordable–ways to experience the mainline series from the beginning. Plus, if you buy from GOG, you get DRM-free copies of the games that you can play without the need for third-party launchers like Steam. GOG also has Yakuza: Like a Dragon on sale for $12.

  • Yakuza 0
  • Yakuza Kiwami
  • Yakuza Kiwami 2
  • Yakuza 3 Remastered
  • Yakuza 4 Remastered
  • Yakuza 5 Remastered
  • Yakuza 6: The Song of Life

More Yakuza Deals at GOG


Deals on Yakuza Steam Keys

Like a Dragon: Ishin
Like a Dragon: Ishin

Other PC retailers like Humble Bundle and Green Man Gaming are running similar Yakuza franchise sales, and their discounts include several of the newer games and spin-offs missing from GOG’s catalog, including Like a Dragon: Infinite Wealth, Like a Dragon: Ishin, and Like a Dragon Gaiden: The Man Who Erased His Name. There are also price cuts for Judgment and Lost Judgment, which take place in the same fictionalized version of Japan as the mainline Like a Dragon games, but put you in the role of a detective working against the Yakuza clans. Humble Bundle’s and GMG’s Yakuza games are Steam keys, and Green Man Gaming has slightly lower prices. We’ve rounded up all of the best deals on Steam keys below:

The Yakuza franchise sales at Fanatical, GOG, Humble Bundle, and Green Man Gaming all run until November 7.


Yakuza Series on Xbox/PC Game Pass – Get Big Discount

As you can tell from the number of games we’ve listed so far, Like a Dragon is a big series, and each game in the franchise lasts between 20 and 60 hours, with some stretching as long as 100 hours or more if you aim to do all the side quests (which is often the best part of these games). While that means you have a lot to catch up on before the next game, Like a Dragon: Pirate Yakuza in Hawaii drops for PC, PlayStation, and Xbox on February 27, 2025, it also means you’re getting a huge trove of gameplay at an excellent value.

That said, Xbox and PC players can also play the games via Game Pass. Game Pass Ultimate normally costs $20/month, but thanks to this limited-time deal at the Amazon-owned retailer Woot, you can stock up on prepaid Game Pass Ultimate codes for as low as $13.79 for the one-month card (normally $20) or $36.49 for the three-month option.



Like a Dragon: Pirate Yakuza in Hawaii Preorder Deals

Like a Dragon: Pirate Yakuza in Hawaii Collector's Edition
Like a Dragon: Pirate Yakuza in Hawaii Collector’s Edition

Speaking of Like a Dragon: Pirate Yakuza in Hawaii, the upcoming spinoff is available to preorder. Console players can secure physical copies of the standard or Collector’s Edition at Amazon (shown above), but PC players will want to check out Fanatical’s preorder deal for the Steam version, which drops the price to $53 for the standard edition (normally $60) or $66 for the Digital Deluxe Edition (normally $75).


Lastly, if you’re looking for Like a Dragon merch, Amazon launched a new merch page in honor of the Like a Dragon: Yakuza Prime Video series that features apparel, phone cases, and tumblers with designs inspired by the video games.

Disclosure: GameSpot and Fanatical are both owned by Fandom


Millions in the U.S. may rely on groundwater contaminated with PFAS for drinking water supplies

Approximately 71 to 95 million people in the Lower 48 states — more than 20% of the country’s population — may rely on groundwater that contains detectable concentrations of per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances, also known as PFAS, for their drinking water supplies. These findings are according to a U.S Geological Survey study published Oct. 24.

The predictive model results can help members of the public, water suppliers and regulators understand the potential for PFAS contamination, guide future studies and inform strategic planning for water resources.

USGS scientists are the first to report national estimates of PFAS occurrence in untreated groundwater that supplies water to public and private wells. This research also provides the first estimate of the number of people across the country who are potentially affected by PFAS-contaminated groundwater.

Along with a scientific report, the USGS published an interactive, online map so users can see probability estimates of PFAS occurrence. Note that predictive results are intended to be evaluated at state, regional and national scales rather than at individual household levels. Probability estimates are for the presence of PFAS in groundwater and do not account for any subsequent actions taken by states, municipalities or individuals to treat drinking water. The model does not include estimates of PFAS concentrations; testing is the only way to confirm the presence of contaminants.

Exposure to certain PFAS may lead to adverse health risks in people, according to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. PFAS are a group of synthetic chemicals used in a wide variety of common applications, from the linings of fast-food boxes and non-stick cookware to fire-fighting foams and other purposes. PFAS are commonly called “forever chemicals” because many of them do not easily break down and can build up over time, making them a concern for drinking water quality.

“This study’s findings indicate widespread PFAS contamination in groundwater that is used for public and private drinking water supplies in the U.S.,” said Andrea Tokranov, USGS research hydrologist and lead author of this study. “This new predictive model can help prioritize areas for future sampling to help ensure people aren’t unknowingly drinking contaminated water. This is especially important for private well users, who may not have information on water quality in their region and may not have the same access to testing and treatment that public water suppliers do.”

The EPA has established legally enforceable levels, called maximum contaminant levels, for six types of PFAS in drinking water. The EPA regulates public water supplies, and some states have additional regulations for drinking water. Some homes use private water supplies, where residents are responsible for the maintenance, testing and treatment of their drinking water. Those interested in treatment processes and testing options can read EPA’s guidance or contact their state officials or water supplier.

The states with the largest populations relying on public water supplies with potentially contaminated groundwater sources are Florida and California. Regarding private wells, Michigan, Florida, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, New York and Ohio have the largest populations relying on potentially contaminated groundwater.

The study also presents data according to population percentage. In Massachusetts, for example, the source water for 86 to 98% of people who rely on groundwater from public water supplies could be contaminated with PFAS. In Connecticut, the source water for 67 to 87% of the people who rely on groundwater from private wells could be affected. Details by state can be seen in the report’s tables S6 through S8.

“To derive these estimates, the team analyzed 1,238 groundwater samples collected by USGS scientists and determined how factors such as urban development and well depth can impact PFAS occurrence,” continued Tokranov. “With that information, a detailed machine learning model was developed and used to identify which geographic areas have a higher likelihood for contamination. That information was combined with existing USGS research on the number of people in a given area who rely on groundwater for drinking water to establish population estimates.”

Scientists present separate estimates for public and private wells because they typically receive water from different groundwater depths. Public wells using groundwater as the primary water source are usually deeper than private wells.

There are more than 12,000 types of PFAS, not all of which can be detected with current tests; the USGS study tested for the presence of 24 common types. The USGS estimates consider the presence of at least one of those 24 types of PFAS. The most frequently detected compounds were perfluorobutane sulfonate known as PFBS, perfluorooctane sulfonate known as PFOS and perfluorooctanoate known as PFOA.

This research provides a broad outlook for the Lower 48 states and presents state-level estimates. Scientists did not look in detail at specific cities or provide estimates for the types of PFAS present or PFAS concentrations.

Call for Blogs: Indian Journal of Arbitration Law Blog (IJAL Blog) [No Charges]: Submissions on Rolling Basis! 

Submissions are invited for Indian Journal of Arbitration Law Blog (IJAL Blog) for the year 2024. About the University/Journal IJAL is a biannual, open-access, student-reviewed journal published by the Centre for Advanced Research and Training in Arbitration Law, National Law University, Jodhpur, India, and is indexed on HeinOnline, Kluwer Arbitration, and Westlaw. IJAL’s articles have […]

The post Call for Blogs: Indian Journal of Arbitration Law Blog (IJAL Blog) [No Charges]: Submissions on Rolling Basis!  appeared first on Lawctopus.

Horoscope Today: Astrological prediction for October 25, 2024 | Astrology

All zodiac signs have their own characteristics and traits which define someone’s personality. Wouldn’t it be helpful if you started your day by already knowing about what’s going to come your way? Read on to find out whether the odds will be in your favour today.

Astrological prediction for October 25. (Freepik)

Aries (March 21-April 20)

Price may become a deterrent in purchasing an expensive item, so start saving now. At work, you will succeed in impressing superiors by stage-managing your performance. You will put in efforts to maintain good health. Those planning a family can expect good news. Setting out on a short vacation to a nearby place is possible. A good price is likely for those opting to sell their property. A celebration may keep you happily involved.

Love Focus: Love life promises to remain stable.

Lucky Number: 9

Lucky Colour: Dark Grey

Taurus (April 21-May 20)

Remain punctual in an exercise routine that you have adopted. Good time management will hold you in good stead at work. This is an excellent time to multiply your assets on the financial front. You will be able to achieve peace and tranquillity on the home front. A vacation is on the cards and promises much excitement. Investing in property is indicated for some. This is an excellent day for those waiting for their wish to be fulfilled.

Love Focus: If you are in love, expect a thrilling time in the company of your lover.

Lucky Number: 1

Lucky Colour: Red

Gemini (May 21-Jun 21)

Keeping in touch with people who matter assumes importance on the professional front. Good news awaits you on the academic front as you finally achieve what you have been yearning for a long. A hike in salary or a monetary incentive cannot be ruled out. Adopting a new fitness regimen will prove most beneficial. You are likely to enjoy a family gathering today. You will be able to make good time on a long journey. Buying a new house is possible.

Love Focus: Mutual attraction shows all indications of turning into a budding romance.

Lucky Number: 6

Lucky Colour: Cream

Cancer (Jun 22-July 22)

Your brilliant performance at work can become the talk of the town. A function can find you in the limelight on the social front. Fun is in store for those planning a trip to a holiday destination. A property is likely to come into your name soon. Good financial management will help save money for spending on other major requirements. Good news on the family front is likely to lift up the mood.

Love Focus: Some of you may start pursuing a new love interest.

Lucky Number: 9

Lucky Colour: Purple

Leo (July 23-August 23)

Attending a party or a function is possible today. Do something about your fitness. Your willingness to work is likely to make you the favourite of your superiors. An opportunity to make good money is waiting in the wings for some. A guest is likely to brighten up the home front and keep you entertained. Setting out to a holiday destination appears to be a strong possibility. Excellent prospects on the property front are foreseen for some.

Love Focus: Efforts on the love front are set to succeed.

Lucky Number: 2

Lucky Colour: Maroon

Virgo (August 24-September 23)

Your ideas may prove profitable to the organisation you are working for. An outstanding amount awaited for a long may materialise soon. Your plans to acquire property will move along smoothly. You will be able to fine-tune your body through dietary control. Someone’s support on the family front will prove most reassuring. A journey with someone close is about to materialise and promises lots of fun. Investing in property is certain to give good returns.

Love Focus: You are likely to remain in a romantic mood today.

Lucky Number: 7

Lucky Colour: Yellow

Libra (September 24-October 23)

There is a fifty-fifty chance of getting a sympathetic ear to your personal problem from higher-ups today. Financially, you remain safe. Your performance on the academic front will be par excellence. Learning the ropes quickly will enable you to remain a step ahead of others. Changes made on the home front are likely to be appreciated by all. Fun time is foreseen for those setting out on a vacation. You may become health conscious and start shaking a leg.

Love Focus: Positive signs on the romantic front will keep you in an upbeat mood.

Lucky Number: 2

Lucky Colour: Green

Scorpio (October 24-November 22)

A promotion or a raise is on the cards on the professional front. Wealth comes to you through a profitable venture or inheritance. Travelling with your near and dear ones to someplace exotic will be fun. Advice given by someone may prove priceless on the health front. Some out-of-town guests may arrive and brighten up the home front. A property that fits your budget is likely to be found. A social gathering, organised through your initiative, will prove most enjoyable.

Love Focus: Efforts to bring romance back into your life will succeed.

Lucky Number: 9

Lucky Colour: Pink

Sagittarius (November 23-December 21)

Back arrears are likely to materialise for some and make their bank balance healthy. Professionals are likely to feel pleased with what they have achieved. Today, you may get the opportunity to implement what you have planned. Start focussing on the academic front, if you want to put up a good show. Meditation, yoga or an exercise regime will do much to bring you back into shape. Someone in the family is likely to make you proud.

Love Focus: A golden opportunity awaits you on the romantic front.

Lucky Number:4

Lucky Colour: Orange

Capricorn (December 22-January 21)

Enrolling on a financial scheme will be in your favour, as it promises to add to your wealth. The academic front seems favourable. You are likely to focus on health and fitness. Make the most of what the day offers you today. Material or manpower support at work will be a godsend and take a substantial workload off your shoulders. Some improvements on the home front may be initiated by you. A leisure trip can unexpectedly materialise and delight you.

Love Focus: Some of you are likely to get lucky in love.

Lucky Number: 3

Lucky Colour: Brown

Aquarius (January 22-February 19)

Networking may come in handy on the academic front. Remaining in control on the financial front will help curb wasteful expenditure. You are likely to shake a leg to maintain your figure and fitness. Something done in the past at work is likely to show positive results now. Homemakers will find resetting the house most fulfilling. Good company is likely to make a journey pleasurable. Good returns can be expected by those investing in property.

Love Focus: Someone you like is likely to respond positively and help you realise your romantic aspirations.

Lucky Number:3

Lucky Colour: Sky Blue

Pisces (February 20-March 20)

A good day is foreseen, and you will be able to achieve much. A happy situation on the home front will keep you in an upbeat mood. professional fronts. The day seems auspicious for earning big bucks. You are likely to maintain your fitness by following your workout schedule diligently. You may plan a leisure trip with your near and dear ones. You will have enough to invest in a suitable property. Socially, you will find yourself much in demand.

Love Focus: Spending time with your lover is likely to prove most fulfilling.

Lucky Number: 7

Lucky Colour: Saffron

Lyell, in search of a turnaround, to buy cell therapy startup ImmPact

Lyell Immunopharma, a cell therapy developer that has struggled to match its high profile, is acquiring a biotechnology startup and streamlining research in a bid to focus on a slate of cellular immunotherapies for cancer.

The company on Thursday said it’s reached a deal to buy ImmPact Bio, a cell therapy startup that’s been focused on cancer and autoimmune diseases, for $30 million in cash and 37.5 million shares of Lyell stock. ImmPact stockholders could get another 12.5 million Lyell shares in the deal if certain milestones are met, as well as some sales royalties should the startup’s lead therapy reach market.

Lyell has also pared down its pipeline to focus on what it described as its most “differentiated” programs, which include an experimental therapy for solid tumors and an ImmPact blood cancer treatment that are both in clinical testing. The company is halting research into a different type of cell therapy as well as an earlier solid tumor treatment. Lyell now expects its financial runway to last into 2027.

For Lyell, the moves comes as the company searches for a turnaround. Lyell was formed by two co-founders of Juno Therapeutics, a cell therapy company Celgene bought before it was acquired by Bristol Myers Squibb. The company raised nearly $1 billion from some of the same investors that backed Juno, among them Arch Venture Partners. It followed that up with a $425 million initial public offering in 2021 — one of the largest new biotech stock offerings since 2018, according to BioPharma Dive data.

Lyell raised that cash on plans to advance the cell therapy field beyond the handful of blood cancers available CAR-T products are approved to treat. The company’s core technologies are meant to boost various properties of T cells, enabling its treatments to theoretically target additional tumors or be more potent than existing therapies.

However, the company has had a difficult time proving its case since going public. It lost a partnership with GSK in 2022 and, a year later, laid off a quarter of its staff. One of the company’s lead therapies, a blood cancer cell therapy called LYL797, ran into safety problems and didn’t have a “broad enough therapeutic window,” CEO Lynn Seely said on a conference call Thursday. A second, so-called tumor-infiltrating lymphocyte treatment in testing for melanoma, didn’t meet the company’s “rigorous pre-determined criteria for continued development,” Lyell said in a statement.

Company shares, which debuted at $17 apiece in 2021, were worth about $1.10 at market close Thursday.

Lyell executives are banking on Thursday’s reset to change the company’s course. Despite the high bar set by lymphoma cell therapies like Gilead’s Yescarta and Bristol Myers Squibb’s Breyanzi, Lyell claimed the therapy it’s acquiring from ImmPact has shown the potential in early testing to produce superior results. Lyell intends to present initial data from that program, IMPT-314, at a medical meeting this year and start a pivotal trial in 2025 in people who’ve received at least two prior therapies but haven’t yet gotten a CAR-T treatment.

ImmPact was developing the technology behind IMPT-314 for B-cell lymphomas as well as for autoimmune conditions, an area of research that’s lately drawn the interest of many cell therapy developers. Lyell, though, is prioritizing IMPT-314’s potential in blood cancers.

“It’s clearly differentiating from the approved CAR-T cell therapies,” Seely said on the call. “It gives an opportunity, we believe, to take market share.”

Lyell is also turning to a newer version of LYL797 it says could produce better efficacy at lower doses. That therapy, dubbed LYL119, should have a “broader” therapeutic window and be safer than its predecessor, Seely told analysts.

The company plans to start enrolling patients with ovarian or endometrial cancers in a study either this year or early next.

21 Things I Wish I Knew When I Was 21


What would you tell yourself if you could go back in time and meet your younger self?

 What advice would you give yourself to make your future easier?

Here are some of the things I tell the younger me.

1. Learn from your mistakes.  

Accept that you’ll make lots of mistakes along the way.

They are inevitable but always remember to learn from your mistakes—and keep growing.

2 Learn to love change.

The one thing you can count on is change.

It will happen, and you can’t avoid it. It won’t always be easy, but change happens for a reason.

Learn to be OK with it.

3. Learn to say NO more often

You don’t always have to say yes when people ask you for something, or people ask you to do something.

And you definitely don’t have to say yes to all those so-called great opportunities that come your way.

I’ve made more money by saying no to things than by saying yes to perceived opportunities

4. Focus and become good at one thing  

Successful people specialise, so don’t try to be a jack-of-all-trades.

Focus on being really good at just a few things. Hard work is wasted when it’s scattered in too many directions.

Focus

5. Tell people how you feel.

Never underestimate the power of a simple compliment.

Make the people around you feel good.

People seem to have a way of remembering the people who made them feel special.

If someone hurts your feelings, be honest with them.

Don’t be scared to apologise.

Don’t be scared to tell people including your parents that you love them.

Life’s too short not to say it—and you may never really know when you’ll have the opportunity to say how you feel again.

6. Don’t worry so much

Most of what you worry about will never happen.

Most worry is wasted.

And, in particular, stop worrying so much about what other people think.

Letting the opinions of others influence your decisions is one of the worst things you can do.

The only thing that is important is what you think and feel about yourself.

7. Be honest with yourself and others.

Always be true to yourself and others.

Honesty gives you peace of mind, and peace of mind is priceless.

And of course, relationships built on the foundation of lies won’t last.

Questions

8. Learn to ask great questions.

Stay curious and ask great questions.

Listen more than you talk and keep asking.

Some people have incredible stories and lessons to give to you.

You just have to be willing to ask.

9. Invest in yourself.

Never stop learning.

While formal school ends at some point, life is a journey, and if you’re not growing, you’re dying.

Continual personal development is the key to success.

Of course, there’s no need to reinvent the wheel – there will be lots of people around you who are older and wiser than you.

Learn

Make sure you learn from them.

Ask them questions, study how they work, try and find out what they’ve learned from their mistakes.

Find someone you want to be like 20 years from now and make them your mentor.

Don’t be shy about doing this as we all need to learn from someone and the best in the business realise this.

10. Be grateful.

You’ll never be wealthy unless you’re grateful for what you have, no matter how much money you have.

11. Love yourself.

You can’t possibly live a fulfilled life until you learn to love yourself.

You’re unique and no one is quite like you. Embrace it. Love it.

Top 45 MLB free agents for 2024-25 with contract predictions, team fits: Will Soto get $600M+?

MLB free agency is almost here so it’s time for my annual ranking of the top free agents with contract predictions and the best team fits for each player. Eligible players technically become free agents the day after the World Series ends but cannot sign with a new team until five days after the final out.

This year’s free-agent class will be headlined by Juan Soto, whom many in the industry expect to sign a contract in the $550 million to $650 million range. The top of the pool could feature four front-of-the-rotation pitchers, including Corbin Burnes, Blake Snell, Max Fried and perhaps even Roki Sasaki, if the soon-to-be 23-year-old phenom makes it to free agency. In terms of position players, this class will have a pair of prominent power hitters in first baseman Pete Alonso and right fielder Anthony Santander and a couple of impact two-way corner infielders in first baseman Christian Walker and third baseman Alex Bregman.

This list will change between now and the start of free agency. Some of these players will come off the board if they decide not to opt out of their contracts or their clubs exercise options. Some could decide to retire. In addition, more international players could join the eventual class. (For this ranking, I’ve included any player who could reach free agency this November, even if in some cases that outcome is unlikely.)

Along with my colleagues at The Athletic, I will be actively covering free agency and the trade season from start to finish, so let’s discuss the current landscape. Here is my ranking of the top 45 free agents for the 2024-25 offseason, with my thoughts on the players as well as information from my conversations with decision-makers across the game. What types of contracts could these players command? These are my initial projections.

(Note: Players’ ages are as of Oct. 24. WAR is according to Baseball Reference as of Oct. 24.) 


1. Juan Soto, OF

Age: 25
B: L T: L HT: 6-2 WT: 225
2024 (Yankees): 7.9 WAR
Career: 36.4 WAR
Agent: Boras Corporation 2024 salary: $31 million

Has Juan Soto found his permanent home with the Yankees? Can they keep him after a strong platform year? He certainly lived up to expectations in his first year in the Bronx, slashing .288/.419/.569 with 41 home runs and a league-leading 128 runs scored. He’s expected to finish third in the American League MVP voting behind Aaron Judge and Bobby Witt Jr. He’s met the big moments in this postseason and has logged a 1.106 OPS.

By all indications, he’s poised to become the second-highest-paid player in baseball history, behind only Shohei Ohtani. He’s a generational talent who will hit free agency at only 26 and should be able to land a 15-year deal. Most executives believe he’ll end up somewhere between $550 million and $650 million, which will probably limit his market to both New York teams and possibly the Blue Jays. Other teams such as the Dodgers, Phillies, Rangers and Nationals also could emerge for Soto.

Best team fits: Yankees, Mets, Blue Jays
Salary comps: Ohtani (10 years, $700M); Mike Trout (12 years, $426M); Mookie Betts (12 years, $365M); Judge (9 years, $360M)

Contract prediction: 15 years, $622 million

2. Corbin Burnes, RHP

Age: 29
HT: 6-3 WT: 245
2024 (Orioles): 3.4 WAR
Career: 17.2 WAR
Agent: Boras Corporation 2024 salary: $15.64 million

This will be the fifth consecutive year that Corbin Burnes finishes in the top eight in Cy Young Award voting. Burnes went 15-9 with 181 strikeouts and 1.096 WHIP in his first season in the American League after the Orioles traded for him in February. He’s pitched more than 190 innings three years in a row and is 60-36 with a 3.19 ERA over 199 games (138 starts) in his career. He will be — and should be — the most sought-after free-agent pitcher this offseason.

Best team fits: Mets, Dodgers, Red Sox, Orioles
Salary comps: Stephen Strasburg (7 years, $245M); Jacob deGrom (5 years, $185M); Aaron Nola (7 years, $172M)

Contract prediction: 7 years, $247 million

3. Roki Sasaki, RHP

Age: 22
HT: 6-2 WT: 187

It is unclear if Roki Sasaki’s team in Japan, the Chiba Lotte Marines, will allow him to leave for MLB this offseason, but with the Marines out of the NPB playoffs, we should know soon. If he is coming, he will be the most coveted international free agent as the Dodgers, Mets, Yankees, Red Sox and Diamondbacks all committed significant resources to scout him this month, including sending top executives to see him pitch.

How much teams would be willing to offer Sasaki could depend on his medical reports as he didn’t pitch for two months in the middle of the year because of arm troubles, which limited him to 18 games and 111 innings. (He pitched just 91 innings in 2023 due to an oblique injury and has topped the 100-inning mark only once in his career.)

However, he dominated down the stretch this season, averaging 100.5 mph with his fastball and reaching 103 mph. Since Sasaki is under 25, he would be subject to international bonus pool restrictions; if he’s posted after this season, he’d only be allowed to sign a minor-league contract, which is what Ohtani did with the Angels in 2017.

Best team fits: Dodgers, Yankees, Mets, Diamondbacks, Red Sox
Salary comps: None

Contract prediction: Minor-league contract

4. Gerrit Cole, RHP

Age: 34
HT: 6-4 WT: 220
2024 (Yankees): 2.0 WAR
Career: 43.3 WAR
Agent: Boras Corporation 2024 salary: $36 million

Gerrit Cole will not be a free agent this offseason, but I’ve included him in this list because he has the right to opt out of his contract and could theoretically reach the open market. That won’t happen though, as he’s in line to make $36 million a year with the Yankees through 2028, which he could not match in free agency.

Cole spent 2 1/2 months on the injured list and is not fully back to his usual level of performance but seems to be getting better the more he pitches. His four-seam fastball was at 97 mph in the seventh inning of the Yankees’ clinching win over Kansas City in the Division Series, with elite spin at the top of the zone. Cole will start Game 1 of the World Series, and although I don’t expect him to dominate, he should pitch well enough to give the Yankees a chance to win.

Prediction: Cole won’t opt out of his contract


Max Fried acknowledges the fans at Truist Park. Will he be back with the Braves? (Brett Davis / Imagn Images)

5. Max Fried, LHP

Age: 30
HT: 6-4 WT: 190
2024 (Braves): 3.5 WAR
Career: 24.1 WAR
Agent: CAA Sports 2024 salary: $15 million

Max Fried has a career record of 73-36 with a 3.07 ERA and 3.29 FIP. He’s made two All-Star teams, won two Gold Glove awards and finished top-five in the Cy Young Award voting twice. He’s made 28 to 30 starts in three of the last four seasons but has dealt with injuries, including left forearm neuritis each of the last two years. Therefore, his medical reports will determine whether he lands a market-rate deal or has to take a lesser contract. The Braves have tried over the last several years to extend Fried to no avail. They’ll keep trying this offseason and wait to see how he fares in the market, but they definitely want him back.

Best team fits: Braves, Orioles, Mets, Red Sox
Salary comps: Aaron Nola (7 years, $172M); Carlos Rodón (6 years, $162M); Patrick Corbin (6 years, $140M); Tyler Glasnow (5 years, $136.5M)

Contract prediction: 6 years, $174 million

6. Pete Alonso, 1B

Age: 29
B: R T: R HT: 6-3 WT: 245
2024 (Mets): 2.6 WAR
Career: 19.8 WAR
Agent: Boras Corporation 2024 salary: $20.5 million

Pete Alonso’s value spiked after he performed this postseason in the biggest moments, including hitting three opposite-field home runs during the Mets’ magical run. He’s beloved in New York and the feeling is mutual. I think a return to the Mets is inevitable, but several contending teams would love to have his 40-homer bat in the middle of their lineups.

Best team fits: Mets, Mariners, Yankees, Nationals
Salary comps: Matt Olson (8 years, $168M); Nolan Arenado (8 years, $260M); Kris Bryant (7 years, $182M)

Contract prediction: 7 years, $204 million

7. Alex Bregman, 3B

Age: 30
B: R T: R HT: 6-0 WT: 190
2024 (Astros) 4.1 WAR
Career: 39.6 WAR
Agent: Boras Corporation 2024 salary: $20 million

Alex Bregman would love to finish his career as an Astro, but will the organization do enough to keep him? Houston has a history in free agency of saying goodbye to its star players, such as Carlos Correa and George Springer, who both departed when the Astros weren’t willing to commit to the long-term contracts they could land elsewhere.

Bregman is a proven leader with elite skills in not chasing out of the strike zone. He has all the intangibles that winning organizations want. His market range is well-defined — somewhere between what the Giants gave Matt Chapman last month and Nolan Arenado’s contract with the Rockies/Cardinals. Astros general manager Dana Brown has said the team will make Bregman an offer, but will it be close to how the rest of the industry views him?

Best team fits: Astros, Yankees, Nationals, Mariners, Tigers
Salary comps: Matt Chapman (6 years, $151M); Nolan Arenado (8 years, $260M); Xander Bogaerts (11 years, $280M)

Contract prediction: 7 years, $185.5 million

8. Blake Snell, LHP

Age: 31
HT: 6-4 WT: 225
2024 (Giants): 2.1 WAR
Career: 23.4 WAR
Agent: Boras Corporation 2024 salary: $32 million

Snell was looking for a long-term contract last offseason, but most executives were concerned about his track record, which includes making 30 or more starts only twice in a nine-year career and never pitching more than 180 2/3 innings in a season. However, in the two years he did make 30 starts (2018, 2023), he won a Cy Young Award both times.

This year he dealt with injuries early but performed well after returning in July; he finished with a 3.12 ERA and 2.43 FIP over 20 starts. Snell will pitch at age 32 next year and I think his lack of durability — he’s pitched more than 130 innings in a season only once since 2018 — will again prevent him from getting a long-term contract. However, after opting out of his $30 million player option, he’ll be able to sign a better deal.

Best team fits: Yankees, Orioles, Mets, Braves, Giants
Salary comps: Aaron Nola (7 years, $172M); Carlos Rodón (6 years, $162M); Patrick Corbin (6 years, $140M); Tyler Glasnow (5 years, $136.5M); José Berríos (7 years, $131M); Sonny Gray (3 years, $75M)

Contract prediction: 3 years, $105 million

9. Freddy Peralta, RHP

Age: 28
HT: 6-0 WT: 202
2024 (Brewers): 2.6 WAR
Career: 8.9 WAR
Agent: Rep 1 Baseball 2024 salary: $5.7 million

Freddy Peralta will not make it to free agency but I’ll include him in this list until the Brewers exercise their $8 million team option for 2025. Peralta pitched to a 3.68 ERA over 32 starts this season, with 200 strikeouts in 173 2/3 innings. Milwaukee also holds an $8 million team option for 2026.

Prediction: Brewers will exercise $8 million team option for 2025


Anthony Santander hit 44 homers, finishing behind only Aaron Judge and Shohei Ohtani on the major-league leaderboard. (Tommy Gilligan / Imagn Images)

10. Anthony Santander, RF

Age: 30
B: B T: R HT: 6-2 WT: 230
2024 (Orioles): 2.9 WAR
Career: 11.1 WAR
Agent: GSE Worldwide 2024 salary: $11.7 million

A lot of teams are looking for corner outfielders with power and there won’t be a lot of those players available via free agency or trades. This season Santander had 44 home runs, 102 RBIs and 91 runs scored, all of which were career highs. He’s hit 105 homers over the past three seasons and is still only 30.

Best team fits: Orioles, Nationals, Reds, Blue Jays, Mariners
Salary comps: Brandon Nimmo (8 years, $162M); George Springer (6 years, $150M)

Contract prediction: 7 years, $150.5 million

11. Willy Adames, SS

Age: 29
B: R T: R HT: 6-1 WT: 219
2024 (Brewers): 3.1 WAR
Career: 21.5
Agent: CAA Sports 2024 salary: $12.25 million

I expected Willy Adames to be traded to the Dodgers after Corey Seager departed as a free agent in 2021, but it never happened because the Brewers remained a contender and never made him available. With Adames now reaching free agency, the Dodgers should be viewed as heavy favorites to land him. President of baseball operations Andrew Friedman had Adames in his organization for a couple of years when he was GM of the Rays and has always been a big fan of the player. Adames is a perfect fit for the left side of the Dodgers’ infield.

Best team fits: Dodgers, Brewers, Braves
Salary comps: Dansby Swanson (7 years, $177M); Javier Báez (6 years, $140M); Trevor Story (6 years, $140M)

Contract prediction: 6 years, $150 million

12. Marcell Ozuna, DH

Age: 33
B: R T: R HT: 6-1 WT: 225
2024 (Braves): 4.3 WAR
Career: 27.7 WAR
Agent: CAA Sports 2024 salary: $18 million

Marcell Ozuna was the Braves’ best offensive player this season, slashing .302/.378/.546 with 31 doubles and 39 home runs, and was the league’s second-best designated hitter behind Ohtani. The Braves hold a club option for $16 million for 2025 and they’re expected to exercise it, which will remove Ozuna from my next ranking.

Prediction: Braves will exercise $16 million club option for 2025

13. Christian Walker, 1B

Age: 33
B: R T: R HT: 6-0 WT: 208
2024 (Diamondbacks): 2.6
Career: 15.1 WAR
Agent: CAA Sports 2024 salary: $10.9 million

Christian Walker is one of the best first basemen in the sport. Despite his years of production, he’s never made an All-Star team; I thought he was the biggest All-Star snub this summer. The two-time Gold Glove Award winner is in line to win his third after leading NL first basemen in outs above average.

Despite missing more than a month with an oblique injury, he finished the season with 26 home runs and 84 RBIs in 130 games. It was the third year in a row he’s hit at least 25 bombs and posted an OPS+ over 120. Several teams have early interest in Walker, with the Astros and Mariners being the best early team fits.

Best team fits: Astros, Mariners, Diamondbacks, Yankees, Mets
Salary comps: Paul Goldschmidt (5 years, $130M); Anthony Rizzo (2 years, $40M)

Contract prediction: 3 years, $72 million

14. Cody Bellinger, CF

Age: 29
B: L T: L HT: 6-4 WT: 203
2024 (Cubs): 2.2 WAR
Career: 24.5 WAR
Agent: Boras Corporation 2024 salary: $30 million

Cody Bellinger didn’t get the long-term deal he sought last offseason and again will probably have to take a shorter-term deal with a higher average annual value if he opts out of his three-year deal. The reason: He’s hit 20 or more home runs only once in five years and his production varies dramatically from year to year.

Bellinger has won an MVP, a Rookie of the Year, two Silver Slugger awards, a Gold Glove Award and has been an All-Star twice in his eight-year career. However, his slash line over the past three seasons has been a roller coaster ride, which makes it difficult for teams to assess which version they would be getting in the coming years. Bellinger’s ability to play above-average defense at all three outfield positions and first base improves his market value.

Best team fits: Cubs, Mariners, Giants, Blue Jays, Angels, Astros, Pirates, Phillies, Nationals
Salary comps: Brandon Nimmo (8 years, $162M); George Springer (5 years, $150M); Paul Goldschmidt (5 years, $130M); Nick Castellanos (5 years, $100M); Kyle Schwarber (4 years, $79M)

Contract prediction: 4 years, $112 million

15. Shane Bieber, RHP

Age: 29
HT: 6-3 WT: 200
2024 (Guardians): 0.7 WAR
Career: 17.7 WAR
Agent: Rosenhaus Sports Representation 2024 salary: $13.13 million

Shane Bieber will likely be my pick for best value signing this offseason because of his upside. The AL Cy Young Award winner in 2020, he finished fourth in the voting in 2019 and seventh in 2022. He’s a two-time All-Star and a former Gold Glove winner.

He made only two starts this year before undergoing Tommy John surgery, which will put him out of service until at least next summer. However, if he comes back healthy, whoever signs him might have a Cy Young-caliber pitcher for the second half of the season.

Best team fits: Dodgers, Rangers, Guardians, Padres
Salary comps: N/A. I don’t see a good comp for Bieber in his specific situation.

Contract prediction: Low base salary with incentives for games started and innings pitched, plus option years


Sean Manaea boosted his value with a career year. (Brad Penner / Imagn Images)

16. Sean Manaea, LHP

Age: 32
HT: 6-5 WT: 245
2024 (Mets): 3.0 WAR
Career: 15.1 WAR
Agent: Boras Corporation 2024 salary: $14.5 million

I don’t think there’s another player who increased his free-agent value more this year than Sean Manaea, who did so thanks to significant mechanical changes that led to a crossfire-type delivery. Manaea went 12-6 with a 3.47 ERA and 184 strikeouts in 181 2/3 innings. He had a .185 batting average against and 0.938 WHIP in the second half of the season, then largely pitched well in three of his four postseason outings, including a dominant NLDS start against the Phillies in which he allowed one run and three hits in seven innings. He has a $13.5 million player option for 2025 that he will decline.

Best team fits: Mets, Orioles, Twins
Salary comps: Hyun Jin Ryu (4 years, $80M); Eduardo Rodriguez (4 years, $80M); Sonny Gray (3 years, $75M); Chris Bassitt (3 years, $63M); Miles Mikolas (3 years, $55.75M)

Contract prediction: 3 years, $68 million

17. Jack Flaherty, RHP

Age: 29
HT: 6-4 WT: 225
2024 (Tigers, Dodgers): 3.1 WAR
Career: 13.2 WAR
Agent: CAA Sports 2024 salary: $14 million

Jack Flaherty was the best starting pitcher traded at the deadline after logging a 2.95 ERA with 133 strikeouts and 19 walks in 18 starts for the Tigers, who dealt him because he was an impending free agent and they didn’t think they were a contender. (What a run they had!)

The Tigers had a preliminary trade agreement in place with the Yankees, but New York backed out of the deal over concerns about his medical records. Flaherty was then traded to the Dodgers, who had no problem with the medical risk. He delivered for the Dodgers and was their best starter for the rest of the regular season, going 6-2 with a 3.58 ERA in 10 starts.

He showed his ability to miss bats this season with 194 strikeouts (in 162 innings), his highest total since 2019, when he finished fourth in the NL Cy Young Award voting. He’s only 29. If teams aren’t concerned about the medical risk associated with his back issues, he should land a three-year pact.

Best team fits: Dodgers, Mets, Twins, Tigers
Salary comps: Lance McCullers Jr. (5 years, $85M); Mitch Keller (5 years, $77M); Sonny Gray (3 years, $75M); Pablo López (4 years, $73.5M); Kyle Hendricks (4 years, $55.5M)

Contract prediction: 3 years, $68 million

18. Tomoyuki Sugano, RHP

Age: 35
HT: 6-1 WT: 198

Tomoyuki Sugano has gone 136-75 with a 2.45 ERA and 1,596 strikeouts in 12 NPB seasons with the Yomiuri Giants. This year he logged a 1.67 ERA and 0.945 WHIP in 24 starts. He is a two-time winner of the Sawamura Award, which in Japan is equivalent to the Cy Young Award. Sugano has a six-pitch mix and he pounds the strike zone with elite command and control.

Best team fits: Padres, Rangers, Dodgers, Orioles, Guardians, Mets
Salary comps: N/A

Contract prediction: None at this time

19. Michael Wacha, RHP

Age: 33
HT: 6-6 WT: 215
2024 (Royals): 3.5 WAR
Career: 16.6 WAR
Agent: CAA Sports 2024 salary: $16 million

Michael Wacha has been superb and consistent over the past three years, posting ERAs between 3.22 and 3.35 with double-digit wins each season, all while pitching on short-term contracts. His downward plane and changeup (.169 batting average against) are special. He ranked in the 99th percentile in offspeed run value and in the 92nd percentile in hard-hit rate. Wacha has a $16 million player option for 2025 that I expect he’ll decline so he can enter free agency and land a multiyear contract.

Best team fits: Royals, Pirates, Orioles, Twins, Tigers
Salary comps: Jameson Taillon (4 years, $68M); Miles Mikolas (3 years, $55.75M); Jon Gray (4 years, $56M); Chris Bassitt (3 years, $63M)

Contract prediction: 3 years, $54 million

20. Nathan Eovaldi, RHP

Age: 34
HT: 6-2 WT: 217
2024 (Rangers): 2.2 WAR
Career: 21.0 WAR
Agent: ACES 2024 salary: $16 million ($20 million player option for 2025)

Nathan Eovaldi had a 3.80 ERA over 29 starts and recorded 12 wins for the second consecutive season with the Rangers. He is expected to opt out of his contract, which was set to pay him $20 million in 2025, and instead will receive a $2 million buyout. I think he’ll get a two-year contract in free agency. Every contending team should be interested in him.

Best team fits: Rangers, Red Sox, Orioles, Padres
Salary comps: Sonny Gray (3 years, $75M); Blake Snell (2 years, $62M); Seth Lugo (3 years, $45M)

Contract prediction: 2 years, $42 million with a team option


Teoscar Hernández posted a 137 OPS+, his highest mark in a full season. (Jayne Kamin-Oncea / Imagn Images)

21. Teoscar Hernández, LF

Age: 32
B: R T: R HT: 6-2 WT: 215
2024 (Dodgers): 4.3 WAR
Career: 17.1 WAR
Agent: Republik Sports 2024 salary: $23.5 million

Teoscar Hernández made a smart move last offseason in signing with the Dodgers. He accepted a one-year deal with a high AAV and got to join a loaded lineup filled with future Hall of Famers. Hernández then did what he does best — hit home runs, a career-high 33 of them, to go with 99 RBIs. He’s a below-average defender in left field but a strong clubhouse presence with his energy and enthusiasm.

Best team fit: Dodgers, Nationals, Tigers, Royals
Salary comps: George Springer (6 years, $150M); Nick Castellanos (5 years, $100M); Starling Marte (4 years, $78M); Jorge Soler (3 years, $42M)

Contract prediction: 3 years, $75 million

22. Walker Buehler, RHP

Age: 30
HT: 6-2 WT: 185
2024 (Dodgers): -1.3 WAR
Career: 12.2 WAR
Agent: Excel Sports Management 2024 salary: $8.025 million

The way Walker Buehler pitched for much of the regular season (1-6, 5.38 ERA), it didn’t appear he would regain his past form after returning from a second Tommy John surgery. But he made a big impression in Game 3 of the NLCS, when he dominated the Mets over four shutout innings. Buehler will probably have to sign a one-year contract with a mutual option, then show he can pitch a full season healthy and rebuild his value.

Best team fit: Dodgers
Salary comps: None

Contract prediction: 1 year, $10 million with incentives

23. Tanner Scott, LHP

Age: 30
HT: 6-0 WT: 235
2024 (Marlins, Padres): 3.9 WAR
Career: 8.6 WAR
Agent: MVP Sports Group 2024 salary: $5.7 million

Tanner Scott will be the best left-handed high-leverage reliever on the free-agent market. He can be deployed at any time and in any role — closer, set up, match up — to get left- or right-handed hitters out. He had a banner year, registering a 1.75 ERA in 72 appearances with 22 saves. Batters hit .134 against his four-seam fastball and .231 against his wipeout slider.

Best team fits: Padres, Orioles, Rangers, Tigers, Royals, Nationals, Giants
Salary comps: Raisel Iglesias (4 years, $58M); Robert Suarez (5 years, $46M)

Contract prediction: 4 years, $60 million

24. Jurickson Profar, LF

Age: 31
B: B T: R HT: 6-0 WT: 184
2024 (Padres): 3.7 WAR
Career: 8.5 WAR
Agent: MVP Sports Group 2024 salary: $1 million

Jurickson Profar was one of the best value signings of the 2023-24 offseason. He inked a one-year contract with the Padres for a base salary of $1 million, then had a career year, finishing second in the NL with a .380 on-base percentage. He hit .280 with 24 home runs, 29 doubles and 10 stolen bases. He also made his first All-Star team. A multiyear deal awaits.

Best team fits: Padres, Twins
Salary comps: Mitch Haniger (3 years, $43.5M); Lourdes Gurriel Jr. (3 years, $42M); Michael Conforto (2 years, $36M)

Contract prediction: 3 years, $44 million

25. Eugenio Suárez, 3B

Age: 33
B: R T: R HT: 5-11 WT: 213
2024 (Diamondbacks) 3.1 WAR
Career: 23.6 WAR
Agent: Octagon 2024 salary: $11.285 million

The Diamondbacks acquired Eugenio Suárez from Seattle last offseason in hopes of improving their power. Suárez certainly delivered with 30 home runs and 100 RBIs. He finished in the 96th percentile in sweet spot percentage and played solid defense at the hot corner, finishing in the 82nd percentile in range (outs above average). The Diamondbacks hold a $15 million option for 2025 ($2 million buyout) that they’ll likely pick up.

Best team fits: Diamondbacks, Blue Jays
Salary comps: Matt Chapman (6 years, $151M); Chris Taylor (4 years, $60M); Max Muncy (2 years, $24M)

Contract prediction: Diamondbacks exercise $15 million team option for 2025

26. Jordan Montgomery, LHP

Age: 31
HT: 6-6 WT: 228
War: -1.4
Career: 11.2 WAR
Agent: Wasserman 2024 salary: $25 million

Jordan Montgomery ended up being the worst free-agent signing of last year’s class. He turned down a four-year offer from the Red Sox, instead agreeing to a one-year, $25 million deal with the Diamondbacks that included a $22.5 million player option for 2025. He had a disastrous year.

He went 8-7 with a 6.23 ERA and averaged just 6.4 strikeouts per nine innings, the worst rate of his eight-year career. Diamondbacks owner Ken Kendrick publicly said he hopes Montgomery doesn’t exercise his player option, but the lefty has little choice as no team would offer him a similar contract in free agency this offseason.

Best team fits: Orioles, Red Sox, Tigers, Twins, Nationals
Salary comps: None

Prediction: Montgomery exercises 22.5 million player option and then the Diamondbacks try to trade him

27. Ha-Seong Kim, SS

Age: 28
B: R T: R HT: 5-9 WT: 168
2024 (Padres): 2.6 WAR
Career: 15.3 WAR
Agent: Boras Corporation 2024 salary: $8 million

Ha-Seong Kim underwent season-ending shoulder surgery in September to repair a “small tear” in the labrum of his right (throwing) shoulder. He sustained the injury Aug. 18 while diving back to first base on a pick-off play. This season manager Mike Shildt moved Kim from second base, where he won a Gold Glove Award last year, to shortstop, which was a significant defensive upgrade for the Padres. However, Kim hit just .233 with 11 home runs and 22 stolen bases before going on the injured list. He might have to sign a “pillow contract” to show he’s recovered from the injury, then produce like he did in 2023, when he hit 17 home runs and stole 38 bases.

Best team fits: Padres, Brewers, Dodgers, Pirates
Salary comps: J.P. Crawford (5 years, $51M); Jeff McNeil (4 years, $50M); Nico Hoerner (3 years, $35M); Orlando Arcia (3 years, $7.3M)

Contract prediction: 1 year, $10 million with incentives and award bonuses

28. Gleyber Torres, 2B

Age: 27
B: R T: R HT: 6-1 WT: 205
2024 (Yankees): 1.8 WAR
Career: 16.1 WAR
Agent: Octagon 2024 salary: $14.2 million

Gleyber Torres has wanted to sign a long-term contract with the Yankees but there have never been serious negotiations to keep him in the Bronx for years to come. He is a below-average defender at second base with limited range. He hit .257 with 15 home runs and a 101 OPS+ on the season but batted over .300 when he was moved to the leadoff spot in September and has performed in October, slashing .297/.400/.432 in the playoffs.

Best team fits: Yankees, Mariners, Blue Jays, Marlins
Salary comps: Jeff McNeil (4 years, $50M); Nico Hoerner (3 years, $35M); J.P. Crawford (5 years, $51M)

Contract prediction: 4 years, $44 million


Tyler O’Neill is coming off his best season since 2021. (Bob DeChiara / Imagn Images)

29. Tyler O’Neill, OF

Age: 29
B: R T: R HT: 5-11 WT: 200
2024 (Red Sox): 2.7 WAR
Career: 12.6
Agent: Boras Corporation 2024 salary: $5.85 million

Tyler O’Neill is like Blake Snell and Cody Bellinger — when he can stay healthy and play up to his potential, he delivers. This year he slashed .241/.336/.511 with 31 home runs in 113 games. However, it was only the second somewhat healthy successful season of his seven-year career — his last one was in 2021 when he hit 34 home runs with the Cardinals, finished eighth in NL MVP voting and won his second Gold Glove Award.

O’Neill had multiple stints on the injured list this year and has played more than 100 games only twice. Despite coming off a productive season, that lack of availability will force him to sign another short-term contract.

Best team fit: Red Sox
Salary comps: Starling Marte (4 years, $78M); Andrew Benintendi (5 years, $75M); Ian Happ (3 years, $61M); Jorge Soler (3 years, 42M); Michael Conforto (2 years, $36M)

Contract prediction: 2 years, $32 million

30. Yusei Kikuchi, LHP

Age: 33
HT: 6-0 WT: 210
2024 (Blue Jays, Astros): 1.4 WAR
Career: 4.1
Agent: Boras Corporation 2024 salary: $10 million

Yusei Kikuchi was 4-9 with a 4.75 ERA over 22 starts with the Blue Jays, who dealt him to Houston at the trade deadline. The Astros quickly changed his pitch sequencing and usage and the results were astounding — he went 5-1 with a 2.70 ERA and 3.07 FIP over 10 starts (60 innings). Kikuchi would be smart to re-sign with the Astros and the feeling should be mutual based on his results and the prospect package they traded to land him.

Best team fits: Astros, Orioles, Tigers, Twins
Salary comps: Chris Bassitt (3 years, $63.3 million; Miles Mikolas (3 years $55.75M); Seth Lugo (3 years; $45M); Tyler Anderson (3 years; $39M); Nathan Eovaldi (2 years, $34M)

Contract prediction: 3 years, $42 million

31. Brandon Lowe, 2B

Age: 30
B: L T: R HT: 5-10 WT: 185
2024 (Rays): 2.4 WAR
Career: 16.0 WAR
Agent: The Bledsoe Agency 2024 salary: $8.75 million

Brandon Lowe is another player who just can’t stay off the injured list; he’s played more than 110 games just once in his seven-year career and has averaged 108 games over the last two years. However, his power has been consistent during that span as he hit 21 homers in both years.

He’s only 30, and if he can stay healthy, his power plays, as it did in 2021 when he hit 39 home runs. He finished in the top 10 in AL MVP voting in 2020 and 2021 so there’s no denying his potential.

Tampa Bay holds a $10.5 million team option for 2025 ($1 million buyout) and an $11.5 million option ($500,000 buyout) for 2026. The Rays could certainly pick up the option, but if they don’t, Lowe could be a smart high-risk, high-reward type signing this winter.

Best team fits: Rays, Yankees, Mariners, White Sox, Blue Jays
Salary comps: Jeff McNeil (4 years, $50M); Brandon Drury (2 years, $17M); Jorge Polanco (5 years, $25.75M)

Contract prediction: 2 years, $24 million

32. Nick Martinez, RHP

Age: 34
HT: 6-1 WT: 201
2024 (Reds) War: 4.0 WAR
Career: 8.7 WAR
Agent: RMG Baseball 2024 salary: $14 million

Nick Martinez continues to improve and should land a three-year contract as a free agent this winter. He’s coming off a career-best year after going 10-7 with a 3.10 ERA in 16 starts and 26 relief appearances. Martinez hopes to become a full-time starter with his next team and he deserves that opportunity. He has posted an ERA below 3.50 in each of the past three seasons.

Best team fits: Reds, Padres, Tigers, Orioles, Twins, Red Sox
Salary comps: Seth Lugo (3 years, $45M); Tyler Anderson (3 years, $39M)

Contract prediction: 3 years, $40 million

33. Charlie Morton, RHP

Age: 40
HT: 6-5 WT: 214
2024 (Braves): 1.1 WAR
Career: 17.3 WAR
Agent: Wasserman 2024 salary: $20 million

Charlie Morton is Mr. Consistency. In 2024 he reached the 30-starts mark for the sixth straight season. He posted a 4.19 ERA with 9.1 strikeouts per nine innings. He’s weighed retirement in recent offseasons, will turn 41 in November and despite another solid season, the consensus around the Braves is that he will call it a career. But if he decides to return for his 18th major-league season, a one-year contract with Atlanta similar to his recent deals could work for both sides.

Best team fit: Braves
Salary comps: Frankie Montas, (1 year, $16M)

Contract prediction: 1 year, $20 million

34. Joc Pederson, OF/DH

Age: 32
B: L T: L HT: 6-1 WT: 220
2024 (Diamondbacks): 2.9 WAR
Career: 15.1 WAR
Agent: Excel Sports Management 2024 salary: $12.5 million

Joc Pederson embraces his platoon role, excelling against right-handed pitching with an impressive .275/.392/.531 slash line and 22 homers in 407 plate appearances this season with the Diamondbacks. He has a $14 million mutual option for 2025 with a $3 million buyout, and I think it makes sense for him to take the buyout and try to sign a two-year deal on the open market.

Best team fit: Diamondbacks, Reds, Rockies
Salary comps: Rhys Hoskins (2 years, $34M); Mitch Garver (2 years, $24M); Justin Turner (1 year, $13M); J.D. Martinez (1 year, $12M); Charlie Blackmon (1 year, $13M

Contract prediction: 2 years, $26 million


Carlos Estévez (Gregory Fisher / Imagn Images)

35. Carlos Estévez, RHP

Age: 31
HT: 6-6 WT: 275
2024 (Angels, Phillies): 2.1 WAR
Career: 4.8 WAR
Agent: Premier Talent Sports and Entertainment 2024 salary: $6.75 million

Carlos Estévez had a strong free-agent walk year, posting a 2.38 ERA with the Angels before being traded at the deadline to Philadelphia, where he put up a 2.57 ERA over 20 games. He finished the season with 26 saves and 0.909 WHIP, but also averaged 7.7 strikeouts per nine innings, the lowest rate of his career.

Estévez has 82 career saves and will generate plenty of interest from teams looking for high-leverage relievers. Phillies president of baseball operations Dave Dombrowski has said it’s unlikely the club will bring back both Estévez and Jeff Hoffman, who is ranked 43rd on this list.

Best team fits: Phillies, Orioles, Red Sox, Blue Jays, Dodgers, Diamondbacks, Pirates
Salary comps: Kendall Graveman (3 years, $24M); José Alvarado (3 years, $22M); Joe Jiménez (3 years, $26M); Ryan Pressly (2 years, $30M); Taylor Rogers (3 years, $33M)

Contract prediction: 3 years, $33 million

36. Luis Severino, RHP

Age: 30
HT: 6-2 WT: 218
2024 (Mets): 1.6 WAR
Career: 13.4 WAR
Agent: Rep 1 Baseball 2024 salary: $13 million

Luis Severino had a strong comeback season, making more than 30 starts for the first time since 2018. He went 11-7 with a 3.91 ERA over 31 starts and struck out 161 in 182 innings. The two-time All-Star also was solid in the postseason (3.24 ERA in 16 2/3 innings), which can only increase interest in free agency.

Best team fits: Mets, Tigers, Orioles, Pirates, Red Sox
Salary comps: Chris Bassitt (3 years, $63M); Miles Mikolas (3 years, $55.75M); Seth Lugo (3 years, $45M); Zach Eflin (3 years, $40M); Lucas Gioloto (2 years, $38.5M); Marcus Stroman (2 years, $37M); Nathan Eovaldi (2 years, $34M); Reynaldo López, (3 years, $30M)

Contract prediction: 2 years, $32 million

37. Jose Quintana, LHP

Age: 35
HT: 6-1 WT: 220
2024 (Mets): 2.5 WAR
Career: 30.5
Agent: Wasserman 2024 salary: $13 million

Jose Quintana was brilliant in his first two starts of this postseason, adding, subtracting and hitting his spots; he allowed no earned runs in 11 combined innings against the Brewers and Phillies.

The soft-tossing lefty pitched to a 3.75 ERA over 31 starts in the regular season, finishing in the 83rd percentile in overall pitching run value and in the 89th percentile in fastball run value. He has good late movement downward that leads to groundballs, ranking in the 79th percentile in ground-ball rate. Over his last 76 starts across three seasons, he has a combined ERA of under 3.50.

Best team fits: Mets, Pirates, Tigers, Twins
Salary comps: Tyler Anderson (3 years, $39M); Tyler Mahle (2 years, $22M); Sean Manaea (2 years, $28M); Michael Wacha (2 years, $32M)

Contract prediction: 2 years, $28 million

38. Blake Treinen, RHP

Age: 36
HT: 6-0 WT: 224
2024 (Dodgers): 1.4 WAR
Career: 12.4 WAR
Agent: Apex Baseball 2024 salary: $1 million ($4.5M AAV for two-year, $9M deal)

After missing most of 2022 and all of 2023 because of a torn capsule in his right shoulder that eventually required surgery, Blake Treinen miraculously returned this season as the dominant high-leverage reliever he was in 2021. His sinker is back to the mid-90s with serious drop, and his sweeper is a wipeout pitch that batters hit just .120 against. He posted a 1.93 ERA in 50 appearances.

Best team fits: Dodgers, Diamondbacks, Cubs
Salary comps: Emilio Pagán (2 years, $16M); Wandy Peralta, (2 years, $16.5M)

Contract prediction: 2 years, $17 million

39. Alex Verdugo, LF

Age: 28
B: L T: L HT: 6-0 WT: 210
2024 (Yankees): 0.7 WAR
Career: 11.8
Agent: MVP Sports Group 2024 salary: $8.7 million

Alex Verdugo is well-liked and respected by his teammates, brings high energy to the clubhouse, plays with an edge and is a solid defender in left field. Offensively, he had a down season, slashing just .233/.291/.356. His power is pretty consistent as he has provided between 11 and 13 home runs in the last five full seasons. He plays every day, never complains and is the definition of an average major-league player.

Best team fits: Yankees, Twins, Athletics, Mariners
Salary comps: Michael Conforto (2 years, $36M); Mark Canha (2 years, $26.5M); Manuel Margot (2 years, $19M); Hunter Renfroe (2 years, $13M)

Contract prediction: 2 years, $26 million

40. Jose Iglesias, 2B

Age: 34
B: R T: R HT: 5-11 WT: 195
2024 (Mets): 3.1 WAR
Career: 14.8 WAR
Agent: MVP Sports 2024 salary: $983,871

I’ll admit it: I love Jose Iglesias’ song “OMG.” And all I can say is OMG when it comes to his season, which put him in the conversation for NL Comeback Player of the Year, though the award will probably go to Chris Sale.

After not playing in the majors in 2023, Iglesias signed a minor-league contract with the Mets but was their starting second baseman by the end of year, playing in more than half of their games and slashing an amazing .337/.381/.448 (137 OPS+) with 16 doubles. He impressed with his approach at the plate — going the other way and grinding throughout at-bats — and his elite defense in the middle of the infield. Iglesias would be a good pickup for several teams, but a reunion with the Mets just makes too much sense for all parties.

Best team fit: Mets
Salary comps: Brandon Drury (2 years, $17M); Isiah Kiner-Falefa (2 years, $15M); Miguel Rojas (2 years, $11M)

Contract prediction: 2 years, $12 million


Paul Goldschmidt (Gregory Fisher / Imagn Images)

41. Paul Goldschmidt, 1B

Age: 37
B: R T: R HT: 6-3 WT: 224
2024 (Cardinals): 1.3 WAR
Career: 62.8 WAR
Agent: Excel Sports Management 2024 salary: $26 million

Nothing in baseball makes me sadder than to watch superstar players significantly decline. Time is undefeated, but they want to keep playing because they can still contribute.

In his prime, Paul Goldschmidt was the best first baseman in the sport. Just two years ago he was the NL MVP, leading the league with a .981 OPS. The seven-time All-Star, four-time Gold Glove winner and five-time Silver Slugger is obviously no longer at the level. His on-base percentage has plummeted over the past three years, from .404 to .363 to .302.

He still played more than 150 games this season, which he’s done in nine consecutive full seasons, but perhaps it’s time to reduce that number and try to improve production with more rest and more time as a designated hitter. The Cardinals are not expected to re-sign Goldschmidt, and for the first time in his career, he needs to brace himself for a significant pay cut and a one-year deal.

Best team fits: Yankees, Mariners, Diamondbacks, Brewers
Salary comps: Anthony Rizzo (2 years, $40M); Josh Bell (2 years, $33M)

Contract prediction: 1 year, $15 million

42. Rhys Hoskins, 1B/DH

Age: 31
B: R T: R HT: 6-4 WT: 240
2024 (Brewers): -0.2 WAR
Career: 11.0 WAR
Agent: Boras Corporation 2024 salary: $16 million

Rhys Hoskins held his own in his first year back from ACL surgery, providing much-needed power in the middle of the Brewers’ lineup. He slashed .214/.303/.419 with a career-low .722 OPS but did hit 26 homers and drive in 82 runs. I expect him to be a lot better next season, with the benefit of an extra year of recovery for his left knee.

Hoskins signed a two-year, $34 million deal with Milwaukee last winter and can opt out after this season. He’ll need to sign another short-term contract to try to rebuild his value.

Best team fits: Brewers, Mariners, Twins
Salary comps: Anthony Rizzo (2 years, $40M); Josh Bell (2 years, $33M); Mitch Garver (2 years, $24M)

Contract prediction: 2 years, $34 million

43. Jeff Hoffman, RHP

Age: 31
HT: 6-5 WT: 235
2024 (Phillies): 2.0 WAR
Career: 3.5 WAR
Agent: CAA Sports 2024 salary: $2.2 million

Jeff Hoffman had the best year of his career, making the All-Star team and tallying a 2.17 ERA and 0.965 WHIP in 68 games. He struck out 89 in 66 1/3 innings (12.1 strikeouts per nine). However, he fared poorly in this postseason, allowing six runs in 1 1/3 innings over three games. The Phillies are unlikely to bring back both Hoffman and Carlos Estévez.

Best team fits: Phillies, Orioles, Yankees, Red Sox, Royals, Giants
Salary comps: Taylor Rogers (3 years, $33M); Joe Jiménez (3 years, $26M); Kendall Graveman (3 years, $24M); Emilio Pagán (2 years, $16M); Wandy Peralta (2 years, $16.5M); Matt Strahm (2 years, $15M); Chris Martin (2 years, $13.5M)

Contract prediction: 3 years, $27 million

44. Matthew Boyd, LHP

Age: 33
HT: 6-3 WT: 230
2024 (Guardians): 0.7 WAR
Career: 9.9 WAR
Agent: Boras Corporation 2024 salary: $10 million

Matthew Boyd really increased his value in the postseason as he logged a 0.77 ERA over three starts (11 2/3 innings). With a deceptive delivery and an arsenal that includes a fastball, changeup and slider, Boyd commands the strike zone well, adding and subtracting with unique shapes and sizes. He underwent Tommy John surgery in June 2023 but now looks healthy with a good mindset.

Best team fits: Guardians, Tigers, Orioles, Padres, Braves, Red Sox
Salary comps: Lance Lynn (1 year, $11M); Kyle Gibson (1 year, $13M)

Contract prediction: 1 year, $10 million

45. Clay Holmes, RHP

Age: 31
HT: 6-5 WT: 245
2024 (Yankees): 0.7 WAR
Career: 4.2 WAR
Agent: Wasserman 2024 salary: $6 million

Clay Holmes appeared in more than 60 games for the third consecutive season, posting 30 saves before losing the closer job in August to Luke Weaver. However, he rebounded near the end of the season and performed well in high-leverage spots in the sixth, seventh and eighth innings. He allowed only one run in his final eight appearances of the regular season and finished with a 3.14 ERA.

Best team fits: Yankees, Orioles, Red Sox, Royals, Phillies
Salary comps: Ryan Pressly (2 years, $30M); Taylor Rogers (3 years, $33M); Wandy Peralta (2 years, $16.5M)

Contract prediction: 2 years, $18.5 million

(Top image: Dan Goldfarb / The Athletic. Photos: Corbin Burnes: G Fiume / Getty Images; Juan Soto: Mary DeCicco / MLB Photos / Getty Images; Pete Alonso: Daniel Shirey / MLB Photos / Getty Images)

TikTok Takes a Break From Feeding You Garbage to Show You STEM Content

TikTok is packed to the gills with short videos of all kinds, and if you go looking, you can find something that interests you. However, a feed that’s newly being opened up to everyone is much more worthy of your time and attention than the usual garbage you’ll find on the app.




TikTok Turns Its STEM Feed On for Adults

TikTok initially launched the STEM feed in March 2023 as “a dedicated space to explore a wide range of inspiring, entertaining, and enriching videos related to science, technology, engineering, and math.” However, it was only turned on by default for users under 18. Adults had to go looking for STEM content with hashtags.

Now, all TikTok users, regardless of age, will see the STEM feed unless they actively choose to turn it off. This only applies in the United States, the United Kingdom, and Ireland. However, earlier this month, the feed was also opened up to everyone in Canada.

TikTok


As you probably already know, STEM stands for Science, Technology, Engineering, and Math, and it’s seen as an increasingly important set of fields for children (and adults) to be educated in. Thankfully, there are plenty of STEM-focused websites worth exploring.

While there have always been STEM-related videos available on TikTok, this dedicated feed makes it a lot easier to find. It also helps that before appearing on the STEM feed, the videos are all vetted for their suitability and accuracy by Common Sense Networks and Poynter.

A dedicated STEM feed is a welcome addition to an app more renowned for dumb comedy skits, even dumber cats just being cats, and “influencers” producing unnecessary and unfulfilling content that is very likely to be rotting our brains. Which is why it exists in the first place.

Alongside other social media companies, TikTok has been accused of being harmful to your mental health and wellbeing. So, having a dedicated feed full of actually useful content is one way to counter those accusations.


To find the STEM feed, scroll across to the left, past the Explore feed. If you want to carry on watching pointless videos rather than spend at least a little time getting educated, tap Profile > Menu > Settings and Privacy > Content Preferences > STEM Feed, and toggle it off.

An American's life journey on Wudang Mountain

Fourteen years ago, American-born Jake Pinnick, filled with dreams of Wudang martial arts, crossed oceans and continents to reach the land of his dreams: Wudang Mountain in China. But reaching the mountain was just the beginning. Ahead of him lay a journey of a different sort, a quest full of stretching, qigong and myriad other kinds of intensive training – the only road to mastering Wudang martial arts! So it was that, step by step, powered by his unwavering determination, he finally reached journey’s end – as a 16th-generation inheritor of the Wudang Sanfeng Sect.

Todd Chrisley fired from prison chapel job: ‘too chatty’

Todd Chrisley has reportedly been removed from his position as a chaplain’s assistant at the Florida prison where he is currently serving 10 years for tax evasion, fraud and conspiracy.

The former “Chrisley Knows Best” star’s firing came after prison officials at the Pensacola facility saw him “associating with inmates” who are part of the prison’s Residential Drug Abuse Program, his attorney, Jay Surgent, told People on Thursday.

Chrisley’s firing came as a surprise, Surgent said, because during the two years the TV personality held his position, the prison chaplain had always been satisfied with his services.

“For no reason after all this time, he’s dismissed saying he can’t do it anymore,” Surgent told Us Weekly, adding that his client wasn’t aware he’d done anything wrong. “They had no hearing, there was no announcement.”

A rep for the Federal Bureau of Prisons declined to comment about the situation, telling TMZ, “For privacy reasons, we do not comment on the conditions of confinement for any incarcerated individual, including their work detail assignments.”

In June 2022, Todd and Julie Chrisley were convicted of tax evasion and bank fraud, with the former real estate tycoon receiving 12 years for his part in a scheme that went on for five years before the couple’s reality TV fame. Amid news of their sentencing, USA Network canceled “Chrisley Knows Best” and spinoff series “Growing Up Chrisley.”

Todd’s sentence was later reduced by two years after the “model inmate” qualified for the reduction under the First Step Act, the Tallahassee Democrat reported.

A federal judge last month resentenced Julie Chrisley to seven years in prison for her conviction on bank fraud and tax evasion charges, declining the reality TV star’s request for less time than was originally imposed.

In the aftermath of her parents’ guilty verdict, Savannah Chrisley has publicly slammed the federal justice system and shared family attorneys’ efforts to appeal her parents’ convictions and sentences, including on her “Unlocked” podcast and at this year’s Republican National Convention.

The 27-year-old former beauty queen previously said she believes God placed her father at the Pensacola Federal Prison Camp to “truly make a difference.”

“He is working in the chapel, which is absolutely amazing and I could never be more proud of my dad and the man that he is,” Savannah said on her podcast in 2023. She added that it was “amazing” to hear about “all the people that are coming to know Jesus in that place.”

While Todd Chrisley is “very disappointed and upset” to no longer be facilitating religious services at Pensacola — which serve Christian, Jewish and Muslim inmates — Surgent said, his client’s dismissal “has not affected his firm belief that in the end, God will work things out for him, Julie, and his family.”

Meet ZachXBT, the Masked Vigilante Tracking Down Billions in Crypto Scams and Thefts

As ZachXBT has pursued that career as a crypto vigilante, he has also kept his mask firmly in place. Online, he appears only as his avatar, a kind of platypus cartoon figure in a detective’s trench coat or sometimes a hoodie. To avoid retaliation from his many enemies in the world of crypto criminals and con artists, he has never publicly shown his face nor revealed his real name or exact age and would only speak to WIRED on the condition that I not try to dig up those identifying details.

On some of their early conference calls, McGill says, ZachXBT would not only keep his camera off but even use a voice-changer application, sometimes sounding like a high-pitched “South Park character,” as McGill puts it, or on other occasions deepening his voice’s pitch until it reminded him of something out of a horror film. “It was very odd, initially,” says McGill, who at the time worked at the crypto-tracing firm TRM Labs. “But I respected his privacy, because this anonymous guy was doing really great work.”

ZachXBT exposes so many crypto criminal scams and thefts on a near-weekly basis, often working far faster than law enforcement agencies, says Nick Bax, a cryptocurrency investigator and founder of the firm Five I’s, that Bax has wondered half-jokingly if he might be some kind of bot.

“He is a machine,” Bax says.

As part of one investigation last year where they collaborated to trace a $60 million theft from a crypto project called AnubisDAO in 2021, Bax gave ZachXBT a list of 500 transactions on a Saturday night, each of which needed to be manually analyzed along with all its connected blockchain addresses. “I figured that would keep him busy for at least a few days,” Bax says. Instead, by early the next afternoon, ZachXBT had gone through every transaction and identified which ones were tied to the theft. “I was shocked,” Bax says. “He definitely had to have been on his computer for 12 hours straight.”

Many of the results of ZachXBT’s investigations are unceremoniously posted to his account on X. Over time, however, his findings have increasingly gained attention from law enforcement agencies—several of which he now often shares his findings with prior to publication. The result has been real and growing consequences for the targets of that detective work. “As Zach has gotten bigger, there have been financial repercussions and legal repercussions,” says Taylor Monahan, a security researcher at crypto firm MetaMask and one of ZachXBT’s closest collaborators on investigations, including the $243 million theft case. “If Zach posts a thread about someone now, and it’s a good one, that person is going to get arrested.”

From Victim to Whistleblower

So how has ZachXBT managed to outrace and out-trace even law enforcement’s crypto investigators, despite having no formal training or organizational support? Even he isn’t entirely sure. “That’s a tough question. I don’t know why I’m good,” ZachXBT tells WIRED in a phone interview. He chalks it up to a willingness to work around the clock—crypto markets never close, after all—and a familiarity with analyzing cryptocurrency blockchains that comes from years of poring over those vast ledgers of transactions. “The more you look at the blockchain, like when you eat, sleep, and breathe it, it starts to make more sense over time,” he says. “You can just start to pick up on those connections. I can look at a wallet, and I can profile it and tell you if it’s a bad actor within seconds.”

ZachXBT says that familiarity with blockchains comes from his years of experience as a crypto enthusiast and trader—and as a victim himself of some of the crypto economy’s many traps for unwary investors. Around 2017, he says, he was naively buying thousands of dollars worth of crypto tokens that would all eventually tank in value—often due to so-called “rug pulls,” when a crypto token’s creator sells off their holdings and all the other investors are left with a worthless asset. “I was buying in like, ‘This is going to change the world.’ I just held it and never sold,” ZachXBT says. As a result, he says, “I was the person getting scammed.”

Ubisoft Returns to NFT Gaming With Launch of Champion Tactics: Grimoria Chronicles 

Ubisoft has a history of experimenting with Non-Fungible Tokens in gaming, and the company is set to further explore NFT gaming space with a new release. The Paris-based publisher, that makes popular triple-A titles like Assassin’s Creed and Far Cry, launched Champions Tactics: Grimoria Chronicles, a new free-to-play turn-based RPG with NFT integrations, on Wednesday. The competitive multiplayer title brings together traditional gaming and elements of Web3 to Ubisoft’s player network on PC. Champions Tactics: Grimoria Chronicles is now available to download via the Ubisoft Connect launcher.

Champions Tactics: Grimoria Chronicles is a multiplayer tactical RPG set in the dark fantasy world of Grimoria. In the NFT-integrated game, players build teams of digital collectible “Champions” that come with unique abilities. With their Champions, players can take part in strategic, turn-based battles against other players online. Champions are NFTs and can thus be sold or traded on the marketplace. Players can also combine two existing Champions to create a new one by paying a crafting fee.

“Champions are magical playable figurines in the dark world of Grimoria. Each one of them is a living relic, an intricately crafted embodiment of Grimoria’s history, a testament to the legendary Champions who once shaped its fate,” the official website of the game said, explaining the premise of the game.

To access the game, players would need an active Ubisoft account, be at least 18 years of age, and have a supported Blockchain wallet like Metamask or Sequence.

Ubisoft said that there are 75,000 NFT “Champions” available at launch. These NFTs can be minted on the gaming-focussed Oasys public blockchain network that relies on proof-of-stake consensus protocol.

The NFT “Champion” characters are priced starting at $6.33 (roughly Rs. 532) worth of OAS – the native token of the Oasys blockchain – on the game’s official marketplace. Ranking at the 340th spot on CoinMarketCap’s crypto index, the OAS token is currently trading at $0.03582 (roughly Rs. 3.01).

Players can invest in NFT Champion characters and use them in the game’s ranked mode to earn rewards. As mentioned earlier, with the help of the game’s Forge system, two existing champion NFTs can be merged together to create a new character with special qualities to help the players in combat. According to Ubisoft, the crafting fee can be paid in Gold, the in-game currency, or in crypto ($OAS).

Champions Tactics was revealed in 2023 and received closed and open betas earlier this year, ahead of its official launch on October 23. The free-to-play PvP title is only available on PC via Ubisoft Connect.

This is not the first time Ubisoft has dabbled in NFTs. In 2021, the gamemaker launched the Ubisoft Quartz platform for players to purchase Digits. These playable NFTs were launched in beta with Ghost Recon Breakpoint. After player backlash and limited interest, the company said it was winding down Quartz Digits in 2022.

NFTs are blockchain-based digital collectibles that often carry underlaying monetary benefits, trading value, as well as rewards and special benefits in gaming ecosystems. The push to bring NFT monetisation to gaming, however, has met with widespread criticism from gamers. Nevertheless, several game publishers have attempted to integrate NFTs in their titles.

As per Global Markets Insights, the global gaming NFT market size stood at the valuation of $2.76 billion (roughly Rs. 23,204 crore) in 2023 and is estimated to grow by over 60 percent between 2024 and 2032.

A separate report by Fortune Business Insights last year forecasted that the blockchain gaming market would be churning up to $614 billion (roughly Rs. 51,07,086 crore) in the next seven years leading to 2030.

While NFTs in games have faced backlash in the gaming community, Web3 games allow internal trading of game related NFTs that promise players passive income. The data of in-game asset sales have shown growth at the rate of 21.8 percent between 2017 and 2021.

In April this year, Samsung joined forces with the Wilder World Metaverse Game to offer NFT rewards as part of its Web3 TV bundle.

Affiliate links may be automatically generated – see our ethics statement for details.
How to set goals for your SEO team

Setting clear goals is essential to measuring success in SEO. Goals become even more powerful when aligned with a well-defined strategy that informs the tactics used to achieve them.

This article explores setting goals for the people and teams driving your SEO efforts – whether in-house, at an agency or outsourced.

Regardless of the structure, these principles will help ensure your SEO team stays aligned with your broader business objectives and delivers the ROI you need.

Be open and collaborate

As a company leader and CEO, I often remind myself to provide context when making decisions. It’s important to clarify whether a decision is a firm directive, open to input or open to a more democratic process.

Be upfront about firm ROI numbers, requirements the SEO team must meet and other non-negotiables.

It’s great if you can be transparent about how and why certain goals were formulated. However, if they’re tied to sensitive information you can’t discuss, be sure to mention that as well.

Anything that can be collaborative in terms of the goal-setting process and that you open up to the team can be a culture builder and help you gain trust. 

I’m not saying everything should be a democracy or that you don’t understand the broader business, marketing or other factors affecting the SEO team.

However, having been both an employee and now an owner/executive, I’ve seen both sides.

I know how frustrating it can be to have limited context, no chance for feedback, and be expected to do what feels like an impossible job.

Dig deeper: How to create SMART SEO goals (with examples)

Have a healthy understanding of SEO

Many who manage or oversee SEO don’t have direct experience with it – and that’s completely fine. 

As someone who came up through the SEO and digital marketing ranks, I realize I’m in the minority. 

There are pros and cons to having an SEO-first mindset versus approaching it from a broader business and marketing perspective, both offer valuable insights when managing SEO efforts.

No matter what your experience is, having a healthy understanding of SEO is important when setting goals for an SEO team. 

Things go much more smoothly when there’s a shared level of understanding of what SEO is and isn’t for all. That includes knowing:

  • What resources go into it (more on that below).
  • What performance is reasonable.
  • How integrated it could/should be with other digital marketing channels.
  • What reporting and KPIs will be available.
  • How they integrate with broader marketing and business metrics.

In my experience, most challenges with SEO performance stem from misalignment, often caused by misunderstandings or a lack of clarity. This issue arises whether I’m dealing with clients, agency teams or even tight-knit in-house SEO teams. 

I’ve seen situations where people use the same language and KPIs but have vastly different interpretations – sometimes even after working together for years.

If you or your team don’t have clear expectations, I recommend getting familiar with the basics before diving in. 

This will help you avoid confusion with KPIs and acronyms and manage expectations later.

Dig deeper: SEO meta-skills: How research on goal setting can make you a better SEO

Leverage data

When setting goals, you may sometimes need to create numbers and targets from scratch, or you might receive performance goals dictated by various factors.

Regardless of these constraints, I’ve found that the most effective and meaningful goals for SEO teams come from thoroughly understanding and utilizing data.

Yes, SEO includes a lot of channel-specific research and data. 

At a basic level, if you have siloed teams and are doing PPC, if that data isn’t being shared – that’s priority number one. Data from other digital channels, including UX and CRO, are also critical. 

Getting a further level out, though, sales data is important if you have (want to have) any goals for your SEO team related to sales beyond just driving conversion goals/events.

I encourage you to share as much business data as possible with your SEO team. Involve them in the details to help them see how SEO connects to the overall business. 

This will help them better understand their impact and show what data they can use to work more efficiently. By doing this, they can avoid redundant research and rely on existing sources of information.

Get the newsletter search marketers rely on.


Ensure all necessary resources are available

The days when SEOs could handle 95% of the work that drives SEO performance are long gone. 

When I started in the industry, I managed many tasks on my own, including updating page copy. In hindsight, I may not have needed that much control.

Today, with the increasing focus on technical factors, content and trust-building signals, it’s much more challenging for SEOs to work independently. 

Now, they often need to collaborate with various specialists or rely on teams to achieve optimal results.

If you have an in-house or outsourced team, you probably already have plenty of checks and balances for approvals and defined roles.

When you’re setting goals for your team, factor in resources that don’t have “SEO” in their title but are important for SEO success. That includes SEO budgets for software, research tools, AI subscriptions and other hard costs. 

We wouldn’t expect a carpenter to arrive at a job site without basic tools like a hammer and tape measure. Similarly, we need to avoid unrealistic expectations when providing the right tools for SEOs.

SEO also requires collaboration with experts from other roles. While your team may have the skills to make technical changes, create content or handle approvals, it’s unrealistic to expect them to do everything on their own. 

To ensure alignment with brand standards, compliance and company goals, they’ll need support from other resources. 

Be sure to factor these resources into your budget and goals, including flexibility for unexpected needs as SEO evolves quickly.

Be clear about the objective

When setting goals and thinking about digital marketing channels – sometimes especially SEO – it can easily get lost in the details. 

There are so many KPIs and things that we can influence and track. When overlaying them on the overall customer journey or any funnels, it can get detailed in a hurry.

There’s nothing wrong with having a dozen or more KPIs that matter. However, KPIs themselves don’t tell the story and don’t constitute a goal.

Know what your overall objective is. 

The one that matters for you as a business owner, executive, manager or team lead. Work backward from your ultimate goals to get down into what SEO can influence. 

Dig deeper: Does generative AI save time, money and resources in SEO?

You might end up with many KPIs, but clearly understanding how each one supports the objective – and ranking them by importance and connection to the ultimate goal – will keep you on the right track.

Include AI

We’re deep enough into the AI era. Hopefully, AI is a given in SEO work. Regardless of where your team is, set secondary goals around AI use. 

There’s tension between the trade-offs of spending time testing and exploring new ways to incorporate AI versus doing things the predictable way that we always have.

By setting clear secondary goals focused on testing, gaining efficiencies and innovation, you can ensure your team is thinking about the future without losing focus on what’s currently working. 

This helps you avoid chasing “shiny objects” while also staying open to new opportunities, striking a balance between progress and stability.

Bonus: Align with career growth goals

If you manage an in-house SEO team or agency staff, your focus goes beyond performance goals. Think about their growth and retention. 

Aligning team goals with individual career growth is a big win. 

Setting performance goals that also support professional development, valuable experience, mentorship or other growth opportunities can create a stronger, more motivated team. 

The more your team members’ career goals align with your overall SEO objectives, the better the outcomes for both.

Dig deeper: The SEO career path: What it may look like and how to level up

Maximizing your SEO team’s performance through strategic goal-setting

SEO team goal setting could be as simple as telling the team what specific outcome they need to achieve in a given period. In a literal sense, you could communicate that and stop there.

As someone who has worked within, managed and been involved in many fashions with SEO teams, I can tell you that you can get more performance, develop a positive culture and accelerate growth by going deeper in your goal-setting approach and process.

I’m not asking you to make everything a democracy or make it group-think. If you’re in a position as a manager, executive or client, you have expectations and standards that need to be reached. 

How deep you go in working with the team will remove friction, reduce misunderstandings and help everyone pull in the same direction toward your ultimate goals.

Contributing authors are invited to create content for Search Engine Land and are chosen for their expertise and contribution to the search community. Our contributors work under the oversight of the editorial staff and contributions are checked for quality and relevance to our readers. The opinions they express are their own.

PBM Math: Big Chains Are Paid $23.55 To Fill a Blood Pressure Rx. Small Drugstores? $1.51.

CUTHBERT, Ga. — While customers at Adams Family Pharmacy picked up their prescriptions on a hot summer day, some stopped in for coffee, ice cream, homemade cake, or cookies.

It wasn’t a bake sale, but the sweets bring extra revenue as pharmacist and co-owner Nikki Bryant works to achieve profitability at her business on the town square.

Bryant said she is doing all she can to bolster it against a powerful force that threatens her and other independent pharmacists: the middlemen who manage virtually all prescriptions written in the U.S., called pharmacy benefit managers, or PBMs. Serving as brokers among drugmakers, pharmacies, and health insurers, these health care entities have drawn scrutiny from Congress, the Federal Trade Commission, and state legislatures for their role in the increase in drug prices.

Bryant and other independent pharmacists say PBMs not only create higher costs but also make it harder for patients to access medications. So they were hopeful about state legislation this year that would have increased their reimbursement to match the average prices paid to retail chain pharmacies through the state employee health plan. But Gov. Brian Kemp vetoed the bill.

Kemp cited a fiscal estimate that it would cost the state as much as $45 million a year and said “the General Assembly failed to fund this initiative.”

Pharmacist and co-owner Nikki Bryant says that coffee and homemade sweets bring in extra revenue at Adams Family Pharmacy as the business loses money filling many prescriptions.(Andy Miller for KFF Health News)

Underlining the Georgia legislative reform effort against pharmacy benefit managers was an analysis by the American Pharmacy Cooperative, which represents independent pharmacies, that reviewed the price differential paid to a north Georgia pharmacy and nearby chain stores.

The analysis early this year showed chains were paid well beyond the family business for many of the same medications: For example, the chains received an average of nearly $54 for the antidepressant bupropion, while Bell’s Family Pharmacy in Tate, Georgia, got $5.54, the analysis said. For a drug used to treat blood pressure, amlodipine, chain pharmacies received an average of $23.55, while Bell’s got $1.51.

Bell’s Family Pharmacy closed earlier this year.

“The differences in Georgia are unbelievable,” Antonio Ciaccia, who runs Ohio-based consulting firm 3 Axis Advisors. “If you’re a pharmacist, you don’t have any control over which drugs you dispense and which you don’t.”

By controlling prices and availability, pharmacy benefit managers cause patients and employers to spend more for medications, according to the Federal Trade Commission and pharmacy groups. On Sept. 20, the FTC sued three of the largest PBMs — CVS Health’s Caremark, Cigna’s Express Scripts, and UnitedHealth Group’s Optum Rx, which together control about 80% of U.S. prescription drug sales. The agency said they created a “perverse drug rebate system” that artificially inflates the price of insulin. Each company denied the allegations.

The lawsuit followed a scathing FTC report in July that said the “dominant PBMs can often exercise significant control over which drugs are available, at what price, and which pharmacies patients can use to access their prescribed medications.”

The trade group that represents PBMs, the Pharmaceutical Care Management Association, said the insulin market is working well and blamed drugmakers for historically higher prices of the medication.

Bryant and other independent pharmacists, though, say they lose money filling certain prescriptions while reimbursements favor chain pharmacies like CVS that have corporate ties to pharmacy benefit managers. And even the chain pharmacies have retrenched, with CVS, Rite Aid, and Walgreens announcing layoffs or store closures in recent months.

“PBMs are like the mafia,” Bryant said. “They pay us what they want to pay us. They are sucking all the money out of health care.”

Pharmacy benefit managers will charge some health insurance plans more for a medication than what they reimburse a pharmacy, keeping the extra money as profit, critics say. This practice is known as “spread pricing.” Large PBMs also take money from drugmakers as a “rebate” to give their drugs preferential treatment on health plans’ lists of medications, independent pharmacies say. And by favoring certain pharmacies with whom they have business ties, experts say, these drug brokers help force independent stores such as Bell’s to close.

The veto by Kemp, a Republican, came despite the GOP-led General Assembly voting overwhelmingly for Senate Bill 198 on the last day of the legislative session.

Kemp spokesperson Garrison Douglas said, “The governor remains entirely and wholeheartedly supportive of Georgia’s independent pharmacists and the need for PBM transparency.”

In his veto message, Kemp voiced support for a study of independent pharmacy drug reimbursements and PBM practices. And he said independent pharmacists are getting an extra $3 dispensing fee this year on state employee prescriptions.

The state Department of Community Health, which oversees the State Health Benefit Plan, told KFF Health News that CVS Caremark, the PBM handling the state employee business, supplied the cost estimate Kemp used to justify his veto.

Fiona Roberts, a spokesperson for Community Health, said the department didn’t have time to conduct its own analysis.

CVS Caremark said it used historical claims data to calculate the cost impact of the higher reimbursement.

Nationally, criticism of PBM practices intensified over the summer with the Federal Trade Commission report.

The Pharmaceutical Care Management Association pushed back, saying the report “is based on anecdotes and comments from anonymous sources and self-interested parties and supported only by two cherry-picked case studies that are implied to be representative of the entire market.”

Members of both parties in Congress have tackled PBM reform. House members recently introduced another proposal, known as the Pharmacists Fight Back Act, which supporters say would add transparency, limit costs for patients, ensure they get the benefit of drugmaker discounts, and protect their pharmacy choices.

The consolidation that has combined health insurers with PBMs — including their operating their own retail, mail-order, and specialty pharmacies — has created financial behemoths, said U.S. Rep. Buddy Carter, a Georgia Republican and a pharmacist. “I’m interested in busting them up,” he said.

Alexander Oshmyansky, co-founder of Mark Cuban Cost Plus Drug Company, said the PBMs siphon off about a third of the $400 billion a year spent on pharmaceuticals.

“What we could do as a society with $100 billion as opposed to paying some companies to process drug payments,” Oshmyansky said.

PCMA, the trade group, cited a report funded by the three biggest pharmacy benefit managers that said their operating margins are less than 5%.

And the group says that discussions about congressional reform “reflect a one-sided view informed directly by the pharmaceutical industry’s blame game designed to vilify PBMs to keep prescription drug prices high and increase drug company profits.”

Underpayments by PBMs, however, have accelerated the closures of mom-and-pop pharmacies across the country, said the National Community Pharmacists Association, which represents independent pharmacies.

The U.S. loses almost one such pharmacy a day, said Anne Cassity, a senior vice president of the association. Rural pharmacies, which are hard to reach for patients lacking transportation, are especially vulnerable, she said.

Bryant’s two pharmacies deliver to several counties, including to patients who have a disability or no transportation. The cost to patients: zero.

Most states have passed some version of oversight or restrictions on pharmacy benefit managers.

In Montana, state officials have collected financial reports from pharmacy benefit managers over the past two years after passing a bill to promote transparency in these businesses.

Data from 2022 shows that rebates in Montana rarely are directly returned to people buying prescriptions. Instead, they’re pocketed by the PBMs or returned to health plans.

Josh Morris, who owns three independent rural pharmacies in southwestern Montana, said his pharmacies have seen reimbursement rates for medications bought under PBM-managed plans drop.

Morris said his business routinely either breaks even or loses money. “Our plan is that once we reach a certain level of cash, that we will be out,” Morris said. “As in ‘closed.’”

Frank Cote, with Montana’s insurance commissioner’s office, said that the state has tried to make business easier for small pharmacies but that state officials still don’t control how much PBMs pay. Cote said the state will look for ways within existing rules or future legislation to support rural pharmacies.

Following Kemp’s veto in Georgia, the pharmacy pay differential sparked criticism from an unusual place: within the board of the state Department of Community Health, the agency that runs the State Health Benefit Plan.

Mark Shane Mobley, a board member, said at an August meeting that independent pharmacies’ pay in the state employee plan should be on par with a chain’s. The PBM profit “is going to line people’s pockets that are far outside of the state,” said Mobley, president of Avilys Sleep & EEG, a Georgia provider of sleep disorder and electroencephalogram testing. “Our independent pharmacies, they’re hiring people locally. They’re taking care of the local community.”

Community Health Commissioner Russel Carlson said the agency has an ongoing dialogue with CVS Caremark, the PBM handling the state employee plan medications.

“We don’t have our head in the sand. We know there are some frustrations out there that exist in this space,” he said. “But we acknowledge that we do have contractual responsibilities.”

In Cuthbert, Bryant said she can make more profit on cake and coffee than with many medications.

Still, she’s in business while a nearby CVS pharmacy closed recently. “We outcompeted them on service,” Bryant said.

Montana correspondent Katheryn Houghton and senior correspondent Arthur Allen contributed to this report.

Related Topics

Contact Us

Submit a Story Tip

Horizon Zero Dawn Remaster Comparison Shows Big Visual Upgrades

At only seven years old, Sony’s Horizon Zero Dawn didn’t seem like an obvious choice to get a new remastered edition. Regardless, Horizon Zero Dawn Remaster is only a week away, and a trio of players have taken it upon themselves to create a detailed comparison between the original version and its new upgrade.

Reddit users Lanny16_I_think, Nixxes, and Guerrilla compiled the comparison and painstakingly used an early copy of Zero Dawn Remaster to match up with shots from the game’s first incarnation. In each instance, the remaster added noticeable improvements beyond the graphics that made the world of Aloy seem more alive and real than before. Check it out in the images below, captured by Lanny16_I_think on PC.

For example, this town sequence in the original Zero Dawn is noticeably lacking in NPC characters and has a distracting orange tint to the colors.

Aloy arrives in a town from the original version of Horizon Zero Dawn.

The remastered version significantly increases the background NPCs and removes the orange tint, revealing a much more vibrant environment.

Aloy's arrival in town in Zero Dawn Remastered.
Aloy’s arrival in town in Zero Dawn Remastered.

The Reddit thread also included a look at the remaster’s vastly improved skin textures, as well as the lush background details. However, some of the shots from the original Horizon Zero Dawn don’t reflect the intent of the title’s developer, Guerrilla Games. In a post on X, Guerrilla Games Studio Art Director Jan-Bart van Beek noted that the screenshot shown below reflects a mistake in the game’s lighting function.

In a later post, van Beek explains that the game uses a system called autobot to make screenshots in thousands of the game’s locations at different times of the day. But he also notes that “checking the results is still a human effort.”

Horizon Zero Dawn Remastered will hit PC and PlayStation 5 on October 31. Players who already have the original Horizon Zero Dawn can get the PS5 upgrade for $10.

Mouse study sheds light on secret to maintaining a youthful immune system

What keeps some immune systems youthful and effective in warding off age-related diseases? In a new paper published in Cellular & Molecular Immunology, USC Stem Cell scientist Rong Lu and her collaborators point the finger at a small subset of blood stem cells, which make an outsized contribution to maintaining either a youthful balance or an age-related imbalance of the two main types of immune cells: innate and adaptive.

Innate immune cells serve as the body’s first line of defense, mobilizing a quick and general attack against invading germs. For germs that evade the body’s innate immune defenses, the second line of attack consists of adaptive immune cells, such as B cells and T cells that rely on their memory of past infections to craft a specific and targeted response. A healthy balance between innate and adaptive immune cells is the hallmark of a youthful immune system — and a key to longevity.

“Our study provides compelling evidence that when a small subset of blood stem cells overproduces innate immune cells, this drives the aging of the immune system, contributes to disease, and ultimately shortens the lifespan,” said Lu, who is an associate professor of stem cell biology and regenerative medicine, biomedical engineering, medicine, and gerontology at USC, and a Leukemia & Lymphoma Society Scholar. Lu is also a member of the Eli and Edythe Broad Center for Regenerative Medicine and Stem Cell Research at USC, and the USC Norris Comprehensive Cancer Center at the Keck School of Medicine of USC. “Our findings suggest that restraining the small subset of blood stem cells that are overproducing innate immune cells could be an effective way to delay immune aging.”

In the study, first author Anna Nogalska and her colleagues found striking differences in how quickly the immune system ages — even among lab mice with the same genetic background raised in identical conditions. By the advanced age of 30 months, delayed aging mice retained a youthful balance of innate and adaptive immune cells. However, early aging mice showed a big increase in innate immune cells relative to adaptive immune cells.

By tracking the individual blood stem cells responsible for producing both innate and adaptive immune cells, the scientists discovered the subset of blood stem cells primarily responsible for the age-associated imbalance of the immune system. Specifically, the scientists observed that thirty to forty percent of blood stem cells dramatically changed their preference for producing innate versus adaptive immune cells as the mice aged.

In delayed agers, the subset of blood stem cells decreased their production of innate immune cells, protecting against the effects of aging. Among delayed agers, there was an increase in gene activity related to blood stem cells’ regulation and response to external signals — which might keep their production of innate immune cells in check. When the scientists used CRISPR to edit out these genes, blood stem cells reversed their natural tendency and produced more innate immune cells instead of adaptive immune cells — like in the early agers.

In contrast, in early agers, the subset of blood stem cells shifted towards producing more innate immune cells, which, in excess, lead to many diseases of aging. Accordingly, in these early agers, the scientists found an increase in gene activity related to the proliferation of blood stem cells and the differentiation of innate immune cells. When the scientists used CRISPR to edit out these early aging genes, blood stem cells produced more adaptive immune cells instead of innate immune cells — becoming more similar to those in the delayed agers.

Importantly, delayed agers tended to live longer than early agers.

“In the elderly human population, the immune system often tips into producing an overabundance of innate immune cells, which can contribute to diseases such as myeloid leukemia and immune deficiencies,” said Nogalska, senior scientist and lab manager in the Lu Lab. “Our study suggests how we might promote a more youthful immune system to combat these common diseases of aging.”

Additional co-authors are Jiya Eerdeng, Samir Akre, Mary Vergel-Rodriguez, Yeachan Lee, Charles Bramlett, Adnan Y. Chowdhury, Bowen Wang, Colin G. Cess, and Stacey D. Finley from USC.

Ninety percent of the project was supported by federal funding from the National Institutes of Health (grants R00-HL113104,R01HL138225, R35HL150826, and 1F31HL149278-01A1) and the National Cancer Institute (grant P30CA014089). Additional funding came from the California Institute for Regenerative Medicine (grant EDUC4-12756R) and the Leukemia & Lymphoma Society (grant LLS-1370-20).

JOB POST: Faculty Recruitment for Assistant Professor at KLE College of Law, Navi Mumbai [3 Vacancy; Attractive Salary]: Apply by Nov 1!

Applications are invited for Faculty Recruitment for Assistant Professor at KLE College of Law, Navi Mumbai. Apply by Nov 1! About the Organisation The College which is nearer to Mumbai city, started during the academic year 2016-2017 under the aegis of the Karnataka Lingayat Education Society. The Trust started the institution with a cherished ambition […]

The post JOB POST: Faculty Recruitment for Assistant Professor at KLE College of Law, Navi Mumbai [3 Vacancy; Attractive Salary]: Apply by Nov 1! appeared first on Lawctopus.

Shop for home decor ideas before the Amazon Diwali Sale ends| Last day on October 29th; shop for deals and discounts

The Amazon Diwali Sale is nearing its end, and now is the perfect time to shop for home decor at unbeatable prices. With the sale ending on October 29th, you still have a chance to find great deals and discounts on a wide selection of home decor products. Whether you’re looking to refresh your living room, upgrade your bedroom, or add festive touches to your home, this sale offers everything you need at discounted rates. From wall art and lighting to cushions and curtains, there’s something for every style and budget. Don’t miss out on these limited-time offers—shop now before the sale wraps up and enjoy incredible savings on all your home decor needs!

Last chance to grab amazing home decor deals before the Amazon Diwali Sale ends on October 29th! Shop now and save big!

 

Wall decor at the Amazon Diwali Sale 2024

Discover great deals on wall decor at the Amazon Diwali Sale 2024! Choose from a variety of options, including wall art, clocks, mirrors, and more. Add style to your home with these discounted pieces. Shop now and save before the sale ends on October 29th!

 

Top deals at the Great Amazon Sale

Vintage wall clocks at the Amazon Diwali Sale 2024

Find beautiful vintage wall clocks at the Amazon Diwali Sale 2024! Perfect for adding a classic touch to your home, these clocks come in unique designs and are available at discounted prices. Don’t miss the chance to grab one before the sale ends on October 29th!

Top deals at the Great Amazon Sale

Stylish showpieces at the Amazon Diwali Sale 2024

Discover stylish showpieces at the Amazon Diwali Sale 2024! Choose from a range of beautiful designs to enhance your home decor, including sculptures, figurines, and more. With great discounts available, it’s the perfect time to add a special touch to your space. Shop now before the sale ends on October 29th!

Top deals at the Great Amazon Sale

Mirrors at the Amazon Diwali Sale 2024

Find elegant mirrors at the Amazon Diwali Sale 2024! Whether you’re looking for decorative wall mirrors or practical designs, there’s a wide selection available at discounted prices. Perfect for adding a touch of style to any room. Shop now and save before the sale ends on October 29th!

 

Top deals at the Great Amazon Sale

Flower vase at the Amazon Diwali Sale 2024

Explore beautiful flower vases at the Amazon Diwali Sale 2024! From modern to traditional designs, there’s a wide range of options to brighten up your home. Perfect for fresh or artificial flowers, these vases are available at great discounts. Shop now before the sale ends on October 29th!

Top deals at the Great Amazon Sale

Carpets at the Amazon Diwali Sale 2024

Discover amazing deals on carpets at the Amazon Diwali Sale 2024! Choose from a variety of styles, colours, and sizes to suit your home. Whether you need a cosy rug or a large carpet for your living room, you’ll find great discounts. Shop now before the sale ends on October 29th!

Top deals at the Great Amazon Sale

Similar articles for you:

Amazon Sale 2024: Grab laptops at up to 45% off, limited stock on best options from Apple, Samsung, HP and more

Amazon Special Festive Sale: Up to 70% Off! Grab food hampers, home furnishing, corporate goodies & more at bulk rates

Amazon Great Indian Festival Biggest off-season offers on ACs

Great Indian Festival big reveal! Exclusive Diwali sale prices are LIVE NOW! Shop for tablets at up to 75% off

Amazon Great Indian Festival Sale 2024: FAQs

  • What types of home decor products are on sale?

    You’ll find discounts on a wide range of home decor items like wall art, clocks, mirrors, showpieces, vases, carpets, and more.

  • Can I find vintage or classic decor pieces?

    Yes, the sale offers vintage items like wall clocks and other classic home decor pieces, all at discounted prices.

  • Are there discounts on festive home decor?

    Absolutely! The sale includes festive decor items such as lights, cushions, and showpieces to help you get your home ready for the season.

  • When does the Amazon sale end?

    The Amazon Great Indian Festival Sale ends on October 29, 2024. Be sure to shop before it closes!

  • Can I combine discounts with other offers?

    Yes, you can often combine home decor discounts with additional bank or combo offers to maximise savings.

  • Are there eco-friendly home decor options?

    Yes, the sale also features eco-friendly home decor options like natural fibre rugs and sustainable materials.

Disclaimer: At Hindustan Times, we help you stay up-to-date with the latest trends and products. Hindustan Times has an affiliate partnership, so we may get a part of the revenue when you make a purchase. We shall not be liable for any claim under applicable laws, including but not limited to the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, with respect to the products. The products listed in this article are in no particular order of priority.

J&J’s Asish Xavier on biotech’s rebound in a volatile era

In the world of drug discovery, a lot can change in 20 years.

Over the past two decades, biotechnology companies brought to market a wave of biologic medicines that changed how many autoimmune diseases are treated. Cancer immunotherapy extended lives to a degree that previously wasn’t possible, and gene editing technology went from science fiction to marketed medicine.

The amount of money flowing into young biotechs rose in tandem, increasing from an estimated $5 billion in 2004 to some $37 billion in 2021. But there have been pullbacks, most recently a yearslong downturn in the sector that’s only recently shown signs of evening out. 

Asish Xavier has had a good view of these ups and downs. As vice president of venture investments for JJDC, the venture capital arm of Johnson & Johnson for close to 20 years, he’s led or co-led fundings in more than 25 biotech, diagnostic and medical device companies. 

In an interview at the BIO Investor Forum in San Francisco last week, Xavier said he’s cautiously optimistic better times are ahead for biotech startups. He’s predicting an uptick in fundings and IPOs, as well as a rebound for some of the genetic medicine companies that have been under pressure lately.

The following conversation has been edited and condensed for clarity.

BIOPHARMA DIVE: What role do the venture arms of pharmaceutical companies play in the biotech ecosystem?

ASISH XAVIER: There are published articles and academic research showing that if a corporate venture capital group is involved in an investment, on average, the returns are better.

Biotech has always had these boom and bust cycles, and we are coming out of one of these low points. The financing environment is improving this year and into next year. But corporate venture capital tends to be long-term focused and, as a result. the dollars seem to be steady, versus the fluctuations of the financial world.

In downturns, because the capital is always there, [corporate venture capital] tends to make up for some of the downfalls these companies go through. And you get ‘pro bono’ input on a lot of things a big company knows about — without going into anything confidential — that could help refine your thinking and focus on what the next inflection point is for the business.

What common threads do you see in the companies you want to work with?

XAVIER: The first thing is, is the company solving a true unmet need? Because some companies out there are sort of confused on that point. Then the technology should match up to solve that problem in a reasonable period of time, to at least get to clinical data in two years. That has been a constant in this business.

During the bubble, there was fair bit of irrationality. There were a lot of things being thrown around in business plans, which in the harsh light of the stock market didn’t stand up to focus. And I think the focus has to be the unmet need, the technology or solution you’re providing and whether that can be protected by IP or some aspect of trade secrets, Without those critical elements, it’s really hard to make it work.

How have you advised your portfolio of startups to help them survive?

XAVIER: The reality in biotech is, there are up and down cycles in financing, and a lot of that is related to macro flows of money and things beyond anybody’s control.

A company should really focus on the critical milestones — within 12 to 24 months — in an environment like this. There’s a lot of noise in the system, a lot of advice. Why don’t you try this target, or this technology? Now AI is a buzzword. Those are distractions that are easy to mention. What’s hard is being focused.

The other thing I tell companies is to leverage your boards. Companies don’t come to boards as often as they can, and a lot of us have really good contacts. This is a well-known fact: A warm introduction to a venture or crossover fund from one of your board members, or someone who knows them well, is much more effective than meeting them at a conference or just emailing folks. Especially in a downturn. The board is aligned with you. There’s no reason to hesitate to reach out.

How much do pharmaceutical company partnerships factor into the investment a biotech receives today?

XAVIER: Pharma partnerships are a signal to the ecosystem that somebody has gone through your data and trusts it enough to write a check.

There’s a lot of academic research from various sources showing pharma partnerships, especially the first and second partnerships, really change the valuation trend in a company. After the second one, it’s questionable how much value there is in terms of signaling to the market, but there is still value if you can bring in cash and other things.

The public markets have been quite willing to take partnerships as significant. I did a deal at a company called Contineum [Therapeutics] in San Diego, where J&J had a partnership on their lead program and they had a second program which was at clinical stage by the end of last year. The company went public in spring of this year. That has been an evolution. A similar profile company three years ago probably would have gone public without a partnership and the market would’ve been OK with that.

Biotech investors have been cautiously optimistic the sector is moving past the recent downturn. What do you think lies ahead over the next year?

XAVIER: Most venture funds have raised new funds in the last two years, so financings are going to get easier. And interest rates are coming down, which decreases the cost of capital for everybody.

The IPO markets are going to be better next year. Maybe we get to 20 to 25 IPOs, maybe even more. Except for the period between 2018 and 2022, a typical good IPO year was like 30 IPOs in the U.S. market. We may get there by 2026, if not next year. I am very positive that the momentum is upwards.

On the technology side, cell therapy, gene editing, gene therapy, and RNA therapeutics — a second wave of these companies has re-focused. Some are going to have success in the clinic, and that’s going to provide a tailwind to the sector.

Incorporating Eco-Friendly Water Features into Landscape Design

A water feature can do more than just add a touch of beauty to your property—it brings a sense of tranquility and vibrancy that instantly elevates the entire space. The movement of water draws in local wildlife, creating a thriving ecosystem right in your backyard. It’s not just about aesthetics; adding an eco-friendly water feature can make a real impact, promoting sustainability while enhancing the natural charm of your landscape. It’s a simple yet powerful way to invest in both your property and the environment.

The Role of Eco-Friendly Water Features in Sustainable Landscape Design

By integrating natural elements like ponds, rain gardens, or sustainable fountains, you’re enhancing the beauty of your space and supporting local ecosystems. These features attract birds, butterflies, and other wildlife, creating a mini-habitat that thrives right in your garden. With the right balance, they help maintain biodiversity, all while giving your landscape a refreshing, dynamic feel.

Incorporating water features into your property also makes a smart investment. Sustainability has become a key consideration for buyers, and eco-conscious designs are increasingly valued in the real estate market. A thoughtfully designed water feature can add long-term value to your property while showcasing your commitment to environmentally responsible living.

Types of Eco-Friendly Water Features

Water features bring a unique vibrancy to any landscape. From the soothing sound of water to the wildlife they attract, these features add layers of richness to your outdoor space. Beyond their aesthetic appeal, they contribute significantly to sustainability efforts, making them a valuable addition for eco-conscious homeowners. Whether through energy-efficient fountains or wildlife-supporting ponds, each feature plays a role in transforming your property into a thriving natural environment.

Natural Ponds

Natural ponds are a cornerstone of eco-friendly water features, offering more than beauty. They serve as habitats for native species, providing a space for plants and animals to coexist in balance. When designed carefully, these ponds help maintain a balanced aquatic ecosystem, ensuring the water stays healthy and supports the surrounding wildlife. By using natural filtration methods, like aquatic plants, you can reduce the need for chemicals and create a self-sustaining water feature that thrives year-round.

Rain Gardens

Rain gardens are another sustainable option that benefits your property and the environment. By capturing runoff from rainfall, these gardens filter pollutants before they reach larger water systems. They reduce flooding risks and promote groundwater recharge, making them an excellent choice for eco-conscious property owners looking to mitigate environmental impact.

Sustainable Fountains and Waterfalls

Stone water fountain in a garden

What Might Be Stopping Conversations About Sexual Health Among Partners?

Discussing sexual health with your partner is essential for maintaining a healthy relationship, yet many find it challenging. Various barriers can prevent these crucial conversations, ranging from fear of judgment to cultural taboos and misconceptions about privacy. Addressing these issues head-on can lead to more open and productive dialogues, ultimately strengthening the connection between partners. In this article, we’ll explore five reasons that might be stopping you from discussing sexual health with your significant other and offer insights on how to overcome them. 

5 Things That Might Be Stopping Conversations About Sexual Health Among Partners

Open and honest communication is the bedrock of a healthy relationship, and yes, that includes the ability to have uncomfortable conversations about sexual health. Do you struggle to open up to your partner on the count, ask questions, share concerns that may have been weighing on your mind? Understanding these barriers is the first step toward fostering a more honest and supportive relationship. Let’s take a look at the 5 most common reasons why there may be a hesitation among partners to discuss sexual health: 

Related Reading: World Sexual Health Day: How Aware And Sexually Active Are People In India?

1. Fear of judgment

Fear of judgment is a common and powerful deterrent when it comes to discussing sexual health with a partner. Many people worry that sharing their sexual history, desires, or concerns could lead to being judged negatively or even rejected. This fear can stem from past experiences, societal stigmas, or personal insecurities.

When you think about revealing something intimate and potentially vulnerable, it’s natural to feel apprehensive. However, this fear can create a barrier to open and honest communication. Addressing this issue involves building trust and understanding within the relationship.

Start by fostering an environment where both partners feel safe and supported. Reiterate that these conversations are about mutual well-being and strengthening your connection. In time, reducing the fear of judgment can lead to more open dialogues about sexual health.

2. Lack of knowledge

Lack of knowledge about sexual health is a significant barrier to open communication among partners. Many people find themselves uneducated about topics like contraception, sexually transmitted infections (STIs), and preventive measures. This ignorance can lead to embarrassment or hesitation in initiating conversations with a partner.

However, educating yourself can make all the difference. For instance, understanding that using PrEP medication, which can help reduce the risk of contracting HIV, is one way you can stay healthy. Here’s how you can get it: consult your healthcare provider for guidance and prescription details. Taking steps to educate yourself empowers you to have informed discussions, ultimately fostering a healthier relationship.

Related Reading: Exercises For Better Sex That Make Men Last Longer In Bed

3. Cultural taboos

Cultural taboos surrounding sex can severely hinder open conversations about sexual health among partners. In certain cultures, discussing topics like contraception, STIs, or even sexual preferences is often considered inappropriate or shameful. This deeply ingrained perspective makes it challenging for individuals to bring up these essential issues with their partners.

Growing up in an environment where sex is a forbidden topic can create lasting discomfort around broaching the subject. To overcome this obstacle, mutual education and sensitivity are crucial. Partners should take small steps to learn about each other’s cultural backgrounds. Creating a respectful dialogue about these sensitive topics helps break down barriers, paving the way for more honest and productive conversations about sexual health.

Related Reading: The Best Sex Is Enjoyed Without Guilt Or Shame

4. Past trauma

Past trauma can cast a long shadow over conversations about sexual health. For those who have experienced abuse or traumatic events, discussing sexuality can be especially fraught with anxiety and fear. These individuals might associate such conversations with painful memories, making it difficult to speak openly with their partner.

Understanding this context is crucial for both partners. Approaching the subject with empathy is necessary for creating a safe space where honest dialogue can occur. It might also be beneficial to seek professional counseling to address these past experiences in a supportive setting. Healing takes time, and having an understanding partner can make navigating discussions about sexual health less daunting, ultimately fostering a healthier relationship dynamic.

5. Misconceptions about privacy

Misconceptions about privacy often prevent open discussions about sexual health among partners. Many people mistakenly believe that sharing information about their sexual history or health infringes upon their personal boundaries. They might fear that such disclosures could lead to a loss of individuality or control within the relationship.

However, transparency in these matters is integral for trust and mutual respect. It’s important to understand that discussing sexual health doesn’t mean sacrificing your privacy—it’s about ensuring both partners’ well-being and fostering a secure connection.

By shifting this mindset and recognizing the value of open communication, couples can tackle these misconceptions head-on. This approach helps create an environment where both partners feel comfortable sharing vital information, ultimately enhancing the relationship’s overall health.

Make Sure You Speak About Your Sexual Health

Opening up about sexual health with your partner can feel daunting, but it’s a vital step towards building a strong and healthy relationship. Don’t let fears or taboos hold you back – take the initiative to educate yourself and approach these conversations with empathy and honesty. 

By breaking down these barriers, you create a foundation of trust and mutual respect that benefits you both. Start small, be patient with each other, and remember that these discussions are essential for your overall well-being. Now is the perfect time to foster open communication.

Real Reasons Your Wife Avoids Intimacy

How Has The Perception Of Sex Changed In The Last 40 Years?

Signs That Your Girlfriend Isn’t Sexually Attracted To You

Your contribution does not constitute a charitable donation. It will allow Bonobology to continue bringing you new and up-to-date information in our pursuit of helping anyone in the world to learn how to do anything.

Ask Our Expert

Is Google Docs’ Offline Mode Really Offline? Here’s How It Works

We’ve all been there—settling down to work on an important document, only to find out the Wi-Fi is down. Or maybe you’re on a plane, and suddenly realize you need to make a quick edit. Google Docs claims to have an offline mode for moments like these, but how reliable is it? Can you really work on your documents without a hitch when there’s no internet?




How Google Docs Offline Mode Really Works

Brenna Miles/MakeUseOf/Smart Mockups

Google Docs’ offline mode essentially allows you to access and edit documents without an internet connection. This feature works by syncing your Google Drive files to your device and storing them locally, so you can view, edit, and create documents even offline.

When you revisit Google Docs without internet access, Google Chrome intercepts the request and serves the locally cached version of the page. This gives the impression of loading the Google Docs interface and previously synced documents, even when the network is unavailable. Once you’re back online, the changes you’ve made are automatically synced to the cloud, ensuring that your documents are up-to-date.


To use offline mode, you need to set it up ahead of time in your Google Drive settings. To do so, go to Settings (the gear icon) in your Google Drive, scroll, and then select the checkbox below Offline. This will sync your recent and frequently accessed files so they are available when you’re offline.

general settings on google docs

If you’d rather enable Offline mode for a single document instead of all your recent files, you can do so as well. When you’re in the document, click on the File menu and select the Make available offline option from the dropdown.

image showing google docs file


When working offline, Google Docs provides a robust set of features that mirror much of its online functionality. You’ll have access to any documents you’ve previously opened while connected to the internet, assuming they were saved for offline access.

It allows you to continue your work seamlessly, whether you’re editing existing documents or creating new ones from scratch. You can make all the usual changes to your documents—from basic edits to formatting adjustments and even adding comments.

However, there is one obvious limitation: you won’t be able to see real-time changes from your collaborators or update shared documents until you reconnect to the internet. While this might not affect solo work, it does impact collaborative projects. All your modifications stay on your local device until you’re back online, at which point they’ll sync with the cloud version.


So, Is Google Docs Offline Mode Really Offline?

Mostly, yes. Google Docs offline mode works well for editing and creating documents, and the experience is similar to working online. However, there are some limitations.

First, you need to enable offline access while online. Forget to do so, and you’ll be stuck until you’re reconnected. Second, you can only access files that were previously synced for offline use. Other files in Google Drive will remain inaccessible.

Lastly, while offline mode is most reliable on Chrome (even though it’s supported on most other Chromium-based browsers), other browsers or mobile devices may not support it as well. The Google Docs app for Android and iOS supports offline mode, but it isn’t as seamless as the desktop experience.

Google Docs’ offline mode is a reliable tool for individual work when internet access is unpredictable. But it’s not a true “offline-first” solution, especially when you compare Google Docs to Microsoft Word.


Alison Sweeney reflects on her 30th Hallmark film and holiday viewing

Seeing Alison Sweeney on a screen without a grove of festively-decorated Christmas trees or the glow of twinkly lights is disorienting — like finding out the truth about Santa. As one of the Hallmark Channel‘s most in-demand holiday heroines, she’s become a familiar presence to viewers. But now, in the glow of blue light, speaking over Zoom from her production trailer in Vancouver, where she’s filming her next movie, she’s framed by dark cabinets void of merriment.

“I know,” she says, acknowledging the lack of cozy cheer. “I’m used to walking around and just seeing trees and wreaths and Christmas lights everywhere.”

Before becoming MVP of the network’s Christmas movie industrial complex, Sweeney was best known for her time on “Days of Our Lives” as Samantha “Sami” Brady, the manipulative troublemaker daughter to Deidre Hall’s Marlena Evans. In the Hallmark chapter of her career, Sweeney’s been able to lean into lightness and portray different personas that viewers like to like.

“I loved playing Sami,” she says. “It’s a huge part of me and my character and who I am. However, playing part of that ongoing story for all of those years, it kind of never ends; you’re out of the frying pan, into the fire, back and forth, the whole time. Playing a story where you read the whole script and you know how it ends, it’s really satisfying.”

Her latest, “This Time Each Year,” premiering Thursday, marks her 30th film for Hallmark, many of which have been holiday-themed. Sweeney plays Lauren, who is nearly a year into her separation from her husband, Kevin (Niall Matter). He is determined to win his family back, but in the meantime, they are focused on co-parenting their young son, Charlie, as Christmas nears. The film, which Sweeney also executive produced, is one of 47 holiday movies Hallmark will release this season.

Sweeney spoke to The Times about how her new film brings some edge to the holiday space, discovering how seriously Hallmark thinks about Christmas, and what she’ll remember about her late “Days of Our Lives” co-star Drake Hogestyn. This conversation has been edited and condensed for clarity.

Alison Sweeney in “This Time Each Year,” her 30th film for Hallmark Channel.

(Robert Akester / Hallmark / Lighthouse Production)

I know you’ve done non-holiday movies for Hallmark, but what drew you to the holiday universe?

I had not realized how valuable these Christmas movies are to people in their own holiday traditions. People love these Christmas movies and set their calendar to like, “OK, now we can celebrate Christmas because Hallmark is playing Christmas movies.” I didn’t know what I was getting into when I did the first one. It was sort of stressful because they have really high expectations for Christmas. You’re sort of like, “Oh, let’s make a Christmas movie; that sounds fun.” Then you find out they’re not kidding around. This is serious business. Every shot has to have some hint of Christmas in it.

What do you remember about your first time on the set of your first holiday movie?

We were doing a shot where I am walking down a hallway, and it’s a hotel at the holidays [in “Christmas at Holly Lodge”], but there weren’t enough Christmas trees. I guess a Hallmark executive had contacted [producers] to say there’s not enough Christmas decorations in that hallway. I guess they didn’t have enough Christmas trees, so they were all lined up on one side of the wall for that shot, and then they all moved to the other side of the wall for the other shot. I had thought it was Christmas-y enough when I first walked in. But oh no, that’s not Christmas. It needs to be more Christmas. And they busted out more Christmas.

You hail from the world of soap operas, so you’re familiar with the way the genre is sometimes devalued by Hollywood or some viewers. And the holiday movie circuit confronts similar opinions. But we’re seeing more of them made than ever before because there is an audience for them. Are they still undervalued or are the tides shifting?

There was a time when it was classified a certain way, but obviously the fans did not feel that way. Now, here we are. The fans have spoken that it’s important to them and Hollywood had to follow and listen. It does ebb and flow, right? Some of my favorite movies are Christmas movies. “Miracle on 34th Street,” “A Christmas Carol” — those are movies that were just the epic, some of the most important movies of all time. Then I think they fell into a pattern or a formula or a habit and got shuffled to the side. The success we’ve had in this genre, not just that they’re about Christmas, but people really love that tradition of “oh, I decorate the tree, we have eggnog, we watch Christmas movies together.” Those are synonymous.

A blond woman stands next to a dark-haired man who is holding up a phone

Alison Sweeney with Brennan Elliott in “Open By Christmas” in 2021.

(David Astorga / Hallmark)

How about for you as a performer, experiencing the stigma?

My mother is a violinist and when I was little, she performed with the Hollywood orchestra. She played in all the soundtracks for big movies. Some musicians looked down their nose at the musicians who played for Hollywood. But no one works harder than those musicians. I remember that my mom would always say to me, “What you do is beautiful. Being artistic is what you make of it. Just because it’s not Mozart or Shakespeare, it can still be so meaningful. What people take of it, you’re a part of that story.” Ever since I was little, I really admired that mentality of art for the masses and making music or performing in a way that people want to see. It doesn’t have to be so elevated that people don’t get it.

With the market for holiday movies increasing dramatically in recent years, how competitive is the space for you as an actor? Do you feel like there’s enough to go around?

No matter how many movies you do, or how much you’re working, you do have that moment of “Oh, she got a really good one. That role is so great.” There was one my friend Nikki [DeLoach] did where she rode horses in the movie. I love horses in real life. I did say to Hallmark, “When do I get to do a horse movie?” Nikki made that happen for herself. So I was like, “OK, I’ll get to work on that and develop my own story. I’ve got to work on that.”

The fun of these movies is that you know what you’re getting. How has that informed how you want to stretch those expectations as an actor and producer? “This Time Each Year” feels like a good example of bringing a different kind of depth to the holiday story; the central couple is going through challenges — they’re separated, and alcoholism is touched on.

What I admire and appreciate about what Hallmark is angling for, and what I would want as a fan, is to know it’s going to be OK. In terms of “formula,” the brand is that safe feeling that they’re not going to totally go off the rails. I know I can sit down and watch this whole thing and I’m going to be happy and satisfied at the end. For me, developing these stories, I love those moments. I love playing a character that’s falling in love. I love playing a character with the angst. Growing up on “Days of Our Lives,” I always loved scenes that I could really imagine the audience watching in my head. I always was aware of the fans and how they’re going to love this scene so much because I know how it feels to be that fan who put a tape in my VCR and recorded an episode and watched a scene again and again. I want to provide that for people.

Do you think we’ll ever get to a point where the happy ending for these films doesn’t need to be about romance?

What Hallmark has expressed interest in is widening the net, so to speak, of “what are other stories we can incorporate.” For example — and please, Julia Roberts, I love you dearly — but “My Best Friend’s Wedding” disappointed me. That was not satisfying. “La La Land” — I was mad. I watched that movie and I stopped it 10 minutes early because I want to pretend that’s how it ended. There are definitely ways to incorporate those stories and including other messages, and broadening the storylines, but at the heart of it, you do always have to have [romance]. I also try to tell stories where it’s a family or a mom and her daughter and their connection or best friends. With this movie, for example, I wanted them to know that this is a different story. The couple is already married. They’ve been married 10 years and, so, you’re going to see a little bit of a different story — they’re not falling in love for the first time; they’re falling in love again.

A blond woman, wearing a red vest and red long sleeve shirt, smiles

Alison Sweeney in “Christmas at Holly Lodge” on Hallmark in 2017.

(Ricardo Hubbs / Hallmark)

You’re not the network president, but as an actor, what is your response to the criticism that the very stories the network tells make some statement about the culture wars? By and large, the stories tend to feature a heroine fleeing the city to take refuge in conservative, if not expressly partisan, predominantly white small towns. How much are you thinking about how it fits with the kind of stories you want to tell?

I can only speak for the projects I’m a part of or the things that appeal to me. I do think, in some ways, it’s so much simpler. That fish out of water story is just classic. It’s not like some big statement. It’s just uniquely human to feel that feeling, no matter where you’re from, that when you go somewhere totally different, you’re like, “I’m not used to this. This is strange and new and different.”

When you have your producer hat on, are you’re thinking about the stories or the projects or the casting and how you can be more representative of the demographics?

Absolutely. I’m not trying to be preachy. I want to reflect what is happening in the world and what people are going through. If I can find a way to incorporate that in the story and be inclusive, and be telling those stories that people feel “that’s happening in my life,” that’s what I want. Of course, you have to wrap it up in a big bow at the end. For example, I think telling the story of a couple that separated — I know it sounds not edgy, but for us, it’s edgy.

You’ve produced many of the projects that you’ve done for Hallmark. You also write and direct. Do you feel like directing or writing a Christmas film is the next step?

Oh my gosh, yeah. I would love to. Christmas movie feels like a whole new level of challenge, but I wouldn’t be afraid of that. I think that could be really fun to tackle, but again, I do hold Christmas up on a pedestal. That would be a whole extra layer of expectation that would be scary to do.

A woman in a red coat talking to a man in a brown coat

Alison Sweeney with Lucas Bryant in “Time for You to Come Home for Christmas” in 2019.

(David Strongman / Hallmark)

Not to do a hard pivot here, but the soap world was devastated by the recent loss of your longtime “Days of Our Lives” co-star and friend Drake Hogestyn. The outpouring from fans on social media was quite touching. What’s a favorite memory you have of Drake?

There was something so healing about reading all the fan reactions — sorry, this is emotional for me. It really helped me work through it because I knew that everyone felt the way I did. I can just imagine, with his last days, he made those people in the hospital feel the exact same way. He was beautiful.

I have a million great stories that I can tell you, but one that stands out for me is — I don’t know why this one, I can’t stop thinking about it — but one time we were in a scene where I [as Sami] was supposed to throw this vase that was like a breakaway vase. They call it candy glass or whatever, and it just sugar water. It’s meant to break and shatter on the wall. Well, I am a little aggressive, and I accidentally shattered it in my hand before I got a chance to throw it against the wall. He’s there and the shards are pretty sharp even though it’s sugar water. Because of the set of circumstances in the scene, I was barefoot, and he literally stopped the scene, told everyone to stop, and held me so that he could help pick the glass out of my feet. He was so kind and caring and such a dad. Helped me make sure it was all OK and safe. There’s a million stories like that. But that’s one that stands out for me. I hope we continue to talk about him. He deserves it forever.

Google, Microsoft, and Perplexity Are Promoting Scientific Racism in Search Results

Google added that part of the problem it faces in generating its AI Overviews is that, for some very specific queries, there’s an absence of high quality information on the web. And there’s little doubt that Lynn’s work is not of high quality.

“The science underlying Lynn’s database of ‘national IQs’ is of such poor quality that it is difficult to believe the database is anything but fraudulent,” Sear said. “Lynn has never described his methodology for selecting samples into the database; many nations have IQs estimated from absurdly small and unrepresentative samples.”

Sear points to Lynn’s estimation of the IQ of Angola being based on information from just 19 people and that of Eritrea being based on samples of children living in orphanages.

“The problem with it is the data that Lynn used to generate this dataset is just bullshit, and it’s bullshit in multiple dimensions,” Rutherford said, pointing out that the Somali figure in Lynn’s dataset is based on one sample of refugees aged between eight and 18 who were tested in a Kenyan refugee camp. He adds that the Botswana score is based on a single sample of 104 Tswana-speaking high school students aged between seven and 20, who were tested in English.

Critics of the use of national IQ tests to promote the idea of racial superiority point out not only that the quality of the samples being collected is weak, but also that the tests themselves are typically designed for Western audiences, and so are biased before they are even administered.

“There is evidence that Lynn systematically biased the database by preferentially including samples with low IQs, while excluding those with higher IQs, for African nations,” Sears added, a conclusion backed up by a preprint study from 2020.

Lynn published various versions of his national IQ dataset over the course of decades, the most recent of which, called “The Intelligence of Nations”, was published in 2019. Over the years, Lynn’s flawed work has been used by far-right and racist groups as evidence to back up claims of white superiority. The data has also been turned into a color-coded map of the world, showing sub-Saharan African countries with purportedly low IQ colored red compared to the western nations, which are colored blue.

“This is a data visualization that you see all over Twitter, all over social media, and if you spend a lot of time in racist hangouts on the web, you just see this as an argument by racist who say ‘Look at the data. Look at the map,’” Rutherford says.

But the blame, Rutherford believes, does not lie with the AI systems alone, but with a scientific community which has been uncritically citing Lynn’s work for years.

“It’s actually not surprising [that AI systems are quoting it] because Lynn’s work in IQ has been accepted pretty unquestioningly from a huge area of academia and if you look at the number of times his national IQ databases have been cited in academic works, it’s in the hundreds,” Rutherford said. “So the fault isn’t with AI, the fault is with academia.”

Argentina Rolls Out Blockchain-Based Digital IDs to Residents of Capital Buenos Aires: Details

Buenos Aires has become the world’s first city to launch a blockchain-based digital identity system for its residents. This initiative allows over 3.6 million people to store more than 60 ID documents on the government-backed MiBA platform. Since Sam Altman’s controversial Worldcoin project emerged last year, the Web3 community has been abuzz with discussions about using blockchain-based ID systems to verify real humans in response to the rise of bots.

The Buenos Aires government’s initiative seeks to provide residents with a new level of privacy and security for managing sensitive documents digitally, a report by Argentinian publication Ambito said this week.

Blockchain networks are seen as a potential alternative to Web2 servers, storing data in small blocks distributed across the network. This decentralized structure makes the data more secure, as it cannot be easily compromised by hackers in a single attack. Moreover, information stored on blockchain is permanent and unalterable, adding a layer of transparency to data management.

In Buenos Aires, users of the MiBA app have been assigned decentralized digital identities, integrated with QuarkID wallets and powered by the Layer-2 blockchain ZKsync. The MiBA app is a local digital platform that allows residents to access city administration documents and services.

With this new feature, Buenos Aires now allows MiBA users to securely store birth, death, student, and marriage certificates, along with vaccination records, gross income tax documents, and other official credentials.

“This initiative demonstrates the power of blockchain to revolutionise other use cases, such as government services, by empowering citizens to securely own their data,” the report by Ambito quoted Diego Fernández, Secretary of Innovation and Digital Transformation for the City of Buenos Aires as saying.

The government of Argentina’s capital calls this initiative a key step toward empowering residents to take ownership and responsibility for their personal data.

In addition to exploring blockchain use cases, Argentina is also researching the use of Bitcoin. In May, Argentine officials began discussions with their counterparts in El Salvador to learn from their strategies and experiences in adopting Bitcoin, which is currently trading at $67,300 (roughly Rs. 56.5 lakh) as per CoinMarketCap.

With a gross domestic product (GDP) of approximately $640 billion, Argentina is one of the largest economies in Latin America, as per WorldBank. An earlier report by Reuters, however, highlighted that the Argentina’s economy recorded a year-on-year drop of 8.4 percent in March, which may have prompted the country to explore diversifying its financial instruments by incorporating Bitcoin.

Notably, the central bank of Argentina had banned banks and financial institutes from offering crypto-related services in May 2022.

While Argentina has already deployed blockchain-based digital IDs, third party projects like World and Humanity Protocol are working to get people verified as real humans on blockchain networks on a global level.

Affiliate links may be automatically generated – see our ethics statement for details.
Use AI to supercharge your ABM campaigns

As we head into 2025, the intersection of Account-Based Marketing (ABM) and Artificial Intelligence (AI) creates opportunities for marketers to drive personalized, data-driven campaigns that deliver better results. In this webinar, experts from Demandbase explore three game-changing uses that leverage the power of ABM and AI.

Join ABM and AI for Marketers: Priority Use Cases for 2025 on Tuesday, October 29 and walk away with actionable tips and real-world examples you can immediately implement in your campaigns for a competitive edge in 2025 and beyond.

Take advantage of this opportunity to learn how to harness AI to supercharge your ABM campaigns. Register for the webinar today and secure your spot.


New on Search Engine Land

About the author

Edna Chavira

Edna Chavira is the Senior Director of Marketing Services at Third Door Media. She has over 20 years of experience helping B2B companies generate leads and acquire customers.

Last Chance To Get Romancing SaGa 2 Preorder Bonuses Before Tomorrow’s Launch

Square Enix has been slowly revitalizing the SaGa series over the past few years, and the RPG franchise’s next big release, Romancing SaGa 2: Revenge of the Seven, launches tomorrow, October 24 for PS5, Nintendo Switch, and PC. Physical edition preorders are in stock for $50 on PS5 and Nintendo Switch at major retailers, including Amazon and Best Buy. Depending on your location, you could still get release-day delivery from Amazon as a Prime member, or you could order online and pick up your copy at your local Best Buy store.

Meanwhile, PC players can snag a Steam key for $42.49 at Green Man Gaming with promo code OCT15. If you purchase a physical or digital copy for console or PC before tomorrow’s launch, you’ll get several in-game bonuses.

Romancing SaGa 2: Revenge of the Seven Preorder Bonus

If you purchase a physical or digital copy for console or PC before tomorrow’s launch, you’ll get two in-game bonuses:

  • Cat’s Amulet – 10% Revenue Boost
  • Shiyuan’s Tactical Primer – 10% Technique Boost

Cat’s Amulet and Shiyuan’s Tactical Primer will only provide these boosts for the first Imperial Year (1001), but they could be helpful for newcomers or those who want to move a bit faster through the early portion of the game.

While the series started as a Final Fantasy spin-off called Final Fantasy Legend, the SaGa series quickly evolved into its own unique franchise. Unlike many other JRPGs of the 90s, the SaGa games are notable for offering non-linear storylines and complex character building systems that were more akin to 90s computer RPGs. Romancing SaGa 2 sees players take the role of various members of a royal family as they fight to maintain their empire, and stave off world-ending threats. There’s also an entire castle building mechanics where you construct and manage fortresses around your kingdom. Like other games in the series, where you go, who you talk to, and which side quests you complete can have drastic changes on how the story unfolds. It’s a surprisingly open-ended experience, even by modern standards, and this new remake is the perfect opportunity to give it a go, or revisit it and try for an entirely different story path.

Romancing SaGa 2: Revenge of the Seven looks to be a great way to jump into the SaGa series, but plenty of other games in the series are available on modern platforms. The latest all-new release is SaGa: Emerald Beyond, but other titles like Romancing SaGa: Minstrel’s Song Remastered, Collection of SaGa: Final Fantasy Legend, and more are also worth checking out if you’re curious about this cult-favorite JRPG series. PC players can save 15% on the Steam versions at Green Man Gaming with promo code OCT15.

SaGa series at GMG

  • Dune Limited-Time Amazon Deals – All 6 Dune Books For $38, 4K Box Set For Lowest Price Yet
  • Both Arcane: League Of Legends Steelbook Editions Get Big, Limited-Time Amazon Discounts
  • RetroRealms Special Edition Preorder Summons Michael Myers To Your House This Halloween
  • Elden Ring Books Of Knowledge Volume 3 Releases On Halloween, Preorders Discounted At Amazon
  • Amazon’s New Full-Color Kindle Could Be A Game Changer For Comic Books
  • Call Of Duty: Black Ops 6 Preorders – Bonuses, Game Pass Deals, Branded Gear, And More
  • Call Of Duty: Black Ops 6 – This $75 Bundle Has All You Need To Play, No Console Or PC Required
  • Black Ops 6 Gets Official Corsair Gear – Call Of Duty-Themed Gaming PC, Keyboard, Mouse, And More

What standing on one leg can tell you: Biological age

How long a person can stand — on one leg — is a more telltale measure of aging than changes in strength or gait, according to new Mayo Clinic research. The study appears today in the journal PLOS ONE.

Good balance, muscle strength and an efficient gait contribute to people’s independence and well-being as they age. How these factors change, and at what rate, can help clinicians develop programs to ensure healthy aging. Individually, people can train their balance without special equipment and work on maintaining it over time.

In this study, 40 healthy, independent people over 50 underwent walking, balance, grip strength and knee strength tests. Half of the participants were under 65; the other half were 65 and older.

In the balance tests, participants stood on force plates in different situations: on both feet with eyes open, on both feet with eyes closed, on the non-dominant leg with eyes open, and on the dominant leg with eyes open. In the one-legged tests, participants could hold the leg they weren’t standing on where they wanted. The tests were 30 seconds each.

Standing on one leg — specifically the nondominant leg — showed the highest rate of decline with age.

“Balance is an important measure because, in addition to muscle strength, it requires input from vision, the vestibular system and the somatosensory systems,” says Kenton Kaufman, Ph.D., senior author of the study and director of the Motion Analysis Laboratory at Mayo Clinic. “Changes in balance are noteworthy. If you have poor balance, you’re at risk of falling, whether or not you’re moving. Falls are a severe health risk with serious consequences.”

Unintentional falls are the leading cause of injuries among adults who are 65 and older. Most falls among older adults result from a loss of balance.

In the other tests:

  • Researchers used a custom-made device to measure participants’ grip. For the knee strength test, participants were in a seated position and instructed to extend their knee as forcefully as possible. Both the grip and knee strength tests were on the dominant side. Grip and knee strength showed significant declines by decade but not as much as balance. Grip strength decreased at a faster rate than knee strength, making it better at predicting aging than other strength measures.
  • For the gait test, participants walked back and forth on an 8-meter, level walkway at their own pace and speed. Gait parameters didn’t change with age. This was not a surprising result since participants were walking at their normal pace, not their maximum pace, Dr. Kaufman says.
  • There were no age-related declines in the strength tests that were specific to sex. This indicates that participants’ grip and knee strength declined at a similar rate. Researchers did not identify sex differences in the gait and balance tests, which suggests that male and female subjects were equally affected by age.

Dr. Kaufman says people can take steps to train their balance. For example, by standing on one leg, you can train yourself to coordinate your muscle and vestibular responses to maintain correct balance. If you can stand on one leg for 30 seconds, you are doing well, he says.

“If you don’t use it, you lose it. If you use it, you maintain it,” Dr. Kaufman says. “It’s easy to do. It doesn’t require special equipment, and you can do it every day.”

Funding for this study includes the Robert and Arlene Kogod Professorship in Geriatric Medicine and W. Hall Wendel Jr. Musculoskeletal Professorship.